diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'project/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src')
21 files changed, 36298 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/project/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal.c b/project/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9d0c693 --- /dev/null +++ b/project/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal.c @@ -0,0 +1,765 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32l4xx_hal.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief HAL module driver. + * This is the common part of the HAL initialization + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + The common HAL driver contains a set of generic and common APIs that can be + used by the PPP peripheral drivers and the user to start using the HAL. + [..] + The HAL contains two APIs' categories: + (+) Common HAL APIs + (+) Services HAL APIs + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup HAL HAL + * @brief HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** + * @brief STM32L4xx HAL Driver version number + */ +#define STM32L4XX_HAL_VERSION_MAIN (0x01U) /*!< [31:24] main version */ +#define STM32L4XX_HAL_VERSION_SUB1 (0x0DU) /*!< [23:16] sub1 version */ +#define STM32L4XX_HAL_VERSION_SUB2 (0x05U) /*!< [15:8] sub2 version */ +#define STM32L4XX_HAL_VERSION_RC (0x00U) /*!< [7:0] release candidate */ +#define STM32L4XX_HAL_VERSION ((STM32L4XX_HAL_VERSION_MAIN << 24U)\ + |(STM32L4XX_HAL_VERSION_SUB1 << 16U)\ + |(STM32L4XX_HAL_VERSION_SUB2 << 8U)\ + |(STM32L4XX_HAL_VERSION_RC)) + +#if defined(VREFBUF) +#define VREFBUF_TIMEOUT_VALUE 10U /* 10 ms (to be confirmed) */ +#endif /* VREFBUF */ + +/* ------------ SYSCFG registers bit address in the alias region ------------ */ +#define SYSCFG_OFFSET (SYSCFG_BASE - PERIPH_BASE) +/* --- MEMRMP Register ---*/ +/* Alias word address of FB_MODE bit */ +#define MEMRMP_OFFSET SYSCFG_OFFSET +#define FB_MODE_BitNumber 8U +#define FB_MODE_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (MEMRMP_OFFSET * 32U) + (FB_MODE_BitNumber * 4U)) + +/* --- SCSR Register ---*/ +/* Alias word address of SRAM2ER bit */ +#define SCSR_OFFSET (SYSCFG_OFFSET + 0x18U) +#define BRER_BitNumber 0U +#define SCSR_SRAM2ER_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (SCSR_OFFSET * 32U) + (BRER_BitNumber * 4U)) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Exported variables --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Variables HAL Exported Variables + * @{ + */ +__IO uint32_t uwTick; +uint32_t uwTickPrio = (1UL << __NVIC_PRIO_BITS); /* Invalid priority */ +HAL_TickFreqTypeDef uwTickFreq = HAL_TICK_FREQ_DEFAULT; /* 1KHz */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions HAL Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization Functions + * @brief Initialization and de-initialization functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Initialize the Flash interface, the NVIC allocation and initial time base + clock configuration. + (+) De-initialize common part of the HAL. + (+) Configure the time base source to have 1ms time base with a dedicated + Tick interrupt priority. + (++) SysTick timer is used by default as source of time base, but user + can eventually implement his proper time base source (a general purpose + timer for example or other time source), keeping in mind that Time base + duration should be kept 1ms since PPP_TIMEOUT_VALUEs are defined and + handled in milliseconds basis. + (++) Time base configuration function (HAL_InitTick ()) is called automatically + at the beginning of the program after reset by HAL_Init() or at any time + when clock is configured, by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig(). + (++) Source of time base is configured to generate interrupts at regular + time intervals. Care must be taken if HAL_Delay() is called from a + peripheral ISR process, the Tick interrupt line must have higher priority + (numerically lower) than the peripheral interrupt. Otherwise the caller + ISR process will be blocked. + (++) functions affecting time base configurations are declared as __weak + to make override possible in case of other implementations in user file. +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configure the Flash prefetch, the Instruction and Data caches, + * the time base source, NVIC and any required global low level hardware + * by calling the HAL_MspInit() callback function to be optionally defined in user file + * stm32l4xx_hal_msp.c. + * + * @note HAL_Init() function is called at the beginning of program after reset and before + * the clock configuration. + * + * @note In the default implementation the System Timer (Systick) is used as source of time base. + * The Systick configuration is based on MSI clock, as MSI is the clock + * used after a system Reset and the NVIC configuration is set to Priority group 4. + * Once done, time base tick starts incrementing: the tick variable counter is incremented + * each 1ms in the SysTick_Handler() interrupt handler. + * + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_Init(void) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Configure Flash prefetch, Instruction cache, Data cache */ + /* Default configuration at reset is: */ + /* - Prefetch disabled */ + /* - Instruction cache enabled */ + /* - Data cache enabled */ +#if (INSTRUCTION_CACHE_ENABLE == 0) + __HAL_FLASH_INSTRUCTION_CACHE_DISABLE(); +#endif /* INSTRUCTION_CACHE_ENABLE */ + +#if (DATA_CACHE_ENABLE == 0) + __HAL_FLASH_DATA_CACHE_DISABLE(); +#endif /* DATA_CACHE_ENABLE */ + +#if (PREFETCH_ENABLE != 0) + __HAL_FLASH_PREFETCH_BUFFER_ENABLE(); +#endif /* PREFETCH_ENABLE */ + + /* Set Interrupt Group Priority */ + HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4); + + /* Use SysTick as time base source and configure 1ms tick (default clock after Reset is MSI) */ + if (HAL_InitTick(TICK_INT_PRIORITY) != HAL_OK) + { + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Init the low level hardware */ + HAL_MspInit(); + } + + /* Return function status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief De-initialize common part of the HAL and stop the source of time base. + * @note This function is optional. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DeInit(void) +{ + /* Reset of all peripherals */ + __HAL_RCC_APB1_FORCE_RESET(); + __HAL_RCC_APB1_RELEASE_RESET(); + + __HAL_RCC_APB2_FORCE_RESET(); + __HAL_RCC_APB2_RELEASE_RESET(); + + __HAL_RCC_AHB1_FORCE_RESET(); + __HAL_RCC_AHB1_RELEASE_RESET(); + + __HAL_RCC_AHB2_FORCE_RESET(); + __HAL_RCC_AHB2_RELEASE_RESET(); + + __HAL_RCC_AHB3_FORCE_RESET(); + __HAL_RCC_AHB3_RELEASE_RESET(); + + /* De-Init the low level hardware */ + HAL_MspDeInit(); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initialize the MSP. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_MspInit(void) +{ + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitialize the MSP. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_MspDeInit(void) +{ + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief This function configures the source of the time base: + * The time source is configured to have 1ms time base with a dedicated + * Tick interrupt priority. + * @note This function is called automatically at the beginning of program after + * reset by HAL_Init() or at any time when clock is reconfigured by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig(). + * @note In the default implementation, SysTick timer is the source of time base. + * It is used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals. + * Care must be taken if HAL_Delay() is called from a peripheral ISR process, + * The SysTick interrupt must have higher priority (numerically lower) + * than the peripheral interrupt. Otherwise the caller ISR process will be blocked. + * The function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other + * implementation in user file. + * @param TickPriority Tick interrupt priority. + * @retval HAL status + */ +__weak HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_InitTick(uint32_t TickPriority) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Check uwTickFreq for MisraC 2012 (even if uwTickFreq is a enum type that doesn't take the value zero)*/ + if ((uint32_t)uwTickFreq != 0U) + { + /*Configure the SysTick to have interrupt in 1ms time basis*/ + if (HAL_SYSTICK_Config(SystemCoreClock / (1000U / (uint32_t)uwTickFreq)) == 0U) + { + /* Configure the SysTick IRQ priority */ + if (TickPriority < (1UL << __NVIC_PRIO_BITS)) + { + HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(SysTick_IRQn, TickPriority, 0U); + uwTickPrio = TickPriority; + } + else + { + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + } + else + { + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + } + else + { + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Return function status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group2 HAL Control functions + * @brief HAL Control functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### HAL Control functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Provide a tick value in millisecond + (+) Provide a blocking delay in millisecond + (+) Suspend the time base source interrupt + (+) Resume the time base source interrupt + (+) Get the HAL API driver version + (+) Get the device identifier + (+) Get the device revision identifier + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief This function is called to increment a global variable "uwTick" + * used as application time base. + * @note In the default implementation, this variable is incremented each 1ms + * in SysTick ISR. + * @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other + * implementations in user file. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_IncTick(void) +{ + uwTick += (uint32_t)uwTickFreq; +} + +/** + * @brief Provide a tick value in millisecond. + * @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other + * implementations in user file. + * @retval tick value + */ +__weak uint32_t HAL_GetTick(void) +{ + return uwTick; +} + +/** + * @brief This function returns a tick priority. + * @retval tick priority + */ +uint32_t HAL_GetTickPrio(void) +{ + return uwTickPrio; +} + +/** + * @brief Set new tick Freq. + * @param Freq tick frequency + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SetTickFreq(HAL_TickFreqTypeDef Freq) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + HAL_TickFreqTypeDef prevTickFreq; + + if (uwTickFreq != Freq) + { + /* Back up uwTickFreq frequency */ + prevTickFreq = uwTickFreq; + + /* Update uwTickFreq global variable used by HAL_InitTick() */ + uwTickFreq = Freq; + + /* Apply the new tick Freq */ + status = HAL_InitTick(uwTickPrio); + if (status != HAL_OK) + { + /* Restore previous tick frequency */ + uwTickFreq = prevTickFreq; + } + } + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Return tick frequency. + * @retval Tick frequency. + * Value of @ref HAL_TickFreqTypeDef. + */ +HAL_TickFreqTypeDef HAL_GetTickFreq(void) +{ + return uwTickFreq; +} + +/** + * @brief This function provides minimum delay (in milliseconds) based + * on variable incremented. + * @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base. + * It is used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals where uwTick + * is incremented. + * @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other + * implementations in user file. + * @param Delay specifies the delay time length, in milliseconds. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_Delay(uint32_t Delay) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + uint32_t wait = Delay; + + /* Add a period to guaranty minimum wait */ + if (wait < HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + wait += (uint32_t)uwTickFreq; + } + + while ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) < wait) + { + } +} + +/** + * @brief Suspend Tick increment. + * @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base. It is + * used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals. Once HAL_SuspendTick() + * is called, the SysTick interrupt will be disabled and so Tick increment + * is suspended. + * @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other + * implementations in user file. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_SuspendTick(void) +{ + /* Disable SysTick Interrupt */ + SysTick->CTRL &= ~SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk; +} + +/** + * @brief Resume Tick increment. + * @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base. It is + * used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals. Once HAL_ResumeTick() + * is called, the SysTick interrupt will be enabled and so Tick increment + * is resumed. + * @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other + * implementations in user file. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_ResumeTick(void) +{ + /* Enable SysTick Interrupt */ + SysTick->CTRL |= SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk; +} + +/** + * @brief Return the HAL revision. + * @retval version : 0xXYZR (8bits for each decimal, R for RC) + */ +uint32_t HAL_GetHalVersion(void) +{ + return STM32L4XX_HAL_VERSION; +} + +/** + * @brief Return the device revision identifier. + * @retval Device revision identifier + */ +uint32_t HAL_GetREVID(void) +{ + return((DBGMCU->IDCODE & DBGMCU_IDCODE_REV_ID) >> 16); +} + +/** + * @brief Return the device identifier. + * @retval Device identifier + */ +uint32_t HAL_GetDEVID(void) +{ + return(DBGMCU->IDCODE & DBGMCU_IDCODE_DEV_ID); +} + +/** + * @brief Return the first word of the unique device identifier (UID based on 96 bits) + * @retval Device identifier + */ +uint32_t HAL_GetUIDw0(void) +{ + return(READ_REG(*((uint32_t *)UID_BASE))); +} + +/** + * @brief Return the second word of the unique device identifier (UID based on 96 bits) + * @retval Device identifier + */ +uint32_t HAL_GetUIDw1(void) +{ + return(READ_REG(*((uint32_t *)(UID_BASE + 4U)))); +} + +/** + * @brief Return the third word of the unique device identifier (UID based on 96 bits) + * @retval Device identifier + */ +uint32_t HAL_GetUIDw2(void) +{ + return(READ_REG(*((uint32_t *)(UID_BASE + 8U)))); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group3 HAL Debug functions + * @brief HAL Debug functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### HAL Debug functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Enable/Disable Debug module during SLEEP mode + (+) Enable/Disable Debug module during STOP0/STOP1/STOP2 modes + (+) Enable/Disable Debug module during STANDBY mode + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enable the Debug Module during SLEEP mode. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGSleepMode(void) +{ + SET_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_SLEEP); +} + +/** + * @brief Disable the Debug Module during SLEEP mode. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGSleepMode(void) +{ + CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_SLEEP); +} + +/** + * @brief Enable the Debug Module during STOP0/STOP1/STOP2 modes. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStopMode(void) +{ + SET_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STOP); +} + +/** + * @brief Disable the Debug Module during STOP0/STOP1/STOP2 modes. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStopMode(void) +{ + CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STOP); +} + +/** + * @brief Enable the Debug Module during STANDBY mode. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStandbyMode(void) +{ + SET_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STANDBY); +} + +/** + * @brief Disable the Debug Module during STANDBY mode. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStandbyMode(void) +{ + CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STANDBY); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group4 HAL SYSCFG configuration functions + * @brief HAL SYSCFG configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### HAL SYSCFG configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Start a hardware SRAM2 erase operation + (+) Enable/Disable the Internal FLASH Bank Swapping + (+) Configure the Voltage reference buffer + (+) Enable/Disable the Voltage reference buffer + (+) Enable/Disable the I/O analog switch voltage booster + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Start a hardware SRAM2 erase operation. + * @note As long as SRAM2 is not erased the SRAM2ER bit will be set. + * This bit is automatically reset at the end of the SRAM2 erase operation. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_SYSCFG_SRAM2Erase(void) +{ + /* unlock the write protection of the SRAM2ER bit */ + SYSCFG->SKR = 0xCA; + SYSCFG->SKR = 0x53; + /* Starts a hardware SRAM2 erase operation*/ + *(__IO uint32_t *) SCSR_SRAM2ER_BB = 0x00000001UL; +} + +/** + * @brief Enable the Internal FLASH Bank Swapping. + * + * @note This function can be used only for STM32L4xx devices. + * + * @note Flash Bank2 mapped at 0x08000000 (and aliased @0x00000000) + * and Flash Bank1 mapped at 0x08100000 (and aliased at 0x00100000) + * + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_SYSCFG_EnableMemorySwappingBank(void) +{ + *(__IO uint32_t *)FB_MODE_BB = 0x00000001UL; +} + +/** + * @brief Disable the Internal FLASH Bank Swapping. + * + * @note This function can be used only for STM32L4xx devices. + * + * @note The default state : Flash Bank1 mapped at 0x08000000 (and aliased @0x0000 0000) + * and Flash Bank2 mapped at 0x08100000 (and aliased at 0x00100000) + * + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_SYSCFG_DisableMemorySwappingBank(void) +{ + + *(__IO uint32_t *)FB_MODE_BB = 0x00000000UL; +} + +#if defined(VREFBUF) +/** + * @brief Configure the internal voltage reference buffer voltage scale. + * @param VoltageScaling specifies the output voltage to achieve + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SYSCFG_VREFBUF_VOLTAGE_SCALE0: VREF_OUT1 around 2.048 V. + * This requires VDDA equal to or higher than 2.4 V. + * @arg SYSCFG_VREFBUF_VOLTAGE_SCALE1: VREF_OUT2 around 2.5 V. + * This requires VDDA equal to or higher than 2.8 V. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_SYSCFG_VREFBUF_VoltageScalingConfig(uint32_t VoltageScaling) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_VREFBUF_VOLTAGE_SCALE(VoltageScaling)); + + MODIFY_REG(VREFBUF->CSR, VREFBUF_CSR_VRS, VoltageScaling); +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the internal voltage reference buffer high impedance mode. + * @param Mode specifies the high impedance mode + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SYSCFG_VREFBUF_HIGH_IMPEDANCE_DISABLE: VREF+ pin is internally connect to VREFINT output. + * @arg SYSCFG_VREFBUF_HIGH_IMPEDANCE_ENABLE: VREF+ pin is high impedance. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_SYSCFG_VREFBUF_HighImpedanceConfig(uint32_t Mode) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_VREFBUF_HIGH_IMPEDANCE(Mode)); + + MODIFY_REG(VREFBUF->CSR, VREFBUF_CSR_HIZ, Mode); +} + +/** + * @brief Tune the Internal Voltage Reference buffer (VREFBUF). + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_SYSCFG_VREFBUF_TrimmingConfig(uint32_t TrimmingValue) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_VREFBUF_TRIMMING(TrimmingValue)); + + MODIFY_REG(VREFBUF->CCR, VREFBUF_CCR_TRIM, TrimmingValue); +} + +/** + * @brief Enable the Internal Voltage Reference buffer (VREFBUF). + * @retval HAL_OK/HAL_TIMEOUT + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SYSCFG_EnableVREFBUF(void) +{ + uint32_t tickstart; + + SET_BIT(VREFBUF->CSR, VREFBUF_CSR_ENVR); + + /* Get Start Tick*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait for VRR bit */ + while(READ_BIT(VREFBUF->CSR, VREFBUF_CSR_VRR) == 0U) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > VREFBUF_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Disable the Internal Voltage Reference buffer (VREFBUF). + * + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_SYSCFG_DisableVREFBUF(void) +{ + CLEAR_BIT(VREFBUF->CSR, VREFBUF_CSR_ENVR); +} +#endif /* VREFBUF */ + +/** + * @brief Enable the I/O analog switch voltage booster + * + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_SYSCFG_EnableIOAnalogSwitchBooster(void) +{ + SET_BIT(SYSCFG->CFGR1, SYSCFG_CFGR1_BOOSTEN); +} + +/** + * @brief Disable the I/O analog switch voltage booster + * + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_SYSCFG_DisableIOAnalogSwitchBooster(void) +{ + CLEAR_BIT(SYSCFG->CFGR1, SYSCFG_CFGR1_BOOSTEN); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ diff --git a/project/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_adc.c b/project/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_adc.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2d7b906 --- /dev/null +++ b/project/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_adc.c @@ -0,0 +1,3646 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32l4xx_hal_adc.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Analog to Digital Converter (ADC) + * peripheral: + * + Initialization and de-initialization functions + * + Peripheral Control functions + * + Peripheral State functions + * Other functions (extended functions) are available in file + * "stm32l4xx_hal_adc_ex.c". + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### ADC peripheral features ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + (+) 12-bit, 10-bit, 8-bit or 6-bit configurable resolution. + + (+) Interrupt generation at the end of regular conversion and in case of + analog watchdog or overrun events. + + (+) Single and continuous conversion modes. + + (+) Scan mode for conversion of several channels sequentially. + + (+) Data alignment with in-built data coherency. + + (+) Programmable sampling time (channel wise) + + (+) External trigger (timer or EXTI) with configurable polarity + + (+) DMA request generation for transfer of conversions data of regular group. + + (+) Configurable delay between conversions in Dual interleaved mode. + + (+) ADC channels selectable single/differential input. + + (+) ADC offset shared on 4 offset instances. + (+) ADC calibration + + (+) ADC conversion of regular group. + + (+) ADC supply requirements: 1.62 V to 3.6 V. + + (+) ADC input range: from Vref- (connected to Vssa) to Vref+ (connected to + Vdda or to an external voltage reference). + + + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + + *** Configuration of top level parameters related to ADC *** + ============================================================ + [..] + + (#) Enable the ADC interface + (++) As prerequisite, ADC clock must be configured at RCC top level. + + (++) Two clock settings are mandatory: + (+++) ADC clock (core clock, also possibly conversion clock). + + (+++) ADC clock (conversions clock). + Two possible clock sources: synchronous clock derived from APB clock + or asynchronous clock derived from system clock, PLLSAI1 or the PLLSAI2 + running up to 80MHz. + + (+++) Example: + Into HAL_ADC_MspInit() (recommended code location) or with + other device clock parameters configuration: + (+++) __HAL_RCC_ADC_CLK_ENABLE(); (mandatory) + + RCC_ADCCLKSOURCE_PLL enable: (optional: if asynchronous clock selected) + (+++) RCC_PeriphClkInitTypeDef RCC_PeriphClkInit; + (+++) PeriphClkInit.PeriphClockSelection = RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC; + (+++) PeriphClkInit.AdcClockSelection = RCC_ADCCLKSOURCE_PLL; + (+++) HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig(&PeriphClkInit); + + (++) ADC clock source and clock prescaler are configured at ADC level with + parameter "ClockPrescaler" using function HAL_ADC_Init(). + + (#) ADC pins configuration + (++) Enable the clock for the ADC GPIOs + using macro __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE() + (++) Configure these ADC pins in analog mode + using function HAL_GPIO_Init() + + (#) Optionally, in case of usage of ADC with interruptions: + (++) Configure the NVIC for ADC + using function HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(ADCx_IRQn) + (++) Insert the ADC interruption handler function HAL_ADC_IRQHandler() + into the function of corresponding ADC interruption vector + ADCx_IRQHandler(). + + (#) Optionally, in case of usage of DMA: + (++) Configure the DMA (DMA channel, mode normal or circular, ...) + using function HAL_DMA_Init(). + (++) Configure the NVIC for DMA + using function HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(DMAx_Channelx_IRQn) + (++) Insert the ADC interruption handler function HAL_ADC_IRQHandler() + into the function of corresponding DMA interruption vector + DMAx_Channelx_IRQHandler(). + + *** Configuration of ADC, group regular, channels parameters *** + ================================================================ + [..] + + (#) Configure the ADC parameters (resolution, data alignment, ...) + and regular group parameters (conversion trigger, sequencer, ...) + using function HAL_ADC_Init(). + + (#) Configure the channels for regular group parameters (channel number, + channel rank into sequencer, ..., into regular group) + using function HAL_ADC_ConfigChannel(). + + (#) Optionally, configure the analog watchdog parameters (channels + monitored, thresholds, ...) + using function HAL_ADC_AnalogWDGConfig(). + + *** Execution of ADC conversions *** + ==================================== + [..] + + (#) Optionally, perform an automatic ADC calibration to improve the + conversion accuracy + using function HAL_ADCEx_Calibration_Start(). + + (#) ADC driver can be used among three modes: polling, interruption, + transfer by DMA. + + (++) ADC conversion by polling: + (+++) Activate the ADC peripheral and start conversions + using function HAL_ADC_Start() + (+++) Wait for ADC conversion completion + using function HAL_ADC_PollForConversion() + (+++) Retrieve conversion results + using function HAL_ADC_GetValue() + (+++) Stop conversion and disable the ADC peripheral + using function HAL_ADC_Stop() + + (++) ADC conversion by interruption: + (+++) Activate the ADC peripheral and start conversions + using function HAL_ADC_Start_IT() + (+++) Wait for ADC conversion completion by call of function + HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback() + (this function must be implemented in user program) + (+++) Retrieve conversion results + using function HAL_ADC_GetValue() + (+++) Stop conversion and disable the ADC peripheral + using function HAL_ADC_Stop_IT() + + (++) ADC conversion with transfer by DMA: + (+++) Activate the ADC peripheral and start conversions + using function HAL_ADC_Start_DMA() + (+++) Wait for ADC conversion completion by call of function + HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback() or HAL_ADC_ConvHalfCpltCallback() + (these functions must be implemented in user program) + (+++) Conversion results are automatically transferred by DMA into + destination variable address. + (+++) Stop conversion and disable the ADC peripheral + using function HAL_ADC_Stop_DMA() + + [..] + + (@) Callback functions must be implemented in user program: + (+@) HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback() + (+@) HAL_ADC_LevelOutOfWindowCallback() (callback of analog watchdog) + (+@) HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback() + (+@) HAL_ADC_ConvHalfCpltCallback + + *** Deinitialization of ADC *** + ============================================================ + [..] + + (#) Disable the ADC interface + (++) ADC clock can be hard reset and disabled at RCC top level. + (++) Hard reset of ADC peripherals + using macro __ADCx_FORCE_RESET(), __ADCx_RELEASE_RESET(). + (++) ADC clock disable + using the equivalent macro/functions as configuration step. + (+++) Example: + Into HAL_ADC_MspDeInit() (recommended code location) or with + other device clock parameters configuration: + (+++) RCC_OscInitStructure.OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI14; + (+++) RCC_OscInitStructure.HSI14State = RCC_HSI14_OFF; (if not used for system clock) + (+++) HAL_RCC_OscConfig(&RCC_OscInitStructure); + + (#) ADC pins configuration + (++) Disable the clock for the ADC GPIOs + using macro __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_DISABLE() + + (#) Optionally, in case of usage of ADC with interruptions: + (++) Disable the NVIC for ADC + using function HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(ADCx_IRQn) + + (#) Optionally, in case of usage of DMA: + (++) Deinitialize the DMA + using function HAL_DMA_Init(). + (++) Disable the NVIC for DMA + using function HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(DMAx_Channelx_IRQn) + + [..] + + *** Callback registration *** + ============================================= + [..] + + The compilation flag USE_HAL_ADC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS, when set to 1, + allows the user to configure dynamically the driver callbacks. + Use Functions HAL_ADC_RegisterCallback() + to register an interrupt callback. + [..] + + Function HAL_ADC_RegisterCallback() allows to register following callbacks: + (+) ConvCpltCallback : ADC conversion complete callback + (+) ConvHalfCpltCallback : ADC conversion DMA half-transfer callback + (+) LevelOutOfWindowCallback : ADC analog watchdog 1 callback + (+) ErrorCallback : ADC error callback + (+) InjectedConvCpltCallback : ADC group injected conversion complete callback + (+) InjectedQueueOverflowCallback : ADC group injected context queue overflow callback + (+) LevelOutOfWindow2Callback : ADC analog watchdog 2 callback + (+) LevelOutOfWindow3Callback : ADC analog watchdog 3 callback + (+) EndOfSamplingCallback : ADC end of sampling callback + (+) MspInitCallback : ADC Msp Init callback + (+) MspDeInitCallback : ADC Msp DeInit callback + This function takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, the Callback ID + and a pointer to the user callback function. + [..] + + Use function HAL_ADC_UnRegisterCallback to reset a callback to the default + weak function. + [..] + + HAL_ADC_UnRegisterCallback takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, + and the Callback ID. + This function allows to reset following callbacks: + (+) ConvCpltCallback : ADC conversion complete callback + (+) ConvHalfCpltCallback : ADC conversion DMA half-transfer callback + (+) LevelOutOfWindowCallback : ADC analog watchdog 1 callback + (+) ErrorCallback : ADC error callback + (+) InjectedConvCpltCallback : ADC group injected conversion complete callback + (+) InjectedQueueOverflowCallback : ADC group injected context queue overflow callback + (+) LevelOutOfWindow2Callback : ADC analog watchdog 2 callback + (+) LevelOutOfWindow3Callback : ADC analog watchdog 3 callback + (+) EndOfSamplingCallback : ADC end of sampling callback + (+) MspInitCallback : ADC Msp Init callback + (+) MspDeInitCallback : ADC Msp DeInit callback + [..] + + By default, after the HAL_ADC_Init() and when the state is HAL_ADC_STATE_RESET + all callbacks are set to the corresponding weak functions: + examples HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback(), HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback(). + Exception done for MspInit and MspDeInit functions that are + reset to the legacy weak functions in the HAL_ADC_Init()/ HAL_ADC_DeInit() only when + these callbacks are null (not registered beforehand). + [..] + + If MspInit or MspDeInit are not null, the HAL_ADC_Init()/ HAL_ADC_DeInit() + keep and use the user MspInit/MspDeInit callbacks (registered beforehand) whatever the state. + [..] + + Callbacks can be registered/unregistered in HAL_ADC_STATE_READY state only. + Exception done MspInit/MspDeInit functions that can be registered/unregistered + in HAL_ADC_STATE_READY or HAL_ADC_STATE_RESET state, + thus registered (user) MspInit/DeInit callbacks can be used during the Init/DeInit. + [..] + + Then, the user first registers the MspInit/MspDeInit user callbacks + using HAL_ADC_RegisterCallback() before calling HAL_ADC_DeInit() + or HAL_ADC_Init() function. + [..] + + When the compilation flag USE_HAL_ADC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or + not defined, the callback registration feature is not available and all callbacks + are set to the corresponding weak functions. + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC ADC + * @brief ADC HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_ADC_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup ADC_Private_Constants ADC Private Constants + * @{ + */ + +#define ADC_CFGR_FIELDS_1 ((ADC_CFGR_RES | ADC_CFGR_ALIGN |\ + ADC_CFGR_CONT | ADC_CFGR_OVRMOD |\ + ADC_CFGR_DISCEN | ADC_CFGR_DISCNUM |\ + ADC_CFGR_EXTEN | ADC_CFGR_EXTSEL)) /*!< ADC_CFGR fields of parameters that can be updated when no regular conversion is on-going */ + +/* Timeout values for ADC operations (enable settling time, */ +/* disable settling time, ...). */ +/* Values defined to be higher than worst cases: low clock frequency, */ +/* maximum prescalers. */ +#define ADC_ENABLE_TIMEOUT (2UL) /*!< ADC enable time-out value */ +#define ADC_DISABLE_TIMEOUT (2UL) /*!< ADC disable time-out value */ + +/* Timeout to wait for current conversion on going to be completed. */ +/* Timeout fixed to longest ADC conversion possible, for 1 channel: */ +/* - maximum sampling time (640.5 adc_clk) */ +/* - ADC resolution (Tsar 12 bits= 12.5 adc_clk) */ +/* - System clock / ADC clock <= 4096 (hypothesis of maximum clock ratio) */ +/* - ADC oversampling ratio 256 */ +/* Calculation: 653 * 4096 * 256 CPU clock cycles max */ +/* Unit: cycles of CPU clock. */ +#define ADC_CONVERSION_TIME_MAX_CPU_CYCLES (653UL * 4096UL * 256UL) /*!< ADC conversion completion time-out value */ + + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup ADC_Exported_Functions ADC Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions + * @brief ADC Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Initialize and configure the ADC. + (+) De-initialize the ADC. +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initialize the ADC peripheral and regular group according to + * parameters specified in structure "ADC_InitTypeDef". + * @note As prerequisite, ADC clock must be configured at RCC top level + * (refer to description of RCC configuration for ADC + * in header of this file). + * @note Possibility to update parameters on the fly: + * This function initializes the ADC MSP (HAL_ADC_MspInit()) only when + * coming from ADC state reset. Following calls to this function can + * be used to reconfigure some parameters of ADC_InitTypeDef + * structure on the fly, without modifying MSP configuration. If ADC + * MSP has to be modified again, HAL_ADC_DeInit() must be called + * before HAL_ADC_Init(). + * The setting of these parameters is conditioned to ADC state. + * For parameters constraints, see comments of structure + * "ADC_InitTypeDef". + * @note This function configures the ADC within 2 scopes: scope of entire + * ADC and scope of regular group. For parameters details, see comments + * of structure "ADC_InitTypeDef". + * @note Parameters related to common ADC registers (ADC clock mode) are set + * only if all ADCs are disabled. + * If this is not the case, these common parameters setting are + * bypassed without error reporting: it can be the intended behaviour in + * case of update of a parameter of ADC_InitTypeDef on the fly, + * without disabling the other ADCs. + * @param hadc ADC handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Init(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef tmp_hal_status = HAL_OK; + uint32_t tmpCFGR; + uint32_t tmp_adc_reg_is_conversion_on_going; + __IO uint32_t wait_loop_index = 0UL; + uint32_t tmp_adc_is_conversion_on_going_regular; + uint32_t tmp_adc_is_conversion_on_going_injected; + + /* Check ADC handle */ + if (hadc == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_CLOCKPRESCALER(hadc->Init.ClockPrescaler)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_RESOLUTION(hadc->Init.Resolution)); +#if defined(ADC_CFGR_DFSDMCFG) &&defined(DFSDM1_Channel0) + assert_param(IS_ADC_DFSDMCFG_MODE(hadc)); +#endif + assert_param(IS_ADC_DATA_ALIGN(hadc->Init.DataAlign)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_SCAN_MODE(hadc->Init.ScanConvMode)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hadc->Init.ContinuousConvMode)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_EXTTRIG_EDGE(hadc->Init.ExternalTrigConvEdge)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_EXTTRIG(hadc, hadc->Init.ExternalTrigConv)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hadc->Init.DMAContinuousRequests)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_EOC_SELECTION(hadc->Init.EOCSelection)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_OVERRUN(hadc->Init.Overrun)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hadc->Init.LowPowerAutoWait)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hadc->Init.OversamplingMode)); + + if (hadc->Init.ScanConvMode != ADC_SCAN_DISABLE) + { + assert_param(IS_ADC_REGULAR_NB_CONV(hadc->Init.NbrOfConversion)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hadc->Init.DiscontinuousConvMode)); + + if (hadc->Init.DiscontinuousConvMode == ENABLE) + { + assert_param(IS_ADC_REGULAR_DISCONT_NUMBER(hadc->Init.NbrOfDiscConversion)); + } + } + + /* DISCEN and CONT bits cannot be set at the same time */ + assert_param(!((hadc->Init.DiscontinuousConvMode == ENABLE) && (hadc->Init.ContinuousConvMode == ENABLE))); + + /* Actions performed only if ADC is coming from state reset: */ + /* - Initialization of ADC MSP */ + if (hadc->State == HAL_ADC_STATE_RESET) + { +#if (USE_HAL_ADC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /* Init the ADC Callback settings */ + hadc->ConvCpltCallback = HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak callback */ + hadc->ConvHalfCpltCallback = HAL_ADC_ConvHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak callback */ + hadc->LevelOutOfWindowCallback = HAL_ADC_LevelOutOfWindowCallback; /* Legacy weak callback */ + hadc->ErrorCallback = HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback; /* Legacy weak callback */ + hadc->InjectedConvCpltCallback = HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConvCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak callback */ + hadc->InjectedQueueOverflowCallback = HAL_ADCEx_InjectedQueueOverflowCallback; /* Legacy weak callback */ + hadc->LevelOutOfWindow2Callback = HAL_ADCEx_LevelOutOfWindow2Callback; /* Legacy weak callback */ + hadc->LevelOutOfWindow3Callback = HAL_ADCEx_LevelOutOfWindow3Callback; /* Legacy weak callback */ + hadc->EndOfSamplingCallback = HAL_ADCEx_EndOfSamplingCallback; /* Legacy weak callback */ + + if (hadc->MspInitCallback == NULL) + { + hadc->MspInitCallback = HAL_ADC_MspInit; /* Legacy weak MspInit */ + } + + /* Init the low level hardware */ + hadc->MspInitCallback(hadc); +#else + /* Init the low level hardware */ + HAL_ADC_MspInit(hadc); +#endif /* USE_HAL_ADC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + + /* Set ADC error code to none */ + ADC_CLEAR_ERRORCODE(hadc); + + /* Initialize Lock */ + hadc->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + } + + /* - Exit from deep-power-down mode and ADC voltage regulator enable */ + if (LL_ADC_IsDeepPowerDownEnabled(hadc->Instance) != 0UL) + { + /* Disable ADC deep power down mode */ + LL_ADC_DisableDeepPowerDown(hadc->Instance); + + /* System was in deep power down mode, calibration must + be relaunched or a previously saved calibration factor + re-applied once the ADC voltage regulator is enabled */ + } + + if (LL_ADC_IsInternalRegulatorEnabled(hadc->Instance) == 0UL) + { + /* Enable ADC internal voltage regulator */ + LL_ADC_EnableInternalRegulator(hadc->Instance); + + /* Note: Variable divided by 2 to compensate partially */ + /* CPU processing cycles, scaling in us split to not */ + /* exceed 32 bits register capacity and handle low frequency. */ + wait_loop_index = ((LL_ADC_DELAY_INTERNAL_REGUL_STAB_US / 10UL) * ((SystemCoreClock / (100000UL * 2UL)) + 1UL)); + while (wait_loop_index != 0UL) + { + wait_loop_index--; + } + } + + /* Verification that ADC voltage regulator is correctly enabled, whether */ + /* or not ADC is coming from state reset (if any potential problem of */ + /* clocking, voltage regulator would not be enabled). */ + if (LL_ADC_IsInternalRegulatorEnabled(hadc->Instance) == 0UL) + { + /* Update ADC state machine to error */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_INTERNAL); + + /* Set ADC error code to ADC peripheral internal error */ + SET_BIT(hadc->ErrorCode, HAL_ADC_ERROR_INTERNAL); + + tmp_hal_status = HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Configuration of ADC parameters if previous preliminary actions are */ + /* correctly completed and if there is no conversion on going on regular */ + /* group (ADC may already be enabled at this point if HAL_ADC_Init() is */ + /* called to update a parameter on the fly). */ + tmp_adc_reg_is_conversion_on_going = LL_ADC_REG_IsConversionOngoing(hadc->Instance); + + if (((hadc->State & HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_INTERNAL) == 0UL) + && (tmp_adc_reg_is_conversion_on_going == 0UL) + ) + { + /* Set ADC state */ + ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State, + HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_BUSY, + HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_INTERNAL); + + /* Configuration of common ADC parameters */ + + /* Parameters update conditioned to ADC state: */ + /* Parameters that can be updated only when ADC is disabled: */ + /* - clock configuration */ + if (LL_ADC_IsEnabled(hadc->Instance) == 0UL) + { + if (__LL_ADC_IS_ENABLED_ALL_COMMON_INSTANCE(__LL_ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)) == 0UL) + { + /* Reset configuration of ADC common register CCR: */ + /* */ + /* - ADC clock mode and ACC prescaler (CKMODE and PRESC bits)are set */ + /* according to adc->Init.ClockPrescaler. It selects the clock */ + /* source and sets the clock division factor. */ + /* */ + /* Some parameters of this register are not reset, since they are set */ + /* by other functions and must be kept in case of usage of this */ + /* function on the fly (update of a parameter of ADC_InitTypeDef */ + /* without needing to reconfigure all other ADC groups/channels */ + /* parameters): */ + /* - when multimode feature is available, multimode-related */ + /* parameters: MDMA, DMACFG, DELAY, DUAL (set by API */ + /* HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeConfigChannel() ) */ + /* - internal measurement paths: Vbat, temperature sensor, Vref */ + /* (set into HAL_ADC_ConfigChannel() or */ + /* HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConfigChannel() ) */ + LL_ADC_SetCommonClock(__LL_ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance), hadc->Init.ClockPrescaler); + } + } + + /* Configuration of ADC: */ + /* - resolution Init.Resolution */ + /* - data alignment Init.DataAlign */ + /* - external trigger to start conversion Init.ExternalTrigConv */ + /* - external trigger polarity Init.ExternalTrigConvEdge */ + /* - continuous conversion mode Init.ContinuousConvMode */ + /* - overrun Init.Overrun */ + /* - discontinuous mode Init.DiscontinuousConvMode */ + /* - discontinuous mode channel count Init.NbrOfDiscConversion */ + tmpCFGR = (ADC_CFGR_CONTINUOUS((uint32_t)hadc->Init.ContinuousConvMode) | + hadc->Init.Overrun | + hadc->Init.DataAlign | + hadc->Init.Resolution | + ADC_CFGR_REG_DISCONTINUOUS((uint32_t)hadc->Init.DiscontinuousConvMode)); + + if (hadc->Init.DiscontinuousConvMode == ENABLE) + { + tmpCFGR |= ADC_CFGR_DISCONTINUOUS_NUM(hadc->Init.NbrOfDiscConversion); + } + + /* Enable external trigger if trigger selection is different of software */ + /* start. */ + /* Note: This configuration keeps the hardware feature of parameter */ + /* ExternalTrigConvEdge "trigger edge none" equivalent to */ + /* software start. */ + if (hadc->Init.ExternalTrigConv != ADC_SOFTWARE_START) + { + tmpCFGR |= ((hadc->Init.ExternalTrigConv & ADC_CFGR_EXTSEL) + | hadc->Init.ExternalTrigConvEdge + ); + } + + /* Update Configuration Register CFGR */ + MODIFY_REG(hadc->Instance->CFGR, ADC_CFGR_FIELDS_1, tmpCFGR); + + /* Parameters update conditioned to ADC state: */ + /* Parameters that can be updated when ADC is disabled or enabled without */ + /* conversion on going on regular and injected groups: */ + /* - DMA continuous request Init.DMAContinuousRequests */ + /* - LowPowerAutoWait feature Init.LowPowerAutoWait */ + /* - Oversampling parameters Init.Oversampling */ + tmp_adc_is_conversion_on_going_regular = LL_ADC_REG_IsConversionOngoing(hadc->Instance); + tmp_adc_is_conversion_on_going_injected = LL_ADC_INJ_IsConversionOngoing(hadc->Instance); + if ((tmp_adc_is_conversion_on_going_regular == 0UL) + && (tmp_adc_is_conversion_on_going_injected == 0UL) + ) + { + tmpCFGR = (ADC_CFGR_DFSDM(hadc) | + ADC_CFGR_AUTOWAIT((uint32_t)hadc->Init.LowPowerAutoWait) | + ADC_CFGR_DMACONTREQ((uint32_t)hadc->Init.DMAContinuousRequests)); + + MODIFY_REG(hadc->Instance->CFGR, ADC_CFGR_FIELDS_2, tmpCFGR); + + if (hadc->Init.OversamplingMode == ENABLE) + { + assert_param(IS_ADC_OVERSAMPLING_RATIO(hadc->Init.Oversampling.Ratio)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_RIGHT_BIT_SHIFT(hadc->Init.Oversampling.RightBitShift)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_TRIGGERED_OVERSAMPLING_MODE(hadc->Init.Oversampling.TriggeredMode)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_REGOVERSAMPLING_MODE(hadc->Init.Oversampling.OversamplingStopReset)); + + /* Configuration of Oversampler: */ + /* - Oversampling Ratio */ + /* - Right bit shift */ + /* - Triggered mode */ + /* - Oversampling mode (continued/resumed) */ + MODIFY_REG(hadc->Instance->CFGR2, + ADC_CFGR2_OVSR | + ADC_CFGR2_OVSS | + ADC_CFGR2_TROVS | + ADC_CFGR2_ROVSM, + ADC_CFGR2_ROVSE | + hadc->Init.Oversampling.Ratio | + hadc->Init.Oversampling.RightBitShift | + hadc->Init.Oversampling.TriggeredMode | + hadc->Init.Oversampling.OversamplingStopReset + ); + } + else + { + /* Disable ADC oversampling scope on ADC group regular */ + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->Instance->CFGR2, ADC_CFGR2_ROVSE); + } + + } + + /* Configuration of regular group sequencer: */ + /* - if scan mode is disabled, regular channels sequence length is set to */ + /* 0x00: 1 channel converted (channel on regular rank 1) */ + /* Parameter "NbrOfConversion" is discarded. */ + /* Note: Scan mode is not present by hardware on this device, but */ + /* emulated by software for alignment over all STM32 devices. */ + /* - if scan mode is enabled, regular channels sequence length is set to */ + /* parameter "NbrOfConversion". */ + + if (hadc->Init.ScanConvMode == ADC_SCAN_ENABLE) + { + /* Set number of ranks in regular group sequencer */ + MODIFY_REG(hadc->Instance->SQR1, ADC_SQR1_L, (hadc->Init.NbrOfConversion - (uint8_t)1)); + } + else + { + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->Instance->SQR1, ADC_SQR1_L); + } + + /* Initialize the ADC state */ + /* Clear HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_INTERNAL bit, set HAL_ADC_STATE_READY bit */ + ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_INTERNAL, HAL_ADC_STATE_READY); + } + else + { + /* Update ADC state machine to error */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_INTERNAL); + + tmp_hal_status = HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Return function status */ + return tmp_hal_status; +} + +/** + * @brief Deinitialize the ADC peripheral registers to their default reset + * values, with deinitialization of the ADC MSP. + * @note For devices with several ADCs: reset of ADC common registers is done + * only if all ADCs sharing the same common group are disabled. + * (function "HAL_ADC_MspDeInit()" is also called under the same conditions: + * all ADC instances use the same core clock at RCC level, disabling + * the core clock reset all ADC instances). + * If this is not the case, reset of these common parameters reset is + * bypassed without error reporting: it can be the intended behavior in + * case of reset of a single ADC while the other ADCs sharing the same + * common group is still running. + * @note By default, HAL_ADC_DeInit() set ADC in mode deep power-down: + * this saves more power by reducing leakage currents + * and is particularly interesting before entering MCU low-power modes. + * @param hadc ADC handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_DeInit(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef tmp_hal_status; + + /* Check ADC handle */ + if (hadc == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + + /* Set ADC state */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_INTERNAL); + + /* Stop potential conversion on going */ + tmp_hal_status = ADC_ConversionStop(hadc, ADC_REGULAR_INJECTED_GROUP); + + /* Disable ADC peripheral if conversions are effectively stopped */ + /* Flush register JSQR: reset the queue sequencer when injected */ + /* queue sequencer is enabled and ADC disabled. */ + /* The software and hardware triggers of the injected sequence are both */ + /* internally disabled just after the completion of the last valid */ + /* injected sequence. */ + SET_BIT(hadc->Instance->CFGR, ADC_CFGR_JQM); + + /* Disable ADC peripheral if conversions are effectively stopped */ + if (tmp_hal_status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable the ADC peripheral */ + tmp_hal_status = ADC_Disable(hadc); + + /* Check if ADC is effectively disabled */ + if (tmp_hal_status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Change ADC state */ + hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_READY; + } + } + + /* Note: HAL ADC deInit is done independently of ADC conversion stop */ + /* and disable return status. In case of status fail, attempt to */ + /* perform deinitialization anyway and it is up user code in */ + /* in HAL_ADC_MspDeInit() to reset the ADC peripheral using */ + /* system RCC hard reset. */ + + /* ========== Reset ADC registers ========== */ + /* Reset register IER */ + __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, (ADC_IT_AWD3 | ADC_IT_AWD2 | ADC_IT_AWD1 | + ADC_IT_JQOVF | ADC_IT_OVR | + ADC_IT_JEOS | ADC_IT_JEOC | + ADC_IT_EOS | ADC_IT_EOC | + ADC_IT_EOSMP | ADC_IT_RDY)); + + /* Reset register ISR */ + __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc, (ADC_FLAG_AWD3 | ADC_FLAG_AWD2 | ADC_FLAG_AWD1 | + ADC_FLAG_JQOVF | ADC_FLAG_OVR | + ADC_FLAG_JEOS | ADC_FLAG_JEOC | + ADC_FLAG_EOS | ADC_FLAG_EOC | + ADC_FLAG_EOSMP | ADC_FLAG_RDY)); + + /* Reset register CR */ + /* Bits ADC_CR_JADSTP, ADC_CR_ADSTP, ADC_CR_JADSTART, ADC_CR_ADSTART, + ADC_CR_ADCAL, ADC_CR_ADDIS and ADC_CR_ADEN are in access mode "read-set": + no direct reset applicable. + Update CR register to reset value where doable by software */ + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->Instance->CR, ADC_CR_ADVREGEN | ADC_CR_ADCALDIF); + SET_BIT(hadc->Instance->CR, ADC_CR_DEEPPWD); + + /* Reset register CFGR */ + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->Instance->CFGR, ADC_CFGR_FIELDS); + SET_BIT(hadc->Instance->CFGR, ADC_CFGR_JQDIS); + + /* Reset register CFGR2 */ + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->Instance->CFGR2, ADC_CFGR2_ROVSM | ADC_CFGR2_TROVS | ADC_CFGR2_OVSS | + ADC_CFGR2_OVSR | ADC_CFGR2_JOVSE | ADC_CFGR2_ROVSE); + + /* Reset register SMPR1 */ + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->Instance->SMPR1, ADC_SMPR1_FIELDS); + + /* Reset register SMPR2 */ + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->Instance->SMPR2, ADC_SMPR2_SMP18 | ADC_SMPR2_SMP17 | ADC_SMPR2_SMP16 | + ADC_SMPR2_SMP15 | ADC_SMPR2_SMP14 | ADC_SMPR2_SMP13 | + ADC_SMPR2_SMP12 | ADC_SMPR2_SMP11 | ADC_SMPR2_SMP10); + + /* Reset register TR1 */ + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->Instance->TR1, ADC_TR1_HT1 | ADC_TR1_LT1); + + /* Reset register TR2 */ + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->Instance->TR2, ADC_TR2_HT2 | ADC_TR2_LT2); + + /* Reset register TR3 */ + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->Instance->TR3, ADC_TR3_HT3 | ADC_TR3_LT3); + + /* Reset register SQR1 */ + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->Instance->SQR1, ADC_SQR1_SQ4 | ADC_SQR1_SQ3 | ADC_SQR1_SQ2 | + ADC_SQR1_SQ1 | ADC_SQR1_L); + + /* Reset register SQR2 */ + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->Instance->SQR2, ADC_SQR2_SQ9 | ADC_SQR2_SQ8 | ADC_SQR2_SQ7 | + ADC_SQR2_SQ6 | ADC_SQR2_SQ5); + + /* Reset register SQR3 */ + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->Instance->SQR3, ADC_SQR3_SQ14 | ADC_SQR3_SQ13 | ADC_SQR3_SQ12 | + ADC_SQR3_SQ11 | ADC_SQR3_SQ10); + + /* Reset register SQR4 */ + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->Instance->SQR4, ADC_SQR4_SQ16 | ADC_SQR4_SQ15); + + /* Register JSQR was reset when the ADC was disabled */ + + /* Reset register DR */ + /* bits in access mode read only, no direct reset applicable*/ + + /* Reset register OFR1 */ + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->Instance->OFR1, ADC_OFR1_OFFSET1_EN | ADC_OFR1_OFFSET1_CH | ADC_OFR1_OFFSET1); + /* Reset register OFR2 */ + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->Instance->OFR2, ADC_OFR2_OFFSET2_EN | ADC_OFR2_OFFSET2_CH | ADC_OFR2_OFFSET2); + /* Reset register OFR3 */ + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->Instance->OFR3, ADC_OFR3_OFFSET3_EN | ADC_OFR3_OFFSET3_CH | ADC_OFR3_OFFSET3); + /* Reset register OFR4 */ + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->Instance->OFR4, ADC_OFR4_OFFSET4_EN | ADC_OFR4_OFFSET4_CH | ADC_OFR4_OFFSET4); + + /* Reset registers JDR1, JDR2, JDR3, JDR4 */ + /* bits in access mode read only, no direct reset applicable*/ + + /* Reset register AWD2CR */ + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->Instance->AWD2CR, ADC_AWD2CR_AWD2CH); + + /* Reset register AWD3CR */ + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->Instance->AWD3CR, ADC_AWD3CR_AWD3CH); + + /* Reset register DIFSEL */ + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->Instance->DIFSEL, ADC_DIFSEL_DIFSEL); + + /* Reset register CALFACT */ + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->Instance->CALFACT, ADC_CALFACT_CALFACT_D | ADC_CALFACT_CALFACT_S); + + + /* ========== Reset common ADC registers ========== */ + + /* Software is allowed to change common parameters only when all the other + ADCs are disabled. */ + if (__LL_ADC_IS_ENABLED_ALL_COMMON_INSTANCE(__LL_ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)) == 0UL) + { + /* Reset configuration of ADC common register CCR: + - clock mode: CKMODE, PRESCEN + - multimode related parameters (when this feature is available): MDMA, + DMACFG, DELAY, DUAL (set by HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeConfigChannel() API) + - internal measurement paths: Vbat, temperature sensor, Vref (set into + HAL_ADC_ConfigChannel() or HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConfigChannel() ) + */ + ADC_CLEAR_COMMON_CONTROL_REGISTER(hadc); + + /* ========== Hard reset ADC peripheral ========== */ + /* Performs a global reset of the entire ADC peripherals instances */ + /* sharing the same common ADC instance: ADC state is forced to */ + /* a similar state as after device power-on. */ + /* Note: A possible implementation is to add RCC bus reset of ADC */ + /* (for example, using macro */ + /* __HAL_RCC_ADC..._FORCE_RESET()/..._RELEASE_RESET()/..._CLK_DISABLE()) */ + /* in function "void HAL_ADC_MspDeInit(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc)": */ +#if (USE_HAL_ADC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + if (hadc->MspDeInitCallback == NULL) + { + hadc->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_ADC_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak MspDeInit */ + } + + /* DeInit the low level hardware */ + hadc->MspDeInitCallback(hadc); +#else + /* DeInit the low level hardware */ + HAL_ADC_MspDeInit(hadc); +#endif /* USE_HAL_ADC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + + /* Set ADC error code to none */ + ADC_CLEAR_ERRORCODE(hadc); + + /* Reset injected channel configuration parameters */ + hadc->InjectionConfig.ContextQueue = 0; + hadc->InjectionConfig.ChannelCount = 0; + + /* Set ADC state */ + hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_RESET; + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + /* Return function status */ + return tmp_hal_status; +} + +/** + * @brief Initialize the ADC MSP. + * @param hadc ADC handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_ADC_MspInit(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hadc); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed, + function HAL_ADC_MspInit must be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitialize the ADC MSP. + * @param hadc ADC handle + * @note All ADC instances use the same core clock at RCC level, disabling + * the core clock reset all ADC instances). + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_ADC_MspDeInit(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hadc); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed, + function HAL_ADC_MspDeInit must be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +#if (USE_HAL_ADC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) +/** + * @brief Register a User ADC Callback + * To be used instead of the weak predefined callback + * @param hadc Pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified ADC. + * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be registered + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref HAL_ADC_CONVERSION_COMPLETE_CB_ID ADC conversion complete callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_ADC_CONVERSION_HALF_CB_ID ADC conversion DMA half-transfer callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_ADC_LEVEL_OUT_OF_WINDOW_1_CB_ID ADC analog watchdog 1 callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_ADC_ERROR_CB_ID ADC error callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_ADC_INJ_CONVERSION_COMPLETE_CB_ID ADC group injected conversion complete callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_ADC_INJ_QUEUE_OVEFLOW_CB_ID ADC group injected context queue overflow callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_ADC_LEVEL_OUT_OF_WINDOW_2_CB_ID ADC analog watchdog 2 callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_ADC_LEVEL_OUT_OF_WINDOW_3_CB_ID ADC analog watchdog 3 callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_ADC_END_OF_SAMPLING_CB_ID ADC end of sampling callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_ADC_MSPINIT_CB_ID ADC Msp Init callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_ADC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID ADC Msp DeInit callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_ADC_MSPINIT_CB_ID MspInit callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_ADC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID MspDeInit callback ID + * @param pCallback pointer to the Callback function + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_RegisterCallback(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc, HAL_ADC_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID, + pADC_CallbackTypeDef pCallback) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + if (pCallback == NULL) + { + /* Update the error code */ + hadc->ErrorCode |= HAL_ADC_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK; + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if ((hadc->State & HAL_ADC_STATE_READY) != 0UL) + { + switch (CallbackID) + { + case HAL_ADC_CONVERSION_COMPLETE_CB_ID : + hadc->ConvCpltCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_ADC_CONVERSION_HALF_CB_ID : + hadc->ConvHalfCpltCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_ADC_LEVEL_OUT_OF_WINDOW_1_CB_ID : + hadc->LevelOutOfWindowCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_ADC_ERROR_CB_ID : + hadc->ErrorCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_ADC_INJ_CONVERSION_COMPLETE_CB_ID : + hadc->InjectedConvCpltCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_ADC_INJ_QUEUE_OVEFLOW_CB_ID : + hadc->InjectedQueueOverflowCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_ADC_LEVEL_OUT_OF_WINDOW_2_CB_ID : + hadc->LevelOutOfWindow2Callback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_ADC_LEVEL_OUT_OF_WINDOW_3_CB_ID : + hadc->LevelOutOfWindow3Callback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_ADC_END_OF_SAMPLING_CB_ID : + hadc->EndOfSamplingCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_ADC_MSPINIT_CB_ID : + hadc->MspInitCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_ADC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : + hadc->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; + break; + + default : + /* Update the error code */ + hadc->ErrorCode |= HAL_ADC_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK; + + /* Return error status */ + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + } + else if (HAL_ADC_STATE_RESET == hadc->State) + { + switch (CallbackID) + { + case HAL_ADC_MSPINIT_CB_ID : + hadc->MspInitCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_ADC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : + hadc->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; + break; + + default : + /* Update the error code */ + hadc->ErrorCode |= HAL_ADC_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK; + + /* Return error status */ + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + } + else + { + /* Update the error code */ + hadc->ErrorCode |= HAL_ADC_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK; + + /* Return error status */ + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Unregister a ADC Callback + * ADC callback is redirected to the weak predefined callback + * @param hadc Pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified ADC. + * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be unregistered + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref HAL_ADC_CONVERSION_COMPLETE_CB_ID ADC conversion complete callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_ADC_CONVERSION_HALF_CB_ID ADC conversion DMA half-transfer callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_ADC_LEVEL_OUT_OF_WINDOW_1_CB_ID ADC analog watchdog 1 callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_ADC_ERROR_CB_ID ADC error callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_ADC_INJ_CONVERSION_COMPLETE_CB_ID ADC group injected conversion complete callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_ADC_INJ_QUEUE_OVEFLOW_CB_ID ADC group injected context queue overflow callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_ADC_LEVEL_OUT_OF_WINDOW_2_CB_ID ADC analog watchdog 2 callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_ADC_LEVEL_OUT_OF_WINDOW_3_CB_ID ADC analog watchdog 3 callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_ADC_END_OF_SAMPLING_CB_ID ADC end of sampling callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_ADC_MSPINIT_CB_ID ADC Msp Init callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_ADC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID ADC Msp DeInit callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_ADC_MSPINIT_CB_ID MspInit callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_ADC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID MspDeInit callback ID + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_UnRegisterCallback(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc, HAL_ADC_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + if ((hadc->State & HAL_ADC_STATE_READY) != 0UL) + { + switch (CallbackID) + { + case HAL_ADC_CONVERSION_COMPLETE_CB_ID : + hadc->ConvCpltCallback = HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback; + break; + + case HAL_ADC_CONVERSION_HALF_CB_ID : + hadc->ConvHalfCpltCallback = HAL_ADC_ConvHalfCpltCallback; + break; + + case HAL_ADC_LEVEL_OUT_OF_WINDOW_1_CB_ID : + hadc->LevelOutOfWindowCallback = HAL_ADC_LevelOutOfWindowCallback; + break; + + case HAL_ADC_ERROR_CB_ID : + hadc->ErrorCallback = HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback; + break; + + case HAL_ADC_INJ_CONVERSION_COMPLETE_CB_ID : + hadc->InjectedConvCpltCallback = HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConvCpltCallback; + break; + + case HAL_ADC_INJ_QUEUE_OVEFLOW_CB_ID : + hadc->InjectedQueueOverflowCallback = HAL_ADCEx_InjectedQueueOverflowCallback; + break; + + case HAL_ADC_LEVEL_OUT_OF_WINDOW_2_CB_ID : + hadc->LevelOutOfWindow2Callback = HAL_ADCEx_LevelOutOfWindow2Callback; + break; + + case HAL_ADC_LEVEL_OUT_OF_WINDOW_3_CB_ID : + hadc->LevelOutOfWindow3Callback = HAL_ADCEx_LevelOutOfWindow3Callback; + break; + + case HAL_ADC_END_OF_SAMPLING_CB_ID : + hadc->EndOfSamplingCallback = HAL_ADCEx_EndOfSamplingCallback; + break; + + case HAL_ADC_MSPINIT_CB_ID : + hadc->MspInitCallback = HAL_ADC_MspInit; /* Legacy weak MspInit */ + break; + + case HAL_ADC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : + hadc->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_ADC_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak MspDeInit */ + break; + + default : + /* Update the error code */ + hadc->ErrorCode |= HAL_ADC_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK; + + /* Return error status */ + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + } + else if (HAL_ADC_STATE_RESET == hadc->State) + { + switch (CallbackID) + { + case HAL_ADC_MSPINIT_CB_ID : + hadc->MspInitCallback = HAL_ADC_MspInit; /* Legacy weak MspInit */ + break; + + case HAL_ADC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : + hadc->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_ADC_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak MspDeInit */ + break; + + default : + /* Update the error code */ + hadc->ErrorCode |= HAL_ADC_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK; + + /* Return error status */ + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + } + else + { + /* Update the error code */ + hadc->ErrorCode |= HAL_ADC_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK; + + /* Return error status */ + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + + return status; +} + +#endif /* USE_HAL_ADC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_Exported_Functions_Group2 ADC Input and Output operation functions + * @brief ADC IO operation functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### IO operation functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Start conversion of regular group. + (+) Stop conversion of regular group. + (+) Poll for conversion complete on regular group. + (+) Poll for conversion event. + (+) Get result of regular channel conversion. + (+) Start conversion of regular group and enable interruptions. + (+) Stop conversion of regular group and disable interruptions. + (+) Handle ADC interrupt request + (+) Start conversion of regular group and enable DMA transfer. + (+) Stop conversion of regular group and disable ADC DMA transfer. +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enable ADC, start conversion of regular group. + * @note Interruptions enabled in this function: None. + * @note Case of multimode enabled (when multimode feature is available): + * if ADC is Slave, ADC is enabled but conversion is not started, + * if ADC is master, ADC is enabled and multimode conversion is started. + * @param hadc ADC handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Start(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef tmp_hal_status; +#if defined(ADC_MULTIMODE_SUPPORT) + const ADC_TypeDef *tmpADC_Master; + uint32_t tmp_multimode_config = LL_ADC_GetMultimode(__LL_ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); +#endif + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + + /* Perform ADC enable and conversion start if no conversion is on going */ + if (LL_ADC_REG_IsConversionOngoing(hadc->Instance) == 0UL) + { + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hadc); + + /* Enable the ADC peripheral */ + tmp_hal_status = ADC_Enable(hadc); + + /* Start conversion if ADC is effectively enabled */ + if (tmp_hal_status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Set ADC state */ + /* - Clear state bitfield related to regular group conversion results */ + /* - Set state bitfield related to regular operation */ + ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State, + HAL_ADC_STATE_READY | HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_EOC | HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_OVR | HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_EOSMP, + HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_BUSY); + +#if defined(ADC_MULTIMODE_SUPPORT) + /* Reset HAL_ADC_STATE_MULTIMODE_SLAVE bit + - if ADC instance is master or if multimode feature is not available + - if multimode setting is disabled (ADC instance slave in independent mode) */ + if ((__LL_ADC_MULTI_INSTANCE_MASTER(hadc->Instance) == hadc->Instance) + || (tmp_multimode_config == LL_ADC_MULTI_INDEPENDENT) + ) + { + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_MULTIMODE_SLAVE); + } +#endif + + /* Set ADC error code */ + /* Check if a conversion is on going on ADC group injected */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_BUSY)) + { + /* Reset ADC error code fields related to regular conversions only */ + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->ErrorCode, (HAL_ADC_ERROR_OVR | HAL_ADC_ERROR_DMA)); + } + else + { + /* Reset all ADC error code fields */ + ADC_CLEAR_ERRORCODE(hadc); + } + + /* Clear ADC group regular conversion flag and overrun flag */ + /* (To ensure of no unknown state from potential previous ADC operations) */ + __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc, (ADC_FLAG_EOC | ADC_FLAG_EOS | ADC_FLAG_OVR)); + + /* Process unlocked */ + /* Unlock before starting ADC conversions: in case of potential */ + /* interruption, to let the process to ADC IRQ Handler. */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + /* Enable conversion of regular group. */ + /* If software start has been selected, conversion starts immediately. */ + /* If external trigger has been selected, conversion will start at next */ + /* trigger event. */ + /* Case of multimode enabled (when multimode feature is available): */ + /* - if ADC is slave and dual regular conversions are enabled, ADC is */ + /* enabled only (conversion is not started), */ + /* - if ADC is master, ADC is enabled and conversion is started. */ +#if defined(ADC_MULTIMODE_SUPPORT) + if ((__LL_ADC_MULTI_INSTANCE_MASTER(hadc->Instance) == hadc->Instance) + || (tmp_multimode_config == LL_ADC_MULTI_INDEPENDENT) + || (tmp_multimode_config == LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_INJ_SIMULT) + || (tmp_multimode_config == LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_INJ_ALTERN) + ) + { + /* ADC instance is not a multimode slave instance with multimode regular conversions enabled */ + if (READ_BIT(hadc->Instance->CFGR, ADC_CFGR_JAUTO) != 0UL) + { + ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_EOC, HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_BUSY); + } + + /* Start ADC group regular conversion */ + LL_ADC_REG_StartConversion(hadc->Instance); + } + else + { + /* ADC instance is a multimode slave instance with multimode regular conversions enabled */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_MULTIMODE_SLAVE); + /* if Master ADC JAUTO bit is set, update Slave State in setting + HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_BUSY bit and in resetting HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_EOC bit */ + tmpADC_Master = __LL_ADC_MULTI_INSTANCE_MASTER(hadc->Instance); + if (READ_BIT(tmpADC_Master->CFGR, ADC_CFGR_JAUTO) != 0UL) + { + ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_EOC, HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_BUSY); + } + + } +#else + if (READ_BIT(hadc->Instance->CFGR, ADC_CFGR_JAUTO) != 0UL) + { + ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_EOC, HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_BUSY); + } + + /* Start ADC group regular conversion */ + LL_ADC_REG_StartConversion(hadc->Instance); +#endif + } + else + { + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + } + } + else + { + tmp_hal_status = HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Return function status */ + return tmp_hal_status; +} + +/** + * @brief Stop ADC conversion of regular group (and injected channels in + * case of auto_injection mode), disable ADC peripheral. + * @note: ADC peripheral disable is forcing stop of potential + * conversion on injected group. If injected group is under use, it + * should be preliminarily stopped using HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStop function. + * @param hadc ADC handle + * @retval HAL status. + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Stop(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef tmp_hal_status; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hadc); + + /* 1. Stop potential conversion on going, on ADC groups regular and injected */ + tmp_hal_status = ADC_ConversionStop(hadc, ADC_REGULAR_INJECTED_GROUP); + + /* Disable ADC peripheral if conversions are effectively stopped */ + if (tmp_hal_status == HAL_OK) + { + /* 2. Disable the ADC peripheral */ + tmp_hal_status = ADC_Disable(hadc); + + /* Check if ADC is effectively disabled */ + if (tmp_hal_status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Set ADC state */ + ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State, + HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_BUSY | HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_BUSY, + HAL_ADC_STATE_READY); + } + } + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + /* Return function status */ + return tmp_hal_status; +} + +/** + * @brief Wait for regular group conversion to be completed. + * @note ADC conversion flags EOS (end of sequence) and EOC (end of + * conversion) are cleared by this function, with an exception: + * if low power feature "LowPowerAutoWait" is enabled, flags are + * not cleared to not interfere with this feature until data register + * is read using function HAL_ADC_GetValue(). + * @note This function cannot be used in a particular setup: ADC configured + * in DMA mode and polling for end of each conversion (ADC init + * parameter "EOCSelection" set to ADC_EOC_SINGLE_CONV). + * In this case, DMA resets the flag EOC and polling cannot be + * performed on each conversion. Nevertheless, polling can still + * be performed on the complete sequence (ADC init + * parameter "EOCSelection" set to ADC_EOC_SEQ_CONV). + * @param hadc ADC handle + * @param Timeout Timeout value in millisecond. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_PollForConversion(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tickstart; + uint32_t tmp_Flag_End; + uint32_t tmp_cfgr; +#if defined(ADC_MULTIMODE_SUPPORT) + const ADC_TypeDef *tmpADC_Master; + uint32_t tmp_multimode_config = LL_ADC_GetMultimode(__LL_ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); +#endif + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + + /* If end of conversion selected to end of sequence conversions */ + if (hadc->Init.EOCSelection == ADC_EOC_SEQ_CONV) + { + tmp_Flag_End = ADC_FLAG_EOS; + } + /* If end of conversion selected to end of unitary conversion */ + else /* ADC_EOC_SINGLE_CONV */ + { + /* Verification that ADC configuration is compliant with polling for */ + /* each conversion: */ + /* Particular case is ADC configured in DMA mode and ADC sequencer with */ + /* several ranks and polling for end of each conversion. */ + /* For code simplicity sake, this particular case is generalized to */ + /* ADC configured in DMA mode and and polling for end of each conversion. */ +#if defined(ADC_MULTIMODE_SUPPORT) + if ((tmp_multimode_config == LL_ADC_MULTI_INDEPENDENT) + || (tmp_multimode_config == LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_INJ_SIMULT) + || (tmp_multimode_config == LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_INJ_ALTERN) + ) + { + /* Check ADC DMA mode in independent mode on ADC group regular */ + if (READ_BIT(hadc->Instance->CFGR, ADC_CFGR_DMAEN) != 0UL) + { + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_CONFIG); + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + tmp_Flag_End = (ADC_FLAG_EOC); + } + } + else + { + /* Check ADC DMA mode in multimode on ADC group regular */ + if (LL_ADC_GetMultiDMATransfer(__LL_ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)) != LL_ADC_MULTI_REG_DMA_EACH_ADC) + { + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_CONFIG); + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + tmp_Flag_End = (ADC_FLAG_EOC); + } + } +#else + /* Check ADC DMA mode */ + if (READ_BIT(hadc->Instance->CFGR, ADC_CFGR_DMAEN) != 0UL) + { + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_CONFIG); + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + tmp_Flag_End = (ADC_FLAG_EOC); + } +#endif + } + + /* Get tick count */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait until End of unitary conversion or sequence conversions flag is raised */ + while ((hadc->Instance->ISR & tmp_Flag_End) == 0UL) + { + /* Check if timeout is disabled (set to infinite wait) */ + if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if (((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout) || (Timeout == 0UL)) + { + /* New check to avoid false timeout detection in case of preemption */ + if ((hadc->Instance->ISR & tmp_Flag_End) == 0UL) + { + /* Update ADC state machine to timeout */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_TIMEOUT); + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + } + + /* Update ADC state machine */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_EOC); + + /* Determine whether any further conversion upcoming on group regular */ + /* by external trigger, continuous mode or scan sequence on going. */ + if ((LL_ADC_REG_IsTriggerSourceSWStart(hadc->Instance) != 0UL) + && (hadc->Init.ContinuousConvMode == DISABLE) + ) + { + /* Check whether end of sequence is reached */ + if (__HAL_ADC_GET_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_EOS)) + { + /* Set ADC state */ + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_BUSY); + + if ((hadc->State & HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_BUSY) == 0UL) + { + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_READY); + } + } + } + + /* Get relevant register CFGR in ADC instance of ADC master or slave */ + /* in function of multimode state (for devices with multimode */ + /* available). */ +#if defined(ADC_MULTIMODE_SUPPORT) + if ((__LL_ADC_MULTI_INSTANCE_MASTER(hadc->Instance) == hadc->Instance) + || (tmp_multimode_config == LL_ADC_MULTI_INDEPENDENT) + || (tmp_multimode_config == LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_INJ_SIMULT) + || (tmp_multimode_config == LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_INJ_ALTERN) + ) + { + /* Retrieve handle ADC CFGR register */ + tmp_cfgr = READ_REG(hadc->Instance->CFGR); + } + else + { + /* Retrieve Master ADC CFGR register */ + tmpADC_Master = __LL_ADC_MULTI_INSTANCE_MASTER(hadc->Instance); + tmp_cfgr = READ_REG(tmpADC_Master->CFGR); + } +#else + /* Retrieve handle ADC CFGR register */ + tmp_cfgr = READ_REG(hadc->Instance->CFGR); +#endif + + /* Clear polled flag */ + if (tmp_Flag_End == ADC_FLAG_EOS) + { + __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_EOS); + } + else + { + /* Clear end of conversion EOC flag of regular group if low power feature */ + /* "LowPowerAutoWait " is disabled, to not interfere with this feature */ + /* until data register is read using function HAL_ADC_GetValue(). */ + if (READ_BIT(tmp_cfgr, ADC_CFGR_AUTDLY) == 0UL) + { + __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc, (ADC_FLAG_EOC | ADC_FLAG_EOS)); + } + } + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Poll for ADC event. + * @param hadc ADC handle + * @param EventType the ADC event type. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref ADC_EOSMP_EVENT ADC End of Sampling event + * @arg @ref ADC_AWD1_EVENT ADC Analog watchdog 1 event (main analog watchdog, present on all STM32 devices) + * @arg @ref ADC_AWD2_EVENT ADC Analog watchdog 2 event (additional analog watchdog, not present on all STM32 families) + * @arg @ref ADC_AWD3_EVENT ADC Analog watchdog 3 event (additional analog watchdog, not present on all STM32 families) + * @arg @ref ADC_OVR_EVENT ADC Overrun event + * @arg @ref ADC_JQOVF_EVENT ADC Injected context queue overflow event + * @param Timeout Timeout value in millisecond. + * @note The relevant flag is cleared if found to be set, except for ADC_FLAG_OVR. + * Indeed, the latter is reset only if hadc->Init.Overrun field is set + * to ADC_OVR_DATA_OVERWRITTEN. Otherwise, data register may be potentially overwritten + * by a new converted data as soon as OVR is cleared. + * To reset OVR flag once the preserved data is retrieved, the user can resort + * to macro __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_OVR); + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_PollForEvent(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc, uint32_t EventType, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tickstart; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_EVENT_TYPE(EventType)); + + /* Get tick count */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Check selected event flag */ + while (__HAL_ADC_GET_FLAG(hadc, EventType) == 0UL) + { + /* Check if timeout is disabled (set to infinite wait) */ + if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if (((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout) || (Timeout == 0UL)) + { + /* New check to avoid false timeout detection in case of preemption */ + if (__HAL_ADC_GET_FLAG(hadc, EventType) == 0UL) + { + /* Update ADC state machine to timeout */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_TIMEOUT); + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + } + + switch (EventType) + { + /* End Of Sampling event */ + case ADC_EOSMP_EVENT: + /* Set ADC state */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_EOSMP); + + /* Clear the End Of Sampling flag */ + __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_EOSMP); + + break; + + /* Analog watchdog (level out of window) event */ + /* Note: In case of several analog watchdog enabled, if needed to know */ + /* which one triggered and on which ADCx, test ADC state of analog watchdog */ + /* flags HAL_ADC_STATE_AWD1/2/3 using function "HAL_ADC_GetState()". */ + /* For example: */ + /* " if ((HAL_ADC_GetState(hadc1) & HAL_ADC_STATE_AWD1) != 0UL) " */ + /* " if ((HAL_ADC_GetState(hadc1) & HAL_ADC_STATE_AWD2) != 0UL) " */ + /* " if ((HAL_ADC_GetState(hadc1) & HAL_ADC_STATE_AWD3) != 0UL) " */ + + /* Check analog watchdog 1 flag */ + case ADC_AWD_EVENT: + /* Set ADC state */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_AWD1); + + /* Clear ADC analog watchdog flag */ + __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_AWD1); + + break; + + /* Check analog watchdog 2 flag */ + case ADC_AWD2_EVENT: + /* Set ADC state */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_AWD2); + + /* Clear ADC analog watchdog flag */ + __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_AWD2); + + break; + + /* Check analog watchdog 3 flag */ + case ADC_AWD3_EVENT: + /* Set ADC state */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_AWD3); + + /* Clear ADC analog watchdog flag */ + __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_AWD3); + + break; + + /* Injected context queue overflow event */ + case ADC_JQOVF_EVENT: + /* Set ADC state */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_JQOVF); + + /* Set ADC error code to Injected context queue overflow */ + SET_BIT(hadc->ErrorCode, HAL_ADC_ERROR_JQOVF); + + /* Clear ADC Injected context queue overflow flag */ + __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_JQOVF); + + break; + + /* Overrun event */ + default: /* Case ADC_OVR_EVENT */ + /* If overrun is set to overwrite previous data, overrun event is not */ + /* considered as an error. */ + /* (cf ref manual "Managing conversions without using the DMA and without */ + /* overrun ") */ + if (hadc->Init.Overrun == ADC_OVR_DATA_PRESERVED) + { + /* Set ADC state */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_OVR); + + /* Set ADC error code to overrun */ + SET_BIT(hadc->ErrorCode, HAL_ADC_ERROR_OVR); + } + else + { + /* Clear ADC Overrun flag only if Overrun is set to ADC_OVR_DATA_OVERWRITTEN + otherwise, data register is potentially overwritten by new converted data as soon + as OVR is cleared. */ + __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_OVR); + } + break; + } + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Enable ADC, start conversion of regular group with interruption. + * @note Interruptions enabled in this function according to initialization + * setting : EOC (end of conversion), EOS (end of sequence), + * OVR overrun. + * Each of these interruptions has its dedicated callback function. + * @note Case of multimode enabled (when multimode feature is available): + * HAL_ADC_Start_IT() must be called for ADC Slave first, then for + * ADC Master. + * For ADC Slave, ADC is enabled only (conversion is not started). + * For ADC Master, ADC is enabled and multimode conversion is started. + * @note To guarantee a proper reset of all interruptions once all the needed + * conversions are obtained, HAL_ADC_Stop_IT() must be called to ensure + * a correct stop of the IT-based conversions. + * @note By default, HAL_ADC_Start_IT() does not enable the End Of Sampling + * interruption. If required (e.g. in case of oversampling with trigger + * mode), the user must: + * 1. first clear the EOSMP flag if set with macro __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_EOSMP) + * 2. then enable the EOSMP interrupt with macro __HAL_ADC_ENABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_EOSMP) + * before calling HAL_ADC_Start_IT(). + * @param hadc ADC handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Start_IT(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef tmp_hal_status; +#if defined(ADC_MULTIMODE_SUPPORT) + const ADC_TypeDef *tmpADC_Master; + uint32_t tmp_multimode_config = LL_ADC_GetMultimode(__LL_ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); +#endif + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + + /* Perform ADC enable and conversion start if no conversion is on going */ + if (LL_ADC_REG_IsConversionOngoing(hadc->Instance) == 0UL) + { + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hadc); + + /* Enable the ADC peripheral */ + tmp_hal_status = ADC_Enable(hadc); + + /* Start conversion if ADC is effectively enabled */ + if (tmp_hal_status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Set ADC state */ + /* - Clear state bitfield related to regular group conversion results */ + /* - Set state bitfield related to regular operation */ + ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State, + HAL_ADC_STATE_READY | HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_EOC | HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_OVR | HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_EOSMP, + HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_BUSY); + +#if defined(ADC_MULTIMODE_SUPPORT) + /* Reset HAL_ADC_STATE_MULTIMODE_SLAVE bit + - if ADC instance is master or if multimode feature is not available + - if multimode setting is disabled (ADC instance slave in independent mode) */ + if ((__LL_ADC_MULTI_INSTANCE_MASTER(hadc->Instance) == hadc->Instance) + || (tmp_multimode_config == LL_ADC_MULTI_INDEPENDENT) + ) + { + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_MULTIMODE_SLAVE); + } +#endif + + /* Set ADC error code */ + /* Check if a conversion is on going on ADC group injected */ + if ((hadc->State & HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_BUSY) != 0UL) + { + /* Reset ADC error code fields related to regular conversions only */ + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->ErrorCode, (HAL_ADC_ERROR_OVR | HAL_ADC_ERROR_DMA)); + } + else + { + /* Reset all ADC error code fields */ + ADC_CLEAR_ERRORCODE(hadc); + } + + /* Clear ADC group regular conversion flag and overrun flag */ + /* (To ensure of no unknown state from potential previous ADC operations) */ + __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc, (ADC_FLAG_EOC | ADC_FLAG_EOS | ADC_FLAG_OVR)); + + /* Process unlocked */ + /* Unlock before starting ADC conversions: in case of potential */ + /* interruption, to let the process to ADC IRQ Handler. */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + /* Disable all interruptions before enabling the desired ones */ + __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, (ADC_IT_EOC | ADC_IT_EOS | ADC_IT_OVR)); + + /* Enable ADC end of conversion interrupt */ + switch (hadc->Init.EOCSelection) + { + case ADC_EOC_SEQ_CONV: + __HAL_ADC_ENABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_EOS); + break; + /* case ADC_EOC_SINGLE_CONV */ + default: + __HAL_ADC_ENABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_EOC); + break; + } + + /* Enable ADC overrun interrupt */ + /* If hadc->Init.Overrun is set to ADC_OVR_DATA_PRESERVED, only then is + ADC_IT_OVR enabled; otherwise data overwrite is considered as normal + behavior and no CPU time is lost for a non-processed interruption */ + if (hadc->Init.Overrun == ADC_OVR_DATA_PRESERVED) + { + __HAL_ADC_ENABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_OVR); + } + + /* Enable conversion of regular group. */ + /* If software start has been selected, conversion starts immediately. */ + /* If external trigger has been selected, conversion will start at next */ + /* trigger event. */ + /* Case of multimode enabled (when multimode feature is available): */ + /* - if ADC is slave and dual regular conversions are enabled, ADC is */ + /* enabled only (conversion is not started), */ + /* - if ADC is master, ADC is enabled and conversion is started. */ +#if defined(ADC_MULTIMODE_SUPPORT) + if ((__LL_ADC_MULTI_INSTANCE_MASTER(hadc->Instance) == hadc->Instance) + || (tmp_multimode_config == LL_ADC_MULTI_INDEPENDENT) + || (tmp_multimode_config == LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_INJ_SIMULT) + || (tmp_multimode_config == LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_INJ_ALTERN) + ) + { + /* ADC instance is not a multimode slave instance with multimode regular conversions enabled */ + if (READ_BIT(hadc->Instance->CFGR, ADC_CFGR_JAUTO) != 0UL) + { + ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_EOC, HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_BUSY); + + /* Enable as well injected interruptions in case + HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStart_IT() has not been called beforehand. This + allows to start regular and injected conversions when JAUTO is + set with a single call to HAL_ADC_Start_IT() */ + switch (hadc->Init.EOCSelection) + { + case ADC_EOC_SEQ_CONV: + __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_JEOC); + __HAL_ADC_ENABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_JEOS); + break; + /* case ADC_EOC_SINGLE_CONV */ + default: + __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_JEOS); + __HAL_ADC_ENABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_JEOC); + break; + } + } + + /* Start ADC group regular conversion */ + LL_ADC_REG_StartConversion(hadc->Instance); + } + else + { + /* ADC instance is a multimode slave instance with multimode regular conversions enabled */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_MULTIMODE_SLAVE); + /* if Master ADC JAUTO bit is set, Slave injected interruptions + are enabled nevertheless (for same reason as above) */ + tmpADC_Master = __LL_ADC_MULTI_INSTANCE_MASTER(hadc->Instance); + if (READ_BIT(tmpADC_Master->CFGR, ADC_CFGR_JAUTO) != 0UL) + { + /* First, update Slave State in setting HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_BUSY bit + and in resetting HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_EOC bit */ + ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_EOC, HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_BUSY); + /* Next, set Slave injected interruptions */ + switch (hadc->Init.EOCSelection) + { + case ADC_EOC_SEQ_CONV: + __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_JEOC); + __HAL_ADC_ENABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_JEOS); + break; + /* case ADC_EOC_SINGLE_CONV */ + default: + __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_JEOS); + __HAL_ADC_ENABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_JEOC); + break; + } + } + } +#else + /* ADC instance is not a multimode slave instance with multimode regular conversions enabled */ + if (READ_BIT(hadc->Instance->CFGR, ADC_CFGR_JAUTO) != 0UL) + { + ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_EOC, HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_BUSY); + + /* Enable as well injected interruptions in case + HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStart_IT() has not been called beforehand. This + allows to start regular and injected conversions when JAUTO is + set with a single call to HAL_ADC_Start_IT() */ + switch (hadc->Init.EOCSelection) + { + case ADC_EOC_SEQ_CONV: + __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_JEOC); + __HAL_ADC_ENABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_JEOS); + break; + /* case ADC_EOC_SINGLE_CONV */ + default: + __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_JEOS); + __HAL_ADC_ENABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_JEOC); + break; + } + } + + /* Start ADC group regular conversion */ + LL_ADC_REG_StartConversion(hadc->Instance); +#endif + } + else + { + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + } + + } + else + { + tmp_hal_status = HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Return function status */ + return tmp_hal_status; +} + +/** + * @brief Stop ADC conversion of regular group (and injected group in + * case of auto_injection mode), disable interrution of + * end-of-conversion, disable ADC peripheral. + * @param hadc ADC handle + * @retval HAL status. + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Stop_IT(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef tmp_hal_status; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hadc); + + /* 1. Stop potential conversion on going, on ADC groups regular and injected */ + tmp_hal_status = ADC_ConversionStop(hadc, ADC_REGULAR_INJECTED_GROUP); + + /* Disable ADC peripheral if conversions are effectively stopped */ + if (tmp_hal_status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable ADC end of conversion interrupt for regular group */ + /* Disable ADC overrun interrupt */ + __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, (ADC_IT_EOC | ADC_IT_EOS | ADC_IT_OVR)); + + /* 2. Disable the ADC peripheral */ + tmp_hal_status = ADC_Disable(hadc); + + /* Check if ADC is effectively disabled */ + if (tmp_hal_status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Set ADC state */ + ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State, + HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_BUSY | HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_BUSY, + HAL_ADC_STATE_READY); + } + } + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + /* Return function status */ + return tmp_hal_status; +} + +/** + * @brief Enable ADC, start conversion of regular group and transfer result through DMA. + * @note Interruptions enabled in this function: + * overrun (if applicable), DMA half transfer, DMA transfer complete. + * Each of these interruptions has its dedicated callback function. + * @note Case of multimode enabled (when multimode feature is available): HAL_ADC_Start_DMA() + * is designed for single-ADC mode only. For multimode, the dedicated + * HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeStart_DMA() function must be used. + * @param hadc ADC handle + * @param pData Destination Buffer address. + * @param Length Number of data to be transferred from ADC peripheral to memory + * @retval HAL status. + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Start_DMA(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc, uint32_t *pData, uint32_t Length) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef tmp_hal_status; +#if defined(ADC_MULTIMODE_SUPPORT) + uint32_t tmp_multimode_config = LL_ADC_GetMultimode(__LL_ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); +#endif + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + + /* Perform ADC enable and conversion start if no conversion is on going */ + if (LL_ADC_REG_IsConversionOngoing(hadc->Instance) == 0UL) + { + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hadc); + +#if defined(ADC_MULTIMODE_SUPPORT) + /* Ensure that multimode regular conversions are not enabled. */ + /* Otherwise, dedicated API HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeStart_DMA() must be used. */ + if ((ADC_IS_INDEPENDENT(hadc) != RESET) + || (tmp_multimode_config == LL_ADC_MULTI_INDEPENDENT) + || (tmp_multimode_config == LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_INJ_SIMULT) + || (tmp_multimode_config == LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_INJ_ALTERN) + ) +#endif /* ADC_MULTIMODE_SUPPORT */ + { + /* Enable the ADC peripheral */ + tmp_hal_status = ADC_Enable(hadc); + + /* Start conversion if ADC is effectively enabled */ + if (tmp_hal_status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Set ADC state */ + /* - Clear state bitfield related to regular group conversion results */ + /* - Set state bitfield related to regular operation */ + ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State, + HAL_ADC_STATE_READY | HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_EOC | HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_OVR | HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_EOSMP, + HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_BUSY); + +#if defined(ADC_MULTIMODE_SUPPORT) + /* Reset HAL_ADC_STATE_MULTIMODE_SLAVE bit + - if ADC instance is master or if multimode feature is not available + - if multimode setting is disabled (ADC instance slave in independent mode) */ + if ((__LL_ADC_MULTI_INSTANCE_MASTER(hadc->Instance) == hadc->Instance) + || (tmp_multimode_config == LL_ADC_MULTI_INDEPENDENT) + ) + { + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_MULTIMODE_SLAVE); + } +#endif + + /* Check if a conversion is on going on ADC group injected */ + if ((hadc->State & HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_BUSY) != 0UL) + { + /* Reset ADC error code fields related to regular conversions only */ + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->ErrorCode, (HAL_ADC_ERROR_OVR | HAL_ADC_ERROR_DMA)); + } + else + { + /* Reset all ADC error code fields */ + ADC_CLEAR_ERRORCODE(hadc); + } + + /* Set the DMA transfer complete callback */ + hadc->DMA_Handle->XferCpltCallback = ADC_DMAConvCplt; + + /* Set the DMA half transfer complete callback */ + hadc->DMA_Handle->XferHalfCpltCallback = ADC_DMAHalfConvCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + hadc->DMA_Handle->XferErrorCallback = ADC_DMAError; + + + /* Manage ADC and DMA start: ADC overrun interruption, DMA start, */ + /* ADC start (in case of SW start): */ + + /* Clear regular group conversion flag and overrun flag */ + /* (To ensure of no unknown state from potential previous ADC */ + /* operations) */ + __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc, (ADC_FLAG_EOC | ADC_FLAG_EOS | ADC_FLAG_OVR)); + + /* Process unlocked */ + /* Unlock before starting ADC conversions: in case of potential */ + /* interruption, to let the process to ADC IRQ Handler. */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + /* With DMA, overrun event is always considered as an error even if + hadc->Init.Overrun is set to ADC_OVR_DATA_OVERWRITTEN. Therefore, + ADC_IT_OVR is enabled. */ + __HAL_ADC_ENABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_OVR); + + /* Enable ADC DMA mode */ + SET_BIT(hadc->Instance->CFGR, ADC_CFGR_DMAEN); + + /* Start the DMA channel */ + tmp_hal_status = HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hadc->DMA_Handle, (uint32_t)&hadc->Instance->DR, (uint32_t)pData, Length); + + /* Enable conversion of regular group. */ + /* If software start has been selected, conversion starts immediately. */ + /* If external trigger has been selected, conversion will start at next */ + /* trigger event. */ + /* Start ADC group regular conversion */ + LL_ADC_REG_StartConversion(hadc->Instance); + } + else + { + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + } + + } +#if defined(ADC_MULTIMODE_SUPPORT) + else + { + tmp_hal_status = HAL_ERROR; + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + } +#endif + } + else + { + tmp_hal_status = HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Return function status */ + return tmp_hal_status; +} + +/** + * @brief Stop ADC conversion of regular group (and injected group in + * case of auto_injection mode), disable ADC DMA transfer, disable + * ADC peripheral. + * @note: ADC peripheral disable is forcing stop of potential + * conversion on ADC group injected. If ADC group injected is under use, it + * should be preliminarily stopped using HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStop function. + * @note Case of multimode enabled (when multimode feature is available): + * HAL_ADC_Stop_DMA() function is dedicated to single-ADC mode only. + * For multimode, the dedicated HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeStop_DMA() API must be used. + * @param hadc ADC handle + * @retval HAL status. + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Stop_DMA(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef tmp_hal_status; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hadc); + + /* 1. Stop potential ADC group regular conversion on going */ + tmp_hal_status = ADC_ConversionStop(hadc, ADC_REGULAR_INJECTED_GROUP); + + /* Disable ADC peripheral if conversions are effectively stopped */ + if (tmp_hal_status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable ADC DMA (ADC DMA configuration of continuous requests is kept) */ + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->Instance->CFGR, ADC_CFGR_DMAEN); + + /* Disable the DMA channel (in case of DMA in circular mode or stop */ + /* while DMA transfer is on going) */ + if (hadc->DMA_Handle->State == HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY) + { + tmp_hal_status = HAL_DMA_Abort(hadc->DMA_Handle); + + /* Check if DMA channel effectively disabled */ + if (tmp_hal_status != HAL_OK) + { + /* Update ADC state machine to error */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_DMA); + } + } + + /* Disable ADC overrun interrupt */ + __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_OVR); + + /* 2. Disable the ADC peripheral */ + /* Update "tmp_hal_status" only if DMA channel disabling passed, */ + /* to keep in memory a potential failing status. */ + if (tmp_hal_status == HAL_OK) + { + tmp_hal_status = ADC_Disable(hadc); + } + else + { + (void)ADC_Disable(hadc); + } + + /* Check if ADC is effectively disabled */ + if (tmp_hal_status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Set ADC state */ + ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State, + HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_BUSY | HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_BUSY, + HAL_ADC_STATE_READY); + } + + } + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + /* Return function status */ + return tmp_hal_status; +} + +/** + * @brief Get ADC regular group conversion result. + * @note Reading register DR automatically clears ADC flag EOC + * (ADC group regular end of unitary conversion). + * @note This function does not clear ADC flag EOS + * (ADC group regular end of sequence conversion). + * Occurrence of flag EOS rising: + * - If sequencer is composed of 1 rank, flag EOS is equivalent + * to flag EOC. + * - If sequencer is composed of several ranks, during the scan + * sequence flag EOC only is raised, at the end of the scan sequence + * both flags EOC and EOS are raised. + * To clear this flag, either use function: + * in programming model IT: @ref HAL_ADC_IRQHandler(), in programming + * model polling: @ref HAL_ADC_PollForConversion() + * or @ref __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(&hadc, ADC_FLAG_EOS). + * @param hadc ADC handle + * @retval ADC group regular conversion data + */ +uint32_t HAL_ADC_GetValue(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + + /* Note: EOC flag is not cleared here by software because automatically */ + /* cleared by hardware when reading register DR. */ + + /* Return ADC converted value */ + return hadc->Instance->DR; +} + +/** + * @brief Handle ADC interrupt request. + * @param hadc ADC handle + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_ADC_IRQHandler(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc) +{ + uint32_t overrun_error = 0UL; /* flag set if overrun occurrence has to be considered as an error */ + uint32_t tmp_isr = hadc->Instance->ISR; + uint32_t tmp_ier = hadc->Instance->IER; + uint32_t tmp_adc_inj_is_trigger_source_sw_start; + uint32_t tmp_adc_reg_is_trigger_source_sw_start; + uint32_t tmp_cfgr; +#if defined(ADC_MULTIMODE_SUPPORT) + const ADC_TypeDef *tmpADC_Master; + uint32_t tmp_multimode_config = LL_ADC_GetMultimode(__LL_ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); +#endif + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_EOC_SELECTION(hadc->Init.EOCSelection)); + + /* ========== Check End of Sampling flag for ADC group regular ========== */ + if (((tmp_isr & ADC_FLAG_EOSMP) == ADC_FLAG_EOSMP) && ((tmp_ier & ADC_IT_EOSMP) == ADC_IT_EOSMP)) + { + /* Update state machine on end of sampling status if not in error state */ + if ((hadc->State & HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_INTERNAL) == 0UL) + { + /* Set ADC state */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_EOSMP); + } + + /* End Of Sampling callback */ +#if (USE_HAL_ADC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hadc->EndOfSamplingCallback(hadc); +#else + HAL_ADCEx_EndOfSamplingCallback(hadc); +#endif /* USE_HAL_ADC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + + /* Clear regular group conversion flag */ + __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_EOSMP); + } + + /* ====== Check ADC group regular end of unitary conversion sequence conversions ===== */ + if ((((tmp_isr & ADC_FLAG_EOC) == ADC_FLAG_EOC) && ((tmp_ier & ADC_IT_EOC) == ADC_IT_EOC)) || + (((tmp_isr & ADC_FLAG_EOS) == ADC_FLAG_EOS) && ((tmp_ier & ADC_IT_EOS) == ADC_IT_EOS))) + { + /* Update state machine on conversion status if not in error state */ + if ((hadc->State & HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_INTERNAL) == 0UL) + { + /* Set ADC state */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_EOC); + } + + /* Determine whether any further conversion upcoming on group regular */ + /* by external trigger, continuous mode or scan sequence on going */ + /* to disable interruption. */ + if (LL_ADC_REG_IsTriggerSourceSWStart(hadc->Instance) != 0UL) + { + /* Get relevant register CFGR in ADC instance of ADC master or slave */ + /* in function of multimode state (for devices with multimode */ + /* available). */ +#if defined(ADC_MULTIMODE_SUPPORT) + if ((__LL_ADC_MULTI_INSTANCE_MASTER(hadc->Instance) == hadc->Instance) + || (tmp_multimode_config == LL_ADC_MULTI_INDEPENDENT) + || (tmp_multimode_config == LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_INJ_SIMULT) + || (tmp_multimode_config == LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_INJ_ALTERN) + ) + { + /* check CONT bit directly in handle ADC CFGR register */ + tmp_cfgr = READ_REG(hadc->Instance->CFGR); + } + else + { + /* else need to check Master ADC CONT bit */ + tmpADC_Master = __LL_ADC_MULTI_INSTANCE_MASTER(hadc->Instance); + tmp_cfgr = READ_REG(tmpADC_Master->CFGR); + } +#else + tmp_cfgr = READ_REG(hadc->Instance->CFGR); +#endif + + /* Carry on if continuous mode is disabled */ + if (READ_BIT(tmp_cfgr, ADC_CFGR_CONT) != ADC_CFGR_CONT) + { + /* If End of Sequence is reached, disable interrupts */ + if (__HAL_ADC_GET_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_EOS)) + { + /* Allowed to modify bits ADC_IT_EOC/ADC_IT_EOS only if bit */ + /* ADSTART==0 (no conversion on going) */ + if (LL_ADC_REG_IsConversionOngoing(hadc->Instance) == 0UL) + { + /* Disable ADC end of sequence conversion interrupt */ + /* Note: Overrun interrupt was enabled with EOC interrupt in */ + /* HAL_Start_IT(), but is not disabled here because can be used */ + /* by overrun IRQ process below. */ + __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_EOC | ADC_IT_EOS); + + /* Set ADC state */ + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_BUSY); + + if ((hadc->State & HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_BUSY) == 0UL) + { + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_READY); + } + } + else + { + /* Change ADC state to error state */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_INTERNAL); + + /* Set ADC error code to ADC peripheral internal error */ + SET_BIT(hadc->ErrorCode, HAL_ADC_ERROR_INTERNAL); + } + } + } + } + + /* Conversion complete callback */ + /* Note: Into callback function "HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback()", */ + /* to determine if conversion has been triggered from EOC or EOS, */ + /* possibility to use: */ + /* " if ( __HAL_ADC_GET_FLAG(&hadc, ADC_FLAG_EOS)) " */ +#if (USE_HAL_ADC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hadc->ConvCpltCallback(hadc); +#else + HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback(hadc); +#endif /* USE_HAL_ADC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + + /* Clear regular group conversion flag */ + /* Note: in case of overrun set to ADC_OVR_DATA_PRESERVED, end of */ + /* conversion flags clear induces the release of the preserved data.*/ + /* Therefore, if the preserved data value is needed, it must be */ + /* read preliminarily into HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback(). */ + __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc, (ADC_FLAG_EOC | ADC_FLAG_EOS)); + } + + /* ====== Check ADC group injected end of unitary conversion sequence conversions ===== */ + if ((((tmp_isr & ADC_FLAG_JEOC) == ADC_FLAG_JEOC) && ((tmp_ier & ADC_IT_JEOC) == ADC_IT_JEOC)) || + (((tmp_isr & ADC_FLAG_JEOS) == ADC_FLAG_JEOS) && ((tmp_ier & ADC_IT_JEOS) == ADC_IT_JEOS))) + { + /* Update state machine on conversion status if not in error state */ + if ((hadc->State & HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_INTERNAL) == 0UL) + { + /* Set ADC state */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_EOC); + } + + /* Retrieve ADC configuration */ + tmp_adc_inj_is_trigger_source_sw_start = LL_ADC_INJ_IsTriggerSourceSWStart(hadc->Instance); + tmp_adc_reg_is_trigger_source_sw_start = LL_ADC_REG_IsTriggerSourceSWStart(hadc->Instance); + /* Get relevant register CFGR in ADC instance of ADC master or slave */ + /* in function of multimode state (for devices with multimode */ + /* available). */ +#if defined(ADC_MULTIMODE_SUPPORT) + if ((__LL_ADC_MULTI_INSTANCE_MASTER(hadc->Instance) == hadc->Instance) + || (tmp_multimode_config == LL_ADC_MULTI_INDEPENDENT) + || (tmp_multimode_config == LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_REG_SIMULT) + || (tmp_multimode_config == LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_REG_INTERL) + ) + { + tmp_cfgr = READ_REG(hadc->Instance->CFGR); + } + else + { + tmpADC_Master = __LL_ADC_MULTI_INSTANCE_MASTER(hadc->Instance); + tmp_cfgr = READ_REG(tmpADC_Master->CFGR); + } +#else + tmp_cfgr = READ_REG(hadc->Instance->CFGR); +#endif + + /* Disable interruption if no further conversion upcoming by injected */ + /* external trigger or by automatic injected conversion with regular */ + /* group having no further conversion upcoming (same conditions as */ + /* regular group interruption disabling above), */ + /* and if injected scan sequence is completed. */ + if (tmp_adc_inj_is_trigger_source_sw_start != 0UL) + { + if ((READ_BIT(tmp_cfgr, ADC_CFGR_JAUTO) == 0UL) || + ((tmp_adc_reg_is_trigger_source_sw_start != 0UL) && + (READ_BIT(tmp_cfgr, ADC_CFGR_CONT) == 0UL))) + { + /* If End of Sequence is reached, disable interrupts */ + if (__HAL_ADC_GET_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_JEOS)) + { + /* Particular case if injected contexts queue is enabled: */ + /* when the last context has been fully processed, JSQR is reset */ + /* by the hardware. Even if no injected conversion is planned to come */ + /* (queue empty, triggers are ignored), it can start again */ + /* immediately after setting a new context (JADSTART is still set). */ + /* Therefore, state of HAL ADC injected group is kept to busy. */ + if (READ_BIT(tmp_cfgr, ADC_CFGR_JQM) == 0UL) + { + /* Allowed to modify bits ADC_IT_JEOC/ADC_IT_JEOS only if bit */ + /* JADSTART==0 (no conversion on going) */ + if (LL_ADC_INJ_IsConversionOngoing(hadc->Instance) == 0UL) + { + /* Disable ADC end of sequence conversion interrupt */ + __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_JEOC | ADC_IT_JEOS); + + /* Set ADC state */ + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_BUSY); + + if ((hadc->State & HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_BUSY) == 0UL) + { + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_READY); + } + } + else + { + /* Update ADC state machine to error */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_INTERNAL); + + /* Set ADC error code to ADC peripheral internal error */ + SET_BIT(hadc->ErrorCode, HAL_ADC_ERROR_INTERNAL); + } + } + } + } + } + + /* Injected Conversion complete callback */ + /* Note: HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConvCpltCallback can resort to + if (__HAL_ADC_GET_FLAG(&hadc, ADC_FLAG_JEOS)) or + if (__HAL_ADC_GET_FLAG(&hadc, ADC_FLAG_JEOC)) to determine whether + interruption has been triggered by end of conversion or end of + sequence. */ +#if (USE_HAL_ADC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hadc->InjectedConvCpltCallback(hadc); +#else + HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConvCpltCallback(hadc); +#endif /* USE_HAL_ADC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + + /* Clear injected group conversion flag */ + __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_JEOC | ADC_FLAG_JEOS); + } + + /* ========== Check Analog watchdog 1 flag ========== */ + if (((tmp_isr & ADC_FLAG_AWD1) == ADC_FLAG_AWD1) && ((tmp_ier & ADC_IT_AWD1) == ADC_IT_AWD1)) + { + /* Set ADC state */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_AWD1); + + /* Level out of window 1 callback */ +#if (USE_HAL_ADC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hadc->LevelOutOfWindowCallback(hadc); +#else + HAL_ADC_LevelOutOfWindowCallback(hadc); +#endif /* USE_HAL_ADC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + + /* Clear ADC analog watchdog flag */ + __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_AWD1); + } + + /* ========== Check analog watchdog 2 flag ========== */ + if (((tmp_isr & ADC_FLAG_AWD2) == ADC_FLAG_AWD2) && ((tmp_ier & ADC_IT_AWD2) == ADC_IT_AWD2)) + { + /* Set ADC state */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_AWD2); + + /* Level out of window 2 callback */ +#if (USE_HAL_ADC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hadc->LevelOutOfWindow2Callback(hadc); +#else + HAL_ADCEx_LevelOutOfWindow2Callback(hadc); +#endif /* USE_HAL_ADC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + + /* Clear ADC analog watchdog flag */ + __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_AWD2); + } + + /* ========== Check analog watchdog 3 flag ========== */ + if (((tmp_isr & ADC_FLAG_AWD3) == ADC_FLAG_AWD3) && ((tmp_ier & ADC_IT_AWD3) == ADC_IT_AWD3)) + { + /* Set ADC state */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_AWD3); + + /* Level out of window 3 callback */ +#if (USE_HAL_ADC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hadc->LevelOutOfWindow3Callback(hadc); +#else + HAL_ADCEx_LevelOutOfWindow3Callback(hadc); +#endif /* USE_HAL_ADC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + + /* Clear ADC analog watchdog flag */ + __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_AWD3); + } + + /* ========== Check Overrun flag ========== */ + if (((tmp_isr & ADC_FLAG_OVR) == ADC_FLAG_OVR) && ((tmp_ier & ADC_IT_OVR) == ADC_IT_OVR)) + { + /* If overrun is set to overwrite previous data (default setting), */ + /* overrun event is not considered as an error. */ + /* (cf ref manual "Managing conversions without using the DMA and without */ + /* overrun ") */ + /* Exception for usage with DMA overrun event always considered as an */ + /* error. */ + if (hadc->Init.Overrun == ADC_OVR_DATA_PRESERVED) + { + overrun_error = 1UL; + } + else + { + /* Check DMA configuration */ +#if defined(ADC_MULTIMODE_SUPPORT) + if (tmp_multimode_config != LL_ADC_MULTI_INDEPENDENT) + { + /* Multimode (when feature is available) is enabled, + Common Control Register MDMA bits must be checked. */ + if (LL_ADC_GetMultiDMATransfer(__LL_ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)) != LL_ADC_MULTI_REG_DMA_EACH_ADC) + { + overrun_error = 1UL; + } + } + else +#endif + { + /* Multimode not set or feature not available or ADC independent */ + if ((hadc->Instance->CFGR & ADC_CFGR_DMAEN) != 0UL) + { + overrun_error = 1UL; + } + } + } + + if (overrun_error == 1UL) + { + /* Change ADC state to error state */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_OVR); + + /* Set ADC error code to overrun */ + SET_BIT(hadc->ErrorCode, HAL_ADC_ERROR_OVR); + + /* Error callback */ + /* Note: In case of overrun, ADC conversion data is preserved until */ + /* flag OVR is reset. */ + /* Therefore, old ADC conversion data can be retrieved in */ + /* function "HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback()". */ +#if (USE_HAL_ADC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hadc->ErrorCallback(hadc); +#else + HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback(hadc); +#endif /* USE_HAL_ADC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + + /* Clear ADC overrun flag */ + __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_OVR); + } + + /* ========== Check Injected context queue overflow flag ========== */ + if (((tmp_isr & ADC_FLAG_JQOVF) == ADC_FLAG_JQOVF) && ((tmp_ier & ADC_IT_JQOVF) == ADC_IT_JQOVF)) + { + /* Change ADC state to overrun state */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_JQOVF); + + /* Set ADC error code to Injected context queue overflow */ + SET_BIT(hadc->ErrorCode, HAL_ADC_ERROR_JQOVF); + + /* Clear the Injected context queue overflow flag */ + __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_JQOVF); + + /* Injected context queue overflow callback */ +#if (USE_HAL_ADC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hadc->InjectedQueueOverflowCallback(hadc); +#else + HAL_ADCEx_InjectedQueueOverflowCallback(hadc); +#endif /* USE_HAL_ADC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + +} + +/** + * @brief Conversion complete callback in non-blocking mode. + * @param hadc ADC handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hadc); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed, + function HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback must be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Conversion DMA half-transfer callback in non-blocking mode. + * @param hadc ADC handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_ADC_ConvHalfCpltCallback(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hadc); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed, + function HAL_ADC_ConvHalfCpltCallback must be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Analog watchdog 1 callback in non-blocking mode. + * @param hadc ADC handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_ADC_LevelOutOfWindowCallback(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hadc); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed, + function HAL_ADC_LevelOutOfWindowCallback must be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @brief ADC error callback in non-blocking mode + * (ADC conversion with interruption or transfer by DMA). + * @note In case of error due to overrun when using ADC with DMA transfer + * (HAL ADC handle parameter "ErrorCode" to state "HAL_ADC_ERROR_OVR"): + * - Reinitialize the DMA using function "HAL_ADC_Stop_DMA()". + * - If needed, restart a new ADC conversion using function + * "HAL_ADC_Start_DMA()" + * (this function is also clearing overrun flag) + * @param hadc ADC handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hadc); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed, + function HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback must be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions + * @brief Peripheral Control functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Configure channels on regular group + (+) Configure the analog watchdog + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configure a channel to be assigned to ADC group regular. + * @note In case of usage of internal measurement channels: + * Vbat/VrefInt/TempSensor. + * These internal paths can be disabled using function + * HAL_ADC_DeInit(). + * @note Possibility to update parameters on the fly: + * This function initializes channel into ADC group regular, + * following calls to this function can be used to reconfigure + * some parameters of structure "ADC_ChannelConfTypeDef" on the fly, + * without resetting the ADC. + * The setting of these parameters is conditioned to ADC state: + * Refer to comments of structure "ADC_ChannelConfTypeDef". + * @param hadc ADC handle + * @param sConfig Structure of ADC channel assigned to ADC group regular. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_ConfigChannel(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc, ADC_ChannelConfTypeDef *sConfig) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef tmp_hal_status = HAL_OK; + uint32_t tmpOffsetShifted; + uint32_t tmp_config_internal_channel; + __IO uint32_t wait_loop_index = 0UL; + uint32_t tmp_adc_is_conversion_on_going_regular; + uint32_t tmp_adc_is_conversion_on_going_injected; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_REGULAR_RANK(sConfig->Rank)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_SAMPLE_TIME(sConfig->SamplingTime)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_SINGLE_DIFFERENTIAL(sConfig->SingleDiff)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_OFFSET_NUMBER(sConfig->OffsetNumber)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_RANGE(ADC_GET_RESOLUTION(hadc), sConfig->Offset)); + + /* if ROVSE is set, the value of the OFFSETy_EN bit in ADCx_OFRy register is + ignored (considered as reset) */ + assert_param(!((sConfig->OffsetNumber != ADC_OFFSET_NONE) && (hadc->Init.OversamplingMode == ENABLE))); + + /* Verification of channel number */ + if (sConfig->SingleDiff != ADC_DIFFERENTIAL_ENDED) + { + assert_param(IS_ADC_CHANNEL(hadc, sConfig->Channel)); + } + else + { + assert_param(IS_ADC_DIFF_CHANNEL(hadc, sConfig->Channel)); + } + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hadc); + + /* Parameters update conditioned to ADC state: */ + /* Parameters that can be updated when ADC is disabled or enabled without */ + /* conversion on going on regular group: */ + /* - Channel number */ + /* - Channel rank */ + if (LL_ADC_REG_IsConversionOngoing(hadc->Instance) == 0UL) + { +#if !defined (USE_FULL_ASSERT) + /* Correspondence for compatibility with legacy definition of */ + /* sequencer ranks in direct number format. This correspondence can */ + /* be done only on ranks 1 to 5 due to literal values. */ + /* Note: Sequencer ranks in direct number format are no more used */ + /* and are detected by activating USE_FULL_ASSERT feature. */ + if (sConfig->Rank <= 5U) + { + switch (sConfig->Rank) + { + case 2U: + sConfig->Rank = ADC_REGULAR_RANK_2; + break; + case 3U: + sConfig->Rank = ADC_REGULAR_RANK_3; + break; + case 4U: + sConfig->Rank = ADC_REGULAR_RANK_4; + break; + case 5U: + sConfig->Rank = ADC_REGULAR_RANK_5; + break; + /* case 1U */ + default: + sConfig->Rank = ADC_REGULAR_RANK_1; + break; + } + } +#endif + + /* Set ADC group regular sequence: channel on the selected scan sequence rank */ + LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks(hadc->Instance, sConfig->Rank, sConfig->Channel); + + /* Parameters update conditioned to ADC state: */ + /* Parameters that can be updated when ADC is disabled or enabled without */ + /* conversion on going on regular group: */ + /* - Channel sampling time */ + /* - Channel offset */ + tmp_adc_is_conversion_on_going_regular = LL_ADC_REG_IsConversionOngoing(hadc->Instance); + tmp_adc_is_conversion_on_going_injected = LL_ADC_INJ_IsConversionOngoing(hadc->Instance); + if ((tmp_adc_is_conversion_on_going_regular == 0UL) + && (tmp_adc_is_conversion_on_going_injected == 0UL) + ) + { +#if defined(ADC_SMPR1_SMPPLUS) + /* Manage specific case of sampling time 3.5 cycles replacing 2.5 cyles */ + if (sConfig->SamplingTime == ADC_SAMPLETIME_3CYCLES_5) + { + /* Set sampling time of the selected ADC channel */ + LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime(hadc->Instance, sConfig->Channel, LL_ADC_SAMPLINGTIME_2CYCLES_5); + + /* Set ADC sampling time common configuration */ + LL_ADC_SetSamplingTimeCommonConfig(hadc->Instance, LL_ADC_SAMPLINGTIME_COMMON_3C5_REPL_2C5); + } + else + { + /* Set sampling time of the selected ADC channel */ + LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime(hadc->Instance, sConfig->Channel, sConfig->SamplingTime); + + /* Set ADC sampling time common configuration */ + LL_ADC_SetSamplingTimeCommonConfig(hadc->Instance, LL_ADC_SAMPLINGTIME_COMMON_DEFAULT); + } +#else + /* Set sampling time of the selected ADC channel */ + LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime(hadc->Instance, sConfig->Channel, sConfig->SamplingTime); +#endif + + /* Configure the offset: offset enable/disable, channel, offset value */ + + /* Shift the offset with respect to the selected ADC resolution. */ + /* Offset has to be left-aligned on bit 11, the LSB (right bits) are set to 0 */ + tmpOffsetShifted = ADC_OFFSET_SHIFT_RESOLUTION(hadc, (uint32_t)sConfig->Offset); + + if (sConfig->OffsetNumber != ADC_OFFSET_NONE) + { + /* Set ADC selected offset number */ + LL_ADC_SetOffset(hadc->Instance, sConfig->OffsetNumber, sConfig->Channel, tmpOffsetShifted); + + } + else + { + /* Scan each offset register to check if the selected channel is targeted. */ + /* If this is the case, the corresponding offset number is disabled. */ + if (__LL_ADC_CHANNEL_TO_DECIMAL_NB(LL_ADC_GetOffsetChannel(hadc->Instance, LL_ADC_OFFSET_1)) + == __LL_ADC_CHANNEL_TO_DECIMAL_NB(sConfig->Channel)) + { + LL_ADC_SetOffsetState(hadc->Instance, LL_ADC_OFFSET_1, LL_ADC_OFFSET_DISABLE); + } + if (__LL_ADC_CHANNEL_TO_DECIMAL_NB(LL_ADC_GetOffsetChannel(hadc->Instance, LL_ADC_OFFSET_2)) + == __LL_ADC_CHANNEL_TO_DECIMAL_NB(sConfig->Channel)) + { + LL_ADC_SetOffsetState(hadc->Instance, LL_ADC_OFFSET_2, LL_ADC_OFFSET_DISABLE); + } + if (__LL_ADC_CHANNEL_TO_DECIMAL_NB(LL_ADC_GetOffsetChannel(hadc->Instance, LL_ADC_OFFSET_3)) + == __LL_ADC_CHANNEL_TO_DECIMAL_NB(sConfig->Channel)) + { + LL_ADC_SetOffsetState(hadc->Instance, LL_ADC_OFFSET_3, LL_ADC_OFFSET_DISABLE); + } + if (__LL_ADC_CHANNEL_TO_DECIMAL_NB(LL_ADC_GetOffsetChannel(hadc->Instance, LL_ADC_OFFSET_4)) + == __LL_ADC_CHANNEL_TO_DECIMAL_NB(sConfig->Channel)) + { + LL_ADC_SetOffsetState(hadc->Instance, LL_ADC_OFFSET_4, LL_ADC_OFFSET_DISABLE); + } + } + } + + /* Parameters update conditioned to ADC state: */ + /* Parameters that can be updated only when ADC is disabled: */ + /* - Single or differential mode */ + if (LL_ADC_IsEnabled(hadc->Instance) == 0UL) + { + /* Set mode single-ended or differential input of the selected ADC channel */ + LL_ADC_SetChannelSingleDiff(hadc->Instance, sConfig->Channel, sConfig->SingleDiff); + + /* Configuration of differential mode */ + if (sConfig->SingleDiff == ADC_DIFFERENTIAL_ENDED) + { + /* Set sampling time of the selected ADC channel */ + /* Note: ADC channel number masked with value "0x1F" to ensure shift value within 32 bits range */ + LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime(hadc->Instance, + (uint32_t)(__LL_ADC_DECIMAL_NB_TO_CHANNEL((__LL_ADC_CHANNEL_TO_DECIMAL_NB((uint32_t)sConfig->Channel) + 1UL) & 0x1FUL)), + sConfig->SamplingTime); + } + + } + + /* Management of internal measurement channels: Vbat/VrefInt/TempSensor. */ + /* If internal channel selected, enable dedicated internal buffers and */ + /* paths. */ + /* Note: these internal measurement paths can be disabled using */ + /* HAL_ADC_DeInit(). */ + + if (__LL_ADC_IS_CHANNEL_INTERNAL(sConfig->Channel)) + { + tmp_config_internal_channel = LL_ADC_GetCommonPathInternalCh(__LL_ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + + /* If the requested internal measurement path has already been enabled, */ + /* bypass the configuration processing. */ + if ((sConfig->Channel == ADC_CHANNEL_TEMPSENSOR) + && ((tmp_config_internal_channel & LL_ADC_PATH_INTERNAL_TEMPSENSOR) == 0UL)) + { + if (ADC_TEMPERATURE_SENSOR_INSTANCE(hadc)) + { + LL_ADC_SetCommonPathInternalCh(__LL_ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance), + LL_ADC_PATH_INTERNAL_TEMPSENSOR | tmp_config_internal_channel); + + /* Delay for temperature sensor stabilization time */ + /* Wait loop initialization and execution */ + /* Note: Variable divided by 2 to compensate partially */ + /* CPU processing cycles, scaling in us split to not */ + /* exceed 32 bits register capacity and handle low frequency. */ + wait_loop_index = ((LL_ADC_DELAY_TEMPSENSOR_STAB_US / 10UL) * ((SystemCoreClock / (100000UL * 2UL)) + 1UL)); + while (wait_loop_index != 0UL) + { + wait_loop_index--; + } + } + } + else if ((sConfig->Channel == ADC_CHANNEL_VBAT) && ((tmp_config_internal_channel & LL_ADC_PATH_INTERNAL_VBAT) == 0UL)) + { + if (ADC_BATTERY_VOLTAGE_INSTANCE(hadc)) + { + LL_ADC_SetCommonPathInternalCh(__LL_ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance), + LL_ADC_PATH_INTERNAL_VBAT | tmp_config_internal_channel); + } + } + else if ((sConfig->Channel == ADC_CHANNEL_VREFINT) + && ((tmp_config_internal_channel & LL_ADC_PATH_INTERNAL_VREFINT) == 0UL)) + { + if (ADC_VREFINT_INSTANCE(hadc)) + { + LL_ADC_SetCommonPathInternalCh(__LL_ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance), + LL_ADC_PATH_INTERNAL_VREFINT | tmp_config_internal_channel); + } + } + else + { + /* nothing to do */ + } + } + } + + /* If a conversion is on going on regular group, no update on regular */ + /* channel could be done on neither of the channel configuration structure */ + /* parameters. */ + else + { + /* Update ADC state machine to error */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_CONFIG); + + tmp_hal_status = HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + /* Return function status */ + return tmp_hal_status; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the analog watchdog. + * @note Possibility to update parameters on the fly: + * This function initializes the selected analog watchdog, successive + * calls to this function can be used to reconfigure some parameters + * of structure "ADC_AnalogWDGConfTypeDef" on the fly, without resetting + * the ADC. + * The setting of these parameters is conditioned to ADC state. + * For parameters constraints, see comments of structure + * "ADC_AnalogWDGConfTypeDef". + * @note On this STM32 series, analog watchdog thresholds cannot be modified + * while ADC conversion is on going. + * @param hadc ADC handle + * @param AnalogWDGConfig Structure of ADC analog watchdog configuration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_AnalogWDGConfig(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc, ADC_AnalogWDGConfTypeDef *AnalogWDGConfig) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef tmp_hal_status = HAL_OK; + uint32_t tmpAWDHighThresholdShifted; + uint32_t tmpAWDLowThresholdShifted; + uint32_t tmp_adc_is_conversion_on_going_regular; + uint32_t tmp_adc_is_conversion_on_going_injected; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_ANALOG_WATCHDOG_NUMBER(AnalogWDGConfig->WatchdogNumber)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_ANALOG_WATCHDOG_MODE(AnalogWDGConfig->WatchdogMode)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(AnalogWDGConfig->ITMode)); + + if ((AnalogWDGConfig->WatchdogMode == ADC_ANALOGWATCHDOG_SINGLE_REG) || + (AnalogWDGConfig->WatchdogMode == ADC_ANALOGWATCHDOG_SINGLE_INJEC) || + (AnalogWDGConfig->WatchdogMode == ADC_ANALOGWATCHDOG_SINGLE_REGINJEC)) + { + assert_param(IS_ADC_CHANNEL(hadc, AnalogWDGConfig->Channel)); + } + + /* Verify thresholds range */ + if (hadc->Init.OversamplingMode == ENABLE) + { + /* Case of oversampling enabled: depending on ratio and shift configuration, + analog watchdog thresholds can be higher than ADC resolution. + Verify if thresholds are within maximum thresholds range. */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_RANGE(ADC_RESOLUTION_12B, AnalogWDGConfig->HighThreshold)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_RANGE(ADC_RESOLUTION_12B, AnalogWDGConfig->LowThreshold)); + } + else + { + /* Verify if thresholds are within the selected ADC resolution */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_RANGE(ADC_GET_RESOLUTION(hadc), AnalogWDGConfig->HighThreshold)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_RANGE(ADC_GET_RESOLUTION(hadc), AnalogWDGConfig->LowThreshold)); + } + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hadc); + + /* Parameters update conditioned to ADC state: */ + /* Parameters that can be updated when ADC is disabled or enabled without */ + /* conversion on going on ADC groups regular and injected: */ + /* - Analog watchdog channels */ + /* - Analog watchdog thresholds */ + tmp_adc_is_conversion_on_going_regular = LL_ADC_REG_IsConversionOngoing(hadc->Instance); + tmp_adc_is_conversion_on_going_injected = LL_ADC_INJ_IsConversionOngoing(hadc->Instance); + if ((tmp_adc_is_conversion_on_going_regular == 0UL) + && (tmp_adc_is_conversion_on_going_injected == 0UL) + ) + { + /* Analog watchdog configuration */ + if (AnalogWDGConfig->WatchdogNumber == ADC_ANALOGWATCHDOG_1) + { + /* Configuration of analog watchdog: */ + /* - Set the analog watchdog enable mode: one or overall group of */ + /* channels, on groups regular and-or injected. */ + switch (AnalogWDGConfig->WatchdogMode) + { + case ADC_ANALOGWATCHDOG_SINGLE_REG: + LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDMonitChannels(hadc->Instance, LL_ADC_AWD1, __LL_ADC_ANALOGWD_CHANNEL_GROUP(AnalogWDGConfig->Channel, + LL_ADC_GROUP_REGULAR)); + break; + + case ADC_ANALOGWATCHDOG_SINGLE_INJEC: + LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDMonitChannels(hadc->Instance, LL_ADC_AWD1, __LL_ADC_ANALOGWD_CHANNEL_GROUP(AnalogWDGConfig->Channel, + LL_ADC_GROUP_INJECTED)); + break; + + case ADC_ANALOGWATCHDOG_SINGLE_REGINJEC: + LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDMonitChannels(hadc->Instance, LL_ADC_AWD1, __LL_ADC_ANALOGWD_CHANNEL_GROUP(AnalogWDGConfig->Channel, + LL_ADC_GROUP_REGULAR_INJECTED)); + break; + + case ADC_ANALOGWATCHDOG_ALL_REG: + LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDMonitChannels(hadc->Instance, LL_ADC_AWD1, LL_ADC_AWD_ALL_CHANNELS_REG); + break; + + case ADC_ANALOGWATCHDOG_ALL_INJEC: + LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDMonitChannels(hadc->Instance, LL_ADC_AWD1, LL_ADC_AWD_ALL_CHANNELS_INJ); + break; + + case ADC_ANALOGWATCHDOG_ALL_REGINJEC: + LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDMonitChannels(hadc->Instance, LL_ADC_AWD1, LL_ADC_AWD_ALL_CHANNELS_REG_INJ); + break; + + default: /* ADC_ANALOGWATCHDOG_NONE */ + LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDMonitChannels(hadc->Instance, LL_ADC_AWD1, LL_ADC_AWD_DISABLE); + break; + } + + /* Shift the offset in function of the selected ADC resolution: */ + /* Thresholds have to be left-aligned on bit 11, the LSB (right bits) */ + /* are set to 0 */ + tmpAWDHighThresholdShifted = ADC_AWD1THRESHOLD_SHIFT_RESOLUTION(hadc, AnalogWDGConfig->HighThreshold); + tmpAWDLowThresholdShifted = ADC_AWD1THRESHOLD_SHIFT_RESOLUTION(hadc, AnalogWDGConfig->LowThreshold); + + /* Set ADC analog watchdog thresholds value of both thresholds high and low */ + LL_ADC_ConfigAnalogWDThresholds(hadc->Instance, AnalogWDGConfig->WatchdogNumber, tmpAWDHighThresholdShifted, + tmpAWDLowThresholdShifted); + + /* Update state, clear previous result related to AWD1 */ + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_AWD1); + + /* Clear flag ADC analog watchdog */ + /* Note: Flag cleared Clear the ADC Analog watchdog flag to be ready */ + /* to use for HAL_ADC_IRQHandler() or HAL_ADC_PollForEvent() */ + /* (in case left enabled by previous ADC operations). */ + LL_ADC_ClearFlag_AWD1(hadc->Instance); + + /* Configure ADC analog watchdog interrupt */ + if (AnalogWDGConfig->ITMode == ENABLE) + { + LL_ADC_EnableIT_AWD1(hadc->Instance); + } + else + { + LL_ADC_DisableIT_AWD1(hadc->Instance); + } + } + /* Case of ADC_ANALOGWATCHDOG_2 or ADC_ANALOGWATCHDOG_3 */ + else + { + switch (AnalogWDGConfig->WatchdogMode) + { + case ADC_ANALOGWATCHDOG_SINGLE_REG: + case ADC_ANALOGWATCHDOG_SINGLE_INJEC: + case ADC_ANALOGWATCHDOG_SINGLE_REGINJEC: + /* Update AWD by bitfield to keep the possibility to monitor */ + /* several channels by successive calls of this function. */ + if (AnalogWDGConfig->WatchdogNumber == ADC_ANALOGWATCHDOG_2) + { + SET_BIT(hadc->Instance->AWD2CR, (1UL << (__LL_ADC_CHANNEL_TO_DECIMAL_NB(AnalogWDGConfig->Channel) & 0x1FUL))); + } + else + { + SET_BIT(hadc->Instance->AWD3CR, (1UL << (__LL_ADC_CHANNEL_TO_DECIMAL_NB(AnalogWDGConfig->Channel) & 0x1FUL))); + } + break; + + case ADC_ANALOGWATCHDOG_ALL_REG: + case ADC_ANALOGWATCHDOG_ALL_INJEC: + case ADC_ANALOGWATCHDOG_ALL_REGINJEC: + LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDMonitChannels(hadc->Instance, AnalogWDGConfig->WatchdogNumber, LL_ADC_AWD_ALL_CHANNELS_REG_INJ); + break; + + default: /* ADC_ANALOGWATCHDOG_NONE */ + LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDMonitChannels(hadc->Instance, AnalogWDGConfig->WatchdogNumber, LL_ADC_AWD_DISABLE); + break; + } + + /* Shift the thresholds in function of the selected ADC resolution */ + /* have to be left-aligned on bit 7, the LSB (right bits) are set to 0 */ + tmpAWDHighThresholdShifted = ADC_AWD23THRESHOLD_SHIFT_RESOLUTION(hadc, AnalogWDGConfig->HighThreshold); + tmpAWDLowThresholdShifted = ADC_AWD23THRESHOLD_SHIFT_RESOLUTION(hadc, AnalogWDGConfig->LowThreshold); + + /* Set ADC analog watchdog thresholds value of both thresholds high and low */ + LL_ADC_ConfigAnalogWDThresholds(hadc->Instance, AnalogWDGConfig->WatchdogNumber, tmpAWDHighThresholdShifted, + tmpAWDLowThresholdShifted); + + if (AnalogWDGConfig->WatchdogNumber == ADC_ANALOGWATCHDOG_2) + { + /* Update state, clear previous result related to AWD2 */ + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_AWD2); + + /* Clear flag ADC analog watchdog */ + /* Note: Flag cleared Clear the ADC Analog watchdog flag to be ready */ + /* to use for HAL_ADC_IRQHandler() or HAL_ADC_PollForEvent() */ + /* (in case left enabled by previous ADC operations). */ + LL_ADC_ClearFlag_AWD2(hadc->Instance); + + /* Configure ADC analog watchdog interrupt */ + if (AnalogWDGConfig->ITMode == ENABLE) + { + LL_ADC_EnableIT_AWD2(hadc->Instance); + } + else + { + LL_ADC_DisableIT_AWD2(hadc->Instance); + } + } + /* (AnalogWDGConfig->WatchdogNumber == ADC_ANALOGWATCHDOG_3) */ + else + { + /* Update state, clear previous result related to AWD3 */ + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_AWD3); + + /* Clear flag ADC analog watchdog */ + /* Note: Flag cleared Clear the ADC Analog watchdog flag to be ready */ + /* to use for HAL_ADC_IRQHandler() or HAL_ADC_PollForEvent() */ + /* (in case left enabled by previous ADC operations). */ + LL_ADC_ClearFlag_AWD3(hadc->Instance); + + /* Configure ADC analog watchdog interrupt */ + if (AnalogWDGConfig->ITMode == ENABLE) + { + LL_ADC_EnableIT_AWD3(hadc->Instance); + } + else + { + LL_ADC_DisableIT_AWD3(hadc->Instance); + } + } + } + + } + /* If a conversion is on going on ADC group regular or injected, no update */ + /* could be done on neither of the AWD configuration structure parameters. */ + else + { + /* Update ADC state machine to error */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_CONFIG); + + tmp_hal_status = HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + /* Return function status */ + return tmp_hal_status; +} + + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_Exported_Functions_Group4 Peripheral State functions + * @brief ADC Peripheral State functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral state and errors functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides functions to get in run-time the status of the + peripheral. + (+) Check the ADC state + (+) Check the ADC error code + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Return the ADC handle state. + * @note ADC state machine is managed by bitfields, ADC status must be + * compared with states bits. + * For example: + * " if ((HAL_ADC_GetState(hadc1) & HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_BUSY) != 0UL) " + * " if ((HAL_ADC_GetState(hadc1) & HAL_ADC_STATE_AWD1) != 0UL) " + * @param hadc ADC handle + * @retval ADC handle state (bitfield on 32 bits) + */ +uint32_t HAL_ADC_GetState(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + + /* Return ADC handle state */ + return hadc->State; +} + +/** + * @brief Return the ADC error code. + * @param hadc ADC handle + * @retval ADC error code (bitfield on 32 bits) + */ +uint32_t HAL_ADC_GetError(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + + return hadc->ErrorCode; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_Private_Functions ADC Private Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Stop ADC conversion. + * @param hadc ADC handle + * @param ConversionGroup ADC group regular and/or injected. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref ADC_REGULAR_GROUP ADC regular conversion type. + * @arg @ref ADC_INJECTED_GROUP ADC injected conversion type. + * @arg @ref ADC_REGULAR_INJECTED_GROUP ADC regular and injected conversion type. + * @retval HAL status. + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef ADC_ConversionStop(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc, uint32_t ConversionGroup) +{ + uint32_t tickstart; + uint32_t Conversion_Timeout_CPU_cycles = 0UL; + uint32_t conversion_group_reassigned = ConversionGroup; + uint32_t tmp_ADC_CR_ADSTART_JADSTART; + uint32_t tmp_adc_is_conversion_on_going_regular; + uint32_t tmp_adc_is_conversion_on_going_injected; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_CONVERSION_GROUP(ConversionGroup)); + + /* Verification if ADC is not already stopped (on regular and injected */ + /* groups) to bypass this function if not needed. */ + tmp_adc_is_conversion_on_going_regular = LL_ADC_REG_IsConversionOngoing(hadc->Instance); + tmp_adc_is_conversion_on_going_injected = LL_ADC_INJ_IsConversionOngoing(hadc->Instance); + if ((tmp_adc_is_conversion_on_going_regular != 0UL) + || (tmp_adc_is_conversion_on_going_injected != 0UL) + ) + { + /* Particular case of continuous auto-injection mode combined with */ + /* auto-delay mode. */ + /* In auto-injection mode, regular group stop ADC_CR_ADSTP is used (not */ + /* injected group stop ADC_CR_JADSTP). */ + /* Procedure to be followed: Wait until JEOS=1, clear JEOS, set ADSTP=1 */ + /* (see reference manual). */ + if (((hadc->Instance->CFGR & ADC_CFGR_JAUTO) != 0UL) + && (hadc->Init.ContinuousConvMode == ENABLE) + && (hadc->Init.LowPowerAutoWait == ENABLE) + ) + { + /* Use stop of regular group */ + conversion_group_reassigned = ADC_REGULAR_GROUP; + + /* Wait until JEOS=1 (maximum Timeout: 4 injected conversions) */ + while (__HAL_ADC_GET_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_JEOS) == 0UL) + { + if (Conversion_Timeout_CPU_cycles >= (ADC_CONVERSION_TIME_MAX_CPU_CYCLES * 4UL)) + { + /* Update ADC state machine to error */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_INTERNAL); + + /* Set ADC error code to ADC peripheral internal error */ + SET_BIT(hadc->ErrorCode, HAL_ADC_ERROR_INTERNAL); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + Conversion_Timeout_CPU_cycles ++; + } + + /* Clear JEOS */ + __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_JEOS); + } + + /* Stop potential conversion on going on ADC group regular */ + if (conversion_group_reassigned != ADC_INJECTED_GROUP) + { + /* Software is allowed to set ADSTP only when ADSTART=1 and ADDIS=0 */ + if (LL_ADC_REG_IsConversionOngoing(hadc->Instance) != 0UL) + { + if (LL_ADC_IsDisableOngoing(hadc->Instance) == 0UL) + { + /* Stop ADC group regular conversion */ + LL_ADC_REG_StopConversion(hadc->Instance); + } + } + } + + /* Stop potential conversion on going on ADC group injected */ + if (conversion_group_reassigned != ADC_REGULAR_GROUP) + { + /* Software is allowed to set JADSTP only when JADSTART=1 and ADDIS=0 */ + if (LL_ADC_INJ_IsConversionOngoing(hadc->Instance) != 0UL) + { + if (LL_ADC_IsDisableOngoing(hadc->Instance) == 0UL) + { + /* Stop ADC group injected conversion */ + LL_ADC_INJ_StopConversion(hadc->Instance); + } + } + } + + /* Selection of start and stop bits with respect to the regular or injected group */ + switch (conversion_group_reassigned) + { + case ADC_REGULAR_INJECTED_GROUP: + tmp_ADC_CR_ADSTART_JADSTART = (ADC_CR_ADSTART | ADC_CR_JADSTART); + break; + case ADC_INJECTED_GROUP: + tmp_ADC_CR_ADSTART_JADSTART = ADC_CR_JADSTART; + break; + /* Case ADC_REGULAR_GROUP only*/ + default: + tmp_ADC_CR_ADSTART_JADSTART = ADC_CR_ADSTART; + break; + } + + /* Wait for conversion effectively stopped */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + while ((hadc->Instance->CR & tmp_ADC_CR_ADSTART_JADSTART) != 0UL) + { + if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > ADC_STOP_CONVERSION_TIMEOUT) + { + /* New check to avoid false timeout detection in case of preemption */ + if ((hadc->Instance->CR & tmp_ADC_CR_ADSTART_JADSTART) != 0UL) + { + /* Update ADC state machine to error */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_INTERNAL); + + /* Set ADC error code to ADC peripheral internal error */ + SET_BIT(hadc->ErrorCode, HAL_ADC_ERROR_INTERNAL); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + } + + } + + /* Return HAL status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Enable the selected ADC. + * @note Prerequisite condition to use this function: ADC must be disabled + * and voltage regulator must be enabled (done into HAL_ADC_Init()). + * @param hadc ADC handle + * @retval HAL status. + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef ADC_Enable(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc) +{ + uint32_t tickstart; + + /* ADC enable and wait for ADC ready (in case of ADC is disabled or */ + /* enabling phase not yet completed: flag ADC ready not yet set). */ + /* Timeout implemented to not be stuck if ADC cannot be enabled (possible */ + /* causes: ADC clock not running, ...). */ + if (LL_ADC_IsEnabled(hadc->Instance) == 0UL) + { + /* Check if conditions to enable the ADC are fulfilled */ + if ((hadc->Instance->CR & (ADC_CR_ADCAL | ADC_CR_JADSTP | ADC_CR_ADSTP | ADC_CR_JADSTART | ADC_CR_ADSTART + | ADC_CR_ADDIS | ADC_CR_ADEN)) != 0UL) + { + /* Update ADC state machine to error */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_INTERNAL); + + /* Set ADC error code to ADC peripheral internal error */ + SET_BIT(hadc->ErrorCode, HAL_ADC_ERROR_INTERNAL); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Enable the ADC peripheral */ + LL_ADC_Enable(hadc->Instance); + + /* Wait for ADC effectively enabled */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + while (__HAL_ADC_GET_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_RDY) == 0UL) + { + /* If ADEN bit is set less than 4 ADC clock cycles after the ADCAL bit + has been cleared (after a calibration), ADEN bit is reset by the + calibration logic. + The workaround is to continue setting ADEN until ADRDY is becomes 1. + Additionally, ADC_ENABLE_TIMEOUT is defined to encompass this + 4 ADC clock cycle duration */ + /* Note: Test of ADC enabled required due to hardware constraint to */ + /* not enable ADC if already enabled. */ + if (LL_ADC_IsEnabled(hadc->Instance) == 0UL) + { + LL_ADC_Enable(hadc->Instance); + } + + if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > ADC_ENABLE_TIMEOUT) + { + /* New check to avoid false timeout detection in case of preemption */ + if (__HAL_ADC_GET_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_RDY) == 0UL) + { + /* Update ADC state machine to error */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_INTERNAL); + + /* Set ADC error code to ADC peripheral internal error */ + SET_BIT(hadc->ErrorCode, HAL_ADC_ERROR_INTERNAL); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + } + } + + /* Return HAL status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Disable the selected ADC. + * @note Prerequisite condition to use this function: ADC conversions must be + * stopped. + * @param hadc ADC handle + * @retval HAL status. + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef ADC_Disable(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc) +{ + uint32_t tickstart; + const uint32_t tmp_adc_is_disable_on_going = LL_ADC_IsDisableOngoing(hadc->Instance); + + /* Verification if ADC is not already disabled: */ + /* Note: forbidden to disable ADC (set bit ADC_CR_ADDIS) if ADC is already */ + /* disabled. */ + if ((LL_ADC_IsEnabled(hadc->Instance) != 0UL) + && (tmp_adc_is_disable_on_going == 0UL) + ) + { + /* Check if conditions to disable the ADC are fulfilled */ + if ((hadc->Instance->CR & (ADC_CR_JADSTART | ADC_CR_ADSTART | ADC_CR_ADEN)) == ADC_CR_ADEN) + { + /* Disable the ADC peripheral */ + LL_ADC_Disable(hadc->Instance); + __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc, (ADC_FLAG_EOSMP | ADC_FLAG_RDY)); + } + else + { + /* Update ADC state machine to error */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_INTERNAL); + + /* Set ADC error code to ADC peripheral internal error */ + SET_BIT(hadc->ErrorCode, HAL_ADC_ERROR_INTERNAL); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Wait for ADC effectively disabled */ + /* Get tick count */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + while ((hadc->Instance->CR & ADC_CR_ADEN) != 0UL) + { + if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > ADC_DISABLE_TIMEOUT) + { + /* New check to avoid false timeout detection in case of preemption */ + if ((hadc->Instance->CR & ADC_CR_ADEN) != 0UL) + { + /* Update ADC state machine to error */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_INTERNAL); + + /* Set ADC error code to ADC peripheral internal error */ + SET_BIT(hadc->ErrorCode, HAL_ADC_ERROR_INTERNAL); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + } + } + + /* Return HAL status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief DMA transfer complete callback. + * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_DMAConvCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + /* Retrieve ADC handle corresponding to current DMA handle */ + ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc = (ADC_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; + + /* Update state machine on conversion status if not in error state */ + if ((hadc->State & (HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_INTERNAL | HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_DMA)) == 0UL) + { + /* Set ADC state */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_EOC); + + /* Determine whether any further conversion upcoming on group regular */ + /* by external trigger, continuous mode or scan sequence on going */ + /* to disable interruption. */ + /* Is it the end of the regular sequence ? */ + if ((hadc->Instance->ISR & ADC_FLAG_EOS) != 0UL) + { + /* Are conversions software-triggered ? */ + if (LL_ADC_REG_IsTriggerSourceSWStart(hadc->Instance) != 0UL) + { + /* Is CONT bit set ? */ + if (READ_BIT(hadc->Instance->CFGR, ADC_CFGR_CONT) == 0UL) + { + /* CONT bit is not set, no more conversions expected */ + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_BUSY); + if ((hadc->State & HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_BUSY) == 0UL) + { + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_READY); + } + } + } + } + else + { + /* DMA End of Transfer interrupt was triggered but conversions sequence + is not over. If DMACFG is set to 0, conversions are stopped. */ + if (READ_BIT(hadc->Instance->CFGR, ADC_CFGR_DMACFG) == 0UL) + { + /* DMACFG bit is not set, conversions are stopped. */ + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_BUSY); + if ((hadc->State & HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_BUSY) == 0UL) + { + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_READY); + } + } + } + + /* Conversion complete callback */ +#if (USE_HAL_ADC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hadc->ConvCpltCallback(hadc); +#else + HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback(hadc); +#endif /* USE_HAL_ADC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + else /* DMA and-or internal error occurred */ + { + if ((hadc->State & HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_INTERNAL) != 0UL) + { + /* Call HAL ADC Error Callback function */ +#if (USE_HAL_ADC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hadc->ErrorCallback(hadc); +#else + HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback(hadc); +#endif /* USE_HAL_ADC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + else + { + /* Call ADC DMA error callback */ + hadc->DMA_Handle->XferErrorCallback(hdma); + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief DMA half transfer complete callback. + * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_DMAHalfConvCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + /* Retrieve ADC handle corresponding to current DMA handle */ + ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc = (ADC_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; + + /* Half conversion callback */ +#if (USE_HAL_ADC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hadc->ConvHalfCpltCallback(hadc); +#else + HAL_ADC_ConvHalfCpltCallback(hadc); +#endif /* USE_HAL_ADC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ +} + +/** + * @brief DMA error callback. + * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + /* Retrieve ADC handle corresponding to current DMA handle */ + ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc = (ADC_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; + + /* Set ADC state */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_DMA); + + /* Set ADC error code to DMA error */ + SET_BIT(hadc->ErrorCode, HAL_ADC_ERROR_DMA); + + /* Error callback */ +#if (USE_HAL_ADC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hadc->ErrorCallback(hadc); +#else + HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback(hadc); +#endif /* USE_HAL_ADC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_ADC_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ diff --git a/project/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_adc_ex.c b/project/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_adc_ex.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a0714a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/project/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_adc_ex.c @@ -0,0 +1,2364 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32l4xx_hal_adc_ex.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Analog to Digital Converter (ADC) + * peripheral: + * + Peripheral Control functions + * Other functions (generic functions) are available in file + * "stm32l4xx_hal_adc.c". + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + @verbatim + [..] + (@) Sections "ADC peripheral features" and "How to use this driver" are + available in file of generic functions "stm32l4xx_hal_adc.c". + [..] + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup ADCEx ADCEx + * @brief ADC Extended HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_ADC_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup ADCEx_Private_Constants ADC Extended Private Constants + * @{ + */ + +#define ADC_JSQR_FIELDS ((ADC_JSQR_JL | ADC_JSQR_JEXTSEL | ADC_JSQR_JEXTEN |\ + ADC_JSQR_JSQ1 | ADC_JSQR_JSQ2 |\ + ADC_JSQR_JSQ3 | ADC_JSQR_JSQ4 )) /*!< ADC_JSQR fields of parameters that can be updated anytime once the ADC is enabled */ + +/* Fixed timeout value for ADC calibration. */ +/* Values defined to be higher than worst cases: maximum ratio between ADC */ +/* and CPU clock frequencies. */ +/* Example of profile low frequency : ADC frequency at 31.25kHz (ADC clock */ +/* source PLL SAI 8MHz, ADC clock prescaler 256), CPU frequency 80MHz. */ +/* Calibration time max = 116 / fADC (refer to datasheet) */ +/* = 296 960 CPU cycles */ +#define ADC_CALIBRATION_TIMEOUT (296960UL) /*!< ADC calibration time-out value (unit: CPU cycles) */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup ADCEx_Exported_Functions ADC Extended Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup ADCEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended Input and Output operation functions + * @brief Extended IO operation functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### IO operation functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + + (+) Perform the ADC self-calibration for single or differential ending. + (+) Get calibration factors for single or differential ending. + (+) Set calibration factors for single or differential ending. + + (+) Start conversion of ADC group injected. + (+) Stop conversion of ADC group injected. + (+) Poll for conversion complete on ADC group injected. + (+) Get result of ADC group injected channel conversion. + (+) Start conversion of ADC group injected and enable interruptions. + (+) Stop conversion of ADC group injected and disable interruptions. + + (+) When multimode feature is available, start multimode and enable DMA transfer. + (+) Stop multimode and disable ADC DMA transfer. + (+) Get result of multimode conversion. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Perform an ADC automatic self-calibration + * Calibration prerequisite: ADC must be disabled (execute this + * function before HAL_ADC_Start() or after HAL_ADC_Stop() ). + * @param hadc ADC handle + * @param SingleDiff Selection of single-ended or differential input + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref ADC_SINGLE_ENDED Channel in mode input single ended + * @arg @ref ADC_DIFFERENTIAL_ENDED Channel in mode input differential ended + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_Calibration_Start(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc, uint32_t SingleDiff) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef tmp_hal_status; + __IO uint32_t wait_loop_index = 0UL; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_SINGLE_DIFFERENTIAL(SingleDiff)); + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hadc); + + /* Calibration prerequisite: ADC must be disabled. */ + + /* Disable the ADC (if not already disabled) */ + tmp_hal_status = ADC_Disable(hadc); + + /* Check if ADC is effectively disabled */ + if (tmp_hal_status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Set ADC state */ + ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State, + HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_BUSY | HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_BUSY, + HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_INTERNAL); + + /* Start ADC calibration in mode single-ended or differential */ + LL_ADC_StartCalibration(hadc->Instance, SingleDiff); + + /* Wait for calibration completion */ + while (LL_ADC_IsCalibrationOnGoing(hadc->Instance) != 0UL) + { + wait_loop_index++; + if (wait_loop_index >= ADC_CALIBRATION_TIMEOUT) + { + /* Update ADC state machine to error */ + ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State, + HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_INTERNAL, + HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_INTERNAL); + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + /* Set ADC state */ + ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State, + HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_INTERNAL, + HAL_ADC_STATE_READY); + } + else + { + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_INTERNAL); + + /* Note: No need to update variable "tmp_hal_status" here: already set */ + /* to state "HAL_ERROR" by function disabling the ADC. */ + } + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + /* Return function status */ + return tmp_hal_status; +} + +/** + * @brief Get the calibration factor. + * @param hadc ADC handle. + * @param SingleDiff This parameter can be only: + * @arg @ref ADC_SINGLE_ENDED Channel in mode input single ended + * @arg @ref ADC_DIFFERENTIAL_ENDED Channel in mode input differential ended + * @retval Calibration value. + */ +uint32_t HAL_ADCEx_Calibration_GetValue(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc, uint32_t SingleDiff) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_SINGLE_DIFFERENTIAL(SingleDiff)); + + /* Return the selected ADC calibration value */ + return LL_ADC_GetCalibrationFactor(hadc->Instance, SingleDiff); +} + +/** + * @brief Set the calibration factor to overwrite automatic conversion result. + * ADC must be enabled and no conversion is ongoing. + * @param hadc ADC handle + * @param SingleDiff This parameter can be only: + * @arg @ref ADC_SINGLE_ENDED Channel in mode input single ended + * @arg @ref ADC_DIFFERENTIAL_ENDED Channel in mode input differential ended + * @param CalibrationFactor Calibration factor (coded on 7 bits maximum) + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_Calibration_SetValue(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc, uint32_t SingleDiff, + uint32_t CalibrationFactor) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef tmp_hal_status = HAL_OK; + uint32_t tmp_adc_is_conversion_on_going_regular; + uint32_t tmp_adc_is_conversion_on_going_injected; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_SINGLE_DIFFERENTIAL(SingleDiff)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_CALFACT(CalibrationFactor)); + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hadc); + + /* Verification of hardware constraints before modifying the calibration */ + /* factors register: ADC must be enabled, no conversion on going. */ + tmp_adc_is_conversion_on_going_regular = LL_ADC_REG_IsConversionOngoing(hadc->Instance); + tmp_adc_is_conversion_on_going_injected = LL_ADC_INJ_IsConversionOngoing(hadc->Instance); + + if ((LL_ADC_IsEnabled(hadc->Instance) != 0UL) + && (tmp_adc_is_conversion_on_going_regular == 0UL) + && (tmp_adc_is_conversion_on_going_injected == 0UL) + ) + { + /* Set the selected ADC calibration value */ + LL_ADC_SetCalibrationFactor(hadc->Instance, SingleDiff, CalibrationFactor); + } + else + { + /* Update ADC state machine */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_CONFIG); + /* Update ADC error code */ + SET_BIT(hadc->ErrorCode, HAL_ADC_ERROR_INTERNAL); + + /* Update ADC state machine to error */ + tmp_hal_status = HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + /* Return function status */ + return tmp_hal_status; +} + +/** + * @brief Enable ADC, start conversion of injected group. + * @note Interruptions enabled in this function: None. + * @note Case of multimode enabled when multimode feature is available: + * HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStart() API must be called for ADC slave first, + * then for ADC master. + * For ADC slave, ADC is enabled only (conversion is not started). + * For ADC master, ADC is enabled and multimode conversion is started. + * @param hadc ADC handle. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStart(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef tmp_hal_status; + uint32_t tmp_config_injected_queue; +#if defined(ADC_MULTIMODE_SUPPORT) + uint32_t tmp_multimode_config = LL_ADC_GetMultimode(__LL_ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); +#endif + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + + if (LL_ADC_INJ_IsConversionOngoing(hadc->Instance) != 0UL) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + else + { + /* In case of software trigger detection enabled, JQDIS must be set + (which can be done only if ADSTART and JADSTART are both cleared). + If JQDIS is not set at that point, returns an error + - since software trigger detection is disabled. User needs to + resort to HAL_ADCEx_DisableInjectedQueue() API to set JQDIS. + - or (if JQDIS is intentionally reset) since JEXTEN = 0 which means + the queue is empty */ + tmp_config_injected_queue = READ_BIT(hadc->Instance->CFGR, ADC_CFGR_JQDIS); + + if ((READ_BIT(hadc->Instance->JSQR, ADC_JSQR_JEXTEN) == 0UL) + && (tmp_config_injected_queue == 0UL) + ) + { + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_CONFIG); + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hadc); + + /* Enable the ADC peripheral */ + tmp_hal_status = ADC_Enable(hadc); + + /* Start conversion if ADC is effectively enabled */ + if (tmp_hal_status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Check if a regular conversion is ongoing */ + if ((hadc->State & HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_BUSY) != 0UL) + { + /* Reset ADC error code field related to injected conversions only */ + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->ErrorCode, HAL_ADC_ERROR_JQOVF); + } + else + { + /* Set ADC error code to none */ + ADC_CLEAR_ERRORCODE(hadc); + } + + /* Set ADC state */ + /* - Clear state bitfield related to injected group conversion results */ + /* - Set state bitfield related to injected operation */ + ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State, + HAL_ADC_STATE_READY | HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_EOC, + HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_BUSY); + +#if defined(ADC_MULTIMODE_SUPPORT) + /* Reset HAL_ADC_STATE_MULTIMODE_SLAVE bit + - if ADC instance is master or if multimode feature is not available + - if multimode setting is disabled (ADC instance slave in independent mode) */ + if ((__LL_ADC_MULTI_INSTANCE_MASTER(hadc->Instance) == hadc->Instance) + || (tmp_multimode_config == LL_ADC_MULTI_INDEPENDENT) + ) + { + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_MULTIMODE_SLAVE); + } +#endif + + /* Clear ADC group injected group conversion flag */ + /* (To ensure of no unknown state from potential previous ADC operations) */ + __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc, (ADC_FLAG_JEOC | ADC_FLAG_JEOS)); + + /* Process unlocked */ + /* Unlock before starting ADC conversions: in case of potential */ + /* interruption, to let the process to ADC IRQ Handler. */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + /* Enable conversion of injected group, if automatic injected conversion */ + /* is disabled. */ + /* If software start has been selected, conversion starts immediately. */ + /* If external trigger has been selected, conversion will start at next */ + /* trigger event. */ + /* Case of multimode enabled (when multimode feature is available): */ + /* if ADC is slave, */ + /* - ADC is enabled only (conversion is not started), */ + /* - if multimode only concerns regular conversion, ADC is enabled */ + /* and conversion is started. */ + /* If ADC is master or independent, */ + /* - ADC is enabled and conversion is started. */ +#if defined(ADC_MULTIMODE_SUPPORT) + if ((__LL_ADC_MULTI_INSTANCE_MASTER(hadc->Instance) == hadc->Instance) + || (tmp_multimode_config == LL_ADC_MULTI_INDEPENDENT) + || (tmp_multimode_config == LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_REG_SIMULT) + || (tmp_multimode_config == LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_REG_INTERL) + ) + { + /* ADC instance is not a multimode slave instance with multimode injected conversions enabled */ + if (LL_ADC_INJ_GetTrigAuto(hadc->Instance) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_INDEPENDENT) + { + LL_ADC_INJ_StartConversion(hadc->Instance); + } + } + else + { + /* ADC instance is not a multimode slave instance with multimode injected conversions enabled */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_MULTIMODE_SLAVE); + } +#else + if (LL_ADC_INJ_GetTrigAuto(hadc->Instance) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_INDEPENDENT) + { + /* Start ADC group injected conversion */ + LL_ADC_INJ_StartConversion(hadc->Instance); + } +#endif + + } + else + { + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + } + + /* Return function status */ + return tmp_hal_status; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Stop conversion of injected channels. Disable ADC peripheral if + * no regular conversion is on going. + * @note If ADC must be disabled and if conversion is on going on + * regular group, function HAL_ADC_Stop must be used to stop both + * injected and regular groups, and disable the ADC. + * @note If injected group mode auto-injection is enabled, + * function HAL_ADC_Stop must be used. + * @note In case of multimode enabled (when multimode feature is available), + * HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStop() must be called for ADC master first, then for ADC slave. + * For ADC master, conversion is stopped and ADC is disabled. + * For ADC slave, ADC is disabled only (conversion stop of ADC master + * has already stopped conversion of ADC slave). + * @param hadc ADC handle. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStop(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef tmp_hal_status; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hadc); + + /* 1. Stop potential conversion on going on injected group only. */ + tmp_hal_status = ADC_ConversionStop(hadc, ADC_INJECTED_GROUP); + + /* Disable ADC peripheral if injected conversions are effectively stopped */ + /* and if no conversion on regular group is on-going */ + if (tmp_hal_status == HAL_OK) + { + if (LL_ADC_REG_IsConversionOngoing(hadc->Instance) == 0UL) + { + /* 2. Disable the ADC peripheral */ + tmp_hal_status = ADC_Disable(hadc); + + /* Check if ADC is effectively disabled */ + if (tmp_hal_status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Set ADC state */ + ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State, + HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_BUSY | HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_BUSY, + HAL_ADC_STATE_READY); + } + } + /* Conversion on injected group is stopped, but ADC not disabled since */ + /* conversion on regular group is still running. */ + else + { + /* Set ADC state */ + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_BUSY); + } + } + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + /* Return function status */ + return tmp_hal_status; +} + +/** + * @brief Wait for injected group conversion to be completed. + * @param hadc ADC handle + * @param Timeout Timeout value in millisecond. + * @note Depending on hadc->Init.EOCSelection, JEOS or JEOC is + * checked and cleared depending on AUTDLY bit status. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_InjectedPollForConversion(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tickstart; + uint32_t tmp_Flag_End; + uint32_t tmp_adc_inj_is_trigger_source_sw_start; + uint32_t tmp_adc_reg_is_trigger_source_sw_start; + uint32_t tmp_cfgr; +#if defined(ADC_MULTIMODE_SUPPORT) + const ADC_TypeDef *tmpADC_Master; + uint32_t tmp_multimode_config = LL_ADC_GetMultimode(__LL_ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); +#endif + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + + /* If end of sequence selected */ + if (hadc->Init.EOCSelection == ADC_EOC_SEQ_CONV) + { + tmp_Flag_End = ADC_FLAG_JEOS; + } + else /* end of conversion selected */ + { + tmp_Flag_End = ADC_FLAG_JEOC; + } + + /* Get timeout */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait until End of Conversion or Sequence flag is raised */ + while ((hadc->Instance->ISR & tmp_Flag_End) == 0UL) + { + /* Check if timeout is disabled (set to infinite wait) */ + if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if (((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout) || (Timeout == 0UL)) + { + /* New check to avoid false timeout detection in case of preemption */ + if ((hadc->Instance->ISR & tmp_Flag_End) == 0UL) + { + /* Update ADC state machine to timeout */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_TIMEOUT); + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + } + + /* Retrieve ADC configuration */ + tmp_adc_inj_is_trigger_source_sw_start = LL_ADC_INJ_IsTriggerSourceSWStart(hadc->Instance); + tmp_adc_reg_is_trigger_source_sw_start = LL_ADC_REG_IsTriggerSourceSWStart(hadc->Instance); + /* Get relevant register CFGR in ADC instance of ADC master or slave */ + /* in function of multimode state (for devices with multimode */ + /* available). */ +#if defined(ADC_MULTIMODE_SUPPORT) + if ((__LL_ADC_MULTI_INSTANCE_MASTER(hadc->Instance) == hadc->Instance) + || (tmp_multimode_config == LL_ADC_MULTI_INDEPENDENT) + || (tmp_multimode_config == LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_REG_SIMULT) + || (tmp_multimode_config == LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_REG_INTERL) + ) + { + tmp_cfgr = READ_REG(hadc->Instance->CFGR); + } + else + { + tmpADC_Master = __LL_ADC_MULTI_INSTANCE_MASTER(hadc->Instance); + tmp_cfgr = READ_REG(tmpADC_Master->CFGR); + } +#else + tmp_cfgr = READ_REG(hadc->Instance->CFGR); +#endif + + /* Update ADC state machine */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_EOC); + + /* Determine whether any further conversion upcoming on group injected */ + /* by external trigger or by automatic injected conversion */ + /* from group regular. */ + if ((tmp_adc_inj_is_trigger_source_sw_start != 0UL) || + ((READ_BIT(tmp_cfgr, ADC_CFGR_JAUTO) == 0UL) && + ((tmp_adc_reg_is_trigger_source_sw_start != 0UL) && + (READ_BIT(tmp_cfgr, ADC_CFGR_CONT) == 0UL)))) + { + /* Check whether end of sequence is reached */ + if (__HAL_ADC_GET_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_JEOS)) + { + /* Particular case if injected contexts queue is enabled: */ + /* when the last context has been fully processed, JSQR is reset */ + /* by the hardware. Even if no injected conversion is planned to come */ + /* (queue empty, triggers are ignored), it can start again */ + /* immediately after setting a new context (JADSTART is still set). */ + /* Therefore, state of HAL ADC injected group is kept to busy. */ + if (READ_BIT(tmp_cfgr, ADC_CFGR_JQM) == 0UL) + { + /* Set ADC state */ + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_BUSY); + + if ((hadc->State & HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_BUSY) == 0UL) + { + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_READY); + } + } + } + } + + /* Clear polled flag */ + if (tmp_Flag_End == ADC_FLAG_JEOS) + { + /* Clear end of sequence JEOS flag of injected group if low power feature */ + /* "LowPowerAutoWait " is disabled, to not interfere with this feature. */ + /* For injected groups, no new conversion will start before JEOS is */ + /* cleared. */ + if (READ_BIT(tmp_cfgr, ADC_CFGR_AUTDLY) == 0UL) + { + __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc, (ADC_FLAG_JEOC | ADC_FLAG_JEOS)); + } + } + else + { + __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_JEOC); + } + + /* Return API HAL status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Enable ADC, start conversion of injected group with interruption. + * @note Interruptions enabled in this function according to initialization + * setting : JEOC (end of conversion) or JEOS (end of sequence) + * @note Case of multimode enabled (when multimode feature is enabled): + * HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStart_IT() API must be called for ADC slave first, + * then for ADC master. + * For ADC slave, ADC is enabled only (conversion is not started). + * For ADC master, ADC is enabled and multimode conversion is started. + * @param hadc ADC handle. + * @retval HAL status. + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStart_IT(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef tmp_hal_status; + uint32_t tmp_config_injected_queue; +#if defined(ADC_MULTIMODE_SUPPORT) + uint32_t tmp_multimode_config = LL_ADC_GetMultimode(__LL_ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); +#endif + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + + if (LL_ADC_INJ_IsConversionOngoing(hadc->Instance) != 0UL) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + else + { + /* In case of software trigger detection enabled, JQDIS must be set + (which can be done only if ADSTART and JADSTART are both cleared). + If JQDIS is not set at that point, returns an error + - since software trigger detection is disabled. User needs to + resort to HAL_ADCEx_DisableInjectedQueue() API to set JQDIS. + - or (if JQDIS is intentionally reset) since JEXTEN = 0 which means + the queue is empty */ + tmp_config_injected_queue = READ_BIT(hadc->Instance->CFGR, ADC_CFGR_JQDIS); + + if ((READ_BIT(hadc->Instance->JSQR, ADC_JSQR_JEXTEN) == 0UL) + && (tmp_config_injected_queue == 0UL) + ) + { + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_CONFIG); + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hadc); + + /* Enable the ADC peripheral */ + tmp_hal_status = ADC_Enable(hadc); + + /* Start conversion if ADC is effectively enabled */ + if (tmp_hal_status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Check if a regular conversion is ongoing */ + if ((hadc->State & HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_BUSY) != 0UL) + { + /* Reset ADC error code field related to injected conversions only */ + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->ErrorCode, HAL_ADC_ERROR_JQOVF); + } + else + { + /* Set ADC error code to none */ + ADC_CLEAR_ERRORCODE(hadc); + } + + /* Set ADC state */ + /* - Clear state bitfield related to injected group conversion results */ + /* - Set state bitfield related to injected operation */ + ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State, + HAL_ADC_STATE_READY | HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_EOC, + HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_BUSY); + +#if defined(ADC_MULTIMODE_SUPPORT) + /* Reset HAL_ADC_STATE_MULTIMODE_SLAVE bit + - if ADC instance is master or if multimode feature is not available + - if multimode setting is disabled (ADC instance slave in independent mode) */ + if ((__LL_ADC_MULTI_INSTANCE_MASTER(hadc->Instance) == hadc->Instance) + || (tmp_multimode_config == LL_ADC_MULTI_INDEPENDENT) + ) + { + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_MULTIMODE_SLAVE); + } +#endif + + /* Clear ADC group injected group conversion flag */ + /* (To ensure of no unknown state from potential previous ADC operations) */ + __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc, (ADC_FLAG_JEOC | ADC_FLAG_JEOS)); + + /* Process unlocked */ + /* Unlock before starting ADC conversions: in case of potential */ + /* interruption, to let the process to ADC IRQ Handler. */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + /* Enable ADC Injected context queue overflow interrupt if this feature */ + /* is enabled. */ + if ((hadc->Instance->CFGR & ADC_CFGR_JQM) != 0UL) + { + __HAL_ADC_ENABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_FLAG_JQOVF); + } + + /* Enable ADC end of conversion interrupt */ + switch (hadc->Init.EOCSelection) + { + case ADC_EOC_SEQ_CONV: + __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_JEOC); + __HAL_ADC_ENABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_JEOS); + break; + /* case ADC_EOC_SINGLE_CONV */ + default: + __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_JEOS); + __HAL_ADC_ENABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_JEOC); + break; + } + + /* Enable conversion of injected group, if automatic injected conversion */ + /* is disabled. */ + /* If software start has been selected, conversion starts immediately. */ + /* If external trigger has been selected, conversion will start at next */ + /* trigger event. */ + /* Case of multimode enabled (when multimode feature is available): */ + /* if ADC is slave, */ + /* - ADC is enabled only (conversion is not started), */ + /* - if multimode only concerns regular conversion, ADC is enabled */ + /* and conversion is started. */ + /* If ADC is master or independent, */ + /* - ADC is enabled and conversion is started. */ +#if defined(ADC_MULTIMODE_SUPPORT) + if ((__LL_ADC_MULTI_INSTANCE_MASTER(hadc->Instance) == hadc->Instance) + || (tmp_multimode_config == LL_ADC_MULTI_INDEPENDENT) + || (tmp_multimode_config == LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_REG_SIMULT) + || (tmp_multimode_config == LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_REG_INTERL) + ) + { + /* ADC instance is not a multimode slave instance with multimode injected conversions enabled */ + if (LL_ADC_INJ_GetTrigAuto(hadc->Instance) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_INDEPENDENT) + { + LL_ADC_INJ_StartConversion(hadc->Instance); + } + } + else + { + /* ADC instance is not a multimode slave instance with multimode injected conversions enabled */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_MULTIMODE_SLAVE); + } +#else + if (LL_ADC_INJ_GetTrigAuto(hadc->Instance) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_INDEPENDENT) + { + /* Start ADC group injected conversion */ + LL_ADC_INJ_StartConversion(hadc->Instance); + } +#endif + + } + else + { + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + } + + /* Return function status */ + return tmp_hal_status; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Stop conversion of injected channels, disable interruption of + * end-of-conversion. Disable ADC peripheral if no regular conversion + * is on going. + * @note If ADC must be disabled and if conversion is on going on + * regular group, function HAL_ADC_Stop must be used to stop both + * injected and regular groups, and disable the ADC. + * @note If injected group mode auto-injection is enabled, + * function HAL_ADC_Stop must be used. + * @note Case of multimode enabled (when multimode feature is available): + * HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStop_IT() API must be called for ADC master first, + * then for ADC slave. + * For ADC master, conversion is stopped and ADC is disabled. + * For ADC slave, ADC is disabled only (conversion stop of ADC master + * has already stopped conversion of ADC slave). + * @note In case of auto-injection mode, HAL_ADC_Stop() must be used. + * @param hadc ADC handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStop_IT(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef tmp_hal_status; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hadc); + + /* 1. Stop potential conversion on going on injected group only. */ + tmp_hal_status = ADC_ConversionStop(hadc, ADC_INJECTED_GROUP); + + /* Disable ADC peripheral if injected conversions are effectively stopped */ + /* and if no conversion on the other group (regular group) is intended to */ + /* continue. */ + if (tmp_hal_status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable ADC end of conversion interrupt for injected channels */ + __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, (ADC_IT_JEOC | ADC_IT_JEOS | ADC_FLAG_JQOVF)); + + if (LL_ADC_REG_IsConversionOngoing(hadc->Instance) == 0UL) + { + /* 2. Disable the ADC peripheral */ + tmp_hal_status = ADC_Disable(hadc); + + /* Check if ADC is effectively disabled */ + if (tmp_hal_status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Set ADC state */ + ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State, + HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_BUSY | HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_BUSY, + HAL_ADC_STATE_READY); + } + } + /* Conversion on injected group is stopped, but ADC not disabled since */ + /* conversion on regular group is still running. */ + else + { + /* Set ADC state */ + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_BUSY); + } + } + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + /* Return function status */ + return tmp_hal_status; +} + +#if defined(ADC_MULTIMODE_SUPPORT) +/** + * @brief Enable ADC, start MultiMode conversion and transfer regular results through DMA. + * @note Multimode must have been previously configured using + * HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeConfigChannel() function. + * Interruptions enabled in this function: + * overrun, DMA half transfer, DMA transfer complete. + * Each of these interruptions has its dedicated callback function. + * @note State field of Slave ADC handle is not updated in this configuration: + * user should not rely on it for information related to Slave regular + * conversions. + * @param hadc ADC handle of ADC master (handle of ADC slave must not be used) + * @param pData Destination Buffer address. + * @param Length Length of data to be transferred from ADC peripheral to memory (in bytes). + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeStart_DMA(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc, uint32_t *pData, uint32_t Length) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef tmp_hal_status; + ADC_HandleTypeDef tmphadcSlave; + ADC_Common_TypeDef *tmpADC_Common; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_MULTIMODE_MASTER_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hadc->Init.ContinuousConvMode)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_EXTTRIG_EDGE(hadc->Init.ExternalTrigConvEdge)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hadc->Init.DMAContinuousRequests)); + + if (LL_ADC_REG_IsConversionOngoing(hadc->Instance) != 0UL) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + else + { + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hadc); + + /* Temporary handle minimum initialization */ + __HAL_ADC_RESET_HANDLE_STATE(&tmphadcSlave); + ADC_CLEAR_ERRORCODE(&tmphadcSlave); + + /* Set a temporary handle of the ADC slave associated to the ADC master */ + ADC_MULTI_SLAVE(hadc, &tmphadcSlave); + + if (tmphadcSlave.Instance == NULL) + { + /* Set ADC state */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_CONFIG); + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Enable the ADC peripherals: master and slave (in case if not already */ + /* enabled previously) */ + tmp_hal_status = ADC_Enable(hadc); + if (tmp_hal_status == HAL_OK) + { + tmp_hal_status = ADC_Enable(&tmphadcSlave); + } + + /* Start multimode conversion of ADCs pair */ + if (tmp_hal_status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Set ADC state */ + ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State, + (HAL_ADC_STATE_READY | HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_EOC | HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_OVR | HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_EOSMP), + HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_BUSY); + + /* Set ADC error code to none */ + ADC_CLEAR_ERRORCODE(hadc); + + /* Set the DMA transfer complete callback */ + hadc->DMA_Handle->XferCpltCallback = ADC_DMAConvCplt; + + /* Set the DMA half transfer complete callback */ + hadc->DMA_Handle->XferHalfCpltCallback = ADC_DMAHalfConvCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + hadc->DMA_Handle->XferErrorCallback = ADC_DMAError ; + + /* Pointer to the common control register */ + tmpADC_Common = __LL_ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance); + + /* Manage ADC and DMA start: ADC overrun interruption, DMA start, ADC */ + /* start (in case of SW start): */ + + /* Clear regular group conversion flag and overrun flag */ + /* (To ensure of no unknown state from potential previous ADC operations) */ + __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc, (ADC_FLAG_EOC | ADC_FLAG_EOS | ADC_FLAG_OVR)); + + /* Process unlocked */ + /* Unlock before starting ADC conversions: in case of potential */ + /* interruption, to let the process to ADC IRQ Handler. */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + /* Enable ADC overrun interrupt */ + __HAL_ADC_ENABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_OVR); + + /* Start the DMA channel */ + tmp_hal_status = HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hadc->DMA_Handle, (uint32_t)&tmpADC_Common->CDR, (uint32_t)pData, Length); + + /* Enable conversion of regular group. */ + /* If software start has been selected, conversion starts immediately. */ + /* If external trigger has been selected, conversion will start at next */ + /* trigger event. */ + /* Start ADC group regular conversion */ + LL_ADC_REG_StartConversion(hadc->Instance); + } + else + { + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + } + + /* Return function status */ + return tmp_hal_status; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Stop multimode ADC conversion, disable ADC DMA transfer, disable ADC peripheral. + * @note Multimode is kept enabled after this function. MultiMode DMA bits + * (MDMA and DMACFG bits of common CCR register) are maintained. To disable + * Multimode (set with HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeConfigChannel()), ADC must be + * reinitialized using HAL_ADC_Init() or HAL_ADC_DeInit(), or the user can + * resort to HAL_ADCEx_DisableMultiMode() API. + * @note In case of DMA configured in circular mode, function + * HAL_ADC_Stop_DMA() must be called after this function with handle of + * ADC slave, to properly disable the DMA channel. + * @param hadc ADC handle of ADC master (handle of ADC slave must not be used) + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeStop_DMA(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef tmp_hal_status; + uint32_t tickstart; + ADC_HandleTypeDef tmphadcSlave; + uint32_t tmphadcSlave_conversion_on_going; + HAL_StatusTypeDef tmphadcSlave_disable_status; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_MULTIMODE_MASTER_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hadc); + + + /* 1. Stop potential multimode conversion on going, on regular and injected groups */ + tmp_hal_status = ADC_ConversionStop(hadc, ADC_REGULAR_INJECTED_GROUP); + + /* Disable ADC peripheral if conversions are effectively stopped */ + if (tmp_hal_status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Temporary handle minimum initialization */ + __HAL_ADC_RESET_HANDLE_STATE(&tmphadcSlave); + ADC_CLEAR_ERRORCODE(&tmphadcSlave); + + /* Set a temporary handle of the ADC slave associated to the ADC master */ + ADC_MULTI_SLAVE(hadc, &tmphadcSlave); + + if (tmphadcSlave.Instance == NULL) + { + /* Update ADC state machine to error */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_CONFIG); + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Procedure to disable the ADC peripheral: wait for conversions */ + /* effectively stopped (ADC master and ADC slave), then disable ADC */ + + /* 1. Wait for ADC conversion completion for ADC master and ADC slave */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + tmphadcSlave_conversion_on_going = LL_ADC_REG_IsConversionOngoing((&tmphadcSlave)->Instance); + while ((LL_ADC_REG_IsConversionOngoing(hadc->Instance) == 1UL) + || (tmphadcSlave_conversion_on_going == 1UL) + ) + { + if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > ADC_STOP_CONVERSION_TIMEOUT) + { + /* New check to avoid false timeout detection in case of preemption */ + tmphadcSlave_conversion_on_going = LL_ADC_REG_IsConversionOngoing((&tmphadcSlave)->Instance); + if ((LL_ADC_REG_IsConversionOngoing(hadc->Instance) == 1UL) + || (tmphadcSlave_conversion_on_going == 1UL) + ) + { + /* Update ADC state machine to error */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_INTERNAL); + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + tmphadcSlave_conversion_on_going = LL_ADC_REG_IsConversionOngoing((&tmphadcSlave)->Instance); + } + + /* Disable the DMA channel (in case of DMA in circular mode or stop */ + /* while DMA transfer is on going) */ + /* Note: DMA channel of ADC slave should be stopped after this function */ + /* with HAL_ADC_Stop_DMA() API. */ + tmp_hal_status = HAL_DMA_Abort(hadc->DMA_Handle); + + /* Check if DMA channel effectively disabled */ + if (tmp_hal_status == HAL_ERROR) + { + /* Update ADC state machine to error */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_DMA); + } + + /* Disable ADC overrun interrupt */ + __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_OVR); + + /* 2. Disable the ADC peripherals: master and slave */ + /* Update "tmp_hal_status" only if DMA channel disabling passed, to keep in */ + /* memory a potential failing status. */ + if (tmp_hal_status == HAL_OK) + { + tmphadcSlave_disable_status = ADC_Disable(&tmphadcSlave); + if ((ADC_Disable(hadc) == HAL_OK) && + (tmphadcSlave_disable_status == HAL_OK)) + { + tmp_hal_status = HAL_OK; + } + } + else + { + /* In case of error, attempt to disable ADC master and slave without status assert */ + (void) ADC_Disable(hadc); + (void) ADC_Disable(&tmphadcSlave); + } + + /* Set ADC state (ADC master) */ + ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State, + HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_BUSY | HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_BUSY, + HAL_ADC_STATE_READY); + } + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + /* Return function status */ + return tmp_hal_status; +} + +/** + * @brief Return the last ADC Master and Slave regular conversions results when in multimode configuration. + * @param hadc ADC handle of ADC Master (handle of ADC Slave must not be used) + * @retval The converted data values. + */ +uint32_t HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeGetValue(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc) +{ + const ADC_Common_TypeDef *tmpADC_Common; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_MULTIMODE_MASTER_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning if no assert_param check */ + /* and possible no usage in __LL_ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE() below */ + UNUSED(hadc); + + /* Pointer to the common control register */ + tmpADC_Common = __LL_ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance); + + /* Return the multi mode conversion value */ + return tmpADC_Common->CDR; +} +#endif /* ADC_MULTIMODE_SUPPORT */ + +/** + * @brief Get ADC injected group conversion result. + * @note Reading register JDRx automatically clears ADC flag JEOC + * (ADC group injected end of unitary conversion). + * @note This function does not clear ADC flag JEOS + * (ADC group injected end of sequence conversion) + * Occurrence of flag JEOS rising: + * - If sequencer is composed of 1 rank, flag JEOS is equivalent + * to flag JEOC. + * - If sequencer is composed of several ranks, during the scan + * sequence flag JEOC only is raised, at the end of the scan sequence + * both flags JEOC and EOS are raised. + * Flag JEOS must not be cleared by this function because + * it would not be compliant with low power features + * (feature low power auto-wait, not available on all STM32 families). + * To clear this flag, either use function: + * in programming model IT: @ref HAL_ADC_IRQHandler(), in programming + * model polling: @ref HAL_ADCEx_InjectedPollForConversion() + * or @ref __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(&hadc, ADC_FLAG_JEOS). + * @param hadc ADC handle + * @param InjectedRank the converted ADC injected rank. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref ADC_INJECTED_RANK_1 ADC group injected rank 1 + * @arg @ref ADC_INJECTED_RANK_2 ADC group injected rank 2 + * @arg @ref ADC_INJECTED_RANK_3 ADC group injected rank 3 + * @arg @ref ADC_INJECTED_RANK_4 ADC group injected rank 4 + * @retval ADC group injected conversion data + */ +uint32_t HAL_ADCEx_InjectedGetValue(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc, uint32_t InjectedRank) +{ + uint32_t tmp_jdr; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_INJECTED_RANK(InjectedRank)); + + /* Get ADC converted value */ + switch (InjectedRank) + { + case ADC_INJECTED_RANK_4: + tmp_jdr = hadc->Instance->JDR4; + break; + case ADC_INJECTED_RANK_3: + tmp_jdr = hadc->Instance->JDR3; + break; + case ADC_INJECTED_RANK_2: + tmp_jdr = hadc->Instance->JDR2; + break; + case ADC_INJECTED_RANK_1: + default: + tmp_jdr = hadc->Instance->JDR1; + break; + } + + /* Return ADC converted value */ + return tmp_jdr; +} + +/** + * @brief Injected conversion complete callback in non-blocking mode. + * @param hadc ADC handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConvCpltCallback(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hadc); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed, + function HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConvCpltCallback must be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Injected context queue overflow callback. + * @note This callback is called if injected context queue is enabled + (parameter "QueueInjectedContext" in injected channel configuration) + and if a new injected context is set when queue is full (maximum 2 + contexts). + * @param hadc ADC handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_ADCEx_InjectedQueueOverflowCallback(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hadc); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed, + function HAL_ADCEx_InjectedQueueOverflowCallback must be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Analog watchdog 2 callback in non-blocking mode. + * @param hadc ADC handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_ADCEx_LevelOutOfWindow2Callback(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hadc); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed, + function HAL_ADCEx_LevelOutOfWindow2Callback must be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Analog watchdog 3 callback in non-blocking mode. + * @param hadc ADC handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_ADCEx_LevelOutOfWindow3Callback(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hadc); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed, + function HAL_ADCEx_LevelOutOfWindow3Callback must be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + + +/** + * @brief End Of Sampling callback in non-blocking mode. + * @param hadc ADC handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_ADCEx_EndOfSamplingCallback(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hadc); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed, + function HAL_ADCEx_EndOfSamplingCallback must be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Stop ADC conversion of regular group (and injected channels in + * case of auto_injection mode), disable ADC peripheral if no + * conversion is on going on injected group. + * @param hadc ADC handle + * @retval HAL status. + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_RegularStop(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef tmp_hal_status; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hadc); + + /* 1. Stop potential regular conversion on going */ + tmp_hal_status = ADC_ConversionStop(hadc, ADC_REGULAR_GROUP); + + /* Disable ADC peripheral if regular conversions are effectively stopped + and if no injected conversions are on-going */ + if (tmp_hal_status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Clear HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_BUSY bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_BUSY); + + if (LL_ADC_INJ_IsConversionOngoing(hadc->Instance) == 0UL) + { + /* 2. Disable the ADC peripheral */ + tmp_hal_status = ADC_Disable(hadc); + + /* Check if ADC is effectively disabled */ + if (tmp_hal_status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Set ADC state */ + ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State, + HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_BUSY, + HAL_ADC_STATE_READY); + } + } + /* Conversion on injected group is stopped, but ADC not disabled since */ + /* conversion on regular group is still running. */ + else + { + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_BUSY); + } + } + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + /* Return function status */ + return tmp_hal_status; +} + + +/** + * @brief Stop ADC conversion of ADC groups regular and injected, + * disable interrution of end-of-conversion, + * disable ADC peripheral if no conversion is on going + * on injected group. + * @param hadc ADC handle + * @retval HAL status. + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_RegularStop_IT(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef tmp_hal_status; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hadc); + + /* 1. Stop potential regular conversion on going */ + tmp_hal_status = ADC_ConversionStop(hadc, ADC_REGULAR_GROUP); + + /* Disable ADC peripheral if conversions are effectively stopped + and if no injected conversion is on-going */ + if (tmp_hal_status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Clear HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_BUSY bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_BUSY); + + /* Disable all regular-related interrupts */ + __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, (ADC_IT_EOC | ADC_IT_EOS | ADC_IT_OVR)); + + /* 2. Disable ADC peripheral if no injected conversions are on-going */ + if (LL_ADC_INJ_IsConversionOngoing(hadc->Instance) == 0UL) + { + tmp_hal_status = ADC_Disable(hadc); + /* if no issue reported */ + if (tmp_hal_status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Set ADC state */ + ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State, + HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_BUSY, + HAL_ADC_STATE_READY); + } + } + else + { + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_BUSY); + } + } + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + /* Return function status */ + return tmp_hal_status; +} + +/** + * @brief Stop ADC conversion of regular group (and injected group in + * case of auto_injection mode), disable ADC DMA transfer, disable + * ADC peripheral if no conversion is on going + * on injected group. + * @note HAL_ADCEx_RegularStop_DMA() function is dedicated to single-ADC mode only. + * For multimode (when multimode feature is available), + * HAL_ADCEx_RegularMultiModeStop_DMA() API must be used. + * @param hadc ADC handle + * @retval HAL status. + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_RegularStop_DMA(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef tmp_hal_status; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hadc); + + /* 1. Stop potential regular conversion on going */ + tmp_hal_status = ADC_ConversionStop(hadc, ADC_REGULAR_GROUP); + + /* Disable ADC peripheral if conversions are effectively stopped + and if no injected conversion is on-going */ + if (tmp_hal_status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Clear HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_BUSY bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_BUSY); + + /* Disable ADC DMA (ADC DMA configuration ADC_CFGR_DMACFG is kept) */ + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->Instance->CFGR, ADC_CFGR_DMAEN); + + /* Disable the DMA channel (in case of DMA in circular mode or stop while */ + /* while DMA transfer is on going) */ + tmp_hal_status = HAL_DMA_Abort(hadc->DMA_Handle); + + /* Check if DMA channel effectively disabled */ + if (tmp_hal_status != HAL_OK) + { + /* Update ADC state machine to error */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_DMA); + } + + /* Disable ADC overrun interrupt */ + __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_OVR); + + /* 2. Disable the ADC peripheral */ + /* Update "tmp_hal_status" only if DMA channel disabling passed, */ + /* to keep in memory a potential failing status. */ + if (LL_ADC_INJ_IsConversionOngoing(hadc->Instance) == 0UL) + { + if (tmp_hal_status == HAL_OK) + { + tmp_hal_status = ADC_Disable(hadc); + } + else + { + (void)ADC_Disable(hadc); + } + + /* Check if ADC is effectively disabled */ + if (tmp_hal_status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Set ADC state */ + ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State, + HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_BUSY, + HAL_ADC_STATE_READY); + } + } + else + { + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_BUSY); + } + } + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + /* Return function status */ + return tmp_hal_status; +} + +#if defined(ADC_MULTIMODE_SUPPORT) +/** + * @brief Stop DMA-based multimode ADC conversion, disable ADC DMA transfer, disable ADC peripheral if no injected conversion is on-going. + * @note Multimode is kept enabled after this function. Multimode DMA bits + * (MDMA and DMACFG bits of common CCR register) are maintained. To disable + * multimode (set with HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeConfigChannel()), ADC must be + * reinitialized using HAL_ADC_Init() or HAL_ADC_DeInit(), or the user can + * resort to HAL_ADCEx_DisableMultiMode() API. + * @note In case of DMA configured in circular mode, function + * HAL_ADCEx_RegularStop_DMA() must be called after this function with handle of + * ADC slave, to properly disable the DMA channel. + * @param hadc ADC handle of ADC master (handle of ADC slave must not be used) + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_RegularMultiModeStop_DMA(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef tmp_hal_status; + uint32_t tickstart; + ADC_HandleTypeDef tmphadcSlave; + uint32_t tmphadcSlave_conversion_on_going; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_MULTIMODE_MASTER_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hadc); + + + /* 1. Stop potential multimode conversion on going, on regular groups */ + tmp_hal_status = ADC_ConversionStop(hadc, ADC_REGULAR_GROUP); + + /* Disable ADC peripheral if conversions are effectively stopped */ + if (tmp_hal_status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Clear HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_BUSY bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_BUSY); + + /* Temporary handle minimum initialization */ + __HAL_ADC_RESET_HANDLE_STATE(&tmphadcSlave); + ADC_CLEAR_ERRORCODE(&tmphadcSlave); + + /* Set a temporary handle of the ADC slave associated to the ADC master */ + ADC_MULTI_SLAVE(hadc, &tmphadcSlave); + + if (tmphadcSlave.Instance == NULL) + { + /* Update ADC state machine to error */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_CONFIG); + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Procedure to disable the ADC peripheral: wait for conversions */ + /* effectively stopped (ADC master and ADC slave), then disable ADC */ + + /* 1. Wait for ADC conversion completion for ADC master and ADC slave */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + tmphadcSlave_conversion_on_going = LL_ADC_REG_IsConversionOngoing((&tmphadcSlave)->Instance); + while ((LL_ADC_REG_IsConversionOngoing(hadc->Instance) == 1UL) + || (tmphadcSlave_conversion_on_going == 1UL) + ) + { + if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > ADC_STOP_CONVERSION_TIMEOUT) + { + /* New check to avoid false timeout detection in case of preemption */ + tmphadcSlave_conversion_on_going = LL_ADC_REG_IsConversionOngoing((&tmphadcSlave)->Instance); + if ((LL_ADC_REG_IsConversionOngoing(hadc->Instance) == 1UL) + || (tmphadcSlave_conversion_on_going == 1UL) + ) + { + /* Update ADC state machine to error */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_INTERNAL); + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + tmphadcSlave_conversion_on_going = LL_ADC_REG_IsConversionOngoing((&tmphadcSlave)->Instance); + } + + /* Disable the DMA channel (in case of DMA in circular mode or stop */ + /* while DMA transfer is on going) */ + /* Note: DMA channel of ADC slave should be stopped after this function */ + /* with HAL_ADCEx_RegularStop_DMA() API. */ + tmp_hal_status = HAL_DMA_Abort(hadc->DMA_Handle); + + /* Check if DMA channel effectively disabled */ + if (tmp_hal_status != HAL_OK) + { + /* Update ADC state machine to error */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_DMA); + } + + /* Disable ADC overrun interrupt */ + __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_OVR); + + /* 2. Disable the ADC peripherals: master and slave if no injected */ + /* conversion is on-going. */ + /* Update "tmp_hal_status" only if DMA channel disabling passed, to keep in */ + /* memory a potential failing status. */ + if (tmp_hal_status == HAL_OK) + { + if (LL_ADC_INJ_IsConversionOngoing(hadc->Instance) == 0UL) + { + tmp_hal_status = ADC_Disable(hadc); + if (tmp_hal_status == HAL_OK) + { + if (LL_ADC_INJ_IsConversionOngoing((&tmphadcSlave)->Instance) == 0UL) + { + tmp_hal_status = ADC_Disable(&tmphadcSlave); + } + } + } + + if (tmp_hal_status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Both Master and Slave ADC's could be disabled. Update Master State */ + /* Clear HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_BUSY bit, set HAL_ADC_STATE_READY bit */ + ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_BUSY, HAL_ADC_STATE_READY); + } + else + { + /* injected (Master or Slave) conversions are still on-going, + no Master State change */ + } + } + } + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + /* Return function status */ + return tmp_hal_status; +} +#endif /* ADC_MULTIMODE_SUPPORT */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADCEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 ADC Extended Peripheral Control functions + * @brief ADC Extended Peripheral Control functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Configure channels on injected group + (+) Configure multimode when multimode feature is available + (+) Enable or Disable Injected Queue + (+) Disable ADC voltage regulator + (+) Enter ADC deep-power-down mode + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configure a channel to be assigned to ADC group injected. + * @note Possibility to update parameters on the fly: + * This function initializes injected group, following calls to this + * function can be used to reconfigure some parameters of structure + * "ADC_InjectionConfTypeDef" on the fly, without resetting the ADC. + * The setting of these parameters is conditioned to ADC state: + * Refer to comments of structure "ADC_InjectionConfTypeDef". + * @note In case of usage of internal measurement channels: + * Vbat/VrefInt/TempSensor. + * These internal paths can be disabled using function + * HAL_ADC_DeInit(). + * @note Caution: For Injected Context Queue use, a context must be fully + * defined before start of injected conversion. All channels are configured + * consecutively for the same ADC instance. Therefore, the number of calls to + * HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConfigChannel() must be equal to the value of parameter + * InjectedNbrOfConversion for each context. + * - Example 1: If 1 context is intended to be used (or if there is no use of the + * Injected Queue Context feature) and if the context contains 3 injected ranks + * (InjectedNbrOfConversion = 3), HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConfigChannel() must be + * called once for each channel (i.e. 3 times) before starting a conversion. + * This function must not be called to configure a 4th injected channel: + * it would start a new context into context queue. + * - Example 2: If 2 contexts are intended to be used and each of them contains + * 3 injected ranks (InjectedNbrOfConversion = 3), + * HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConfigChannel() must be called once for each channel and + * for each context (3 channels x 2 contexts = 6 calls). Conversion can + * start once the 1st context is set, that is after the first three + * HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConfigChannel() calls. The 2nd context can be set on the fly. + * @param hadc ADC handle + * @param sConfigInjected Structure of ADC injected group and ADC channel for + * injected group. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConfigChannel(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc, ADC_InjectionConfTypeDef *sConfigInjected) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef tmp_hal_status = HAL_OK; + uint32_t tmpOffsetShifted; + uint32_t tmp_config_internal_channel; + uint32_t tmp_adc_is_conversion_on_going_regular; + uint32_t tmp_adc_is_conversion_on_going_injected; + __IO uint32_t wait_loop_index = 0; + + uint32_t tmp_JSQR_ContextQueueBeingBuilt = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_SAMPLE_TIME(sConfigInjected->InjectedSamplingTime)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_SINGLE_DIFFERENTIAL(sConfigInjected->InjectedSingleDiff)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(sConfigInjected->AutoInjectedConv)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(sConfigInjected->QueueInjectedContext)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_EXTTRIGINJEC_EDGE(sConfigInjected->ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_EXTTRIGINJEC(hadc, sConfigInjected->ExternalTrigInjecConv)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_OFFSET_NUMBER(sConfigInjected->InjectedOffsetNumber)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_RANGE(ADC_GET_RESOLUTION(hadc), sConfigInjected->InjectedOffset)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(sConfigInjected->InjecOversamplingMode)); + + if (hadc->Init.ScanConvMode != ADC_SCAN_DISABLE) + { + assert_param(IS_ADC_INJECTED_RANK(sConfigInjected->InjectedRank)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_INJECTED_NB_CONV(sConfigInjected->InjectedNbrOfConversion)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(sConfigInjected->InjectedDiscontinuousConvMode)); + } + + + /* if JOVSE is set, the value of the OFFSETy_EN bit in ADCx_OFRy register is + ignored (considered as reset) */ + assert_param(!((sConfigInjected->InjectedOffsetNumber != ADC_OFFSET_NONE) && (sConfigInjected->InjecOversamplingMode == ENABLE))); + + /* JDISCEN and JAUTO bits can't be set at the same time */ + assert_param(!((sConfigInjected->InjectedDiscontinuousConvMode == ENABLE) && (sConfigInjected->AutoInjectedConv == ENABLE))); + + /* DISCEN and JAUTO bits can't be set at the same time */ + assert_param(!((hadc->Init.DiscontinuousConvMode == ENABLE) && (sConfigInjected->AutoInjectedConv == ENABLE))); + + /* Verification of channel number */ + if (sConfigInjected->InjectedSingleDiff != ADC_DIFFERENTIAL_ENDED) + { + assert_param(IS_ADC_CHANNEL(hadc, sConfigInjected->InjectedChannel)); + } + else + { + assert_param(IS_ADC_DIFF_CHANNEL(hadc, sConfigInjected->InjectedChannel)); + } + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hadc); + + /* Configuration of injected group sequencer: */ + /* Hardware constraint: Must fully define injected context register JSQR */ + /* before make it entering into injected sequencer queue. */ + /* */ + /* - if scan mode is disabled: */ + /* * Injected channels sequence length is set to 0x00: 1 channel */ + /* converted (channel on injected rank 1) */ + /* Parameter "InjectedNbrOfConversion" is discarded. */ + /* * Injected context register JSQR setting is simple: register is fully */ + /* defined on one call of this function (for injected rank 1) and can */ + /* be entered into queue directly. */ + /* - if scan mode is enabled: */ + /* * Injected channels sequence length is set to parameter */ + /* "InjectedNbrOfConversion". */ + /* * Injected context register JSQR setting more complex: register is */ + /* fully defined over successive calls of this function, for each */ + /* injected channel rank. It is entered into queue only when all */ + /* injected ranks have been set. */ + /* Note: Scan mode is not present by hardware on this device, but used */ + /* by software for alignment over all STM32 devices. */ + + if ((hadc->Init.ScanConvMode == ADC_SCAN_DISABLE) || + (sConfigInjected->InjectedNbrOfConversion == 1U)) + { + /* Configuration of context register JSQR: */ + /* - number of ranks in injected group sequencer: fixed to 1st rank */ + /* (scan mode disabled, only rank 1 used) */ + /* - external trigger to start conversion */ + /* - external trigger polarity */ + /* - channel set to rank 1 (scan mode disabled, only rank 1 can be used) */ + + if (sConfigInjected->InjectedRank == ADC_INJECTED_RANK_1) + { + /* Enable external trigger if trigger selection is different of */ + /* software start. */ + /* Note: This configuration keeps the hardware feature of parameter */ + /* ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge "trigger edge none" equivalent to */ + /* software start. */ + if (sConfigInjected->ExternalTrigInjecConv != ADC_INJECTED_SOFTWARE_START) + { + tmp_JSQR_ContextQueueBeingBuilt = (ADC_JSQR_RK(sConfigInjected->InjectedChannel, ADC_INJECTED_RANK_1) + | (sConfigInjected->ExternalTrigInjecConv & ADC_JSQR_JEXTSEL) + | sConfigInjected->ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge + ); + } + else + { + tmp_JSQR_ContextQueueBeingBuilt = (ADC_JSQR_RK(sConfigInjected->InjectedChannel, ADC_INJECTED_RANK_1)); + } + + MODIFY_REG(hadc->Instance->JSQR, ADC_JSQR_FIELDS, tmp_JSQR_ContextQueueBeingBuilt); + /* For debug and informative reasons, hadc handle saves JSQR setting */ + hadc->InjectionConfig.ContextQueue = tmp_JSQR_ContextQueueBeingBuilt; + + } + } + else + { + /* Case of scan mode enabled, several channels to set into injected group */ + /* sequencer. */ + /* */ + /* Procedure to define injected context register JSQR over successive */ + /* calls of this function, for each injected channel rank: */ + /* 1. Start new context and set parameters related to all injected */ + /* channels: injected sequence length and trigger. */ + + /* if hadc->InjectionConfig.ChannelCount is equal to 0, this is the first */ + /* call of the context under setting */ + if (hadc->InjectionConfig.ChannelCount == 0U) + { + /* Initialize number of channels that will be configured on the context */ + /* being built */ + hadc->InjectionConfig.ChannelCount = sConfigInjected->InjectedNbrOfConversion; + /* Handle hadc saves the context under build up over each HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConfigChannel() + call, this context will be written in JSQR register at the last call. + At this point, the context is merely reset */ + hadc->InjectionConfig.ContextQueue = 0x00000000U; + + /* Configuration of context register JSQR: */ + /* - number of ranks in injected group sequencer */ + /* - external trigger to start conversion */ + /* - external trigger polarity */ + + /* Enable external trigger if trigger selection is different of */ + /* software start. */ + /* Note: This configuration keeps the hardware feature of parameter */ + /* ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge "trigger edge none" equivalent to */ + /* software start. */ + if (sConfigInjected->ExternalTrigInjecConv != ADC_INJECTED_SOFTWARE_START) + { + tmp_JSQR_ContextQueueBeingBuilt = ((sConfigInjected->InjectedNbrOfConversion - 1U) + | (sConfigInjected->ExternalTrigInjecConv & ADC_JSQR_JEXTSEL) + | sConfigInjected->ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge + ); + } + else + { + tmp_JSQR_ContextQueueBeingBuilt = ((sConfigInjected->InjectedNbrOfConversion - 1U)); + } + + } + + /* 2. Continue setting of context under definition with parameter */ + /* related to each channel: channel rank sequence */ + /* Clear the old JSQx bits for the selected rank */ + tmp_JSQR_ContextQueueBeingBuilt &= ~ADC_JSQR_RK(ADC_SQR3_SQ10, sConfigInjected->InjectedRank); + + /* Set the JSQx bits for the selected rank */ + tmp_JSQR_ContextQueueBeingBuilt |= ADC_JSQR_RK(sConfigInjected->InjectedChannel, sConfigInjected->InjectedRank); + + /* Decrease channel count */ + hadc->InjectionConfig.ChannelCount--; + + /* 3. tmp_JSQR_ContextQueueBeingBuilt is fully built for this HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConfigChannel() + call, aggregate the setting to those already built during the previous + HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConfigChannel() calls (for the same context of course) */ + hadc->InjectionConfig.ContextQueue |= tmp_JSQR_ContextQueueBeingBuilt; + + /* 4. End of context setting: if this is the last channel set, then write context + into register JSQR and make it enter into queue */ + if (hadc->InjectionConfig.ChannelCount == 0U) + { + MODIFY_REG(hadc->Instance->JSQR, ADC_JSQR_FIELDS, hadc->InjectionConfig.ContextQueue); + } + } + + /* Parameters update conditioned to ADC state: */ + /* Parameters that can be updated when ADC is disabled or enabled without */ + /* conversion on going on injected group: */ + /* - Injected context queue: Queue disable (active context is kept) or */ + /* enable (context decremented, up to 2 contexts queued) */ + /* - Injected discontinuous mode: can be enabled only if auto-injected */ + /* mode is disabled. */ + if (LL_ADC_INJ_IsConversionOngoing(hadc->Instance) == 0UL) + { + /* If auto-injected mode is disabled: no constraint */ + if (sConfigInjected->AutoInjectedConv == DISABLE) + { + MODIFY_REG(hadc->Instance->CFGR, + ADC_CFGR_JQM | ADC_CFGR_JDISCEN, + ADC_CFGR_INJECT_CONTEXT_QUEUE((uint32_t)sConfigInjected->QueueInjectedContext) | + ADC_CFGR_INJECT_DISCCONTINUOUS((uint32_t)sConfigInjected->InjectedDiscontinuousConvMode)); + } + /* If auto-injected mode is enabled: Injected discontinuous setting is */ + /* discarded. */ + else + { + MODIFY_REG(hadc->Instance->CFGR, + ADC_CFGR_JQM | ADC_CFGR_JDISCEN, + ADC_CFGR_INJECT_CONTEXT_QUEUE((uint32_t)sConfigInjected->QueueInjectedContext)); + } + + } + + /* Parameters update conditioned to ADC state: */ + /* Parameters that can be updated when ADC is disabled or enabled without */ + /* conversion on going on regular and injected groups: */ + /* - Automatic injected conversion: can be enabled if injected group */ + /* external triggers are disabled. */ + /* - Channel sampling time */ + /* - Channel offset */ + tmp_adc_is_conversion_on_going_regular = LL_ADC_REG_IsConversionOngoing(hadc->Instance); + tmp_adc_is_conversion_on_going_injected = LL_ADC_INJ_IsConversionOngoing(hadc->Instance); + + if ((tmp_adc_is_conversion_on_going_regular == 0UL) + && (tmp_adc_is_conversion_on_going_injected == 0UL) + ) + { + /* If injected group external triggers are disabled (set to injected */ + /* software start): no constraint */ + if ((sConfigInjected->ExternalTrigInjecConv == ADC_INJECTED_SOFTWARE_START) + || (sConfigInjected->ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge == ADC_EXTERNALTRIGINJECCONV_EDGE_NONE)) + { + if (sConfigInjected->AutoInjectedConv == ENABLE) + { + SET_BIT(hadc->Instance->CFGR, ADC_CFGR_JAUTO); + } + else + { + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->Instance->CFGR, ADC_CFGR_JAUTO); + } + } + /* If Automatic injected conversion was intended to be set and could not */ + /* due to injected group external triggers enabled, error is reported. */ + else + { + if (sConfigInjected->AutoInjectedConv == ENABLE) + { + /* Update ADC state machine to error */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_CONFIG); + + tmp_hal_status = HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->Instance->CFGR, ADC_CFGR_JAUTO); + } + } + + if (sConfigInjected->InjecOversamplingMode == ENABLE) + { + assert_param(IS_ADC_OVERSAMPLING_RATIO(sConfigInjected->InjecOversampling.Ratio)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_RIGHT_BIT_SHIFT(sConfigInjected->InjecOversampling.RightBitShift)); + + /* JOVSE must be reset in case of triggered regular mode */ + assert_param(!(READ_BIT(hadc->Instance->CFGR2, ADC_CFGR2_ROVSE | ADC_CFGR2_TROVS) == (ADC_CFGR2_ROVSE | ADC_CFGR2_TROVS))); + + /* Configuration of Injected Oversampler: */ + /* - Oversampling Ratio */ + /* - Right bit shift */ + + /* Enable OverSampling mode */ + MODIFY_REG(hadc->Instance->CFGR2, + ADC_CFGR2_JOVSE | + ADC_CFGR2_OVSR | + ADC_CFGR2_OVSS, + ADC_CFGR2_JOVSE | + sConfigInjected->InjecOversampling.Ratio | + sConfigInjected->InjecOversampling.RightBitShift + ); + } + else + { + /* Disable Regular OverSampling */ + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->Instance->CFGR2, ADC_CFGR2_JOVSE); + } + +#if defined(ADC_SMPR1_SMPPLUS) + /* Manage specific case of sampling time 3.5 cycles replacing 2.5 cyles */ + if (sConfigInjected->InjectedSamplingTime == ADC_SAMPLETIME_3CYCLES_5) + { + /* Set sampling time of the selected ADC channel */ + LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime(hadc->Instance, sConfigInjected->InjectedChannel, LL_ADC_SAMPLINGTIME_2CYCLES_5); + + /* Set ADC sampling time common configuration */ + LL_ADC_SetSamplingTimeCommonConfig(hadc->Instance, LL_ADC_SAMPLINGTIME_COMMON_3C5_REPL_2C5); + } + else + { + /* Set sampling time of the selected ADC channel */ + LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime(hadc->Instance, sConfigInjected->InjectedChannel, sConfigInjected->InjectedSamplingTime); + + /* Set ADC sampling time common configuration */ + LL_ADC_SetSamplingTimeCommonConfig(hadc->Instance, LL_ADC_SAMPLINGTIME_COMMON_DEFAULT); + } +#else + /* Set sampling time of the selected ADC channel */ + LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime(hadc->Instance, sConfigInjected->InjectedChannel, sConfigInjected->InjectedSamplingTime); +#endif + + /* Configure the offset: offset enable/disable, channel, offset value */ + + /* Shift the offset with respect to the selected ADC resolution. */ + /* Offset has to be left-aligned on bit 11, the LSB (right bits) are set to 0 */ + tmpOffsetShifted = ADC_OFFSET_SHIFT_RESOLUTION(hadc, sConfigInjected->InjectedOffset); + + if (sConfigInjected->InjectedOffsetNumber != ADC_OFFSET_NONE) + { + /* Set ADC selected offset number */ + LL_ADC_SetOffset(hadc->Instance, sConfigInjected->InjectedOffsetNumber, sConfigInjected->InjectedChannel, + tmpOffsetShifted); + + } + else + { + /* Scan each offset register to check if the selected channel is targeted. */ + /* If this is the case, the corresponding offset number is disabled. */ + if (__LL_ADC_CHANNEL_TO_DECIMAL_NB(LL_ADC_GetOffsetChannel(hadc->Instance, LL_ADC_OFFSET_1)) + == __LL_ADC_CHANNEL_TO_DECIMAL_NB(sConfigInjected->InjectedChannel)) + { + LL_ADC_SetOffsetState(hadc->Instance, LL_ADC_OFFSET_1, LL_ADC_OFFSET_DISABLE); + } + if (__LL_ADC_CHANNEL_TO_DECIMAL_NB(LL_ADC_GetOffsetChannel(hadc->Instance, LL_ADC_OFFSET_2)) + == __LL_ADC_CHANNEL_TO_DECIMAL_NB(sConfigInjected->InjectedChannel)) + { + LL_ADC_SetOffsetState(hadc->Instance, LL_ADC_OFFSET_2, LL_ADC_OFFSET_DISABLE); + } + if (__LL_ADC_CHANNEL_TO_DECIMAL_NB(LL_ADC_GetOffsetChannel(hadc->Instance, LL_ADC_OFFSET_3)) + == __LL_ADC_CHANNEL_TO_DECIMAL_NB(sConfigInjected->InjectedChannel)) + { + LL_ADC_SetOffsetState(hadc->Instance, LL_ADC_OFFSET_3, LL_ADC_OFFSET_DISABLE); + } + if (__LL_ADC_CHANNEL_TO_DECIMAL_NB(LL_ADC_GetOffsetChannel(hadc->Instance, LL_ADC_OFFSET_4)) + == __LL_ADC_CHANNEL_TO_DECIMAL_NB(sConfigInjected->InjectedChannel)) + { + LL_ADC_SetOffsetState(hadc->Instance, LL_ADC_OFFSET_4, LL_ADC_OFFSET_DISABLE); + } + } + + } + + /* Parameters update conditioned to ADC state: */ + /* Parameters that can be updated only when ADC is disabled: */ + /* - Single or differential mode */ + if (LL_ADC_IsEnabled(hadc->Instance) == 0UL) + { + /* Set mode single-ended or differential input of the selected ADC channel */ + LL_ADC_SetChannelSingleDiff(hadc->Instance, sConfigInjected->InjectedChannel, sConfigInjected->InjectedSingleDiff); + + /* Configuration of differential mode */ + /* Note: ADC channel number masked with value "0x1F" to ensure shift value within 32 bits range */ + if (sConfigInjected->InjectedSingleDiff == ADC_DIFFERENTIAL_ENDED) + { + /* Set sampling time of the selected ADC channel */ + LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime(hadc->Instance, + (uint32_t)(__LL_ADC_DECIMAL_NB_TO_CHANNEL((__LL_ADC_CHANNEL_TO_DECIMAL_NB((uint32_t)sConfigInjected->InjectedChannel) + + 1UL) & 0x1FUL)), sConfigInjected->InjectedSamplingTime); + } + + } + + /* Management of internal measurement channels: Vbat/VrefInt/TempSensor */ + /* internal measurement paths enable: If internal channel selected, */ + /* enable dedicated internal buffers and path. */ + /* Note: these internal measurement paths can be disabled using */ + /* HAL_ADC_DeInit(). */ + + if (__LL_ADC_IS_CHANNEL_INTERNAL(sConfigInjected->InjectedChannel)) + { + tmp_config_internal_channel = LL_ADC_GetCommonPathInternalCh(__LL_ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + + /* If the requested internal measurement path has already been enabled, */ + /* bypass the configuration processing. */ + if ((sConfigInjected->InjectedChannel == ADC_CHANNEL_TEMPSENSOR) + && ((tmp_config_internal_channel & LL_ADC_PATH_INTERNAL_TEMPSENSOR) == 0UL)) + { + if (ADC_TEMPERATURE_SENSOR_INSTANCE(hadc)) + { + LL_ADC_SetCommonPathInternalCh(__LL_ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance), + LL_ADC_PATH_INTERNAL_TEMPSENSOR | tmp_config_internal_channel); + + /* Delay for temperature sensor stabilization time */ + /* Wait loop initialization and execution */ + /* Note: Variable divided by 2 to compensate partially */ + /* CPU processing cycles, scaling in us split to not */ + /* exceed 32 bits register capacity and handle low frequency. */ + wait_loop_index = ((LL_ADC_DELAY_TEMPSENSOR_STAB_US / 10UL) * (((SystemCoreClock / (100000UL * 2UL)) + 1UL) + 1UL)); + while (wait_loop_index != 0UL) + { + wait_loop_index--; + } + } + } + else if ((sConfigInjected->InjectedChannel == ADC_CHANNEL_VBAT) + && ((tmp_config_internal_channel & LL_ADC_PATH_INTERNAL_VBAT) == 0UL)) + { + if (ADC_BATTERY_VOLTAGE_INSTANCE(hadc)) + { + LL_ADC_SetCommonPathInternalCh(__LL_ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance), + LL_ADC_PATH_INTERNAL_VBAT | tmp_config_internal_channel); + } + } + else if ((sConfigInjected->InjectedChannel == ADC_CHANNEL_VREFINT) + && ((tmp_config_internal_channel & LL_ADC_PATH_INTERNAL_VREFINT) == 0UL)) + { + if (ADC_VREFINT_INSTANCE(hadc)) + { + LL_ADC_SetCommonPathInternalCh(__LL_ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance), + LL_ADC_PATH_INTERNAL_VREFINT | tmp_config_internal_channel); + } + } + else + { + /* nothing to do */ + } + } + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + /* Return function status */ + return tmp_hal_status; +} + +#if defined(ADC_MULTIMODE_SUPPORT) +/** + * @brief Enable ADC multimode and configure multimode parameters + * @note Possibility to update parameters on the fly: + * This function initializes multimode parameters, following + * calls to this function can be used to reconfigure some parameters + * of structure "ADC_MultiModeTypeDef" on the fly, without resetting + * the ADCs. + * The setting of these parameters is conditioned to ADC state. + * For parameters constraints, see comments of structure + * "ADC_MultiModeTypeDef". + * @note To move back configuration from multimode to single mode, ADC must + * be reset (using function HAL_ADC_Init() ). + * @param hadc Master ADC handle + * @param multimode Structure of ADC multimode configuration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeConfigChannel(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc, ADC_MultiModeTypeDef *multimode) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef tmp_hal_status = HAL_OK; + ADC_Common_TypeDef *tmpADC_Common; + ADC_HandleTypeDef tmphadcSlave; + uint32_t tmphadcSlave_conversion_on_going; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_MULTIMODE_MASTER_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_MULTIMODE(multimode->Mode)); + if (multimode->Mode != ADC_MODE_INDEPENDENT) + { + assert_param(IS_ADC_DMA_ACCESS_MULTIMODE(multimode->DMAAccessMode)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_SAMPLING_DELAY(multimode->TwoSamplingDelay)); + } + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hadc); + + /* Temporary handle minimum initialization */ + __HAL_ADC_RESET_HANDLE_STATE(&tmphadcSlave); + ADC_CLEAR_ERRORCODE(&tmphadcSlave); + + ADC_MULTI_SLAVE(hadc, &tmphadcSlave); + + if (tmphadcSlave.Instance == NULL) + { + /* Update ADC state machine to error */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_CONFIG); + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Parameters update conditioned to ADC state: */ + /* Parameters that can be updated when ADC is disabled or enabled without */ + /* conversion on going on regular group: */ + /* - Multimode DMA configuration */ + /* - Multimode DMA mode */ + tmphadcSlave_conversion_on_going = LL_ADC_REG_IsConversionOngoing((&tmphadcSlave)->Instance); + if ((LL_ADC_REG_IsConversionOngoing(hadc->Instance) == 0UL) + && (tmphadcSlave_conversion_on_going == 0UL)) + { + /* Pointer to the common control register */ + tmpADC_Common = __LL_ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance); + + /* If multimode is selected, configure all multimode parameters. */ + /* Otherwise, reset multimode parameters (can be used in case of */ + /* transition from multimode to independent mode). */ + if (multimode->Mode != ADC_MODE_INDEPENDENT) + { + MODIFY_REG(tmpADC_Common->CCR, ADC_CCR_MDMA | ADC_CCR_DMACFG, + multimode->DMAAccessMode | + ADC_CCR_MULTI_DMACONTREQ((uint32_t)hadc->Init.DMAContinuousRequests)); + + /* Parameters that can be updated only when ADC is disabled: */ + /* - Multimode mode selection */ + /* - Multimode delay */ + /* Note: Delay range depends on selected resolution: */ + /* from 1 to 12 clock cycles for 12 bits */ + /* from 1 to 10 clock cycles for 10 bits, */ + /* from 1 to 8 clock cycles for 8 bits */ + /* from 1 to 6 clock cycles for 6 bits */ + /* If a higher delay is selected, it will be clipped to maximum delay */ + /* range */ + if (__LL_ADC_IS_ENABLED_ALL_COMMON_INSTANCE(__LL_ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)) == 0UL) + { + MODIFY_REG(tmpADC_Common->CCR, + ADC_CCR_DUAL | + ADC_CCR_DELAY, + multimode->Mode | + multimode->TwoSamplingDelay + ); + } + } + else /* ADC_MODE_INDEPENDENT */ + { + CLEAR_BIT(tmpADC_Common->CCR, ADC_CCR_MDMA | ADC_CCR_DMACFG); + + /* Parameters that can be updated only when ADC is disabled: */ + /* - Multimode mode selection */ + /* - Multimode delay */ + if (__LL_ADC_IS_ENABLED_ALL_COMMON_INSTANCE(__LL_ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)) == 0UL) + { + CLEAR_BIT(tmpADC_Common->CCR, ADC_CCR_DUAL | ADC_CCR_DELAY); + } + } + } + /* If one of the ADC sharing the same common group is enabled, no update */ + /* could be done on neither of the multimode structure parameters. */ + else + { + /* Update ADC state machine to error */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_CONFIG); + + tmp_hal_status = HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + /* Return function status */ + return tmp_hal_status; +} +#endif /* ADC_MULTIMODE_SUPPORT */ + +/** + * @brief Enable Injected Queue + * @note This function resets CFGR register JQDIS bit in order to enable the + * Injected Queue. JQDIS can be written only when ADSTART and JDSTART + * are both equal to 0 to ensure that no regular nor injected + * conversion is ongoing. + * @param hadc ADC handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_EnableInjectedQueue(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef tmp_hal_status; + uint32_t tmp_adc_is_conversion_on_going_regular; + uint32_t tmp_adc_is_conversion_on_going_injected; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + + tmp_adc_is_conversion_on_going_regular = LL_ADC_REG_IsConversionOngoing(hadc->Instance); + tmp_adc_is_conversion_on_going_injected = LL_ADC_INJ_IsConversionOngoing(hadc->Instance); + + /* Parameter can be set only if no conversion is on-going */ + if ((tmp_adc_is_conversion_on_going_regular == 0UL) + && (tmp_adc_is_conversion_on_going_injected == 0UL) + ) + { + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->Instance->CFGR, ADC_CFGR_JQDIS); + + /* Update state, clear previous result related to injected queue overflow */ + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_JQOVF); + + tmp_hal_status = HAL_OK; + } + else + { + tmp_hal_status = HAL_ERROR; + } + + return tmp_hal_status; +} + +/** + * @brief Disable Injected Queue + * @note This function sets CFGR register JQDIS bit in order to disable the + * Injected Queue. JQDIS can be written only when ADSTART and JDSTART + * are both equal to 0 to ensure that no regular nor injected + * conversion is ongoing. + * @param hadc ADC handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_DisableInjectedQueue(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef tmp_hal_status; + uint32_t tmp_adc_is_conversion_on_going_regular; + uint32_t tmp_adc_is_conversion_on_going_injected; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + + tmp_adc_is_conversion_on_going_regular = LL_ADC_REG_IsConversionOngoing(hadc->Instance); + tmp_adc_is_conversion_on_going_injected = LL_ADC_INJ_IsConversionOngoing(hadc->Instance); + + /* Parameter can be set only if no conversion is on-going */ + if ((tmp_adc_is_conversion_on_going_regular == 0UL) + && (tmp_adc_is_conversion_on_going_injected == 0UL) + ) + { + LL_ADC_INJ_SetQueueMode(hadc->Instance, LL_ADC_INJ_QUEUE_DISABLE); + tmp_hal_status = HAL_OK; + } + else + { + tmp_hal_status = HAL_ERROR; + } + + return tmp_hal_status; +} + +/** + * @brief Disable ADC voltage regulator. + * @note Disabling voltage regulator allows to save power. This operation can + * be carried out only when ADC is disabled. + * @note To enable again the voltage regulator, the user is expected to + * resort to HAL_ADC_Init() API. + * @param hadc ADC handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_DisableVoltageRegulator(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef tmp_hal_status; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + + /* Setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be ADC disabled */ + if (LL_ADC_IsEnabled(hadc->Instance) == 0UL) + { + LL_ADC_DisableInternalRegulator(hadc->Instance); + tmp_hal_status = HAL_OK; + } + else + { + tmp_hal_status = HAL_ERROR; + } + + return tmp_hal_status; +} + +/** + * @brief Enter ADC deep-power-down mode + * @note This mode is achieved in setting DEEPPWD bit and allows to save power + * in reducing leakage currents. It is particularly interesting before + * entering stop modes. + * @note Setting DEEPPWD automatically clears ADVREGEN bit and disables the + * ADC voltage regulator. This means that this API encompasses + * HAL_ADCEx_DisableVoltageRegulator(). Additionally, the internal + * calibration is lost. + * @note To exit the ADC deep-power-down mode, the user is expected to + * resort to HAL_ADC_Init() API as well as to relaunch a calibration + * with HAL_ADCEx_Calibration_Start() API or to re-apply a previously + * saved calibration factor. + * @param hadc ADC handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_EnterADCDeepPowerDownMode(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef tmp_hal_status; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + + /* Setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be ADC disabled */ + if (LL_ADC_IsEnabled(hadc->Instance) == 0UL) + { + LL_ADC_EnableDeepPowerDown(hadc->Instance); + tmp_hal_status = HAL_OK; + } + else + { + tmp_hal_status = HAL_ERROR; + } + + return tmp_hal_status; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_ADC_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ diff --git a/project/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_cortex.c b/project/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_cortex.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0b94bbd --- /dev/null +++ b/project/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_cortex.c @@ -0,0 +1,541 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32l4xx_hal_cortex.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief CORTEX HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the CORTEX: + * + Initialization and Configuration functions + * + Peripheral Control functions + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + + [..] + *** How to configure Interrupts using CORTEX HAL driver *** + =========================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to configure the NVIC interrupts (IRQ). + The Cortex-M4 exceptions are managed by CMSIS functions. + + (#) Configure the NVIC Priority Grouping using HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping() function. + (#) Configure the priority of the selected IRQ Channels using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(). + (#) Enable the selected IRQ Channels using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(). + + -@- When the NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0 is selected, IRQ pre-emption is no more possible. + The pending IRQ priority will be managed only by the sub priority. + + -@- IRQ priority order (sorted by highest to lowest priority): + (+@) Lowest pre-emption priority + (+@) Lowest sub priority + (+@) Lowest hardware priority (IRQ number) + + [..] + *** How to configure SysTick using CORTEX HAL driver *** + ======================================================== + [..] + Setup SysTick Timer for time base. + + (+) The HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function calls the SysTick_Config() function which + is a CMSIS function that: + (++) Configures the SysTick Reload register with value passed as function parameter. + (++) Configures the SysTick IRQ priority to the lowest value (0x0F). + (++) Resets the SysTick Counter register. + (++) Configures the SysTick Counter clock source to be Core Clock Source (HCLK). + (++) Enables the SysTick Interrupt. + (++) Starts the SysTick Counter. + + (+) You can change the SysTick Clock source to be HCLK_Div8 by calling the macro + __HAL_CORTEX_SYSTICKCLK_CONFIG(SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8) just after the + HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function call. The __HAL_CORTEX_SYSTICKCLK_CONFIG() macro is defined + inside the stm32l4xx_hal_cortex.h file. + + (+) You can change the SysTick IRQ priority by calling the + HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(SysTick_IRQn,...) function just after the HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function + call. The HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() call the NVIC_SetPriority() function which is a CMSIS function. + + (+) To adjust the SysTick time base, use the following formula: + + Reload Value = SysTick Counter Clock (Hz) x Desired Time base (s) + (++) Reload Value is the parameter to be passed for HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function + (++) Reload Value should not exceed 0xFFFFFF + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + + The table below gives the allowed values of the pre-emption priority and subpriority according + to the Priority Grouping configuration performed by HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping() function. + + ========================================================================================================================== + NVIC_PriorityGroup | NVIC_IRQChannelPreemptionPriority | NVIC_IRQChannelSubPriority | Description + ========================================================================================================================== + NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0 | 0 | 0-15 | 0 bit for pre-emption priority + | | | 4 bits for subpriority + -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_1 | 0-1 | 0-7 | 1 bit for pre-emption priority + | | | 3 bits for subpriority + -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_2 | 0-3 | 0-3 | 2 bits for pre-emption priority + | | | 2 bits for subpriority + -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_3 | 0-7 | 0-1 | 3 bits for pre-emption priority + | | | 1 bit for subpriority + -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4 | 0-15 | 0 | 4 bits for pre-emption priority + | | | 0 bit for subpriority + ========================================================================================================================== + + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file in + * the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup CORTEX + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @addtogroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions + * @{ + */ + + +/** @addtogroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions_Group1 + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides the CORTEX HAL driver functions allowing to configure Interrupts + SysTick functionalities + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + + +/** + * @brief Set the priority grouping field (pre-emption priority and subpriority) + * using the required unlock sequence. + * @param PriorityGroup: The priority grouping bits length. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0: 0 bit for pre-emption priority, + * 4 bits for subpriority + * @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_1: 1 bit for pre-emption priority, + * 3 bits for subpriority + * @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_2: 2 bits for pre-emption priority, + * 2 bits for subpriority + * @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_3: 3 bits for pre-emption priority, + * 1 bit for subpriority + * @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4: 4 bits for pre-emption priority, + * 0 bit for subpriority + * @note When the NVIC_PriorityGroup_0 is selected, IRQ pre-emption is no more possible. + * The pending IRQ priority will be managed only by the subpriority. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(uint32_t PriorityGroup) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_NVIC_PRIORITY_GROUP(PriorityGroup)); + + /* Set the PRIGROUP[10:8] bits according to the PriorityGroup parameter value */ + NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(PriorityGroup); +} + +/** + * @brief Set the priority of an interrupt. + * @param IRQn: External interrupt number. + * This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration + * (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32l4xxxx.h)) + * @param PreemptPriority: The pre-emption priority for the IRQn channel. + * This parameter can be a value between 0 and 15 + * A lower priority value indicates a higher priority + * @param SubPriority: the subpriority level for the IRQ channel. + * This parameter can be a value between 0 and 15 + * A lower priority value indicates a higher priority. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t PreemptPriority, uint32_t SubPriority) +{ + uint32_t prioritygroup = 0x00; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_NVIC_SUB_PRIORITY(SubPriority)); + assert_param(IS_NVIC_PREEMPTION_PRIORITY(PreemptPriority)); + + prioritygroup = NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping(); + + NVIC_SetPriority(IRQn, NVIC_EncodePriority(prioritygroup, PreemptPriority, SubPriority)); +} + +/** + * @brief Enable a device specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller. + * @note To configure interrupts priority correctly, the NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig() + * function should be called before. + * @param IRQn External interrupt number. + * This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration + * (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32l4xxxx.h)) + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn)); + + /* Enable interrupt */ + NVIC_EnableIRQ(IRQn); +} + +/** + * @brief Disable a device specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller. + * @param IRQn External interrupt number. + * This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration + * (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32l4xxxx.h)) + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_NVIC_DisableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn)); + + /* Disable interrupt */ + NVIC_DisableIRQ(IRQn); +} + +/** + * @brief Initiate a system reset request to reset the MCU. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_NVIC_SystemReset(void) +{ + /* System Reset */ + NVIC_SystemReset(); +} + +/** + * @brief Initialize the System Timer with interrupt enabled and start the System Tick Timer (SysTick): + * Counter is in free running mode to generate periodic interrupts. + * @param TicksNumb: Specifies the ticks Number of ticks between two interrupts. + * @retval status: - 0 Function succeeded. + * - 1 Function failed. + */ +uint32_t HAL_SYSTICK_Config(uint32_t TicksNumb) +{ + return SysTick_Config(TicksNumb); +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions_Group2 + * @brief Cortex control functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the CORTEX + (NVIC, SYSTICK, MPU) functionalities. + + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Get the priority grouping field from the NVIC Interrupt Controller. + * @retval Priority grouping field (SCB->AIRCR [10:8] PRIGROUP field) + */ +uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping(void) +{ + /* Get the PRIGROUP[10:8] field value */ + return NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping(); +} + +/** + * @brief Get the priority of an interrupt. + * @param IRQn: External interrupt number. + * This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration + * (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32l4xxxx.h)) + * @param PriorityGroup: the priority grouping bits length. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0: 0 bit for pre-emption priority, + * 4 bits for subpriority + * @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_1: 1 bit for pre-emption priority, + * 3 bits for subpriority + * @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_2: 2 bits for pre-emption priority, + * 2 bits for subpriority + * @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_3: 3 bits for pre-emption priority, + * 1 bit for subpriority + * @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4: 4 bits for pre-emption priority, + * 0 bit for subpriority + * @param pPreemptPriority: Pointer on the Preemptive priority value (starting from 0). + * @param pSubPriority: Pointer on the Subpriority value (starting from 0). + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_NVIC_GetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t PriorityGroup, uint32_t *pPreemptPriority, uint32_t *pSubPriority) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_NVIC_PRIORITY_GROUP(PriorityGroup)); + /* Get priority for Cortex-M system or device specific interrupts */ + NVIC_DecodePriority(NVIC_GetPriority(IRQn), PriorityGroup, pPreemptPriority, pSubPriority); +} + +/** + * @brief Set Pending bit of an external interrupt. + * @param IRQn External interrupt number + * This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration + * (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32l4xxxx.h)) + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn)); + + /* Set interrupt pending */ + NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(IRQn); +} + +/** + * @brief Get Pending Interrupt (read the pending register in the NVIC + * and return the pending bit for the specified interrupt). + * @param IRQn External interrupt number. + * This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration + * (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32l4xxxx.h)) + * @retval status: - 0 Interrupt status is not pending. + * - 1 Interrupt status is pending. + */ +uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn)); + + /* Return 1 if pending else 0 */ + return NVIC_GetPendingIRQ(IRQn); +} + +/** + * @brief Clear the pending bit of an external interrupt. + * @param IRQn External interrupt number. + * This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration + * (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32l4xxxx.h)) + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn)); + + /* Clear pending interrupt */ + NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn); +} + +/** + * @brief Get active interrupt (read the active register in NVIC and return the active bit). + * @param IRQn External interrupt number + * This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration + * (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32l4xxxx.h)) + * @retval status: - 0 Interrupt status is not pending. + * - 1 Interrupt status is pending. + */ +uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetActive(IRQn_Type IRQn) +{ + /* Return 1 if active else 0 */ + return NVIC_GetActive(IRQn); +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the SysTick clock source. + * @param CLKSource: specifies the SysTick clock source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8: AHB clock divided by 8 selected as SysTick clock source. + * @arg SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK: AHB clock selected as SysTick clock source. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_SYSTICK_CLKSourceConfig(uint32_t CLKSource) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SYSTICK_CLK_SOURCE(CLKSource)); + if (CLKSource == SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK) + { + SysTick->CTRL |= SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK; + } + else + { + SysTick->CTRL &= ~SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Handle SYSTICK interrupt request. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_SYSTICK_IRQHandler(void) +{ + HAL_SYSTICK_Callback(); +} + +/** + * @brief SYSTICK callback. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_SYSTICK_Callback(void) +{ + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_SYSTICK_Callback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +#if (__MPU_PRESENT == 1) +/** + * @brief Enable the MPU. + * @param MPU_Control: Specifies the control mode of the MPU during hard fault, + * NMI, FAULTMASK and privileged accessto the default memory + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg MPU_HFNMI_PRIVDEF_NONE + * @arg MPU_HARDFAULT_NMI + * @arg MPU_PRIVILEGED_DEFAULT + * @arg MPU_HFNMI_PRIVDEF + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_MPU_Enable(uint32_t MPU_Control) +{ + /* Enable the MPU */ + MPU->CTRL = (MPU_Control | MPU_CTRL_ENABLE_Msk); + + /* Ensure MPU setting take effects */ + __DSB(); + __ISB(); +} + + +/** + * @brief Disable the MPU. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_MPU_Disable(void) +{ + /* Make sure outstanding transfers are done */ + __DMB(); + + /* Disable the MPU and clear the control register*/ + MPU->CTRL = 0; +} + +/** + * @brief Enable the MPU Region. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_MPU_EnableRegion(uint32_t RegionNumber) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_NUMBER(RegionNumber)); + + /* Set the Region number */ + MPU->RNR = RegionNumber; + + /* Enable the Region */ + SET_BIT(MPU->RASR, MPU_RASR_ENABLE_Msk); +} + +/** + * @brief Disable the MPU Region. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_MPU_DisableRegion(uint32_t RegionNumber) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_NUMBER(RegionNumber)); + + /* Set the Region number */ + MPU->RNR = RegionNumber; + + /* Disable the Region */ + CLEAR_BIT(MPU->RASR, MPU_RASR_ENABLE_Msk); +} + +/** + * @brief Initialize and configure the Region and the memory to be protected. + * @param MPU_Init: Pointer to a MPU_Region_InitTypeDef structure that contains + * the initialization and configuration information. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_MPU_ConfigRegion(MPU_Region_InitTypeDef *MPU_Init) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_NUMBER(MPU_Init->Number)); + assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_ENABLE(MPU_Init->Enable)); + assert_param(IS_MPU_INSTRUCTION_ACCESS(MPU_Init->DisableExec)); + assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_PERMISSION_ATTRIBUTE(MPU_Init->AccessPermission)); + assert_param(IS_MPU_TEX_LEVEL(MPU_Init->TypeExtField)); + assert_param(IS_MPU_ACCESS_SHAREABLE(MPU_Init->IsShareable)); + assert_param(IS_MPU_ACCESS_CACHEABLE(MPU_Init->IsCacheable)); + assert_param(IS_MPU_ACCESS_BUFFERABLE(MPU_Init->IsBufferable)); + assert_param(IS_MPU_SUB_REGION_DISABLE(MPU_Init->SubRegionDisable)); + assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_SIZE(MPU_Init->Size)); + /* Set the Region number */ + MPU->RNR = MPU_Init->Number; + +/* Disable the Region */ + CLEAR_BIT(MPU->RASR, MPU_RASR_ENABLE_Msk); + + /* Apply configuration */ + MPU->RBAR = MPU_Init->BaseAddress; + MPU->RASR = ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->DisableExec << MPU_RASR_XN_Pos) | + ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->AccessPermission << MPU_RASR_AP_Pos) | + ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->TypeExtField << MPU_RASR_TEX_Pos) | + ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->IsShareable << MPU_RASR_S_Pos) | + ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->IsCacheable << MPU_RASR_C_Pos) | + ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->IsBufferable << MPU_RASR_B_Pos) | + ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->SubRegionDisable << MPU_RASR_SRD_Pos) | + ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->Size << MPU_RASR_SIZE_Pos) | + ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->Enable << MPU_RASR_ENABLE_Pos); +} +#endif /* __MPU_PRESENT */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + diff --git a/project/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_dac.c b/project/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_dac.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..814ef66 --- /dev/null +++ b/project/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_dac.c @@ -0,0 +1,1760 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32l4xx_hal_dac.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief DAC HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Digital to Analog Converter (DAC) peripheral: + * + Initialization and de-initialization functions + * + Peripheral Control functions + * + Peripheral State and Errors functions + * + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### DAC Peripheral features ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + *** DAC Channels *** + ==================== + [..] + STM32L4 devices integrate one or two 12-bit Digital Analog Converters + (i.e. one or 2 channel(s)) + 1 channel : STM32L451xx STM32L452xx STM32L462xx + 2 channels: STM32L431xx STM32L432xx STM32L433xx STM32L442xx STM32L443xx + STM32L471xx STM32L475xx STM32L476xx STM32L485xx STM32L486xx STM32L496xx STM32L4A6xx + STM32L4P5xx STM32L4Q5xx + STM32L4R5xx STM32L4R7xx STM32L4R9xx STM32L4S5xx STM32L4S7xx STM32L4S9xx + + When 2 channels are available, the 2 converters (i.e. channel1 & channel2) + can be used independently or simultaneously (dual mode): + (#) DAC channel1 with DAC_OUT1 (PA4) as output or connected to on-chip + peripherals. + (#) Whenever present, DAC channel2 with DAC_OUT2 (PA5) as output + or connected to on-chip peripherals. + + *** DAC Triggers *** + ==================== + [..] + Digital to Analog conversion can be non-triggered using DAC_TRIGGER_NONE + and DAC_OUT1/DAC_OUT2 is available once writing to DHRx register. + [..] + Digital to Analog conversion can be triggered by: + (#) External event: EXTI Line 9 (any GPIOx_PIN_9) using DAC_TRIGGER_EXT_IT9. + The used pin (GPIOx_PIN_9) must be configured in input mode. + + (#) Timers TRGO: TIM2, TIM3, TIM4, TIM5, TIM6 and TIM7 + (DAC_TRIGGER_T2_TRGO, DAC_TRIGGER_T3_TRGO...) + + (#) Software using DAC_TRIGGER_SOFTWARE + + *** DAC Buffer mode feature *** + =============================== + [..] + Each DAC channel integrates an output buffer that can be used to + reduce the output impedance, and to drive external loads directly + without having to add an external operational amplifier. + To enable, the output buffer use + sConfig.DAC_OutputBuffer = DAC_OUTPUTBUFFER_ENABLE; + [..] + (@) Refer to the device datasheet for more details about output + impedance value with and without output buffer. + + *** DAC connect feature *** + =============================== + [..] + Each DAC channel can be connected internally. + To connect, use + sConfig.DAC_ConnectOnChipPeripheral = DAC_CHIPCONNECT_ENABLE; + + *** GPIO configurations guidelines *** + ===================== + [..] + When a DAC channel is used (ex channel1 on PA4) and the other is not + (ex channel2 on PA5 is configured in Analog and disabled). + Channel1 may disturb channel2 as coupling effect. + Note that there is no coupling on channel2 as soon as channel2 is turned on. + Coupling on adjacent channel could be avoided as follows: + when unused PA5 is configured as INPUT PULL-UP or DOWN. + PA5 is configured in ANALOG just before it is turned on. + + *** DAC Sample and Hold feature *** + ======================== + [..] + For each converter, 2 modes are supported: normal mode and + "sample and hold" mode (i.e. low power mode). + In the sample and hold mode, the DAC core converts data, then holds the + converted voltage on a capacitor. When not converting, the DAC cores and + buffer are completely turned off between samples and the DAC output is + tri-stated, therefore reducing the overall power consumption. A new + stabilization period is needed before each new conversion. + + The sample and hold allow setting internal or external voltage @ + low power consumption cost (output value can be at any given rate either + by CPU or DMA). + + The Sample and hold block and registers uses either LSI & run in + several power modes: run mode, sleep mode, low power run, low power sleep + mode & stop1 mode. + + Low power stop1 mode allows only static conversion. + + To enable Sample and Hold mode + Enable LSI using HAL_RCC_OscConfig with RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSI & + RCC_LSI_ON parameters. + + Use DAC_InitStructure.DAC_SampleAndHold = DAC_SAMPLEANDHOLD_ENABLE; + & DAC_ChannelConfTypeDef.DAC_SampleAndHoldConfig.DAC_SampleTime, + DAC_HoldTime & DAC_RefreshTime; + + *** DAC calibration feature *** + =================================== + [..] + (#) The 2 converters (channel1 & channel2) provide calibration capabilities. + (++) Calibration aims at correcting some offset of output buffer. + (++) The DAC uses either factory calibration settings OR user defined + calibration (trimming) settings (i.e. trimming mode). + (++) The user defined settings can be figured out using self calibration + handled by HAL_DACEx_SelfCalibrate. + (++) HAL_DACEx_SelfCalibrate: + (+++) Runs automatically the calibration. + (+++) Enables the user trimming mode + (+++) Updates a structure with trimming values with fresh calibration + results. + The user may store the calibration results for larger + (ex monitoring the trimming as a function of temperature + for instance) + + *** DAC wave generation feature *** + =================================== + [..] + Both DAC channels can be used to generate + (#) Noise wave + (#) Triangle wave + + *** DAC data format *** + ======================= + [..] + The DAC data format can be: + (#) 8-bit right alignment using DAC_ALIGN_8B_R + (#) 12-bit left alignment using DAC_ALIGN_12B_L + (#) 12-bit right alignment using DAC_ALIGN_12B_R + + *** DAC data value to voltage correspondence *** + ================================================ + [..] + The analog output voltage on each DAC channel pin is determined + by the following equation: + [..] + DAC_OUTx = VREF+ * DOR / 4095 + (+) with DOR is the Data Output Register + [..] + VEF+ is the input voltage reference (refer to the device datasheet) + [..] + e.g. To set DAC_OUT1 to 0.7V, use + (+) Assuming that VREF+ = 3.3V, DAC_OUT1 = (3.3 * 868) / 4095 = 0.7V + + *** DMA requests *** + ===================== + [..] + A DMA1 request can be generated when an external trigger (but not a software trigger) + occurs if DMA1 requests are enabled using HAL_DAC_Start_DMA(). + DMA requests are mapped as following: + (#) When DMAMUX is NOT present: + DMA1 requests are mapped as following: + (+) DAC channel1 mapped on DMA1 request 6 / channel3 + (+) DAC channel2 mapped on DMA1 request 5 / channel4 + DMA2 requests are mapped as following: + (+) DAC channel1 mapped on DMA2 request 3 / channel4 + (+) DAC channel2 mapped on DMA2 request 3 / channel5 + (#) When DMAMUX is present: + (+) DAC channel1 mapped on DMA1/DMA2 request 6 (can be any DMA channel) + (+) DAC channel2 mapped on DMA1/DMA2 request 7 (can be any DMA channel) + + *** High frequency interface mode *** + ===================================== + [..] + The high frequency interface informs DAC instance about the bus frequency in use. + It is mandatory information for DAC (as internal timing of DAC is bus frequency dependent) + provided thanks to parameter DAC_HighFrequency handled in HAL_DAC_ConfigChannel () function. + Use of DAC_HIGH_FREQUENCY_INTERFACE_MODE_AUTOMATIC value of DAC_HighFrequency is recommended + function figured out the correct setting. + The high frequency mode is same for all converters of a same DAC instance. Either same + parameter DAC_HighFrequency is used for all DAC converters or again self + DAC_HIGH_FREQUENCY_INTERFACE_MODE_AUTOMATIC detection parameter. + + [..] + (@) For Dual mode and specific signal (Triangle and noise) generation please + refer to Extended Features Driver description + + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + (+) DAC APB clock must be enabled to get write access to DAC + registers using HAL_DAC_Init() + (+) Configure DAC_OUTx (DAC_OUT1: PA4, DAC_OUT2: PA5) in analog mode. + (+) Configure the DAC channel using HAL_DAC_ConfigChannel() function. + (+) Enable the DAC channel using HAL_DAC_Start() or HAL_DAC_Start_DMA() functions. + + *** Calibration mode IO operation *** + ====================================== + [..] + (+) Retrieve the factory trimming (calibration settings) using HAL_DACEx_GetTrimOffset() + (+) Run the calibration using HAL_DACEx_SelfCalibrate() + (+) Update the trimming while DAC running using HAL_DACEx_SetUserTrimming() + + *** Polling mode IO operation *** + ================================= + [..] + (+) Start the DAC peripheral using HAL_DAC_Start() + (+) To read the DAC last data output value, use the HAL_DAC_GetValue() function. + (+) Stop the DAC peripheral using HAL_DAC_Stop() + + *** DMA mode IO operation *** + ============================== + [..] + (+) Start the DAC peripheral using HAL_DAC_Start_DMA(), at this stage the user specify the length + of data to be transferred at each end of conversion + First issued trigger will start the conversion of the value previously set by HAL_DAC_SetValue(). + (+) At the middle of data transfer HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1() or HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2() + function is executed and user can add his own code by customization of function pointer + HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1() or HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2() + (+) At The end of data transfer HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1() or HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2() + function is executed and user can add his own code by customization of function pointer + HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1() or HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2() + (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1() function is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1 + (+) In case of DMA underrun, DAC interruption triggers and execute internal function HAL_DAC_IRQHandler. + HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1() or HAL_DACEx_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2() + function is executed and user can add his own code by customization of function pointer + HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1() or HAL_DACEx_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2() and + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1() + (+) Stop the DAC peripheral using HAL_DAC_Stop_DMA() + + *** Callback registration *** + ============================================= + [..] + The compilation define USE_HAL_DAC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1 + allows the user to configure dynamically the driver callbacks. + + Use Functions HAL_DAC_RegisterCallback() to register a user callback, + it allows to register following callbacks: + (+) ConvCpltCallbackCh1 : callback when a half transfer is completed on Ch1. + (+) ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1 : callback when a transfer is completed on Ch1. + (+) ErrorCallbackCh1 : callback when an error occurs on Ch1. + (+) DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1 : callback when an underrun error occurs on Ch1. + (+) ConvCpltCallbackCh2 : callback when a half transfer is completed on Ch2. + (+) ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2 : callback when a transfer is completed on Ch2. + (+) ErrorCallbackCh2 : callback when an error occurs on Ch2. + (+) DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2 : callback when an underrun error occurs on Ch2. + (+) MspInitCallback : DAC MspInit. + (+) MspDeInitCallback : DAC MspdeInit. + This function takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, the Callback ID + and a pointer to the user callback function. + + Use function HAL_DAC_UnRegisterCallback() to reset a callback to the default + weak (surcharged) function. It allows to reset following callbacks: + (+) ConvCpltCallbackCh1 : callback when a half transfer is completed on Ch1. + (+) ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1 : callback when a transfer is completed on Ch1. + (+) ErrorCallbackCh1 : callback when an error occurs on Ch1. + (+) DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1 : callback when an underrun error occurs on Ch1. + (+) ConvCpltCallbackCh2 : callback when a half transfer is completed on Ch2. + (+) ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2 : callback when a transfer is completed on Ch2. + (+) ErrorCallbackCh2 : callback when an error occurs on Ch2. + (+) DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2 : callback when an underrun error occurs on Ch2. + (+) MspInitCallback : DAC MspInit. + (+) MspDeInitCallback : DAC MspdeInit. + (+) All Callbacks + This function) takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle and the Callback ID. + + By default, after the HAL_DAC_Init and if the state is HAL_DAC_STATE_RESET + all callbacks are reset to the corresponding legacy weak (surcharged) functions. + Exception done for MspInit and MspDeInit callbacks that are respectively + reset to the legacy weak (surcharged) functions in the HAL_DAC_Init + and HAL_DAC_DeInit only when these callbacks are null (not registered beforehand). + If not, MspInit or MspDeInit are not null, the HAL_DAC_Init and HAL_DAC_DeInit + keep and use the user MspInit/MspDeInit callbacks (registered beforehand) + + Callbacks can be registered/unregistered in READY state only. + Exception done for MspInit/MspDeInit callbacks that can be registered/unregistered + in READY or RESET state, thus registered (user) MspInit/DeInit callbacks can be used + during the Init/DeInit. + In that case first register the MspInit/MspDeInit user callbacks + using HAL_DAC_RegisterCallback before calling HAL_DAC_DeInit + or HAL_DAC_Init function. + + When The compilation define USE_HAL_DAC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or + not defined, the callback registering feature is not available + and weak (surcharged) callbacks are used. + + *** DAC HAL driver macros list *** + ============================================= + [..] + Below the list of most used macros in DAC HAL driver. + + (+) __HAL_DAC_ENABLE : Enable the DAC peripheral + (+) __HAL_DAC_DISABLE : Disable the DAC peripheral + (+) __HAL_DAC_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the DAC's pending flags + (+) __HAL_DAC_GET_FLAG: Get the selected DAC's flag status + + [..] + (@) You can refer to the DAC HAL driver header file for more useful macros + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED +#if defined(DAC1) + + /** @defgroup DAC DAC + * @brief DAC driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup DAC_Private_Constants DAC Private Constants + * @{ + */ +#define TIMEOUT_DAC_CALIBCONFIG 1U /* 1 ms */ +#define HFSEL_ENABLE_THRESHOLD_80MHZ 80000000U /* 80 MHz */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions -------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup DAC_Exported_Functions DAC Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Initialize and configure the DAC. + (+) De-initialize the DAC. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initialize the DAC peripheral according to the specified parameters + * in the DAC_InitStruct and initialize the associated handle. + * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Init(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac) +{ + /* Check DAC handle */ + if (hdac == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_ALL_INSTANCE(hdac->Instance)); + + if (hdac->State == HAL_DAC_STATE_RESET) + { +#if (USE_HAL_DAC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /* Init the DAC Callback settings */ + hdac->ConvCpltCallbackCh1 = HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1; + hdac->ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1 = HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1; + hdac->ErrorCallbackCh1 = HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1; + hdac->DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1 = HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1; + +#if defined (STM32L431xx) || defined (STM32L432xx) || defined (STM32L433xx) || defined (STM32L442xx) || defined (STM32L443xx) || \ + defined (STM32L471xx) || defined (STM32L475xx) || defined (STM32L476xx) || defined (STM32L485xx) || defined (STM32L486xx) || defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx) || \ + defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) || \ + defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined(STM32L4S9xx) + hdac->ConvCpltCallbackCh2 = HAL_DACEx_ConvCpltCallbackCh2; + hdac->ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2 = HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2; + hdac->ErrorCallbackCh2 = HAL_DACEx_ErrorCallbackCh2; + hdac->DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2 = HAL_DACEx_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2; +#endif /* STM32L431xx STM32L432xx STM32L433xx STM32L442xx STM32L443xx */ + /* STM32L471xx STM32L475xx STM32L476xx STM32L485xx STM32L486xx STM32L496xx STM32L4A6xx */ + /* STM32L4P5xx STM32L4Q5xx */ + /* STM32L4R5xx STM32L4R7xx STM32L4R9xx STM32L4S5xx STM32L4S7xx STM32L4S9xx */ + + if (hdac->MspInitCallback == NULL) + { + hdac->MspInitCallback = HAL_DAC_MspInit; + } +#endif /* USE_HAL_DAC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + hdac->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + +#if (USE_HAL_DAC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /* Init the low level hardware */ + hdac->MspInitCallback(hdac); +#else + /* Init the low level hardware */ + HAL_DAC_MspInit(hdac); +#endif /* USE_HAL_DAC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + + /* Initialize the DAC state*/ + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Set DAC error code to none */ + hdac->ErrorCode = HAL_DAC_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Initialize the DAC state*/ + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Deinitialize the DAC peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_DeInit(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac) +{ + /* Check DAC handle */ + if (hdac == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_ALL_INSTANCE(hdac->Instance)); + + /* Change DAC state */ + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY; + +#if (USE_HAL_DAC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + if (hdac->MspDeInitCallback == NULL) + { + hdac->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_DAC_MspDeInit; + } + /* DeInit the low level hardware */ + hdac->MspDeInitCallback(hdac); +#else + /* DeInit the low level hardware */ + HAL_DAC_MspDeInit(hdac); +#endif /* USE_HAL_DAC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + + /* Set DAC error code to none */ + hdac->ErrorCode = HAL_DAC_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Change DAC state */ + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_RESET; + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdac); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initialize the DAC MSP. + * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_DAC_MspInit(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hdac); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_DAC_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitialize the DAC MSP. + * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_DAC_MspDeInit(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hdac); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_DAC_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions + * @brief IO operation functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### IO operation functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Start conversion. + (+) Stop conversion. + (+) Start conversion and enable DMA transfer. + (+) Stop conversion and disable DMA transfer. + (+) Get result of conversion. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables DAC and starts conversion of channel. + * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @param Channel The selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected (when supported) + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Start(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel)); + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hdac); + + /* Change DAC state */ + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_DAC_ENABLE(hdac, Channel); + +#if defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) || defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined(STM32L4S9xx) + if (Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1) + { + /* Check if software trigger enabled */ + if ((hdac->Instance->CR & (DAC_CR_TEN1 | DAC_CR_TSEL1)) == DAC_TRIGGER_SOFTWARE) + { + /* Enable the selected DAC software conversion */ + SET_BIT(hdac->Instance->SWTRIGR, DAC_SWTRIGR_SWTRIG1); + } + } + else + { + /* Check if software trigger enabled */ + if ((hdac->Instance->CR & (DAC_CR_TEN2 | DAC_CR_TSEL2)) == (DAC_TRIGGER_SOFTWARE << (Channel & 0x10UL))) + { + /* Enable the selected DAC software conversion*/ + SET_BIT(hdac->Instance->SWTRIGR, DAC_SWTRIGR_SWTRIG2); + } + } + +#endif /* STM32L4P5xx STM32L4Q5xx STM32L4R5xx STM32L4R7xx STM32L4R9xx STM32L4S5xx STM32L4S7xx STM32L4S9xx */ + +#if defined (STM32L431xx) || defined (STM32L432xx) || defined (STM32L433xx) || defined (STM32L442xx) || defined (STM32L443xx) || \ + defined (STM32L471xx) || defined (STM32L475xx) || defined (STM32L476xx) || defined (STM32L485xx) || defined (STM32L486xx) || defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx) + if(Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1) + { + /* Check if software trigger enabled */ + if ((hdac->Instance->CR & (DAC_CR_TEN1 | DAC_CR_TSEL1)) == DAC_CR_TEN1) + { + /* Enable the selected DAC software conversion */ + SET_BIT(hdac->Instance->SWTRIGR, DAC_SWTRIGR_SWTRIG1); + } + } + else + { + /* Check if software trigger enabled */ + if ((hdac->Instance->CR & (DAC_CR_TEN2 | DAC_CR_TSEL2)) == DAC_CR_TEN2) + { + /* Enable the selected DAC software conversion*/ + SET_BIT(hdac->Instance->SWTRIGR, DAC_SWTRIGR_SWTRIG2); + } + } +#endif /* STM32L431xx STM32L432xx STM32L433xx STM32L442xx STM32L443xx */ + /* STM32L471xx STM32L475xx STM32L476xx STM32L485xx STM32L486xx STM32L496xx STM32L4A6xx */ + + +#if defined (STM32L451xx) || defined (STM32L452xx) || defined (STM32L462xx) + /* Check if software trigger enabled */ + if((hdac->Instance->CR & (DAC_CR_TEN1 | DAC_CR_TSEL1)) == (DAC_CR_TEN1 | DAC_CR_TSEL1)) + { + /* Enable the selected DAC software conversion */ + SET_BIT(hdac->Instance->SWTRIGR, DAC_SWTRIGR_SWTRIG1); + } +#endif /* STM32L451xx STM32L452xx STM32L462xx */ + /* Change DAC state */ + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY; + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdac); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Disables DAC and stop conversion of channel. + * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @param Channel The selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Stop(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel)); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_DAC_DISABLE(hdac, Channel); + + /* Change DAC state */ + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +#if defined (STM32L451xx) || defined (STM32L452xx) || defined (STM32L462xx) +/** + * @brief Enables DAC and starts conversion of channel. + * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @param Channel The selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @param pData The destination peripheral Buffer address. + * @param Length The length of data to be transferred from memory to DAC peripheral + * @param Alignment Specifies the data alignment for DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: 8bit right data alignment selected + * @arg DAC_ALIGN_12B_L: 12bit left data alignment selected + * @arg DAC_ALIGN_12B_R: 12bit right data alignment selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Start_DMA(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint32_t Length, + uint32_t Alignment) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status; + uint32_t tmpreg = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_ALIGN(Alignment)); + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hdac); + + /* Change DAC state */ + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Set the DMA transfer complete callback for channel1 */ + hdac->DMA_Handle1->XferCpltCallback = DAC_DMAConvCpltCh1; + + /* Set the DMA half transfer complete callback for channel1 */ + hdac->DMA_Handle1->XferHalfCpltCallback = DAC_DMAHalfConvCpltCh1; + + /* Set the DMA error callback for channel1 */ + hdac->DMA_Handle1->XferErrorCallback = DAC_DMAErrorCh1; + + /* Enable the selected DAC channel1 DMA request */ + SET_BIT(hdac->Instance->CR, DAC_CR_DMAEN1); + + /* Case of use of channel 1 */ + switch (Alignment) + { + case DAC_ALIGN_12B_R: + /* Get DHR12R1 address */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR12R1; + break; + case DAC_ALIGN_12B_L: + /* Get DHR12L1 address */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR12L1; + break; + case DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: + /* Get DHR8R1 address */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR8R1; + break; + default: + break; + } + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + /* Enable the DAC DMA underrun interrupt */ + __HAL_DAC_ENABLE_IT(hdac, DAC_IT_DMAUDR1); + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + status = HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hdac->DMA_Handle1, (uint32_t)pData, tmpreg, Length); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdac); + + if (status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_DAC_ENABLE(hdac, Channel); + } + else + { + hdac->ErrorCode |= HAL_DAC_ERROR_DMA; + } + + /* Return function status */ + return status; +} +#endif /* STM32L451xx STM32L452xx STM32L462xx */ + +#if defined (STM32L431xx) || defined (STM32L432xx) || defined (STM32L433xx) || defined (STM32L442xx) || defined (STM32L443xx) || \ + defined (STM32L471xx) || defined (STM32L475xx) || defined (STM32L476xx) || defined (STM32L485xx) || defined (STM32L486xx) || defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx) || \ + defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) || \ + defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined(STM32L4S9xx) + +/** + * @brief Enables DAC and starts conversion of channel. + * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @param Channel The selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @param pData The destination peripheral Buffer address. + * @param Length The length of data to be transferred from memory to DAC peripheral + * @param Alignment Specifies the data alignment for DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: 8bit right data alignment selected + * @arg DAC_ALIGN_12B_L: 12bit left data alignment selected + * @arg DAC_ALIGN_12B_R: 12bit right data alignment selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Start_DMA(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint32_t Length, + uint32_t Alignment) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status; + uint32_t tmpreg = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_ALIGN(Alignment)); + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hdac); + + /* Change DAC state */ + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY; + + if (Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1) + { + /* Set the DMA transfer complete callback for channel1 */ + hdac->DMA_Handle1->XferCpltCallback = DAC_DMAConvCpltCh1; + + /* Set the DMA half transfer complete callback for channel1 */ + hdac->DMA_Handle1->XferHalfCpltCallback = DAC_DMAHalfConvCpltCh1; + + /* Set the DMA error callback for channel1 */ + hdac->DMA_Handle1->XferErrorCallback = DAC_DMAErrorCh1; + + /* Enable the selected DAC channel1 DMA request */ + SET_BIT(hdac->Instance->CR, DAC_CR_DMAEN1); + + /* Case of use of channel 1 */ + switch (Alignment) + { + case DAC_ALIGN_12B_R: + /* Get DHR12R1 address */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR12R1; + break; + case DAC_ALIGN_12B_L: + /* Get DHR12L1 address */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR12L1; + break; + case DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: + /* Get DHR8R1 address */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR8R1; + break; + default: + break; + } + } + else + { + /* Set the DMA transfer complete callback for channel2 */ + hdac->DMA_Handle2->XferCpltCallback = DAC_DMAConvCpltCh2; + + /* Set the DMA half transfer complete callback for channel2 */ + hdac->DMA_Handle2->XferHalfCpltCallback = DAC_DMAHalfConvCpltCh2; + + /* Set the DMA error callback for channel2 */ + hdac->DMA_Handle2->XferErrorCallback = DAC_DMAErrorCh2; + + /* Enable the selected DAC channel2 DMA request */ + SET_BIT(hdac->Instance->CR, DAC_CR_DMAEN2); + + /* Case of use of channel 2 */ + switch (Alignment) + { + case DAC_ALIGN_12B_R: + /* Get DHR12R2 address */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR12R2; + break; + case DAC_ALIGN_12B_L: + /* Get DHR12L2 address */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR12L2; + break; + case DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: + /* Get DHR8R2 address */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR8R2; + break; + default: + break; + } + } + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + if (Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1) + { + /* Enable the DAC DMA underrun interrupt */ + __HAL_DAC_ENABLE_IT(hdac, DAC_IT_DMAUDR1); + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + status = HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hdac->DMA_Handle1, (uint32_t)pData, tmpreg, Length); + } + else + { + /* Enable the DAC DMA underrun interrupt */ + __HAL_DAC_ENABLE_IT(hdac, DAC_IT_DMAUDR2); + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + status = HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hdac->DMA_Handle2, (uint32_t)pData, tmpreg, Length); + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdac); + + if (status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_DAC_ENABLE(hdac, Channel); + } + else + { + hdac->ErrorCode |= HAL_DAC_ERROR_DMA; + } + + /* Return function status */ + return status; +} +#endif /* STM32L431xx STM32L432xx STM32L433xx STM32L442xx STM32L443xx */ + /* STM32L471xx STM32L475xx STM32L476xx STM32L485xx STM32L486xx STM32L496xx STM32L4A6xx */ + /* STM32L4P5xx STM32L4Q5xx */ + /* STM32L4R5xx STM32L4R7xx STM32L4R9xx STM32L4S5xx STM32L4S7xx STM32L4S9xx */ + +/** + * @brief Disables DAC and stop conversion of channel. + * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @param Channel The selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Stop_DMA(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel)); + + /* Disable the selected DAC channel DMA request */ + hdac->Instance->CR &= ~(DAC_CR_DMAEN1 << (Channel & 0x10UL)); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_DAC_DISABLE(hdac, Channel); + + /* Disable the DMA channel */ +#if defined (STM32L431xx) || defined (STM32L432xx) || defined (STM32L433xx) || defined (STM32L442xx) || defined (STM32L443xx) || \ + defined (STM32L471xx) || defined (STM32L475xx) || defined (STM32L476xx) || defined (STM32L485xx) || defined (STM32L486xx) || defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx) || \ + defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) || \ + defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined(STM32L4S9xx) + /* Channel1 is used */ + if (Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1) + { + /* Disable the DMA channel */ + (void)HAL_DMA_Abort(hdac->DMA_Handle1); + + /* Disable the DAC DMA underrun interrupt */ + __HAL_DAC_DISABLE_IT(hdac, DAC_IT_DMAUDR1); + } + else /* Channel2 is used for */ + { + /* Disable the DMA channel */ + (void)HAL_DMA_Abort(hdac->DMA_Handle2); + + /* Disable the DAC DMA underrun interrupt */ + __HAL_DAC_DISABLE_IT(hdac, DAC_IT_DMAUDR2); + } +#endif /* STM32L431xx STM32L432xx STM32L433xx STM32L442xx STM32L443xx */ + /* STM32L471xx STM32L475xx STM32L476xx STM32L485xx STM32L486xx STM32L496xx STM32L4A6xx */ + /* STM32L4P5xx STM32L4Q5xx */ + /* STM32L4R5xx STM32L4R7xx STM32L4R9xx STM32L4S5xx STM32L4S7xx STM32L4S9xx */ + +#if defined (STM32L451xx) || defined (STM32L452xx) || defined (STM32L462xx) + /* Disable the DMA channel */ + (void)HAL_DMA_Abort(hdac->DMA_Handle1); + + /* Disable the DAC DMA underrun interrupt */ + __HAL_DAC_DISABLE_IT(hdac, DAC_IT_DMAUDR1); +#endif /* STM32L451xx STM32L452xx STM32L462xx */ + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/* DAC channel 2 is available on top of DAC channel 1 in */ +/* STM32L431xx STM32L432xx STM32L433xx STM32L442xx STM32L443xx */ +/* STM32L471xx STM32L475xx STM32L476xx STM32L485xx STM32L486xx STM32L496xx STM32L4A6xx */ + +/** + * @brief Handles DAC interrupt request + * This function uses the interruption of DMA + * underrun. + * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_DAC_IRQHandler(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac) +{ + if (__HAL_DAC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hdac, DAC_IT_DMAUDR1)) + { + /* Check underrun flag of DAC channel 1 */ + if (__HAL_DAC_GET_FLAG(hdac, DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR1)) + { + /* Change DAC state to error state */ + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_ERROR; + + /* Set DAC error code to chanel1 DMA underrun error */ + SET_BIT(hdac->ErrorCode, HAL_DAC_ERROR_DMAUNDERRUNCH1); + + /* Clear the underrun flag */ + __HAL_DAC_CLEAR_FLAG(hdac, DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR1); + + /* Disable the selected DAC channel1 DMA request */ + CLEAR_BIT(hdac->Instance->CR, DAC_CR_DMAEN1); + + /* Error callback */ +#if (USE_HAL_DAC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hdac->DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1(hdac); +#else + HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1(hdac); +#endif /* USE_HAL_DAC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + } +#if defined (STM32L431xx) || defined (STM32L432xx) || defined (STM32L433xx) || defined (STM32L442xx) || defined (STM32L443xx) || \ + defined (STM32L471xx) || defined (STM32L475xx) || defined (STM32L476xx) || defined (STM32L485xx) || defined (STM32L486xx) || defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx) || \ + defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) || \ + defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined(STM32L4S9xx) + if(__HAL_DAC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hdac, DAC_IT_DMAUDR2)) + { + /* Check underrun flag of DAC channel 2 */ + if (__HAL_DAC_GET_FLAG(hdac, DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR2)) + { + /* Change DAC state to error state */ + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_ERROR; + + /* Set DAC error code to channel2 DMA underrun error */ + SET_BIT(hdac->ErrorCode, HAL_DAC_ERROR_DMAUNDERRUNCH2); + + /* Clear the underrun flag */ + __HAL_DAC_CLEAR_FLAG(hdac, DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR2); + + /* Disable the selected DAC channel2 DMA request */ + CLEAR_BIT(hdac->Instance->CR, DAC_CR_DMAEN2); + + /* Error callback */ +#if (USE_HAL_DAC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hdac->DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2(hdac); +#else + HAL_DACEx_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2(hdac); +#endif /* USE_HAL_DAC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + } +#endif /* STM32L431xx STM32L432xx STM32L433xx STM32L442xx STM32L443xx */ + /* STM32L471xx STM32L475xx STM32L476xx STM32L485xx STM32L486xx STM32L496xx STM32L4A6xx */ + /* STM32L4P5xx STM32L4Q5xx */ + /* STM32L4R5xx STM32L4R7xx STM32L4R9xx STM32L4S5xx STM32L4S7xx STM32L4S9xx */ +} + +/** + * @brief Set the specified data holding register value for DAC channel. + * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @param Channel The selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @param Alignment Specifies the data alignment. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: 8bit right data alignment selected + * @arg DAC_ALIGN_12B_L: 12bit left data alignment selected + * @arg DAC_ALIGN_12B_R: 12bit right data alignment selected + * @param Data Data to be loaded in the selected data holding register. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_SetValue(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t Alignment, uint32_t Data) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_ALIGN(Alignment)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data)); + + tmp = (uint32_t)hdac->Instance; + if (Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1) + { + tmp += DAC_DHR12R1_ALIGNMENT(Alignment); + } + else + { + tmp += DAC_DHR12R2_ALIGNMENT(Alignment); + } + + /* Set the DAC channel selected data holding register */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp = Data; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Conversion complete callback in non-blocking mode for Channel1 + * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hdac); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1 could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Conversion half DMA transfer callback in non-blocking mode for Channel1 + * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hdac); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1 could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Error DAC callback for Channel1. + * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hdac); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1 could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DMA underrun DAC callback for channel1. + * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hdac); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1 could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions + * @brief Peripheral Control functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Configure channels. + (+) Set the specified data holding register value for DAC channel. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Returns the last data output value of the selected DAC channel. + * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @param Channel The selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @retval The selected DAC channel data output value. + */ +uint32_t HAL_DAC_GetValue(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel)); + + /* Returns the DAC channel data output register value */ +#if defined (STM32L451xx) || defined (STM32L452xx) || defined (STM32L462xx) + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning if no assert_param check */ + UNUSED(Channel); + + return hdac->Instance->DOR1; +#endif /* STM32L451xx STM32L452xx STM32L462xx */ + +#if defined (STM32L431xx) || defined (STM32L432xx) || defined (STM32L433xx) || defined (STM32L442xx) || defined (STM32L443xx) || \ + defined (STM32L471xx) || defined (STM32L475xx) || defined (STM32L476xx) || defined (STM32L485xx) || defined (STM32L486xx) || defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx) || \ + defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) || \ + defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined(STM32L4S9xx) + if(Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1) + { + return hdac->Instance->DOR1; + } + else + { + return hdac->Instance->DOR2; + } +#endif /* STM32L431xx STM32L432xx STM32L433xx STM32L442xx STM32L443xx */ + /* STM32L471xx STM32L475xx STM32L476xx STM32L485xx STM32L486xx STM32L496xx STM32L4A6xx */ + /* STM32L4P5xx STM32L4Q5xx */ + /* STM32L4R5xx STM32L4R7xx STM32L4R9xx STM32L4S5xx STM32L4S7xx STM32L4S9xx */ +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the selected DAC channel. + * @note By calling this function, the high frequency interface mode (HFSEL bits) + * will be set. This parameter scope is the DAC instance. As the function + * is called for each channel, the @ref DAC_HighFrequency of @arg sConfig + * must be the same at each call. + * (or DAC_HIGH_FREQUENCY_INTERFACE_MODE_AUTOMATIC self detect). + * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @param sConfig DAC configuration structure. + * @param Channel The selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected (Whenever present) + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_ConfigChannel(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac, DAC_ChannelConfTypeDef *sConfig, uint32_t Channel) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg1; + uint32_t tmpreg2; + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; +#if defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) || defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined(STM32L4S9xx) + uint32_t hclkfreq; +#endif /* STM32L4P5xx STM32L4Q5xx STM32L4R5xx STM32L4R7xx STM32L4R9xx STM32L4S5xx STM32L4S7xx STM32L4S9xx */ + + /* Check the DAC parameters */ +#if defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) || defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined(STM32L4S9xx) + assert_param(IS_DAC_HIGH_FREQUENCY_MODE(sConfig->DAC_HighFrequency)); +#endif /* STM32L4P5xx STM32L4Q5xx STM32L4R5xx STM32L4R7xx STM32L4R9xx STM32L4S5xx STM32L4S7xx STM32L4S9xx */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_TRIGGER(sConfig->DAC_Trigger)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER_STATE(sConfig->DAC_OutputBuffer)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHIP_CONNECTION(sConfig->DAC_ConnectOnChipPeripheral)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_TRIMMING(sConfig->DAC_UserTrimming)); + if ((sConfig->DAC_UserTrimming) == DAC_TRIMMING_USER) + { + assert_param(IS_DAC_TRIMMINGVALUE(sConfig->DAC_TrimmingValue)); + } + assert_param(IS_DAC_SAMPLEANDHOLD(sConfig->DAC_SampleAndHold)); + if ((sConfig->DAC_SampleAndHold) == DAC_SAMPLEANDHOLD_ENABLE) + { + assert_param(IS_DAC_SAMPLETIME(sConfig->DAC_SampleAndHoldConfig.DAC_SampleTime)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_HOLDTIME(sConfig->DAC_SampleAndHoldConfig.DAC_HoldTime)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_REFRESHTIME(sConfig->DAC_SampleAndHoldConfig.DAC_RefreshTime)); + } + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel)); + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hdac); + + /* Change DAC state */ + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY; + + if (sConfig->DAC_SampleAndHold == DAC_SAMPLEANDHOLD_ENABLE) + /* Sample on old configuration */ + { + /* Get timeout */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + if (Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1) + { + + /* SHSR1 can be written when BWST1 is cleared */ + while (((hdac->Instance->SR) & DAC_SR_BWST1) != 0UL) + { + /* Check for the Timeout */ + if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > TIMEOUT_DAC_CALIBCONFIG) + { + /* Update error code */ + SET_BIT(hdac->ErrorCode, HAL_DAC_ERROR_TIMEOUT); + + /* Change the DMA state */ + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_TIMEOUT; + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + HAL_Delay(1); + hdac->Instance->SHSR1 = sConfig->DAC_SampleAndHoldConfig.DAC_SampleTime; + } +#if !defined (STM32L451xx) & !defined (STM32L452xx) & !defined (STM32L462xx) + else /* Channel 2 */ + { + /* SHSR2 can be written when BWST2 is cleared */ + + while (((hdac->Instance->SR) & DAC_SR_BWST2) != 0UL) + { + /* Check for the Timeout */ + if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > TIMEOUT_DAC_CALIBCONFIG) + { + /* Update error code */ + SET_BIT(hdac->ErrorCode, HAL_DAC_ERROR_TIMEOUT); + + /* Change the DMA state */ + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_TIMEOUT; + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + HAL_Delay(1U); + hdac->Instance->SHSR2 = sConfig->DAC_SampleAndHoldConfig.DAC_SampleTime; + } +#endif /* STM32L451xx STM32L452xx STM32L462xx */ + + /* HoldTime */ + MODIFY_REG(hdac->Instance->SHHR, DAC_SHHR_THOLD1 << (Channel & 0x10UL), (sConfig->DAC_SampleAndHoldConfig.DAC_HoldTime) << (Channel & 0x10UL)); + /* RefreshTime */ + MODIFY_REG(hdac->Instance->SHRR, DAC_SHRR_TREFRESH1 << (Channel & 0x10UL), (sConfig->DAC_SampleAndHoldConfig.DAC_RefreshTime) << (Channel & 0x10UL)); + } + + if (sConfig->DAC_UserTrimming == DAC_TRIMMING_USER) + /* USER TRIMMING */ + { + /* Get the DAC CCR value */ + tmpreg1 = hdac->Instance->CCR; + /* Clear trimming value */ + tmpreg1 &= ~(((uint32_t)(DAC_CCR_OTRIM1)) << (Channel & 0x10UL)); + /* Configure for the selected trimming offset */ + tmpreg2 = sConfig->DAC_TrimmingValue; + /* Calculate CCR register value depending on DAC_Channel */ + tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2 << (Channel & 0x10UL); + /* Write to DAC CCR */ + hdac->Instance->CCR = tmpreg1; + } + /* else factory trimming is used (factory setting are available at reset)*/ + /* SW Nothing has nothing to do */ + + /* Get the DAC MCR value */ + tmpreg1 = hdac->Instance->MCR; + /* Clear DAC_MCR_MODEx bits */ + tmpreg1 &= ~(((uint32_t)(DAC_MCR_MODE1)) << (Channel & 0x10UL)); + /* Configure for the selected DAC channel: mode, buffer output & on chip peripheral connect */ + tmpreg2 = (sConfig->DAC_SampleAndHold | sConfig->DAC_OutputBuffer | sConfig->DAC_ConnectOnChipPeripheral); + /* Calculate MCR register value depending on DAC_Channel */ + tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2 << (Channel & 0x10UL); + /* Write to DAC MCR */ + hdac->Instance->MCR = tmpreg1; + + /* DAC in normal operating mode hence clear DAC_CR_CENx bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(hdac->Instance->CR, DAC_CR_CEN1 << (Channel & 0x10UL)); + + /* Get the DAC CR value */ + tmpreg1 = hdac->Instance->CR; + /* Clear TENx, TSELx, WAVEx and MAMPx bits */ + tmpreg1 &= ~(((uint32_t)(DAC_CR_MAMP1 | DAC_CR_WAVE1 | DAC_CR_TSEL1 | DAC_CR_TEN1)) << (Channel & 0x10UL)); + /* Configure for the selected DAC channel: trigger */ + /* Set TSELx and TENx bits according to DAC_Trigger value */ + tmpreg2 = sConfig->DAC_Trigger; + /* Calculate CR register value depending on DAC_Channel */ + tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2 << (Channel & 0x10UL); +#if defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) || defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined(STM32L4S9xx) + if (DAC_HIGH_FREQUENCY_INTERFACE_MODE_ABOVE_80MHZ == sConfig->DAC_HighFrequency) + { + tmpreg1 |= DAC_CR_HFSEL; + } + else + { + if (DAC_HIGH_FREQUENCY_INTERFACE_MODE_DISABLE == sConfig->DAC_HighFrequency) + { + tmpreg1 &= ~(DAC_CR_HFSEL); + } + else /* Automatic selection */ + { + hclkfreq = HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq(); + if (hclkfreq > HFSEL_ENABLE_THRESHOLD_80MHZ) + { + /* High frequency enable when HCLK frequency higher than 80 */ + tmpreg1 |= DAC_CR_HFSEL; + } + else + { + /* High frequency disable when HCLK frequency higher than 80 */ + tmpreg1 &= ~(DAC_CR_HFSEL); + } + } + } + +#endif /* STM32L4P5xx STM32L4Q5xx STM32L4R5xx STM32L4R7xx STM32L4R9xx STM32L4S5xx STM32L4S7xx STM32L4S9xx */ + + /* Write to DAC CR */ + hdac->Instance->CR = tmpreg1; + /* Disable wave generation */ + hdac->Instance->CR &= ~(DAC_CR_WAVE1 << (Channel & 0x10UL)); + + /* Change DAC state */ + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY; + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdac); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_Exported_Functions_Group4 Peripheral State and Errors functions + * @brief Peripheral State and Errors functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral State and Errors functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides functions allowing to + (+) Check the DAC state. + (+) Check the DAC Errors. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief return the DAC handle state + * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_DAC_StateTypeDef HAL_DAC_GetState(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac) +{ + /* Return DAC handle state */ + return hdac->State; +} + + +/** + * @brief Return the DAC error code + * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @retval DAC Error Code + */ +uint32_t HAL_DAC_GetError(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac) +{ + return hdac->ErrorCode; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup DAC_Exported_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup DAC_Exported_Functions_Group1 + * @{ + */ +#if (USE_HAL_DAC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) +/** + * @brief Register a User DAC Callback + * To be used instead of the weak (surcharged) predefined callback + * @param hdac DAC handle + * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be registered + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref HAL_DAC_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK DAC Error Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_DAC_CH1_COMPLETE_CB_ID DAC CH1 Complete Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_DAC_CH1_HALF_COMPLETE_CB_ID DAC CH1 Half Complete Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_DAC_CH1_ERROR_ID DAC CH1 Error Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_DAC_CH1_UNDERRUN_CB_ID DAC CH1 UnderRun Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_DAC_CH2_COMPLETE_CB_ID DAC CH2 Complete Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_DAC_CH2_HALF_COMPLETE_CB_ID DAC CH2 Half Complete Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_DAC_CH2_ERROR_ID DAC CH2 Error Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_DAC_CH2_UNDERRUN_CB_ID DAC CH2 UnderRun Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_DAC_MSPINIT_CB_ID DAC MSP Init Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_DAC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID DAC MSP DeInit Callback ID + * + * @param pCallback pointer to the Callback function + * @retval status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_RegisterCallback(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac, HAL_DAC_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID, + pDAC_CallbackTypeDef pCallback) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + if (pCallback == NULL) + { + /* Update the error code */ + hdac->ErrorCode |= HAL_DAC_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hdac); + + if (hdac->State == HAL_DAC_STATE_READY) + { + switch (CallbackID) + { + case HAL_DAC_CH1_COMPLETE_CB_ID : + hdac->ConvCpltCallbackCh1 = pCallback; + break; + case HAL_DAC_CH1_HALF_COMPLETE_CB_ID : + hdac->ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1 = pCallback; + break; + case HAL_DAC_CH1_ERROR_ID : + hdac->ErrorCallbackCh1 = pCallback; + break; + case HAL_DAC_CH1_UNDERRUN_CB_ID : + hdac->DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1 = pCallback; + break; + case HAL_DAC_CH2_COMPLETE_CB_ID : + hdac->ConvCpltCallbackCh2 = pCallback; + break; + case HAL_DAC_CH2_HALF_COMPLETE_CB_ID : + hdac->ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2 = pCallback; + break; + case HAL_DAC_CH2_ERROR_ID : + hdac->ErrorCallbackCh2 = pCallback; + break; + case HAL_DAC_CH2_UNDERRUN_CB_ID : + hdac->DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2 = pCallback; + break; + case HAL_DAC_MSPINIT_CB_ID : + hdac->MspInitCallback = pCallback; + break; + case HAL_DAC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : + hdac->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; + break; + default : + /* Update the error code */ + hdac->ErrorCode |= HAL_DAC_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK; + /* update return status */ + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + } + else if (hdac->State == HAL_DAC_STATE_RESET) + { + switch (CallbackID) + { + case HAL_DAC_MSPINIT_CB_ID : + hdac->MspInitCallback = pCallback; + break; + case HAL_DAC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : + hdac->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; + break; + default : + /* Update the error code */ + hdac->ErrorCode |= HAL_DAC_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK; + /* update return status */ + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + } + else + { + /* Update the error code */ + hdac->ErrorCode |= HAL_DAC_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK; + /* update return status */ + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdac); + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Unregister a User DAC Callback + * DAC Callback is redirected to the weak (surcharged) predefined callback + * @param hdac DAC handle + * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be unregistered + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref HAL_DAC_CH1_COMPLETE_CB_ID DAC CH1 transfer Complete Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_DAC_CH1_HALF_COMPLETE_CB_ID DAC CH1 Half Complete Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_DAC_CH1_ERROR_ID DAC CH1 Error Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_DAC_CH1_UNDERRUN_CB_ID DAC CH1 UnderRun Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_DAC_CH2_COMPLETE_CB_ID DAC CH2 Complete Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_DAC_CH2_HALF_COMPLETE_CB_ID DAC CH2 Half Complete Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_DAC_CH2_ERROR_ID DAC CH2 Error Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_DAC_CH2_UNDERRUN_CB_ID DAC CH2 UnderRun Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_DAC_MSPINIT_CB_ID DAC MSP Init Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_DAC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID DAC MSP DeInit Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_DAC_ALL_CB_ID DAC All callbacks + * @retval status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_UnRegisterCallback(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac, HAL_DAC_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hdac); + + if (hdac->State == HAL_DAC_STATE_READY) + { + switch (CallbackID) + { + case HAL_DAC_CH1_COMPLETE_CB_ID : + hdac->ConvCpltCallbackCh1 = HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1; + break; + case HAL_DAC_CH1_HALF_COMPLETE_CB_ID : + hdac->ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1 = HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1; + break; + case HAL_DAC_CH1_ERROR_ID : + hdac->ErrorCallbackCh1 = HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1; + break; + case HAL_DAC_CH1_UNDERRUN_CB_ID : + hdac->DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1 = HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1; + break; +#if defined (STM32L431xx) || defined (STM32L432xx) || defined (STM32L433xx) || defined (STM32L442xx) || defined (STM32L443xx) || \ + defined (STM32L471xx) || defined (STM32L475xx) || defined (STM32L476xx) || defined (STM32L485xx) || defined (STM32L486xx) || defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx) || \ + defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) || \ + defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined(STM32L4S9xx) + case HAL_DAC_CH2_COMPLETE_CB_ID : + hdac->ConvCpltCallbackCh2 = HAL_DACEx_ConvCpltCallbackCh2; + break; + case HAL_DAC_CH2_HALF_COMPLETE_CB_ID : + hdac->ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2 = HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2; + break; + case HAL_DAC_CH2_ERROR_ID : + hdac->ErrorCallbackCh2 = HAL_DACEx_ErrorCallbackCh2; + break; + case HAL_DAC_CH2_UNDERRUN_CB_ID : + hdac->DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2 = HAL_DACEx_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2; + break; +#endif /* STM32L431xx STM32L432xx STM32L433xx STM32L442xx STM32L443xx */ + /* STM32L471xx STM32L475xx STM32L476xx STM32L485xx STM32L486xx STM32L496xx STM32L4A6xx */ + /* STM32L4P5xx STM32L4Q5xx */ + /* STM32L4R5xx STM32L4R7xx STM32L4R9xx STM32L4S5xx STM32L4S7xx STM32L4S9xx */ + case HAL_DAC_MSPINIT_CB_ID : + hdac->MspInitCallback = HAL_DAC_MspInit; + break; + case HAL_DAC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : + hdac->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_DAC_MspDeInit; + break; + case HAL_DAC_ALL_CB_ID : + hdac->ConvCpltCallbackCh1 = HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1; + hdac->ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1 = HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1; + hdac->ErrorCallbackCh1 = HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1; + hdac->DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1 = HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1; +#if defined (STM32L431xx) || defined (STM32L432xx) || defined (STM32L433xx) || defined (STM32L442xx) || defined (STM32L443xx) || \ + defined (STM32L471xx) || defined (STM32L475xx) || defined (STM32L476xx) || defined (STM32L485xx) || defined (STM32L486xx) || defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx) || \ + defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) || \ + defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined(STM32L4S9xx) + hdac->ConvCpltCallbackCh2 = HAL_DACEx_ConvCpltCallbackCh2; + hdac->ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2 = HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2; + hdac->ErrorCallbackCh2 = HAL_DACEx_ErrorCallbackCh2; + hdac->DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2 = HAL_DACEx_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2; +#endif /* STM32L431xx STM32L432xx STM32L433xx STM32L442xx STM32L443xx */ + /* STM32L471xx STM32L475xx STM32L476xx STM32L485xx STM32L486xx STM32L496xx STM32L4A6xx */ + /* STM32L4P5xx STM32L4Q5xx */ + /* STM32L4R5xx STM32L4R7xx STM32L4R9xx STM32L4S5xx STM32L4S7xx STM32L4S9xx */ + hdac->MspInitCallback = HAL_DAC_MspInit; + hdac->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_DAC_MspDeInit; + break; + default : + /* Update the error code */ + hdac->ErrorCode |= HAL_DAC_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK; + /* update return status */ + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + } + else if (hdac->State == HAL_DAC_STATE_RESET) + { + switch (CallbackID) + { + case HAL_DAC_MSPINIT_CB_ID : + hdac->MspInitCallback = HAL_DAC_MspInit; + break; + case HAL_DAC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : + hdac->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_DAC_MspDeInit; + break; + default : + /* Update the error code */ + hdac->ErrorCode |= HAL_DAC_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK; + /* update return status */ + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + } + else + { + /* Update the error code */ + hdac->ErrorCode |= HAL_DAC_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK; + /* update return status */ + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdac); + return status; +} +#endif /* USE_HAL_DAC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup DAC_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief DMA conversion complete callback. + * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_DMAConvCpltCh1(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac = (DAC_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; + +#if (USE_HAL_DAC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hdac->ConvCpltCallbackCh1(hdac); +#else + HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1(hdac); +#endif /* USE_HAL_DAC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY; +} + +/** + * @brief DMA half transfer complete callback. + * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_DMAHalfConvCpltCh1(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac = (DAC_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; + /* Conversion complete callback */ +#if (USE_HAL_DAC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hdac->ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1(hdac); +#else + HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1(hdac); +#endif /* USE_HAL_DAC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ +} + +/** + * @brief DMA error callback + * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_DMAErrorCh1(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac = (DAC_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; + + /* Set DAC error code to DMA error */ + hdac->ErrorCode |= HAL_DAC_ERROR_DMA; + +#if (USE_HAL_DAC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hdac->ErrorCallbackCh1(hdac); +#else + HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1(hdac); +#endif /* USE_HAL_DAC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* DAC1 */ + +#endif /* HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +/** + * @} + */ + diff --git a/project/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_dac_ex.c b/project/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_dac_ex.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..994811f --- /dev/null +++ b/project/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_dac_ex.c @@ -0,0 +1,658 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32l4xx_hal_dac_ex.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief DAC HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the extended + * functionalities of the DAC peripheral. + * + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + *** Dual mode IO operation *** + ============================== + (+) When Dual mode is enabled (i.e. DAC Channel1 and Channel2 are used simultaneously) : + Use HAL_DACEx_DualGetValue() to get digital data to be converted and use + HAL_DACEx_DualSetValue() to set digital value to converted simultaneously in + Channel 1 and Channel 2. + + *** Signal generation operation *** + =================================== + (+) Use HAL_DACEx_TriangleWaveGenerate() to generate Triangle signal. + (+) Use HAL_DACEx_NoiseWaveGenerate() to generate Noise signal. + + (+) HAL_DACEx_SelfCalibrate to calibrate one DAC channel. + (+) HAL_DACEx_SetUserTrimming to set user trimming value. + (+) HAL_DACEx_GetTrimOffset to retrieve trimming value (factory setting + after reset, user setting if HAL_DACEx_SetUserTrimming have been used + at least one time after reset). + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + */ + + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED + +#if defined(DAC1) + +/** @defgroup DACEx DACEx + * @brief DAC Extended HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup DACEx_Exported_Functions DACEx Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup DACEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions + * @brief Extended IO operation functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Extended features functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Start conversion. + (+) Stop conversion. + (+) Start conversion and enable DMA transfer. + (+) Stop conversion and disable DMA transfer. + (+) Get result of conversion. + (+) Get result of dual mode conversion. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enable or disable the selected DAC channel wave generation. + * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @param Channel The selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @param Amplitude Select max triangle amplitude. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_1: Select max triangle amplitude of 1 + * @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_3: Select max triangle amplitude of 3 + * @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_7: Select max triangle amplitude of 7 + * @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_15: Select max triangle amplitude of 15 + * @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_31: Select max triangle amplitude of 31 + * @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_63: Select max triangle amplitude of 63 + * @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_127: Select max triangle amplitude of 127 + * @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_255: Select max triangle amplitude of 255 + * @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_511: Select max triangle amplitude of 511 + * @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_1023: Select max triangle amplitude of 1023 + * @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_2047: Select max triangle amplitude of 2047 + * @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_4095: Select max triangle amplitude of 4095 + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_TriangleWaveGenerate(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t Amplitude) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_LFSR_UNMASK_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE(Amplitude)); + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hdac); + + /* Change DAC state */ + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Enable the triangle wave generation for the selected DAC channel */ + MODIFY_REG(hdac->Instance->CR, ((DAC_CR_WAVE1) | (DAC_CR_MAMP1)) << (Channel & 0x10UL), (DAC_CR_WAVE1_1 | Amplitude) << (Channel & 0x10UL)); + + /* Change DAC state */ + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY; + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdac); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Enable or disable the selected DAC channel wave generation. + * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @param Channel The selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @param Amplitude Unmask DAC channel LFSR for noise wave generation. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BIT0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit0 for noise wave generation + * @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS1_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[1:0] for noise wave generation + * @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS2_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[2:0] for noise wave generation + * @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS3_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[3:0] for noise wave generation + * @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS4_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[4:0] for noise wave generation + * @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS5_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[5:0] for noise wave generation + * @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS6_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[6:0] for noise wave generation + * @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS7_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[7:0] for noise wave generation + * @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS8_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[8:0] for noise wave generation + * @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS9_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[9:0] for noise wave generation + * @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS10_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[10:0] for noise wave generation + * @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS11_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[11:0] for noise wave generation + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_NoiseWaveGenerate(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t Amplitude) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_LFSR_UNMASK_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE(Amplitude)); + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hdac); + + /* Change DAC state */ + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Enable the noise wave generation for the selected DAC channel */ + MODIFY_REG(hdac->Instance->CR, ((DAC_CR_WAVE1) | (DAC_CR_MAMP1)) << (Channel & 0x10UL), (DAC_CR_WAVE1_0 | Amplitude) << (Channel & 0x10UL)); + + /* Change DAC state */ + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY; + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdac); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +#if defined (STM32L431xx) || defined (STM32L432xx) || defined (STM32L433xx) || defined (STM32L442xx) || defined (STM32L443xx) || \ + defined (STM32L471xx) || defined (STM32L475xx) || defined (STM32L476xx) || defined (STM32L485xx) || defined (STM32L486xx) || defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx) || \ + defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) || \ + defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined(STM32L4S9xx) + +/** + * @brief Set the specified data holding register value for dual DAC channel. + * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @param Alignment Specifies the data alignment for dual channel DAC. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: 8bit right data alignment selected + * DAC_ALIGN_12B_L: 12bit left data alignment selected + * DAC_ALIGN_12B_R: 12bit right data alignment selected + * @param Data1 Data for DAC Channel1 to be loaded in the selected data holding register. + * @param Data2 Data for DAC Channel2 to be loaded in the selected data holding register. + * @note In dual mode, a unique register access is required to write in both + * DAC channels at the same time. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_DualSetValue(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac, uint32_t Alignment, uint32_t Data1, uint32_t Data2) +{ + uint32_t data; + uint32_t tmp; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_ALIGN(Alignment)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data1)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data2)); + + /* Calculate and set dual DAC data holding register value */ + if (Alignment == DAC_ALIGN_8B_R) + { + data = ((uint32_t)Data2 << 8U) | Data1; + } + else + { + data = ((uint32_t)Data2 << 16U) | Data1; + } + + tmp = (uint32_t)hdac->Instance; + tmp += DAC_DHR12RD_ALIGNMENT(Alignment); + + /* Set the dual DAC selected data holding register */ + *(__IO uint32_t *)tmp = data; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Conversion complete callback in non-blocking mode for Channel2. + * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_DACEx_ConvCpltCallbackCh2(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hdac); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_DACEx_ConvCpltCallbackCh2 could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Conversion half DMA transfer callback in non-blocking mode for Channel2. + * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hdac); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2 could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Error DAC callback for Channel2. + * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_DACEx_ErrorCallbackCh2(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hdac); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_DACEx_ErrorCallbackCh2 could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DMA underrun DAC callback for Channel2. + * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_DACEx_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hdac); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_DACEx_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2 could be implemented in the user file + */ +} +#endif /* STM32L431xx STM32L432xx STM32L433xx STM32L442xx STM32L443xx */ + /* STM32L471xx STM32L475xx STM32L476xx STM32L485xx STM32L486xx STM32L496xx STM32L4A6xx */ + /* STM32L4P5xx STM32L4Q5xx */ + /* STM32L4R5xx STM32L4R7xx STM32L4R9xx STM32L4S5xx STM32L4S7xx STM32L4S9xx */ + +/** + * @brief Run the self calibration of one DAC channel. + * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @param sConfig DAC channel configuration structure. + * @param Channel The selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @retval Updates DAC_TrimmingValue. , DAC_UserTrimming set to DAC_UserTrimming + * @retval HAL status + * @note Calibration runs about 7 ms. + */ + +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_SelfCalibrate(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac, DAC_ChannelConfTypeDef *sConfig, uint32_t Channel) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + __IO uint32_t tmp; + uint32_t trimmingvalue; + uint32_t delta; + + /* store/restore channel configuration structure purpose */ + uint32_t oldmodeconfiguration; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel)); + + /* Check the DAC handle allocation */ + /* Check if DAC running */ + if (hdac == NULL) + { + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + else if (hdac->State == HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY) + { + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hdac); + + /* Store configuration */ + oldmodeconfiguration = (hdac->Instance->MCR & (DAC_MCR_MODE1 << (Channel & 0x10UL))); + + /* Disable the selected DAC channel */ + CLEAR_BIT((hdac->Instance->CR), (DAC_CR_EN1 << (Channel & 0x10UL))); + + /* Set mode in MCR for calibration */ + MODIFY_REG(hdac->Instance->MCR, (DAC_MCR_MODE1 << (Channel & 0x10UL)), 0U); + + /* Set DAC Channel1 DHR register to the middle value */ + tmp = (uint32_t)hdac->Instance; + +#if defined (STM32L431xx) || defined (STM32L432xx) || defined (STM32L433xx) || defined (STM32L442xx) || defined (STM32L443xx) || \ + defined (STM32L471xx) || defined (STM32L475xx) || defined (STM32L476xx) || defined (STM32L485xx) || defined (STM32L486xx) || defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx) || \ + defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) || \ + defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined(STM32L4S9xx) + if(Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1) + { + tmp += DAC_DHR12R1_ALIGNMENT(DAC_ALIGN_12B_R); + } + else + { + tmp += DAC_DHR12R2_ALIGNMENT(DAC_ALIGN_12B_R); + } +#endif /* STM32L431xx STM32L432xx STM32L433xx STM32L442xx STM32L443xx */ + /* STM32L471xx STM32L475xx STM32L476xx STM32L485xx STM32L486xx STM32L496xx STM32L4A6xx */ + /* STM32L4P5xx STM32L4Q5xx */ + /* STM32L4R5xx STM32L4R7xx STM32L4R9xx STM32L4S5xx STM32L4S7xx STM32L4S9xx */ +#if defined (STM32L451xx) || defined (STM32L452xx) || defined (STM32L462xx) + tmp += DAC_DHR12R1_ALIGNMENT(DAC_ALIGN_12B_R); +#endif /* STM32L451xx STM32L452xx STM32L462xx */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp = 0x0800U; + + /* Enable the selected DAC channel calibration */ + /* i.e. set DAC_CR_CENx bit */ + SET_BIT((hdac->Instance->CR), (DAC_CR_CEN1 << (Channel & 0x10UL))); + + /* Init trimming counter */ + /* Medium value */ + trimmingvalue = 16U; + delta = 8U; + while (delta != 0U) + { + /* Set candidate trimming */ + MODIFY_REG(hdac->Instance->CCR, (DAC_CCR_OTRIM1 << (Channel & 0x10UL)), (trimmingvalue << (Channel & 0x10UL))); + + /* tOFFTRIMmax delay x ms as per datasheet (electrical characteristics */ + /* i.e. minimum time needed between two calibration steps */ + HAL_Delay(1); + + if ((hdac->Instance->SR & (DAC_SR_CAL_FLAG1 << (Channel & 0x10UL))) == (DAC_SR_CAL_FLAG1 << (Channel & 0x10UL))) + { + /* DAC_SR_CAL_FLAGx is HIGH try higher trimming */ + trimmingvalue -= delta; + } + else + { + /* DAC_SR_CAL_FLAGx is LOW try lower trimming */ + trimmingvalue += delta; + } + delta >>= 1U; + } + + /* Still need to check if right calibration is current value or one step below */ + /* Indeed the first value that causes the DAC_SR_CAL_FLAGx bit to change from 0 to 1 */ + /* Set candidate trimming */ + MODIFY_REG(hdac->Instance->CCR, (DAC_CCR_OTRIM1 << (Channel & 0x10UL)), (trimmingvalue << (Channel & 0x10UL))); + + /* tOFFTRIMmax delay x ms as per datasheet (electrical characteristics */ + /* i.e. minimum time needed between two calibration steps */ + HAL_Delay(1U); + + if ((hdac->Instance->SR & (DAC_SR_CAL_FLAG1 << (Channel & 0x10UL))) == 0UL) + { + /* OPAMP_CSR_OUTCAL is actually one value more */ + trimmingvalue++; + /* Set right trimming */ + MODIFY_REG(hdac->Instance->CCR, (DAC_CCR_OTRIM1 << (Channel & 0x10UL)), (trimmingvalue << (Channel & 0x10UL))); + } + + /* Disable the selected DAC channel calibration */ + /* i.e. clear DAC_CR_CENx bit */ + CLEAR_BIT((hdac->Instance->CR), (DAC_CR_CEN1 << (Channel & 0x10UL))); + + sConfig->DAC_TrimmingValue = trimmingvalue; + sConfig->DAC_UserTrimming = DAC_TRIMMING_USER; + + /* Restore configuration */ + MODIFY_REG(hdac->Instance->MCR, (DAC_MCR_MODE1 << (Channel & 0x10UL)), oldmodeconfiguration); + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdac); + } + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Set the trimming mode and trimming value (user trimming mode applied). + * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @param sConfig DAC configuration structure updated with new DAC trimming value. + * @param Channel The selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @param NewTrimmingValue DAC new trimming value + * @retval HAL status + */ + +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_SetUserTrimming(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac, DAC_ChannelConfTypeDef *sConfig, uint32_t Channel, + uint32_t NewTrimmingValue) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_NEWTRIMMINGVALUE(NewTrimmingValue)); + + /* Check the DAC handle allocation */ + if (hdac == NULL) + { + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hdac); + + /* Set new trimming */ + MODIFY_REG(hdac->Instance->CCR, (DAC_CCR_OTRIM1 << (Channel & 0x10UL)), (NewTrimmingValue << (Channel & 0x10UL))); + + /* Update trimming mode */ + sConfig->DAC_UserTrimming = DAC_TRIMMING_USER; + sConfig->DAC_TrimmingValue = NewTrimmingValue; + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdac); + } + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Return the DAC trimming value. + * @param hdac DAC handle + * @param Channel The selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @retval Trimming value : range: 0->31 + * + */ + +uint32_t HAL_DACEx_GetTrimOffset(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel)); + + /* Retrieve trimming */ + return ((hdac->Instance->CCR & (DAC_CCR_OTRIM1 << (Channel & 0x10UL))) >> (Channel & 0x10UL)); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +#if defined (STM32L431xx) || defined (STM32L432xx) || defined (STM32L433xx) || defined (STM32L442xx) || defined (STM32L443xx) || \ + defined (STM32L471xx) || defined (STM32L475xx) || defined (STM32L476xx) || defined (STM32L485xx) || defined (STM32L486xx) || defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx) || \ + defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) || \ + defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined(STM32L4S9xx) + +/** @defgroup DACEx_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions + * @brief Extended Peripheral Control functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Set the specified data holding register value for DAC channel. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Return the last data output value of the selected DAC channel. + * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @retval The selected DAC channel data output value. + */ +uint32_t HAL_DACEx_DualGetValue(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0U; + + tmp |= hdac->Instance->DOR1; + + tmp |= hdac->Instance->DOR2 << 16U; + + /* Returns the DAC channel data output register value */ + return tmp; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* STM32L431xx STM32L432xx STM32L433xx STM32L442xx STM32L443xx */ + /* STM32L471xx STM32L475xx STM32L476xx STM32L485xx STM32L486xx STM32L496xx STM32L4A6xx */ + /* STM32L4P5xx STM32L4Q5xx */ + /* STM32L4R5xx STM32L4R7xx STM32L4R9xx STM32L4S5xx STM32L4S7xx STM32L4S9xx */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#if defined (STM32L431xx) || defined (STM32L432xx) || defined (STM32L433xx) || defined (STM32L442xx) || defined (STM32L443xx) || \ + defined (STM32L471xx) || defined (STM32L475xx) || defined (STM32L476xx) || defined (STM32L485xx) || defined (STM32L486xx) || defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx) || \ + defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) || \ + defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined(STM32L4S9xx) + +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup DACEx_Private_Functions DACEx private functions + * @brief Extended private functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief DMA conversion complete callback. + * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_DMAConvCpltCh2(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac = (DAC_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; + +#if (USE_HAL_DAC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hdac->ConvCpltCallbackCh2(hdac); +#else + HAL_DACEx_ConvCpltCallbackCh2(hdac); +#endif /* USE_HAL_DAC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY; +} + +/** + * @brief DMA half transfer complete callback. + * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_DMAHalfConvCpltCh2(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac = (DAC_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; + /* Conversion complete callback */ +#if (USE_HAL_DAC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hdac->ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2(hdac); +#else + HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2(hdac); +#endif /* USE_HAL_DAC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ +} + +/** + * @brief DMA error callback. + * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_DMAErrorCh2(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac = (DAC_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; + + /* Set DAC error code to DMA error */ + hdac->ErrorCode |= HAL_DAC_ERROR_DMA; + +#if (USE_HAL_DAC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hdac->ErrorCallbackCh2(hdac); +#else + HAL_DACEx_ErrorCallbackCh2(hdac); +#endif /* USE_HAL_DAC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY; +} + +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* STM32L431xx STM32L432xx STM32L433xx STM32L442xx STM32L443xx */ + /* STM32L471xx STM32L475xx STM32L476xx STM32L485xx STM32L486xx STM32L496xx STM32L4A6xx */ + /* STM32L4P5xx STM32L4Q5xx */ + /* STM32L4R5xx STM32L4R7xx STM32L4R9xx STM32L4S5xx STM32L4S7xx STM32L4S9xx */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* DAC1 */ + +#endif /* HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +/** + * @} + */ + diff --git a/project/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_dma.c b/project/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_dma.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c9927db --- /dev/null +++ b/project/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_dma.c @@ -0,0 +1,1174 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32l4xx_hal_dma.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief DMA HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Direct Memory Access (DMA) peripheral: + * + Initialization and de-initialization functions + * + IO operation functions + * + Peripheral State and errors functions + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + (#) Enable and configure the peripheral to be connected to the DMA Channel + (except for internal SRAM / FLASH memories: no initialization is + necessary). Please refer to the Reference manual for connection between peripherals + and DMA requests. + + (#) For a given Channel, program the required configuration through the following parameters: + Channel request, Transfer Direction, Source and Destination data formats, + Circular or Normal mode, Channel Priority level, Source and Destination Increment mode + using HAL_DMA_Init() function. + + Prior to HAL_DMA_Init the peripheral clock shall be enabled for both DMA & DMAMUX + thanks to: + (##) DMA1 or DMA2: __HAL_RCC_DMA1_CLK_ENABLE() or __HAL_RCC_DMA2_CLK_ENABLE() ; + (##) DMAMUX1: __HAL_RCC_DMAMUX1_CLK_ENABLE(); + + (#) Use HAL_DMA_GetState() function to return the DMA state and HAL_DMA_GetError() in case of error + detection. + + (#) Use HAL_DMA_Abort() function to abort the current transfer + + -@- In Memory-to-Memory transfer mode, Circular mode is not allowed. + + *** Polling mode IO operation *** + ================================= + [..] + (+) Use HAL_DMA_Start() to start DMA transfer after the configuration of Source + address and destination address and the Length of data to be transferred + (+) Use HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer() to poll for the end of current transfer, in this + case a fixed Timeout can be configured by User depending from his application. + + *** Interrupt mode IO operation *** + =================================== + [..] + (+) Configure the DMA interrupt priority using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() + (+) Enable the DMA IRQ handler using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ() + (+) Use HAL_DMA_Start_IT() to start DMA transfer after the configuration of + Source address and destination address and the Length of data to be transferred. + In this case the DMA interrupt is configured + (+) Use HAL_DMA_IRQHandler() called under DMA_IRQHandler() Interrupt subroutine + (+) At the end of data transfer HAL_DMA_IRQHandler() function is executed and user can + add his own function to register callbacks with HAL_DMA_RegisterCallback(). + + *** DMA HAL driver macros list *** + ============================================= + [..] + Below the list of macros in DMA HAL driver. + + (+) __HAL_DMA_ENABLE: Enable the specified DMA Channel. + (+) __HAL_DMA_DISABLE: Disable the specified DMA Channel. + (+) __HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG: Get the DMA Channel pending flags. + (+) __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the DMA Channel pending flags. + (+) __HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified DMA Channel interrupts. + (+) __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified DMA Channel interrupts. + (+) __HAL_DMA_GET_IT_SOURCE: Check whether the specified DMA Channel interrupt is enabled or not. + + [..] + (@) You can refer to the DMA HAL driver header file for more useful macros + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA DMA + * @brief DMA HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup DMA_Private_Functions DMA Private Functions + * @{ + */ +static void DMA_SetConfig(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength); +#if defined(DMAMUX1) +static void DMA_CalcDMAMUXChannelBaseAndMask(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void DMA_CalcDMAMUXRequestGenBaseAndMask(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +#endif /* DMAMUX1 */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Functions DMA Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions + * @brief Initialization and de-initialization functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to initialize the DMA Channel source + and destination addresses, incrementation and data sizes, transfer direction, + circular/normal mode selection, memory-to-memory mode selection and Channel priority value. + [..] + The HAL_DMA_Init() function follows the DMA configuration procedures as described in + reference manual. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initialize the DMA according to the specified + * parameters in the DMA_InitTypeDef and initialize the associated handle. + * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Init(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + uint32_t tmp; + + /* Check the DMA handle allocation */ + if (hdma == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_INSTANCE(hdma->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_DIRECTION(hdma->Init.Direction)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_INC_STATE(hdma->Init.PeriphInc)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_MEMORY_INC_STATE(hdma->Init.MemInc)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_DATA_SIZE(hdma->Init.PeriphDataAlignment)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_MEMORY_DATA_SIZE(hdma->Init.MemDataAlignment)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_MODE(hdma->Init.Mode)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_PRIORITY(hdma->Init.Priority)); + + assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_REQUEST(hdma->Init.Request)); + + /* Compute the channel index */ + if ((uint32_t)(hdma->Instance) < (uint32_t)(DMA2_Channel1)) + { + /* DMA1 */ + hdma->ChannelIndex = (((uint32_t)hdma->Instance - (uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1) / ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel2 - (uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1)) << 2U; + hdma->DmaBaseAddress = DMA1; + } + else + { + /* DMA2 */ + hdma->ChannelIndex = (((uint32_t)hdma->Instance - (uint32_t)DMA2_Channel1) / ((uint32_t)DMA2_Channel2 - (uint32_t)DMA2_Channel1)) << 2U; + hdma->DmaBaseAddress = DMA2; + } + + /* Change DMA peripheral state */ + hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Get the CR register value */ + tmp = hdma->Instance->CCR; + + /* Clear PL, MSIZE, PSIZE, MINC, PINC, CIRC, DIR and MEM2MEM bits */ + tmp &= ((uint32_t)~(DMA_CCR_PL | DMA_CCR_MSIZE | DMA_CCR_PSIZE | + DMA_CCR_MINC | DMA_CCR_PINC | DMA_CCR_CIRC | + DMA_CCR_DIR | DMA_CCR_MEM2MEM)); + + /* Prepare the DMA Channel configuration */ + tmp |= hdma->Init.Direction | + hdma->Init.PeriphInc | hdma->Init.MemInc | + hdma->Init.PeriphDataAlignment | hdma->Init.MemDataAlignment | + hdma->Init.Mode | hdma->Init.Priority; + + /* Write to DMA Channel CR register */ + hdma->Instance->CCR = tmp; + +#if defined(DMAMUX1) + /* Initialize parameters for DMAMUX channel : + DMAmuxChannel, DMAmuxChannelStatus and DMAmuxChannelStatusMask + */ + DMA_CalcDMAMUXChannelBaseAndMask(hdma); + + if (hdma->Init.Direction == DMA_MEMORY_TO_MEMORY) + { + /* if memory to memory force the request to 0*/ + hdma->Init.Request = DMA_REQUEST_MEM2MEM; + } + + /* Set peripheral request to DMAMUX channel */ + hdma->DMAmuxChannel->CCR = (hdma->Init.Request & DMAMUX_CxCR_DMAREQ_ID); + + /* Clear the DMAMUX synchro overrun flag */ + hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatus->CFR = hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatusMask; + + if (((hdma->Init.Request > 0U) && (hdma->Init.Request <= DMA_REQUEST_GENERATOR3))) + { + /* Initialize parameters for DMAMUX request generator : + DMAmuxRequestGen, DMAmuxRequestGenStatus and DMAmuxRequestGenStatusMask + */ + DMA_CalcDMAMUXRequestGenBaseAndMask(hdma); + + /* Reset the DMAMUX request generator register*/ + hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen->RGCR = 0U; + + /* Clear the DMAMUX request generator overrun flag */ + hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatus->RGCFR = hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatusMask; + } + else + { + hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen = 0U; + hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatus = 0U; + hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatusMask = 0U; + } +#endif /* DMAMUX1 */ + +#if !defined (DMAMUX1) + + /* Set request selection */ + if (hdma->Init.Direction != DMA_MEMORY_TO_MEMORY) + { + /* Write to DMA channel selection register */ + if (DMA1 == hdma->DmaBaseAddress) + { + /* Reset request selection for DMA1 Channelx */ + DMA1_CSELR->CSELR &= ~(DMA_CSELR_C1S << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1cU)); + + /* Configure request selection for DMA1 Channelx */ + DMA1_CSELR->CSELR |= (uint32_t)(hdma->Init.Request << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1cU)); + } + else /* DMA2 */ + { + /* Reset request selection for DMA2 Channelx */ + DMA2_CSELR->CSELR &= ~(DMA_CSELR_C1S << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1cU)); + + /* Configure request selection for DMA2 Channelx */ + DMA2_CSELR->CSELR |= (uint32_t)(hdma->Init.Request << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1cU)); + } + } + +#endif /* STM32L431xx || STM32L432xx || STM32L433xx || STM32L442xx || STM32L443xx */ + /* STM32L471xx || STM32L475xx || STM32L476xx || STM32L442xx || STM32L486xx */ + /* STM32L496xx || STM32L4A6xx */ + + /* Initialise the error code */ + hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Initialize the DMA state*/ + hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY; + + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + hdma->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitialize the DMA peripheral. + * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_DeInit(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + + /* Check the DMA handle allocation */ + if (NULL == hdma) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_INSTANCE(hdma->Instance)); + + /* Disable the selected DMA Channelx */ + __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma); + + /* Compute the channel index */ + if ((uint32_t)(hdma->Instance) < (uint32_t)(DMA2_Channel1)) + { + /* DMA1 */ + hdma->ChannelIndex = (((uint32_t)hdma->Instance - (uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1) / ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel2 - (uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1)) << 2U; + hdma->DmaBaseAddress = DMA1; + } + else + { + /* DMA2 */ + hdma->ChannelIndex = (((uint32_t)hdma->Instance - (uint32_t)DMA2_Channel1) / ((uint32_t)DMA2_Channel2 - (uint32_t)DMA2_Channel1)) << 2U; + hdma->DmaBaseAddress = DMA2; + } + + /* Reset DMA Channel control register */ + hdma->Instance->CCR = 0U; + + /* Clear all flags */ + hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = (DMA_ISR_GIF1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1CU)); + +#if !defined (DMAMUX1) + + /* Reset DMA channel selection register */ + if (DMA1 == hdma->DmaBaseAddress) + { + /* DMA1 */ + DMA1_CSELR->CSELR &= ~(DMA_CSELR_C1S << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1cU)); + } + else + { + /* DMA2 */ + DMA2_CSELR->CSELR &= ~(DMA_CSELR_C1S << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1cU)); + } +#endif /* STM32L431xx || STM32L432xx || STM32L433xx || STM32L442xx || STM32L443xx */ + /* STM32L471xx || STM32L475xx || STM32L476xx || STM32L442xx || STM32L486xx */ + /* STM32L496xx || STM32L4A6xx */ + +#if defined(DMAMUX1) + + /* Initialize parameters for DMAMUX channel : + DMAmuxChannel, DMAmuxChannelStatus and DMAmuxChannelStatusMask */ + + DMA_CalcDMAMUXChannelBaseAndMask(hdma); + + /* Reset the DMAMUX channel that corresponds to the DMA channel */ + hdma->DMAmuxChannel->CCR = 0U; + + /* Clear the DMAMUX synchro overrun flag */ + hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatus->CFR = hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatusMask; + + /* Reset Request generator parameters if any */ + if (((hdma->Init.Request > 0U) && (hdma->Init.Request <= DMA_REQUEST_GENERATOR3))) + { + /* Initialize parameters for DMAMUX request generator : + DMAmuxRequestGen, DMAmuxRequestGenStatus and DMAmuxRequestGenStatusMask + */ + DMA_CalcDMAMUXRequestGenBaseAndMask(hdma); + + /* Reset the DMAMUX request generator register*/ + hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen->RGCR = 0U; + + /* Clear the DMAMUX request generator overrun flag */ + hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatus->RGCFR = hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatusMask; + } + + hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen = 0U; + hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatus = 0U; + hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatusMask = 0U; + +#endif /* DMAMUX1 */ + + /* Clean callbacks */ + hdma->XferCpltCallback = NULL; + hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL; + hdma->XferErrorCallback = NULL; + hdma->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Initialise the error code */ + hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Initialize the DMA state */ + hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_RESET; + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input and Output operation functions + * @brief Input and Output operation functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### IO operation functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Configure the source, destination address and data length and Start DMA transfer + (+) Configure the source, destination address and data length and + Start DMA transfer with interrupt + (+) Abort DMA transfer + (+) Poll for transfer complete + (+) Handle DMA interrupt request + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Start the DMA Transfer. + * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel. + * @param SrcAddress The source memory Buffer address + * @param DstAddress The destination memory Buffer address + * @param DataLength The length of data to be transferred from source to destination + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Start(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(DataLength)); + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hdma); + + if (HAL_DMA_STATE_READY == hdma->State) + { + /* Change DMA peripheral state */ + hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY; + hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Disable the peripheral */ + __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma); + + /* Configure the source, destination address and the data length & clear flags*/ + DMA_SetConfig(hdma, SrcAddress, DstAddress, DataLength); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_DMA_ENABLE(hdma); + } + else + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); + status = HAL_BUSY; + } + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Start the DMA Transfer with interrupt enabled. + * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel. + * @param SrcAddress The source memory Buffer address + * @param DstAddress The destination memory Buffer address + * @param DataLength The length of data to be transferred from source to destination + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Start_IT(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(DataLength)); + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hdma); + + if (HAL_DMA_STATE_READY == hdma->State) + { + /* Change DMA peripheral state */ + hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY; + hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Disable the peripheral */ + __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma); + + /* Configure the source, destination address and the data length & clear flags*/ + DMA_SetConfig(hdma, SrcAddress, DstAddress, DataLength); + + /* Enable the transfer complete interrupt */ + /* Enable the transfer Error interrupt */ + if (NULL != hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback) + { + /* Enable the Half transfer complete interrupt as well */ + __HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT(hdma, (DMA_IT_TC | DMA_IT_HT | DMA_IT_TE)); + } + else + { + __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_HT); + __HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT(hdma, (DMA_IT_TC | DMA_IT_TE)); + } + +#ifdef DMAMUX1 + + /* Check if DMAMUX Synchronization is enabled*/ + if ((hdma->DMAmuxChannel->CCR & DMAMUX_CxCR_SE) != 0U) + { + /* Enable DMAMUX sync overrun IT*/ + hdma->DMAmuxChannel->CCR |= DMAMUX_CxCR_SOIE; + } + + if (hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen != 0U) + { + /* if using DMAMUX request generator, enable the DMAMUX request generator overrun IT*/ + /* enable the request gen overrun IT*/ + hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen->RGCR |= DMAMUX_RGxCR_OIE; + } + +#endif /* DMAMUX1 */ + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_DMA_ENABLE(hdma); + } + else + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); + + /* Remain BUSY */ + status = HAL_BUSY; + } + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Abort the DMA Transfer. + * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Abort(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Check the DMA peripheral state */ + if (hdma->State != HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY) + { + hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NO_XFER; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Disable DMA IT */ + __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, (DMA_IT_TC | DMA_IT_HT | DMA_IT_TE)); + +#if defined(DMAMUX1) + /* disable the DMAMUX sync overrun IT*/ + hdma->DMAmuxChannel->CCR &= ~DMAMUX_CxCR_SOIE; +#endif /* DMAMUX1 */ + + /* Disable the channel */ + __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma); + + /* Clear all flags */ + hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = (DMA_ISR_GIF1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1CU)); + +#if defined(DMAMUX1) + /* Clear the DMAMUX synchro overrun flag */ + hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatus->CFR = hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatusMask; + + if (hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen != 0U) + { + /* if using DMAMUX request generator, disable the DMAMUX request generator overrun IT*/ + /* disable the request gen overrun IT*/ + hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen->RGCR &= ~DMAMUX_RGxCR_OIE; + + /* Clear the DMAMUX request generator overrun flag */ + hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatus->RGCFR = hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatusMask; + } + +#endif /* DMAMUX1 */ + + /* Change the DMA state */ + hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); + + return status; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Aborts the DMA Transfer in Interrupt mode. + * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + if (HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY != hdma->State) + { + /* no transfer ongoing */ + hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NO_XFER; + + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Disable DMA IT */ + __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, (DMA_IT_TC | DMA_IT_HT | DMA_IT_TE)); + + /* Disable the channel */ + __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma); + +#if defined(DMAMUX1) + /* disable the DMAMUX sync overrun IT*/ + hdma->DMAmuxChannel->CCR &= ~DMAMUX_CxCR_SOIE; + + /* Clear all flags */ + hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = (DMA_ISR_GIF1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1CU)); + + /* Clear the DMAMUX synchro overrun flag */ + hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatus->CFR = hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatusMask; + + if (hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen != 0U) + { + /* if using DMAMUX request generator, disable the DMAMUX request generator overrun IT*/ + /* disable the request gen overrun IT*/ + hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen->RGCR &= ~DMAMUX_RGxCR_OIE; + + /* Clear the DMAMUX request generator overrun flag */ + hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatus->RGCFR = hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatusMask; + } + +#else + /* Clear all flags */ + hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = (DMA_ISR_GIF1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1CU)); +#endif /* DMAMUX1 */ + + /* Change the DMA state */ + hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); + + /* Call User Abort callback */ + if (hdma->XferAbortCallback != NULL) + { + hdma->XferAbortCallback(hdma); + } + } + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Polling for transfer complete. + * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel. + * @param CompleteLevel Specifies the DMA level complete. + * @param Timeout Timeout duration. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, HAL_DMA_LevelCompleteTypeDef CompleteLevel, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t temp; + uint32_t tickstart; + + if (HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY != hdma->State) + { + /* no transfer ongoing */ + hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NO_XFER; + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Polling mode not supported in circular mode */ + if ((hdma->Instance->CCR & DMA_CCR_CIRC) != 0U) + { + hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Get the level transfer complete flag */ + if (HAL_DMA_FULL_TRANSFER == CompleteLevel) + { + /* Transfer Complete flag */ + temp = DMA_FLAG_TC1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1CU); + } + else + { + /* Half Transfer Complete flag */ + temp = DMA_FLAG_HT1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1CU); + } + + /* Get tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + while ((hdma->DmaBaseAddress->ISR & temp) == 0U) + { + if ((hdma->DmaBaseAddress->ISR & (DMA_FLAG_TE1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1CU))) != 0U) + { + /* When a DMA transfer error occurs */ + /* A hardware clear of its EN bits is performed */ + /* Clear all flags */ + hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = (DMA_ISR_GIF1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1CU)); + + /* Update error code */ + hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_TE; + + /* Change the DMA state */ + hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Check for the Timeout */ + if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if (((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout) || (Timeout == 0U)) + { + /* Update error code */ + hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + + /* Change the DMA state */ + hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + } + +#if defined(DMAMUX1) + /*Check for DMAMUX Request generator (if used) overrun status */ + if (hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen != 0U) + { + /* if using DMAMUX request generator Check for DMAMUX request generator overrun */ + if ((hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatus->RGSR & hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatusMask) != 0U) + { + /* Disable the request gen overrun interrupt */ + hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen->RGCR |= DMAMUX_RGxCR_OIE; + + /* Clear the DMAMUX request generator overrun flag */ + hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatus->RGCFR = hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatusMask; + + /* Update error code */ + hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_REQGEN; + } + } + + /* Check for DMAMUX Synchronization overrun */ + if ((hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatus->CSR & hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatusMask) != 0U) + { + /* Clear the DMAMUX synchro overrun flag */ + hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatus->CFR = hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatusMask; + + /* Update error code */ + hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_SYNC; + } +#endif /* DMAMUX1 */ + + if (HAL_DMA_FULL_TRANSFER == CompleteLevel) + { + /* Clear the transfer complete flag */ + hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = (DMA_FLAG_TC1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1CU)); + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); + + /* The selected Channelx EN bit is cleared (DMA is disabled and + all transfers are complete) */ + hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY; + } + else + { + /* Clear the half transfer complete flag */ + hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = (DMA_FLAG_HT1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1CU)); + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Handle DMA interrupt request. + * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_DMA_IRQHandler(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + uint32_t flag_it = hdma->DmaBaseAddress->ISR; + uint32_t source_it = hdma->Instance->CCR; + + /* Half Transfer Complete Interrupt management ******************************/ + if (((flag_it & (DMA_FLAG_HT1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1CU))) != 0U) && ((source_it & DMA_IT_HT) != 0U)) + { + /* Disable the half transfer interrupt if the DMA mode is not CIRCULAR */ + if ((hdma->Instance->CCR & DMA_CCR_CIRC) == 0U) + { + /* Disable the half transfer interrupt */ + __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_HT); + } + /* Clear the half transfer complete flag */ + hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = DMA_ISR_HTIF1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1CU); + + /* DMA peripheral state is not updated in Half Transfer */ + /* but in Transfer Complete case */ + + if (hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback != NULL) + { + /* Half transfer callback */ + hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback(hdma); + } + } + + /* Transfer Complete Interrupt management ***********************************/ + else if (((flag_it & (DMA_FLAG_TC1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1CU))) != 0U) && ((source_it & DMA_IT_TC) != 0U)) + { + if ((hdma->Instance->CCR & DMA_CCR_CIRC) == 0U) + { + /* Disable the transfer complete interrupt if the DMA mode is not CIRCULAR */ + /* Disable the transfer complete and error interrupt */ + /* if the DMA mode is not CIRCULAR */ + __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_TE | DMA_IT_TC); + + /* Change the DMA state */ + hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY; + } + /* Clear the transfer complete flag */ + hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = (DMA_ISR_TCIF1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1CU)); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); + + if (hdma->XferCpltCallback != NULL) + { + /* Transfer complete callback */ + hdma->XferCpltCallback(hdma); + } + } + + /* Transfer Error Interrupt management **************************************/ + else if (((flag_it & (DMA_FLAG_TE1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1CU))) != 0U) && ((source_it & DMA_IT_TE) != 0U)) + { + /* When a DMA transfer error occurs */ + /* A hardware clear of its EN bits is performed */ + /* Disable ALL DMA IT */ + __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, (DMA_IT_TC | DMA_IT_HT | DMA_IT_TE)); + + /* Clear all flags */ + hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = (DMA_ISR_GIF1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1CU)); + + /* Update error code */ + hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_TE; + + /* Change the DMA state */ + hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); + + if (hdma->XferErrorCallback != NULL) + { + /* Transfer error callback */ + hdma->XferErrorCallback(hdma); + } + } + else + { + /* Nothing To Do */ + } + return; +} + +/** + * @brief Register callbacks + * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel. + * @param CallbackID User Callback identifier + * a HAL_DMA_CallbackIDTypeDef ENUM as parameter. + * @param pCallback pointer to private callback function which has pointer to + * a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure as parameter. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_RegisterCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, HAL_DMA_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID, void (* pCallback)(DMA_HandleTypeDef *_hdma)) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hdma); + + if (HAL_DMA_STATE_READY == hdma->State) + { + switch (CallbackID) + { + case HAL_DMA_XFER_CPLT_CB_ID: + hdma->XferCpltCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_DMA_XFER_HALFCPLT_CB_ID: + hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_DMA_XFER_ERROR_CB_ID: + hdma->XferErrorCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_DMA_XFER_ABORT_CB_ID: + hdma->XferAbortCallback = pCallback; + break; + + default: + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + } + else + { + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief UnRegister callbacks + * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel. + * @param CallbackID User Callback identifier + * a HAL_DMA_CallbackIDTypeDef ENUM as parameter. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_UnRegisterCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, HAL_DMA_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hdma); + + if (HAL_DMA_STATE_READY == hdma->State) + { + switch (CallbackID) + { + case HAL_DMA_XFER_CPLT_CB_ID: + hdma->XferCpltCallback = NULL; + break; + + case HAL_DMA_XFER_HALFCPLT_CB_ID: + hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL; + break; + + case HAL_DMA_XFER_ERROR_CB_ID: + hdma->XferErrorCallback = NULL; + break; + + case HAL_DMA_XFER_ABORT_CB_ID: + hdma->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + break; + + case HAL_DMA_XFER_ALL_CB_ID: + hdma->XferCpltCallback = NULL; + hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL; + hdma->XferErrorCallback = NULL; + hdma->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + break; + + default: + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + } + else + { + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); + + return status; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + + + +/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State and Errors functions + * @brief Peripheral State and Errors functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral State and Errors functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides functions allowing to + (+) Check the DMA state + (+) Get error code + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Return the DMA handle state. + * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel. + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_DMA_StateTypeDef HAL_DMA_GetState(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + /* Return DMA handle state */ + return hdma->State; +} + +/** + * @brief Return the DMA error code. + * @param hdma : pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel. + * @retval DMA Error Code + */ +uint32_t HAL_DMA_GetError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + return hdma->ErrorCode; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup DMA_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Sets the DMA Transfer parameter. + * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel. + * @param SrcAddress The source memory Buffer address + * @param DstAddress The destination memory Buffer address + * @param DataLength The length of data to be transferred from source to destination + * @retval HAL status + */ +static void DMA_SetConfig(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength) +{ +#if defined(DMAMUX1) + /* Clear the DMAMUX synchro overrun flag */ + hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatus->CFR = hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatusMask; + + if (hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen != 0U) + { + /* Clear the DMAMUX request generator overrun flag */ + hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatus->RGCFR = hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatusMask; + } +#endif + + /* Clear all flags */ + hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = (DMA_ISR_GIF1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1CU)); + + /* Configure DMA Channel data length */ + hdma->Instance->CNDTR = DataLength; + + /* Memory to Peripheral */ + if ((hdma->Init.Direction) == DMA_MEMORY_TO_PERIPH) + { + /* Configure DMA Channel destination address */ + hdma->Instance->CPAR = DstAddress; + + /* Configure DMA Channel source address */ + hdma->Instance->CMAR = SrcAddress; + } + /* Peripheral to Memory */ + else + { + /* Configure DMA Channel source address */ + hdma->Instance->CPAR = SrcAddress; + + /* Configure DMA Channel destination address */ + hdma->Instance->CMAR = DstAddress; + } +} + +#if defined(DMAMUX1) + +/** + * @brief Updates the DMA handle with the DMAMUX channel and status mask depending on channel number + * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel. + * @retval None + */ +static void DMA_CalcDMAMUXChannelBaseAndMask(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + uint32_t channel_number; + + /* check if instance is not outside the DMA channel range */ + if ((uint32_t)hdma->Instance < (uint32_t)DMA2_Channel1) + { + /* DMA1 */ + hdma->DMAmuxChannel = (DMAMUX1_Channel0 + (hdma->ChannelIndex >> 2U)); + } + else + { + /* DMA2 */ + hdma->DMAmuxChannel = (DMAMUX1_Channel7 + (hdma->ChannelIndex >> 2U)); + } + + channel_number = (((uint32_t)hdma->Instance & 0xFFU) - 8U) / 20U; + hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatus = DMAMUX1_ChannelStatus; + hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatusMask = 1UL << (channel_number & 0x1FU); +} + +/** + * @brief Updates the DMA handle with the DMAMUX request generator params + * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel. + * @retval None + */ + +static void DMA_CalcDMAMUXRequestGenBaseAndMask(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + uint32_t request = hdma->Init.Request & DMAMUX_CxCR_DMAREQ_ID; + + /* DMA Channels are connected to DMAMUX1 request generator blocks*/ + hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen = (DMAMUX_RequestGen_TypeDef *)((uint32_t)(((uint32_t)DMAMUX1_RequestGenerator0) + ((request - 1U) * 4U))); + + hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatus = DMAMUX1_RequestGenStatus; + + /* here "Request" is either DMA_REQUEST_GENERATOR0 to DMA_REQUEST_GENERATOR3, i.e. <= 4*/ + hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatusMask = 1UL << ((request - 1U) & 0x3U); +} + +#endif /* DMAMUX1 */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ diff --git a/project/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_dma_ex.c b/project/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_dma_ex.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..260d972 --- /dev/null +++ b/project/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_dma_ex.c @@ -0,0 +1,307 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32l4xx_hal_dma_ex.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief DMA Extension HAL module driver + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the DMA Extension peripheral: + * + Extended features functions + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + The DMA Extension HAL driver can be used as follows: + + (+) Configure the DMA_MUX Synchronization Block using HAL_DMAEx_ConfigMuxSync function. + (+) Configure the DMA_MUX Request Generator Block using HAL_DMAEx_ConfigMuxRequestGenerator function. + Functions HAL_DMAEx_EnableMuxRequestGenerator and HAL_DMAEx_DisableMuxRequestGenerator can then be used + to respectively enable/disable the request generator. + + (+) To handle the DMAMUX Interrupts, the function HAL_DMAEx_MUX_IRQHandler should be called from + the DMAMUX IRQ handler i.e DMAMUX1_OVR_IRQHandler. + As only one interrupt line is available for all DMAMUX channels and request generators , HAL_DMAEx_MUX_IRQHandler should be + called with, as parameter, the appropriate DMA handle as many as used DMAs in the user project + (exception done if a given DMA is not using the DMAMUX SYNC block neither a request generator) + + -@- In Memory-to-Memory transfer mode, Multi (Double) Buffer mode is not allowed. + -@- When Multi (Double) Buffer mode is enabled, the transfer is circular by default. + -@- In Multi (Double) buffer mode, it is possible to update the base address for + the AHB memory port on the fly (DMA_CM0ARx or DMA_CM1ARx) when the channel is enabled. + + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h" + +#if defined(DMAMUX1) + +/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup DMAEx DMAEx + * @brief DMA Extended HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private Constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + + +/** @defgroup DMAEx_Exported_Functions DMAEx Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup DMAEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 DMAEx Extended features functions + * @brief Extended features functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Extended features functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + + (+) Configure the DMAMUX Synchronization Block using HAL_DMAEx_ConfigMuxSync function. + (+) Configure the DMAMUX Request Generator Block using HAL_DMAEx_ConfigMuxRequestGenerator function. + Functions HAL_DMAEx_EnableMuxRequestGenerator and HAL_DMAEx_DisableMuxRequestGenerator can then be used + to respectively enable/disable the request generator. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + + +/** + * @brief Configure the DMAMUX synchronization parameters for a given DMA channel (instance). + * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA channel. + * @param pSyncConfig : pointer to HAL_DMA_MuxSyncConfigTypeDef : contains the DMAMUX synchronization parameters + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMAEx_ConfigMuxSync(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, HAL_DMA_MuxSyncConfigTypeDef *pSyncConfig) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_INSTANCE(hdma->Instance)); + + assert_param(IS_DMAMUX_SYNC_SIGNAL_ID(pSyncConfig->SyncSignalID)); + + assert_param(IS_DMAMUX_SYNC_POLARITY(pSyncConfig-> SyncPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_DMAMUX_SYNC_STATE(pSyncConfig->SyncEnable)); + assert_param(IS_DMAMUX_SYNC_EVENT(pSyncConfig->EventEnable)); + assert_param(IS_DMAMUX_SYNC_REQUEST_NUMBER(pSyncConfig->RequestNumber)); + + /*Check if the DMA state is ready */ + if (hdma->State == HAL_DMA_STATE_READY) + { + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hdma); + + /* Set the new synchronization parameters (and keep the request ID filled during the Init)*/ + MODIFY_REG(hdma->DMAmuxChannel->CCR, \ + (~DMAMUX_CxCR_DMAREQ_ID), \ + ((pSyncConfig->SyncSignalID) << DMAMUX_CxCR_SYNC_ID_Pos) | ((pSyncConfig->RequestNumber - 1U) << DMAMUX_CxCR_NBREQ_Pos) | \ + pSyncConfig->SyncPolarity | ((uint32_t)pSyncConfig->SyncEnable << DMAMUX_CxCR_SE_Pos) | \ + ((uint32_t)pSyncConfig->EventEnable << DMAMUX_CxCR_EGE_Pos)); + + /* Process UnLocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + /*DMA State not Ready*/ + return HAL_ERROR; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the DMAMUX request generator block used by the given DMA channel (instance). + * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA channel. + * @param pRequestGeneratorConfig : pointer to HAL_DMA_MuxRequestGeneratorConfigTypeDef : + * contains the request generator parameters. + * + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMAEx_ConfigMuxRequestGenerator(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, HAL_DMA_MuxRequestGeneratorConfigTypeDef *pRequestGeneratorConfig) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_INSTANCE(hdma->Instance)); + + assert_param(IS_DMAMUX_REQUEST_GEN_SIGNAL_ID(pRequestGeneratorConfig->SignalID)); + + assert_param(IS_DMAMUX_REQUEST_GEN_POLARITY(pRequestGeneratorConfig->Polarity)); + assert_param(IS_DMAMUX_REQUEST_GEN_REQUEST_NUMBER(pRequestGeneratorConfig->RequestNumber)); + + /* check if the DMA state is ready + and DMA is using a DMAMUX request generator block + */ + if ((hdma->State == HAL_DMA_STATE_READY) && (hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen != 0U)) + { + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hdma); + + /* Set the request generator new parameters */ + hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen->RGCR = pRequestGeneratorConfig->SignalID | \ + ((pRequestGeneratorConfig->RequestNumber - 1U) << DMAMUX_RGxCR_GNBREQ_Pos) | \ + pRequestGeneratorConfig->Polarity; + /* Process UnLocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enable the DMAMUX request generator block used by the given DMA channel (instance). + * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA channel. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMAEx_EnableMuxRequestGenerator(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_INSTANCE(hdma->Instance)); + + /* check if the DMA state is ready + and DMA is using a DMAMUX request generator block + */ + if ((hdma->State != HAL_DMA_STATE_RESET) && (hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen != 0)) + { + + /* Enable the request generator*/ + hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen->RGCR |= DMAMUX_RGxCR_GE; + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Disable the DMAMUX request generator block used by the given DMA channel (instance). + * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA channel. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMAEx_DisableMuxRequestGenerator(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_INSTANCE(hdma->Instance)); + + /* check if the DMA state is ready + and DMA is using a DMAMUX request generator block + */ + if ((hdma->State != HAL_DMA_STATE_RESET) && (hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen != 0)) + { + + /* Disable the request generator*/ + hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen->RGCR &= ~DMAMUX_RGxCR_GE; + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Handles DMAMUX interrupt request. + * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA channel. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_DMAEx_MUX_IRQHandler(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + /* Check for DMAMUX Synchronization overrun */ + if ((hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatus->CSR & hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatusMask) != 0U) + { + /* Disable the synchro overrun interrupt */ + hdma->DMAmuxChannel->CCR &= ~DMAMUX_CxCR_SOIE; + + /* Clear the DMAMUX synchro overrun flag */ + hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatus->CFR = hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatusMask; + + /* Update error code */ + hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_SYNC; + + if (hdma->XferErrorCallback != NULL) + { + /* Transfer error callback */ + hdma->XferErrorCallback(hdma); + } + } + + if (hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen != 0) + { + /* if using a DMAMUX request generator block Check for DMAMUX request generator overrun */ + if ((hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatus->RGSR & hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatusMask) != 0U) + { + /* Disable the request gen overrun interrupt */ + hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen->RGCR &= ~DMAMUX_RGxCR_OIE; + + /* Clear the DMAMUX request generator overrun flag */ + hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatus->RGCFR = hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatusMask; + + /* Update error code */ + hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_REQGEN; + + if (hdma->XferErrorCallback != NULL) + { + /* Transfer error callback */ + hdma->XferErrorCallback(hdma); + } + } + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* DMAMUX1 */ diff --git a/project/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_exti.c b/project/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_exti.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a546ca1 --- /dev/null +++ b/project/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_exti.c @@ -0,0 +1,638 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32l4xx_hal_exti.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief EXTI HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Extended Interrupts and events controller (EXTI) peripheral: + * + Initialization and de-initialization functions + * + IO operation functions + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2018 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### EXTI Peripheral features ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + (+) Each Exti line can be configured within this driver. + + (+) Exti line can be configured in 3 different modes + (++) Interrupt + (++) Event + (++) Both of them + + (+) Configurable Exti lines can be configured with 3 different triggers + (++) Rising + (++) Falling + (++) Both of them + + (+) When set in interrupt mode, configurable Exti lines have two different + interrupts pending registers which allow to distinguish which transition + occurs: + (++) Rising edge pending interrupt + (++) Falling + + (+) Exti lines 0 to 15 are linked to gpio pin number 0 to 15. Gpio port can + be selected through multiplexer. + + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + + (#) Configure the EXTI line using HAL_EXTI_SetConfigLine(). + (++) Choose the interrupt line number by setting "Line" member from + EXTI_ConfigTypeDef structure. + (++) Configure the interrupt and/or event mode using "Mode" member from + EXTI_ConfigTypeDef structure. + (++) For configurable lines, configure rising and/or falling trigger + "Trigger" member from EXTI_ConfigTypeDef structure. + (++) For Exti lines linked to gpio, choose gpio port using "GPIOSel" + member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure. + + (#) Get current Exti configuration of a dedicated line using + HAL_EXTI_GetConfigLine(). + (++) Provide exiting handle as parameter. + (++) Provide pointer on EXTI_ConfigTypeDef structure as second parameter. + + (#) Clear Exti configuration of a dedicated line using HAL_EXTI_ClearConfigLine(). + (++) Provide exiting handle as parameter. + + (#) Register callback to treat Exti interrupts using HAL_EXTI_RegisterCallback(). + (++) Provide exiting handle as first parameter. + (++) Provide which callback will be registered using one value from + EXTI_CallbackIDTypeDef. + (++) Provide callback function pointer. + + (#) Get interrupt pending bit using HAL_EXTI_GetPending(). + + (#) Clear interrupt pending bit using HAL_EXTI_ClearPending(). + + (#) Generate software interrupt using HAL_EXTI_GenerateSWI(). + + @endverbatim + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup EXTI + * @{ + */ +/** MISRA C:2012 deviation rule has been granted for following rule: + * Rule-18.1_b - Medium: Array `EXTICR' 1st subscript interval [0,7] may be out + * of bounds [0,3] in following API : + * HAL_EXTI_SetConfigLine + * HAL_EXTI_GetConfigLine + * HAL_EXTI_ClearConfigLine + */ + +#ifdef HAL_EXTI_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private defines ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup EXTI_Private_Constants EXTI Private Constants + * @{ + */ +#define EXTI_MODE_OFFSET 0x08u /* 0x20: offset between MCU IMR/EMR registers */ +#define EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET 0x08u /* 0x20: offset between MCU Rising/Falling configuration registers */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @addtogroup EXTI_Exported_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup EXTI_Exported_Functions_Group1 + * @brief Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Set configuration of a dedicated Exti line. + * @param hexti Exti handle. + * @param pExtiConfig Pointer on EXTI configuration to be set. + * @retval HAL Status. + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_SetConfigLine(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, EXTI_ConfigTypeDef *pExtiConfig) +{ + __IO uint32_t *regaddr; + uint32_t regval; + uint32_t linepos; + uint32_t maskline; + uint32_t offset; + + /* Check null pointer */ + if ((hexti == NULL) || (pExtiConfig == NULL)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check parameters */ + assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(pExtiConfig->Line)); + assert_param(IS_EXTI_MODE(pExtiConfig->Mode)); + + /* Assign line number to handle */ + hexti->Line = pExtiConfig->Line; + + /* Compute line register offset and line mask */ + offset = ((pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_REG_MASK) >> EXTI_REG_SHIFT); + linepos = (pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK); + maskline = (1uL << linepos); + + /* Configure triggers for configurable lines */ + if ((pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_CONFIG) != 0x00u) + { + assert_param(IS_EXTI_TRIGGER(pExtiConfig->Trigger)); + + /* Configure rising trigger */ + regaddr = (&EXTI->RTSR1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset)); + regval = *regaddr; + + /* Mask or set line */ + if ((pExtiConfig->Trigger & EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING) != 0x00u) + { + regval |= maskline; + } + else + { + regval &= ~maskline; + } + + /* Store rising trigger mode */ + *regaddr = regval; + + /* Configure falling trigger */ + regaddr = (&EXTI->FTSR1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset)); + regval = *regaddr; + + /* Mask or set line */ + if ((pExtiConfig->Trigger & EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING) != 0x00u) + { + regval |= maskline; + } + else + { + regval &= ~maskline; + } + + /* Store falling trigger mode */ + *regaddr = regval; + + /* Configure gpio port selection in case of gpio exti line */ + if ((pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_GPIO) == EXTI_GPIO) + { + assert_param(IS_EXTI_GPIO_PORT(pExtiConfig->GPIOSel)); + assert_param(IS_EXTI_GPIO_PIN(linepos)); + + regval = SYSCFG->EXTICR[linepos >> 2u]; + regval &= ~(SYSCFG_EXTICR1_EXTI0 << (SYSCFG_EXTICR1_EXTI1_Pos * (linepos & 0x03u))); + regval |= (pExtiConfig->GPIOSel << (SYSCFG_EXTICR1_EXTI1_Pos * (linepos & 0x03u))); + SYSCFG->EXTICR[linepos >> 2u] = regval; + } + } + + /* Configure interrupt mode : read current mode */ + regaddr = (&EXTI->IMR1 + (EXTI_MODE_OFFSET * offset)); + regval = *regaddr; + + /* Mask or set line */ + if ((pExtiConfig->Mode & EXTI_MODE_INTERRUPT) != 0x00u) + { + regval |= maskline; + } + else + { + regval &= ~maskline; + } + + /* Store interrupt mode */ + *regaddr = regval; + + /* The event mode cannot be configured if the line does not support it */ + assert_param(((pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_EVENT) == EXTI_EVENT) || ((pExtiConfig->Mode & EXTI_MODE_EVENT) != EXTI_MODE_EVENT)); + + /* Configure event mode : read current mode */ + regaddr = (&EXTI->EMR1 + (EXTI_MODE_OFFSET * offset)); + regval = *regaddr; + + /* Mask or set line */ + if ((pExtiConfig->Mode & EXTI_MODE_EVENT) != 0x00u) + { + regval |= maskline; + } + else + { + regval &= ~maskline; + } + + /* Store event mode */ + *regaddr = regval; + + return HAL_OK; +} + + +/** + * @brief Get configuration of a dedicated Exti line. + * @param hexti Exti handle. + * @param pExtiConfig Pointer on structure to store Exti configuration. + * @retval HAL Status. + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_GetConfigLine(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, EXTI_ConfigTypeDef *pExtiConfig) +{ + __IO uint32_t *regaddr; + uint32_t regval; + uint32_t linepos; + uint32_t maskline; + uint32_t offset; + + /* Check null pointer */ + if ((hexti == NULL) || (pExtiConfig == NULL)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(hexti->Line)); + + /* Store handle line number to configuration structure */ + pExtiConfig->Line = hexti->Line; + + /* Compute line register offset and line mask */ + offset = ((pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_REG_MASK) >> EXTI_REG_SHIFT); + linepos = (pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK); + maskline = (1uL << linepos); + + /* 1] Get core mode : interrupt */ + regaddr = (&EXTI->IMR1 + (EXTI_MODE_OFFSET * offset)); + regval = *regaddr; + + /* Check if selected line is enable */ + if ((regval & maskline) != 0x00u) + { + pExtiConfig->Mode = EXTI_MODE_INTERRUPT; + } + else + { + pExtiConfig->Mode = EXTI_MODE_NONE; + } + + /* Get event mode */ + regaddr = (&EXTI->EMR1 + (EXTI_MODE_OFFSET * offset)); + regval = *regaddr; + + /* Check if selected line is enable */ + if ((regval & maskline) != 0x00u) + { + pExtiConfig->Mode |= EXTI_MODE_EVENT; + } + + /* Get default Trigger and GPIOSel configuration */ + pExtiConfig->Trigger = EXTI_TRIGGER_NONE; + pExtiConfig->GPIOSel = 0x00u; + + /* 2] Get trigger for configurable lines : rising */ + if ((pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_CONFIG) != 0x00u) + { + regaddr = (&EXTI->RTSR1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset)); + regval = *regaddr; + + /* Check if configuration of selected line is enable */ + if ((regval & maskline) != 0x00u) + { + pExtiConfig->Trigger = EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING; + } + + /* Get falling configuration */ + regaddr = (&EXTI->FTSR1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset)); + regval = *regaddr; + + /* Check if configuration of selected line is enable */ + if ((regval & maskline) != 0x00u) + { + pExtiConfig->Trigger |= EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING; + } + + /* Get Gpio port selection for gpio lines */ + if ((pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_GPIO) == EXTI_GPIO) + { + assert_param(IS_EXTI_GPIO_PIN(linepos)); + + regval = SYSCFG->EXTICR[linepos >> 2u]; + pExtiConfig->GPIOSel = (regval >> (SYSCFG_EXTICR1_EXTI1_Pos * (linepos & 0x03u))) & SYSCFG_EXTICR1_EXTI0; + } + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + + +/** + * @brief Clear whole configuration of a dedicated Exti line. + * @param hexti Exti handle. + * @retval HAL Status. + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_ClearConfigLine(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti) +{ + __IO uint32_t *regaddr; + uint32_t regval; + uint32_t linepos; + uint32_t maskline; + uint32_t offset; + + /* Check null pointer */ + if (hexti == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(hexti->Line)); + + /* compute line register offset and line mask */ + offset = ((hexti->Line & EXTI_REG_MASK) >> EXTI_REG_SHIFT); + linepos = (hexti->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK); + maskline = (1uL << linepos); + + /* 1] Clear interrupt mode */ + regaddr = (&EXTI->IMR1 + (EXTI_MODE_OFFSET * offset)); + regval = (*regaddr & ~maskline); + *regaddr = regval; + + /* 2] Clear event mode */ + regaddr = (&EXTI->EMR1 + (EXTI_MODE_OFFSET * offset)); + regval = (*regaddr & ~maskline); + *regaddr = regval; + + /* 3] Clear triggers in case of configurable lines */ + if ((hexti->Line & EXTI_CONFIG) != 0x00u) + { + regaddr = (&EXTI->RTSR1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset)); + regval = (*regaddr & ~maskline); + *regaddr = regval; + + regaddr = (&EXTI->FTSR1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset)); + regval = (*regaddr & ~maskline); + *regaddr = regval; + + /* Get Gpio port selection for gpio lines */ + if ((hexti->Line & EXTI_GPIO) == EXTI_GPIO) + { + assert_param(IS_EXTI_GPIO_PIN(linepos)); + + regval = SYSCFG->EXTICR[linepos >> 2u]; + regval &= ~(SYSCFG_EXTICR1_EXTI0 << (SYSCFG_EXTICR1_EXTI1_Pos * (linepos & 0x03u))); + SYSCFG->EXTICR[linepos >> 2u] = regval; + } + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + + +/** + * @brief Register callback for a dedicated Exti line. + * @param hexti Exti handle. + * @param CallbackID User callback identifier. + * This parameter can be one of @arg @ref EXTI_CallbackIDTypeDef values. + * @param pPendingCbfn function pointer to be stored as callback. + * @retval HAL Status. + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_RegisterCallback(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, EXTI_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID, void (*pPendingCbfn)(void)) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + switch (CallbackID) + { + case HAL_EXTI_COMMON_CB_ID: + hexti->PendingCallback = pPendingCbfn; + break; + + default: + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + + return status; +} + + +/** + * @brief Store line number as handle private field. + * @param hexti Exti handle. + * @param ExtiLine Exti line number. + * This parameter can be from 0 to @ref EXTI_LINE_NB. + * @retval HAL Status. + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_GetHandle(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, uint32_t ExtiLine) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(ExtiLine)); + + /* Check null pointer */ + if (hexti == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Store line number as handle private field */ + hexti->Line = ExtiLine; + + return HAL_OK; + } +} + + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup EXTI_Exported_Functions_Group2 + * @brief EXTI IO functions. + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### IO operation functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Handle EXTI interrupt request. + * @param hexti Exti handle. + * @retval none. + */ +void HAL_EXTI_IRQHandler(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti) +{ + __IO uint32_t *regaddr; + uint32_t regval; + uint32_t maskline; + uint32_t offset; + + /* Compute line register offset and line mask */ + offset = ((hexti->Line & EXTI_REG_MASK) >> EXTI_REG_SHIFT); + maskline = (1uL << (hexti->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK)); + + /* Get pending bit */ + regaddr = (&EXTI->PR1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset)); + regval = (*regaddr & maskline); + + if (regval != 0x00u) + { + /* Clear pending bit */ + *regaddr = maskline; + + /* Call callback */ + if (hexti->PendingCallback != NULL) + { + hexti->PendingCallback(); + } + } +} + + +/** + * @brief Get interrupt pending bit of a dedicated line. + * @param hexti Exti handle. + * @param Edge Specify which pending edge as to be checked. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING_FALLING + * This parameter is kept for compatibility with other series. + * @retval 1 if interrupt is pending else 0. + */ +uint32_t HAL_EXTI_GetPending(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, uint32_t Edge) +{ + __IO uint32_t *regaddr; + uint32_t regval; + uint32_t linepos; + uint32_t maskline; + uint32_t offset; + + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(Edge); + + /* Check parameters */ + assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(hexti->Line)); + assert_param(IS_EXTI_CONFIG_LINE(hexti->Line)); + assert_param(IS_EXTI_PENDING_EDGE(Edge)); + + /* Compute line register offset and line mask */ + offset = ((hexti->Line & EXTI_REG_MASK) >> EXTI_REG_SHIFT); + linepos = (hexti->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK); + maskline = (1uL << linepos); + + /* Get pending bit */ + regaddr = (&EXTI->PR1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset)); + + /* return 1 if bit is set else 0 */ + regval = ((*regaddr & maskline) >> linepos); + return regval; +} + + +/** + * @brief Clear interrupt pending bit of a dedicated line. + * @param hexti Exti handle. + * @param Edge Specify which pending edge as to be clear. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING_FALLING + * This parameter is kept for compatibility with other series. + * @retval None. + */ +void HAL_EXTI_ClearPending(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, uint32_t Edge) +{ + __IO uint32_t *regaddr; + uint32_t maskline; + uint32_t offset; + + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(Edge); + + /* Check parameters */ + assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(hexti->Line)); + assert_param(IS_EXTI_CONFIG_LINE(hexti->Line)); + assert_param(IS_EXTI_PENDING_EDGE(Edge)); + + /* compute line register offset and line mask */ + offset = ((hexti->Line & EXTI_REG_MASK) >> EXTI_REG_SHIFT); + maskline = (1uL << (hexti->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK)); + + /* Get pending register address */ + regaddr = (&EXTI->PR1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset)); + + /* Clear Pending bit */ + *regaddr = maskline; +} + + +/** + * @brief Generate a software interrupt for a dedicated line. + * @param hexti Exti handle. + * @retval None. + */ +void HAL_EXTI_GenerateSWI(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti) +{ + __IO uint32_t *regaddr; + uint32_t maskline; + uint32_t offset; + + /* Check parameters */ + assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(hexti->Line)); + assert_param(IS_EXTI_CONFIG_LINE(hexti->Line)); + + /* compute line register offset and line mask */ + offset = ((hexti->Line & EXTI_REG_MASK) >> EXTI_REG_SHIFT); + maskline = (1uL << (hexti->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK)); + + regaddr = (&EXTI->SWIER1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset)); + *regaddr = maskline; +} + + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_EXTI_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + diff --git a/project/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_flash.c b/project/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_flash.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..75fa3ea --- /dev/null +++ b/project/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_flash.c @@ -0,0 +1,764 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32l4xx_hal_flash.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief FLASH HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the internal FLASH memory: + * + Program operations functions + * + Memory Control functions + * + Peripheral Errors functions + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### FLASH peripheral features ##### + ============================================================================== + + [..] The Flash memory interface manages CPU AHB I-Code and D-Code accesses + to the Flash memory. It implements the erase and program Flash memory operations + and the read and write protection mechanisms. + + [..] The Flash memory interface accelerates code execution with a system of instruction + prefetch and cache lines. + + [..] The FLASH main features are: + (+) Flash memory read operations + (+) Flash memory program/erase operations + (+) Read / write protections + (+) Option bytes programming + (+) Prefetch on I-Code + (+) 32 cache lines of 4*64 bits on I-Code + (+) 8 cache lines of 4*64 bits on D-Code + (+) Error code correction (ECC) : Data in flash are 72-bits word + (8 bits added per double word) + + + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This driver provides functions and macros to configure and program the FLASH + memory of all STM32L4xx devices. + + (#) Flash Memory IO Programming functions: + (++) Lock and Unlock the FLASH interface using HAL_FLASH_Unlock() and + HAL_FLASH_Lock() functions + (++) Program functions: double word and fast program (full row programming) + (++) There Two modes of programming : + (+++) Polling mode using HAL_FLASH_Program() function + (+++) Interrupt mode using HAL_FLASH_Program_IT() function + + (#) Interrupts and flags management functions : + (++) Handle FLASH interrupts by calling HAL_FLASH_IRQHandler() + (++) Callback functions are called when the flash operations are finished : + HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback() when everything is ok, otherwise + HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback() + (++) Get error flag status by calling HAL_GetError() + + (#) Option bytes management functions : + (++) Lock and Unlock the option bytes using HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock() and + HAL_FLASH_OB_Lock() functions + (++) Launch the reload of the option bytes using HAL_FLASH_Launch() function. + In this case, a reset is generated + + [..] + In addition to these functions, this driver includes a set of macros allowing + to handle the following operations: + (+) Set the latency + (+) Enable/Disable the prefetch buffer + (+) Enable/Disable the Instruction cache and the Data cache + (+) Reset the Instruction cache and the Data cache + (+) Enable/Disable the Flash power-down during low-power run and sleep modes + (+) Enable/Disable the Flash interrupts + (+) Monitor the Flash flags status + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file in + * the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH FLASH + * @brief FLASH HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private defines -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +#if defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) || defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx) +#define FLASH_NB_DOUBLE_WORDS_IN_ROW 64 +#else +#define FLASH_NB_DOUBLE_WORDS_IN_ROW 32 +#endif +/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Variables FLASH Private Variables + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief Variable used for Program/Erase sectors under interruption + */ +FLASH_ProcessTypeDef pFlash = {.Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED, \ + .ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE, \ + .ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE, \ + .Address = 0U, \ + .Bank = FLASH_BANK_1, \ + .Page = 0U, \ + .NbPagesToErase = 0U, \ + .CacheToReactivate = FLASH_CACHE_DISABLED}; +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Functions FLASH Private Functions + * @{ + */ +static void FLASH_Program_DoubleWord(uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data); +static void FLASH_Program_Fast(uint32_t Address, uint32_t DataAddress); +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions FLASH Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group1 Programming operation functions + * @brief Programming operation functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Programming operation functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the FLASH + program operations. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Program double word or fast program of a row at a specified address. + * @param TypeProgram Indicate the way to program at a specified address. + * This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASH_Type_Program + * @param Address specifies the address to be programmed. + * @param Data specifies the data to be programmed + * This parameter is the data for the double word program and the address where + * are stored the data for the row fast program + * + * @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status; + uint32_t prog_bit = 0; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash); + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM(TypeProgram)); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + if(status == HAL_OK) + { + pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Deactivate the data cache if they are activated to avoid data misbehavior */ + if(READ_BIT(FLASH->ACR, FLASH_ACR_DCEN) != 0U) + { + /* Disable data cache */ + __HAL_FLASH_DATA_CACHE_DISABLE(); + pFlash.CacheToReactivate = FLASH_CACHE_DCACHE_ENABLED; + } + else + { + pFlash.CacheToReactivate = FLASH_CACHE_DISABLED; + } + + if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_DOUBLEWORD) + { + /* Program double-word (64-bit) at a specified address */ + FLASH_Program_DoubleWord(Address, Data); + prog_bit = FLASH_CR_PG; + } + else if((TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_FAST) || (TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_FAST_AND_LAST)) + { + /* Fast program a 32 row double-word (64-bit) at a specified address */ + FLASH_Program_Fast(Address, (uint32_t)Data); + + /* If it is the last row, the bit will be cleared at the end of the operation */ + if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_FAST_AND_LAST) + { + prog_bit = FLASH_CR_FSTPG; + } + } + else + { + /* Nothing to do */ + } + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + /* If the program operation is completed, disable the PG or FSTPG Bit */ + if (prog_bit != 0U) + { + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, prog_bit); + } + + /* Flush the caches to be sure of the data consistency */ + FLASH_FlushCaches(); + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash); + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Program double word or fast program of a row at a specified address with interrupt enabled. + * @param TypeProgram Indicate the way to program at a specified address. + * This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASH_Type_Program + * @param Address specifies the address to be programmed. + * @param Data specifies the data to be programmed + * This parameter is the data for the double word program and the address where + * are stored the data for the row fast program + * + * @retval HAL Status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program_IT(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM(TypeProgram)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash); + + pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Deactivate the data cache if they are activated to avoid data misbehavior */ + if(READ_BIT(FLASH->ACR, FLASH_ACR_DCEN) != 0U) + { + /* Disable data cache */ + __HAL_FLASH_DATA_CACHE_DISABLE(); + pFlash.CacheToReactivate = FLASH_CACHE_DCACHE_ENABLED; + } + else + { + pFlash.CacheToReactivate = FLASH_CACHE_DISABLED; + } + + /* Set internal variables used by the IRQ handler */ + if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_FAST_AND_LAST) + { + pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_PROGRAM_LAST; + } + else + { + pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_PROGRAM; + } + pFlash.Address = Address; + + /* Enable End of Operation and Error interrupts */ + __HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP | FLASH_IT_OPERR); + + if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_DOUBLEWORD) + { + /* Program double-word (64-bit) at a specified address */ + FLASH_Program_DoubleWord(Address, Data); + } + else if((TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_FAST) || (TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_FAST_AND_LAST)) + { + /* Fast program a 32 row double-word (64-bit) at a specified address */ + FLASH_Program_Fast(Address, (uint32_t)Data); + } + else + { + /* Nothing to do */ + } + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Handle FLASH interrupt request. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_FLASH_IRQHandler(void) +{ + uint32_t tmp_page; + uint32_t error; + FLASH_ProcedureTypeDef procedure; + + /* If the operation is completed, disable the PG, PNB, MER1, MER2 and PER Bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, (FLASH_CR_PG | FLASH_CR_MER1 | FLASH_CR_PER | FLASH_CR_PNB)); +#if defined (STM32L471xx) || defined (STM32L475xx) || defined (STM32L476xx) || defined (STM32L485xx) || defined (STM32L486xx) || \ + defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx) || \ + defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) || \ + defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx) + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_MER2); +#endif + + /* Disable the FSTPG Bit only if it is the last row programmed */ + if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_PROGRAM_LAST) + { + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_FSTPG); + } + + /* Check FLASH operation error flags */ + error = (FLASH->SR & FLASH_FLAG_SR_ERRORS); + + if (error !=0U) + { + /*Save the error code*/ + pFlash.ErrorCode |= error; + + /* Clear error programming flags */ + __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(error); + + /* Flush the caches to be sure of the data consistency */ + FLASH_FlushCaches() ; + + /* FLASH error interrupt user callback */ + procedure = pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing; + if(procedure == FLASH_PROC_PAGE_ERASE) + { + HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(pFlash.Page); + } + else if(procedure == FLASH_PROC_MASS_ERASE) + { + HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(pFlash.Bank); + } + else if((procedure == FLASH_PROC_PROGRAM) || + (procedure == FLASH_PROC_PROGRAM_LAST)) + { + HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(pFlash.Address); + } + else + { + HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(0U); + } + + /*Stop the procedure ongoing*/ + pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE; + } + + /* Check FLASH End of Operation flag */ + if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP) != 0U) + { + /* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */ + __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP); + + if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_PAGE_ERASE) + { + /* Nb of pages to erased can be decreased */ + pFlash.NbPagesToErase--; + + /* Check if there are still pages to erase*/ + if(pFlash.NbPagesToErase != 0U) + { + /* Indicate user which page has been erased*/ + HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Page); + + /* Increment page number */ + pFlash.Page++; + tmp_page = pFlash.Page; + FLASH_PageErase(tmp_page, pFlash.Bank); + } + else + { + /* No more pages to Erase */ + /* Reset Address and stop Erase pages procedure */ + pFlash.Page = 0xFFFFFFFFU; + pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE; + + /* Flush the caches to be sure of the data consistency */ + FLASH_FlushCaches() ; + + /* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */ + HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Page); + } + } + else + { + /* Flush the caches to be sure of the data consistency */ + FLASH_FlushCaches() ; + + procedure = pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing; + if(procedure == FLASH_PROC_MASS_ERASE) + { + /* MassErase ended. Return the selected bank */ + /* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */ + HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Bank); + } + else if((procedure == FLASH_PROC_PROGRAM) || + (procedure == FLASH_PROC_PROGRAM_LAST)) + { + /* Program ended. Return the selected address */ + /* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */ + HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address); + } + else + { + /* Nothing to do */ + } + + /*Clear the procedure ongoing*/ + pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE; + } + } + + if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_NONE) + { + /* Disable End of Operation and Error interrupts */ + __HAL_FLASH_DISABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP | FLASH_IT_OPERR); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash); + } +} + +/** + * @brief FLASH end of operation interrupt callback. + * @param ReturnValue The value saved in this parameter depends on the ongoing procedure + * Mass Erase: Bank number which has been requested to erase + * Page Erase: Page which has been erased + * (if 0xFFFFFFFF, it means that all the selected pages have been erased) + * Program: Address which was selected for data program + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(uint32_t ReturnValue) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(ReturnValue); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief FLASH operation error interrupt callback. + * @param ReturnValue The value saved in this parameter depends on the ongoing procedure + * Mass Erase: Bank number which has been requested to erase + * Page Erase: Page number which returned an error + * Program: Address which was selected for data program + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(uint32_t ReturnValue) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(ReturnValue); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions + * @brief Management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the FLASH + memory operations. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Unlock the FLASH control register access. + * @retval HAL Status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Unlock(void) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + if(READ_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_LOCK) != 0U) + { + /* Authorize the FLASH Registers access */ + WRITE_REG(FLASH->KEYR, FLASH_KEY1); + WRITE_REG(FLASH->KEYR, FLASH_KEY2); + + /* Verify Flash is unlocked */ + if(READ_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_LOCK) != 0U) + { + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Lock the FLASH control register access. + * @retval HAL Status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Lock(void) +{ + /* Set the LOCK Bit to lock the FLASH Registers access */ + SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_LOCK); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Unlock the FLASH Option Bytes Registers access. + * @retval HAL Status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock(void) +{ + if(READ_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTLOCK) != 0U) + { + /* Authorizes the Option Byte register programming */ + WRITE_REG(FLASH->OPTKEYR, FLASH_OPTKEY1); + WRITE_REG(FLASH->OPTKEYR, FLASH_OPTKEY2); + } + else + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Lock the FLASH Option Bytes Registers access. + * @retval HAL Status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Lock(void) +{ + /* Set the OPTLOCK Bit to lock the FLASH Option Byte Registers access */ + SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTLOCK); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Launch the option byte loading. + * @retval HAL Status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch(void) +{ + /* Set the bit to force the option byte reloading */ + SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OBL_LAUNCH); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + return(FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE)); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State and Errors functions + * @brief Peripheral Errors functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Errors functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection permits to get in run-time Errors of the FLASH peripheral. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Get the specific FLASH error flag. + * @retval FLASH_ErrorCode: The returned value can be: + * @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_RD: FLASH Read Protection error flag (PCROP) + * @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGS: FLASH Programming Sequence error flag + * @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGP: FLASH Programming Parallelism error flag + * @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGA: FLASH Programming Alignment error flag + * @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_WRP: FLASH Write protected error flag + * @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_OPERATION: FLASH operation Error flag + * @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE: No error set + * @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_OP: FLASH Operation error + * @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PROG: FLASH Programming error + * @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_WRP: FLASH Write protection error + * @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGA: FLASH Programming alignment error + * @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_SIZ: FLASH Size error + * @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGS: FLASH Programming sequence error + * @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_MIS: FLASH Fast programming data miss error + * @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_FAST: FLASH Fast programming error + * @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_RD: FLASH PCROP read error + * @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_OPTV: FLASH Option validity error + * @arg FLASH_FLAG_PEMPTY : FLASH Boot from not programmed flash (apply only for STM32L43x/STM32L44x devices) + */ +uint32_t HAL_FLASH_GetError(void) +{ + return pFlash.ErrorCode; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @addtogroup FLASH_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Wait for a FLASH operation to complete. + * @param Timeout maximum flash operation timeout + * @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(uint32_t Timeout) +{ + /* Wait for the FLASH operation to complete by polling on BUSY flag to be reset. + Even if the FLASH operation fails, the BUSY flag will be reset and an error + flag will be set */ + + uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + uint32_t error; + + while(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_BSY)) + { + if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) >= Timeout) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + + error = (FLASH->SR & FLASH_FLAG_SR_ERRORS); + + if(error != 0u) + { + /*Save the error code*/ + pFlash.ErrorCode |= error; + + /* Clear error programming flags */ + __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(error); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check FLASH End of Operation flag */ + if (__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP)) + { + /* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */ + __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP); + } + + /* If there is an error flag set */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Program double-word (64-bit) at a specified address. + * @param Address specifies the address to be programmed. + * @param Data specifies the data to be programmed. + * @retval None + */ +static void FLASH_Program_DoubleWord(uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(Address)); + + /* Set PG bit */ + SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PG); + + /* Program first word */ + *(__IO uint32_t*)Address = (uint32_t)Data; + + /* Barrier to ensure programming is performed in 2 steps, in right order + (independently of compiler optimization behavior) */ + __ISB(); + + /* Program second word */ + *(__IO uint32_t*)(Address+4U) = (uint32_t)(Data >> 32); +} + +/** + * @brief Fast program a row double-word (64-bit) at a specified address. + * @param Address specifies the address to be programmed. + * @param DataAddress specifies the address where the data are stored. + * @retval None + */ +static void FLASH_Program_Fast(uint32_t Address, uint32_t DataAddress) +{ + uint32_t primask_bit; + uint8_t row_index = (2*FLASH_NB_DOUBLE_WORDS_IN_ROW); + __IO uint32_t *dest_addr = (__IO uint32_t*)Address; + __IO uint32_t *src_addr = (__IO uint32_t*)DataAddress; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_MAIN_MEM_ADDRESS(Address)); + + /* Set FSTPG bit */ + SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_FSTPG); + + /* Disable interrupts to avoid any interruption during the loop */ + primask_bit = __get_PRIMASK(); + __disable_irq(); + + /* Program the double word of the row */ + do + { + *dest_addr = *src_addr; + dest_addr++; + src_addr++; + row_index--; + } while (row_index != 0U); + + /* Re-enable the interrupts */ + __set_PRIMASK(primask_bit); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + diff --git a/project/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_flash_ex.c b/project/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_flash_ex.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d9b1205 --- /dev/null +++ b/project/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_flash_ex.c @@ -0,0 +1,1316 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32l4xx_hal_flash_ex.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief Extended FLASH HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the FLASH extended peripheral: + * + Extended programming operations functions + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Flash Extended features ##### + ============================================================================== + + [..] Comparing to other previous devices, the FLASH interface for STM32L4xx + devices contains the following additional features + + (+) Capacity up to 2 Mbyte with dual bank architecture supporting read-while-write + capability (RWW) + (+) Dual bank memory organization + (+) PCROP protection for all banks + + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] This driver provides functions to configure and program the FLASH memory + of all STM32L4xx devices. It includes + (#) Flash Memory Erase functions: + (++) Lock and Unlock the FLASH interface using HAL_FLASH_Unlock() and + HAL_FLASH_Lock() functions + (++) Erase function: Erase page, erase all sectors + (++) There are two modes of erase : + (+++) Polling Mode using HAL_FLASHEx_Erase() + (+++) Interrupt Mode using HAL_FLASHEx_Erase_IT() + + (#) Option Bytes Programming function: Use HAL_FLASHEx_OBProgram() to : + (++) Set/Reset the write protection + (++) Set the Read protection Level + (++) Program the user Option Bytes + (++) Configure the PCROP protection + + (#) Get Option Bytes Configuration function: Use HAL_FLASHEx_OBGetConfig() to : + (++) Get the value of a write protection area + (++) Know if the read protection is activated + (++) Get the value of the user Option Bytes + (++) Get the value of a PCROP area + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file in + * the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASHEx FLASHEx + * @brief FLASH Extended HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Private_Functions FLASHEx Private Functions + * @{ + */ +static void FLASH_MassErase(uint32_t Banks); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_WRPConfig(uint32_t WRPArea, uint32_t WRPStartOffset, uint32_t WRDPEndOffset); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_RDPConfig(uint32_t RDPLevel); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_UserConfig(uint32_t UserType, uint32_t UserConfig); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_PCROPConfig(uint32_t PCROPConfig, uint32_t PCROPStartAddr, uint32_t PCROPEndAddr); +static void FLASH_OB_GetWRP(uint32_t WRPArea, uint32_t * WRPStartOffset, uint32_t * WRDPEndOffset); +static uint32_t FLASH_OB_GetRDP(void); +static uint32_t FLASH_OB_GetUser(void); +static void FLASH_OB_GetPCROP(uint32_t * PCROPConfig, uint32_t * PCROPStartAddr, uint32_t * PCROPEndAddr); +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported functions -------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Exported_Functions FLASHEx Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended IO operation functions + * @brief Extended IO operation functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Extended programming operation functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the Extended FLASH + programming operations Operations. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief Perform a mass erase or erase the specified FLASH memory pages. + * @param[in] pEraseInit: pointer to an FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information for the erasing. + * + * @param[out] PageError : pointer to variable that contains the configuration + * information on faulty page in case of error (0xFFFFFFFF means that all + * the pages have been correctly erased) + * + * @retval HAL Status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_Erase(FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef *pEraseInit, uint32_t *PageError) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status; + uint32_t page_index; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash); + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEERASE(pEraseInit->TypeErase)); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + if (status == HAL_OK) + { + pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Deactivate the cache if they are activated to avoid data misbehavior */ + if(READ_BIT(FLASH->ACR, FLASH_ACR_ICEN) != 0U) + { + if(READ_BIT(FLASH->ACR, FLASH_ACR_DCEN) != 0U) + { + /* Disable data cache */ + __HAL_FLASH_DATA_CACHE_DISABLE(); + pFlash.CacheToReactivate = FLASH_CACHE_ICACHE_DCACHE_ENABLED; + } + else + { + pFlash.CacheToReactivate = FLASH_CACHE_ICACHE_ENABLED; + } + } + else if(READ_BIT(FLASH->ACR, FLASH_ACR_DCEN) != 0U) + { + /* Disable data cache */ + __HAL_FLASH_DATA_CACHE_DISABLE(); + pFlash.CacheToReactivate = FLASH_CACHE_DCACHE_ENABLED; + } + else + { + pFlash.CacheToReactivate = FLASH_CACHE_DISABLED; + } + + if (pEraseInit->TypeErase == FLASH_TYPEERASE_MASSERASE) + { + /* Mass erase to be done */ + FLASH_MassErase(pEraseInit->Banks); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + +#if defined (STM32L471xx) || defined (STM32L475xx) || defined (STM32L476xx) || defined (STM32L485xx) || defined (STM32L486xx) || \ + defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx) || \ + defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) || \ + defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx) + /* If the erase operation is completed, disable the MER1 and MER2 Bits */ + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, (FLASH_CR_MER1 | FLASH_CR_MER2)); +#else + /* If the erase operation is completed, disable the MER1 Bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, (FLASH_CR_MER1)); +#endif + } + else + { + /*Initialization of PageError variable*/ + *PageError = 0xFFFFFFFFU; + + for(page_index = pEraseInit->Page; page_index < (pEraseInit->Page + pEraseInit->NbPages); page_index++) + { + FLASH_PageErase(page_index, pEraseInit->Banks); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + /* If the erase operation is completed, disable the PER Bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, (FLASH_CR_PER | FLASH_CR_PNB)); + + if (status != HAL_OK) + { + /* In case of error, stop erase procedure and return the faulty address */ + *PageError = page_index; + break; + } + } + } + + /* Flush the caches to be sure of the data consistency */ + FLASH_FlushCaches(); + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash); + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Perform a mass erase or erase the specified FLASH memory pages with interrupt enabled. + * @param pEraseInit pointer to an FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information for the erasing. + * + * @retval HAL Status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_Erase_IT(FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef *pEraseInit) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash); + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEERASE(pEraseInit->TypeErase)); + + pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Deactivate the cache if they are activated to avoid data misbehavior */ + if(READ_BIT(FLASH->ACR, FLASH_ACR_ICEN) != 0U) + { + if(READ_BIT(FLASH->ACR, FLASH_ACR_DCEN) != 0U) + { + /* Disable data cache */ + __HAL_FLASH_DATA_CACHE_DISABLE(); + pFlash.CacheToReactivate = FLASH_CACHE_ICACHE_DCACHE_ENABLED; + } + else + { + pFlash.CacheToReactivate = FLASH_CACHE_ICACHE_ENABLED; + } + } + else if(READ_BIT(FLASH->ACR, FLASH_ACR_DCEN) != 0U) + { + /* Disable data cache */ + __HAL_FLASH_DATA_CACHE_DISABLE(); + pFlash.CacheToReactivate = FLASH_CACHE_DCACHE_ENABLED; + } + else + { + pFlash.CacheToReactivate = FLASH_CACHE_DISABLED; + } + + /* Enable End of Operation and Error interrupts */ + __HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP | FLASH_IT_OPERR); + + pFlash.Bank = pEraseInit->Banks; + + if (pEraseInit->TypeErase == FLASH_TYPEERASE_MASSERASE) + { + /* Mass erase to be done */ + pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_MASS_ERASE; + FLASH_MassErase(pEraseInit->Banks); + } + else + { + /* Erase by page to be done */ + pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_PAGE_ERASE; + pFlash.NbPagesToErase = pEraseInit->NbPages; + pFlash.Page = pEraseInit->Page; + + /*Erase 1st page and wait for IT */ + FLASH_PageErase(pEraseInit->Page, pEraseInit->Banks); + } + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Program Option bytes. + * @param pOBInit pointer to an FLASH_OBInitStruct structure that + * contains the configuration information for the programming. + * + * @retval HAL Status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_OBProgram(FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef *pOBInit) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash); + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OPTIONBYTE(pOBInit->OptionType)); + + pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Write protection configuration */ + if((pOBInit->OptionType & OPTIONBYTE_WRP) != 0U) + { + /* Configure of Write protection on the selected area */ + if(FLASH_OB_WRPConfig(pOBInit->WRPArea, pOBInit->WRPStartOffset, pOBInit->WRPEndOffset) != HAL_OK) + { + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + + } + + /* Read protection configuration */ + if((pOBInit->OptionType & OPTIONBYTE_RDP) != 0U) + { + /* Configure the Read protection level */ + if(FLASH_OB_RDPConfig(pOBInit->RDPLevel) != HAL_OK) + { + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + /* User Configuration */ + if((pOBInit->OptionType & OPTIONBYTE_USER) != 0U) + { + /* Configure the user option bytes */ + if(FLASH_OB_UserConfig(pOBInit->USERType, pOBInit->USERConfig) != HAL_OK) + { + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + /* PCROP Configuration */ + if((pOBInit->OptionType & OPTIONBYTE_PCROP) != 0U) + { + if (pOBInit->PCROPStartAddr != pOBInit->PCROPEndAddr) + { + /* Configure the Proprietary code readout protection */ + if(FLASH_OB_PCROPConfig(pOBInit->PCROPConfig, pOBInit->PCROPStartAddr, pOBInit->PCROPEndAddr) != HAL_OK) + { + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + } + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash); + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Get the Option bytes configuration. + * @param pOBInit pointer to an FLASH_OBInitStruct structure that contains the + * configuration information. + * @note The fields pOBInit->WRPArea and pOBInit->PCROPConfig should indicate + * which area is requested for the WRP and PCROP, else no information will be returned + * + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_FLASHEx_OBGetConfig(FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef *pOBInit) +{ + pOBInit->OptionType = (OPTIONBYTE_RDP | OPTIONBYTE_USER); + +#if defined (STM32L471xx) || defined (STM32L475xx) || defined (STM32L476xx) || defined (STM32L485xx) || defined (STM32L486xx) || \ + defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx) || \ + defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) || \ + defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx) + if((pOBInit->WRPArea == OB_WRPAREA_BANK1_AREAA) || (pOBInit->WRPArea == OB_WRPAREA_BANK1_AREAB) || + (pOBInit->WRPArea == OB_WRPAREA_BANK2_AREAA) || (pOBInit->WRPArea == OB_WRPAREA_BANK2_AREAB)) +#else + if((pOBInit->WRPArea == OB_WRPAREA_BANK1_AREAA) || (pOBInit->WRPArea == OB_WRPAREA_BANK1_AREAB)) +#endif + { + pOBInit->OptionType |= OPTIONBYTE_WRP; + /* Get write protection on the selected area */ + FLASH_OB_GetWRP(pOBInit->WRPArea, &(pOBInit->WRPStartOffset), &(pOBInit->WRPEndOffset)); + } + + /* Get Read protection level */ + pOBInit->RDPLevel = FLASH_OB_GetRDP(); + + /* Get the user option bytes */ + pOBInit->USERConfig = FLASH_OB_GetUser(); + +#if defined (STM32L471xx) || defined (STM32L475xx) || defined (STM32L476xx) || defined (STM32L485xx) || defined (STM32L486xx) || \ + defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx) || \ + defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) || \ + defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx) + if((pOBInit->PCROPConfig == FLASH_BANK_1) || (pOBInit->PCROPConfig == FLASH_BANK_2)) +#else + if(pOBInit->PCROPConfig == FLASH_BANK_1) +#endif + { + pOBInit->OptionType |= OPTIONBYTE_PCROP; + /* Get the Proprietary code readout protection */ + FLASH_OB_GetPCROP(&(pOBInit->PCROPConfig), &(pOBInit->PCROPStartAddr), &(pOBInit->PCROPEndAddr)); + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +#if defined (FLASH_CFGR_LVEN) +/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 Extended specific configuration functions + * @brief Extended specific configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Extended specific configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the Extended FLASH + specific configurations. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configuration of the LVE pin of the Flash (managed by power controller + * or forced to low in order to use an external SMPS) + * @param ConfigLVE Configuration of the LVE pin, + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FLASH_LVE_PIN_CTRL: LVE FLASH pin controlled by power controller + * @arg FLASH_LVE_PIN_FORCED: LVE FLASH pin enforced to low (external SMPS used) + * + * @note Before enforcing the LVE pin to low, the SOC should be in low voltage + * range 2 and the voltage VDD12 should be higher than 1.08V and SMPS is ON. + * + * @retval HAL Status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_ConfigLVEPin(uint32_t ConfigLVE) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash); + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_LVE_PIN(ConfigLVE)); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + if (status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Check that the voltage scaling is range 2 */ + if (HAL_PWREx_GetVoltageRange() == PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE2) + { + /* Configure the LVEN bit */ + MODIFY_REG(FLASH->CFGR, FLASH_CFGR_LVEN, ConfigLVE); + + /* Check that the bit has been correctly configured */ + if (READ_BIT(FLASH->CFGR, FLASH_CFGR_LVEN) != ConfigLVE) + { + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + } + else + { + /* Not allow to force Flash LVE pin if not in voltage range 2 */ + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash); + + return status; +} + +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* FLASH_CFGR_LVEN */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @addtogroup FLASHEx_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief Mass erase of FLASH memory. + * @param Banks Banks to be erased + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FLASH_BANK_1: Bank1 to be erased + * @arg FLASH_BANK_2: Bank2 to be erased + * @arg FLASH_BANK_BOTH: Bank1 and Bank2 to be erased + * @retval None + */ +static void FLASH_MassErase(uint32_t Banks) +{ +#if defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) || defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx) + if (READ_BIT(FLASH->OPTR, FLASH_OPTR_DBANK) != 0U) +#endif + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_BANK(Banks)); + + /* Set the Mass Erase Bit for the bank 1 if requested */ + if((Banks & FLASH_BANK_1) != 0U) + { + SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_MER1); + } + +#if defined (STM32L471xx) || defined (STM32L475xx) || defined (STM32L476xx) || defined (STM32L485xx) || defined (STM32L486xx) || \ + defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx) || \ + defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) || \ + defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx) + /* Set the Mass Erase Bit for the bank 2 if requested */ + if((Banks & FLASH_BANK_2) != 0U) + { + SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_MER2); + } +#endif + } +#if defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) || defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx) + else + { + SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, (FLASH_CR_MER1 | FLASH_CR_MER2)); + } +#endif + + /* Proceed to erase all sectors */ + SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_STRT); +} + +/** + * @brief Erase the specified FLASH memory page. + * @param Page FLASH page to erase + * This parameter must be a value between 0 and (max number of pages in the bank - 1) + * @param Banks Bank(s) where the page will be erased + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FLASH_BANK_1: Page in bank 1 to be erased + * @arg FLASH_BANK_2: Page in bank 2 to be erased + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_PageErase(uint32_t Page, uint32_t Banks) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_PAGE(Page)); + +#if defined (STM32L471xx) || defined (STM32L475xx) || defined (STM32L476xx) || defined (STM32L485xx) || defined (STM32L486xx) || \ + defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx) || \ + defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) || \ + defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx) +#if defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) || defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx) + if(READ_BIT(FLASH->OPTR, FLASH_OPTR_DBANK) == 0U) + { + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_BKER); + } + else +#endif + { + assert_param(IS_FLASH_BANK_EXCLUSIVE(Banks)); + + if((Banks & FLASH_BANK_1) != 0U) + { + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_BKER); + } + else + { + SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_BKER); + } + } +#else + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(Banks); +#endif + + /* Proceed to erase the page */ + MODIFY_REG(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PNB, ((Page & 0xFFU) << FLASH_CR_PNB_Pos)); + SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PER); + SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_STRT); +} + +/** + * @brief Flush the instruction and data caches. + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_FlushCaches(void) +{ + FLASH_CacheTypeDef cache = pFlash.CacheToReactivate; + + /* Flush instruction cache */ + if((cache == FLASH_CACHE_ICACHE_ENABLED) || + (cache == FLASH_CACHE_ICACHE_DCACHE_ENABLED)) + { + /* Disable instruction cache */ + __HAL_FLASH_INSTRUCTION_CACHE_DISABLE(); + /* Reset instruction cache */ + __HAL_FLASH_INSTRUCTION_CACHE_RESET(); + /* Enable instruction cache */ + __HAL_FLASH_INSTRUCTION_CACHE_ENABLE(); + } + + /* Flush data cache */ + if((cache == FLASH_CACHE_DCACHE_ENABLED) || + (cache == FLASH_CACHE_ICACHE_DCACHE_ENABLED)) + { + /* Reset data cache */ + __HAL_FLASH_DATA_CACHE_RESET(); + /* Enable data cache */ + __HAL_FLASH_DATA_CACHE_ENABLE(); + } + + /* Reset internal variable */ + pFlash.CacheToReactivate = FLASH_CACHE_DISABLED; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the write protection of the desired pages. + * + * @note When the memory read protection level is selected (RDP level = 1), + * it is not possible to program or erase Flash memory if the CPU debug + * features are connected (JTAG or single wire) or boot code is being + * executed from RAM or System flash, even if WRP is not activated. + * @note To configure the WRP options, the option lock bit OPTLOCK must be + * cleared with the call of the HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock() function. + * @note To validate the WRP options, the option bytes must be reloaded + * through the call of the HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch() function. + * + * @param WRPArea specifies the area to be configured. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg OB_WRPAREA_BANK1_AREAA: Flash Bank 1 Area A + * @arg OB_WRPAREA_BANK1_AREAB: Flash Bank 1 Area B + * @arg OB_WRPAREA_BANK2_AREAA: Flash Bank 2 Area A (don't apply for STM32L43x/STM32L44x devices) + * @arg OB_WRPAREA_BANK2_AREAB: Flash Bank 2 Area B (don't apply for STM32L43x/STM32L44x devices) + * + * @param WRPStartOffset specifies the start page of the write protected area + * This parameter can be page number between 0 and (max number of pages in the bank - 1) + * + * @param WRDPEndOffset specifies the end page of the write protected area + * This parameter can be page number between WRPStartOffset and (max number of pages in the bank - 1) + * + * @retval HAL Status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_WRPConfig(uint32_t WRPArea, uint32_t WRPStartOffset, uint32_t WRDPEndOffset) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OB_WRPAREA(WRPArea)); + assert_param(IS_FLASH_PAGE(WRPStartOffset)); + assert_param(IS_FLASH_PAGE(WRDPEndOffset)); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + if(status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Configure the write protected area */ + if(WRPArea == OB_WRPAREA_BANK1_AREAA) + { + MODIFY_REG(FLASH->WRP1AR, (FLASH_WRP1AR_WRP1A_STRT | FLASH_WRP1AR_WRP1A_END), + (WRPStartOffset | (WRDPEndOffset << 16))); + } + else if(WRPArea == OB_WRPAREA_BANK1_AREAB) + { + MODIFY_REG(FLASH->WRP1BR, (FLASH_WRP1BR_WRP1B_STRT | FLASH_WRP1BR_WRP1B_END), + (WRPStartOffset | (WRDPEndOffset << 16))); + } +#if defined (STM32L471xx) || defined (STM32L475xx) || defined (STM32L476xx) || defined (STM32L485xx) || defined (STM32L486xx) || \ + defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx) || \ + defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) || \ + defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx) + else if(WRPArea == OB_WRPAREA_BANK2_AREAA) + { + MODIFY_REG(FLASH->WRP2AR, (FLASH_WRP2AR_WRP2A_STRT | FLASH_WRP2AR_WRP2A_END), + (WRPStartOffset | (WRDPEndOffset << 16))); + } + else if(WRPArea == OB_WRPAREA_BANK2_AREAB) + { + MODIFY_REG(FLASH->WRP2BR, (FLASH_WRP2BR_WRP2B_STRT | FLASH_WRP2BR_WRP2B_END), + (WRPStartOffset | (WRDPEndOffset << 16))); + } +#endif + else + { + /* Nothing to do */ + } + + /* Set OPTSTRT Bit */ + SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTSTRT); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + /* If the option byte program operation is completed, disable the OPTSTRT Bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTSTRT); + } + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Set the read protection level. + * + * @note To configure the RDP level, the option lock bit OPTLOCK must be + * cleared with the call of the HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock() function. + * @note To validate the RDP level, the option bytes must be reloaded + * through the call of the HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch() function. + * @note !!! Warning : When enabling OB_RDP level 2 it's no more possible + * to go back to level 1 or 0 !!! + * + * @param RDPLevel specifies the read protection level. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg OB_RDP_LEVEL_0: No protection + * @arg OB_RDP_LEVEL_1: Read protection of the memory + * @arg OB_RDP_LEVEL_2: Full chip protection + * + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_RDPConfig(uint32_t RDPLevel) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OB_RDP_LEVEL(RDPLevel)); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + if(status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Configure the RDP level in the option bytes register */ + MODIFY_REG(FLASH->OPTR, FLASH_OPTR_RDP, RDPLevel); + + /* Set OPTSTRT Bit */ + SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTSTRT); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + /* If the option byte program operation is completed, disable the OPTSTRT Bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTSTRT); + } + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Program the FLASH User Option Byte. + * + * @note To configure the user option bytes, the option lock bit OPTLOCK must + * be cleared with the call of the HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock() function. + * @note To validate the user option bytes, the option bytes must be reloaded + * through the call of the HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch() function. + * + * @param UserType The FLASH User Option Bytes to be modified + * @param UserConfig The FLASH User Option Bytes values: + * BOR_LEV(Bit8-10), nRST_STOP(Bit12), nRST_STDBY(Bit13), IWDG_SW(Bit16), + * IWDG_STOP(Bit17), IWDG_STDBY(Bit18), WWDG_SW(Bit19), BFB2(Bit20), + * DUALBANK(Bit21), nBOOT1(Bit23), SRAM2_PE(Bit24) and SRAM2_RST(Bit25). + * + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_UserConfig(uint32_t UserType, uint32_t UserConfig) +{ + uint32_t optr_reg_val = 0; + uint32_t optr_reg_mask = 0; + HAL_StatusTypeDef status; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OB_USER_TYPE(UserType)); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + if(status == HAL_OK) + { + if((UserType & OB_USER_BOR_LEV) != 0U) + { + /* BOR level option byte should be modified */ + assert_param(IS_OB_USER_BOR_LEVEL(UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_BOR_LEV)); + + /* Set value and mask for BOR level option byte */ + optr_reg_val |= (UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_BOR_LEV); + optr_reg_mask |= FLASH_OPTR_BOR_LEV; + } + + if((UserType & OB_USER_nRST_STOP) != 0U) + { + /* nRST_STOP option byte should be modified */ + assert_param(IS_OB_USER_STOP(UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_nRST_STOP)); + + /* Set value and mask for nRST_STOP option byte */ + optr_reg_val |= (UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_nRST_STOP); + optr_reg_mask |= FLASH_OPTR_nRST_STOP; + } + + if((UserType & OB_USER_nRST_STDBY) != 0U) + { + /* nRST_STDBY option byte should be modified */ + assert_param(IS_OB_USER_STANDBY(UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_nRST_STDBY)); + + /* Set value and mask for nRST_STDBY option byte */ + optr_reg_val |= (UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_nRST_STDBY); + optr_reg_mask |= FLASH_OPTR_nRST_STDBY; + } + + if((UserType & OB_USER_nRST_SHDW) != 0U) + { + /* nRST_SHDW option byte should be modified */ + assert_param(IS_OB_USER_SHUTDOWN(UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_nRST_SHDW)); + + /* Set value and mask for nRST_SHDW option byte */ + optr_reg_val |= (UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_nRST_SHDW); + optr_reg_mask |= FLASH_OPTR_nRST_SHDW; + } + + if((UserType & OB_USER_IWDG_SW) != 0U) + { + /* IWDG_SW option byte should be modified */ + assert_param(IS_OB_USER_IWDG(UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_IWDG_SW)); + + /* Set value and mask for IWDG_SW option byte */ + optr_reg_val |= (UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_IWDG_SW); + optr_reg_mask |= FLASH_OPTR_IWDG_SW; + } + + if((UserType & OB_USER_IWDG_STOP) != 0U) + { + /* IWDG_STOP option byte should be modified */ + assert_param(IS_OB_USER_IWDG_STOP(UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_IWDG_STOP)); + + /* Set value and mask for IWDG_STOP option byte */ + optr_reg_val |= (UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_IWDG_STOP); + optr_reg_mask |= FLASH_OPTR_IWDG_STOP; + } + + if((UserType & OB_USER_IWDG_STDBY) != 0U) + { + /* IWDG_STDBY option byte should be modified */ + assert_param(IS_OB_USER_IWDG_STDBY(UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_IWDG_STDBY)); + + /* Set value and mask for IWDG_STDBY option byte */ + optr_reg_val |= (UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_IWDG_STDBY); + optr_reg_mask |= FLASH_OPTR_IWDG_STDBY; + } + + if((UserType & OB_USER_WWDG_SW) != 0U) + { + /* WWDG_SW option byte should be modified */ + assert_param(IS_OB_USER_WWDG(UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_WWDG_SW)); + + /* Set value and mask for WWDG_SW option byte */ + optr_reg_val |= (UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_WWDG_SW); + optr_reg_mask |= FLASH_OPTR_WWDG_SW; + } + +#if defined (STM32L471xx) || defined (STM32L475xx) || defined (STM32L476xx) || defined (STM32L485xx) || defined (STM32L486xx) || \ + defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx) || \ + defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) || \ + defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx) + if((UserType & OB_USER_BFB2) != 0U) + { + /* BFB2 option byte should be modified */ + assert_param(IS_OB_USER_BFB2(UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_BFB2)); + + /* Set value and mask for BFB2 option byte */ + optr_reg_val |= (UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_BFB2); + optr_reg_mask |= FLASH_OPTR_BFB2; + } + + if((UserType & OB_USER_DUALBANK) != 0U) + { +#if defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) || defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx) + /* DUALBANK option byte should be modified */ + assert_param(IS_OB_USER_DUALBANK(UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_DB1M)); + + /* Set value and mask for DUALBANK option byte */ + optr_reg_val |= (UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_DB1M); + optr_reg_mask |= FLASH_OPTR_DB1M; +#else + /* DUALBANK option byte should be modified */ + assert_param(IS_OB_USER_DUALBANK(UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_DUALBANK)); + + /* Set value and mask for DUALBANK option byte */ + optr_reg_val |= (UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_DUALBANK); + optr_reg_mask |= FLASH_OPTR_DUALBANK; +#endif + } +#endif + + if((UserType & OB_USER_nBOOT1) != 0U) + { + /* nBOOT1 option byte should be modified */ + assert_param(IS_OB_USER_BOOT1(UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_nBOOT1)); + + /* Set value and mask for nBOOT1 option byte */ + optr_reg_val |= (UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_nBOOT1); + optr_reg_mask |= FLASH_OPTR_nBOOT1; + } + + if((UserType & OB_USER_SRAM2_PE) != 0U) + { + /* SRAM2_PE option byte should be modified */ + assert_param(IS_OB_USER_SRAM2_PARITY(UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_SRAM2_PE)); + + /* Set value and mask for SRAM2_PE option byte */ + optr_reg_val |= (UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_SRAM2_PE); + optr_reg_mask |= FLASH_OPTR_SRAM2_PE; + } + + if((UserType & OB_USER_SRAM2_RST) != 0U) + { + /* SRAM2_RST option byte should be modified */ + assert_param(IS_OB_USER_SRAM2_RST(UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_SRAM2_RST)); + + /* Set value and mask for SRAM2_RST option byte */ + optr_reg_val |= (UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_SRAM2_RST); + optr_reg_mask |= FLASH_OPTR_SRAM2_RST; + } + +#if defined (STM32L412xx) || defined (STM32L422xx) || defined (STM32L431xx) || defined (STM32L432xx) || defined (STM32L433xx) || \ + defined (STM32L442xx) || defined (STM32L443xx) || defined (STM32L451xx) || defined (STM32L452xx) || defined (STM32L462xx) || \ + defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx) || \ + defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) || \ + defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx) + if((UserType & OB_USER_nSWBOOT0) != 0U) + { + /* nSWBOOT0 option byte should be modified */ + assert_param(IS_OB_USER_SWBOOT0(UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_nSWBOOT0)); + + /* Set value and mask for nSWBOOT0 option byte */ + optr_reg_val |= (UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_nSWBOOT0); + optr_reg_mask |= FLASH_OPTR_nSWBOOT0; + } + + if((UserType & OB_USER_nBOOT0) != 0U) + { + /* nBOOT0 option byte should be modified */ + assert_param(IS_OB_USER_BOOT0(UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_nBOOT0)); + + /* Set value and mask for nBOOT0 option byte */ + optr_reg_val |= (UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_nBOOT0); + optr_reg_mask |= FLASH_OPTR_nBOOT0; + } +#endif + + /* Configure the option bytes register */ + MODIFY_REG(FLASH->OPTR, optr_reg_mask, optr_reg_val); + + /* Set OPTSTRT Bit */ + SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTSTRT); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + /* If the option byte program operation is completed, disable the OPTSTRT Bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTSTRT); + } + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the Proprietary code readout protection of the desired addresses. + * + * @note To configure the PCROP options, the option lock bit OPTLOCK must be + * cleared with the call of the HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock() function. + * @note To validate the PCROP options, the option bytes must be reloaded + * through the call of the HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch() function. + * + * @param PCROPConfig specifies the configuration (Bank to be configured and PCROP_RDP option). + * This parameter must be a combination of FLASH_BANK_1 or FLASH_BANK_2 + * with OB_PCROP_RDP_NOT_ERASE or OB_PCROP_RDP_ERASE + * + * @param PCROPStartAddr specifies the start address of the Proprietary code readout protection + * This parameter can be an address between begin and end of the bank + * + * @param PCROPEndAddr specifies the end address of the Proprietary code readout protection + * This parameter can be an address between PCROPStartAddr and end of the bank + * + * @retval HAL Status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_PCROPConfig(uint32_t PCROPConfig, uint32_t PCROPStartAddr, uint32_t PCROPEndAddr) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status; + uint32_t reg_value; + uint32_t bank1_addr; +#if defined (STM32L471xx) || defined (STM32L475xx) || defined (STM32L476xx) || defined (STM32L485xx) || defined (STM32L486xx) || \ + defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx) || \ + defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) || \ + defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx) + uint32_t bank2_addr; +#endif + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_BANK_EXCLUSIVE(PCROPConfig & FLASH_BANK_BOTH)); + assert_param(IS_OB_PCROP_RDP(PCROPConfig & FLASH_PCROP1ER_PCROP_RDP)); + assert_param(IS_FLASH_MAIN_MEM_ADDRESS(PCROPStartAddr)); + assert_param(IS_FLASH_MAIN_MEM_ADDRESS(PCROPEndAddr)); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + if(status == HAL_OK) + { +#if defined (STM32L471xx) || defined (STM32L475xx) || defined (STM32L476xx) || defined (STM32L485xx) || defined (STM32L486xx) || \ + defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx) || \ + defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) || \ + defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx) + /* Get the information about the bank swapping */ + if (READ_BIT(SYSCFG->MEMRMP, SYSCFG_MEMRMP_FB_MODE) == 0U) + { + bank1_addr = FLASH_BASE; + bank2_addr = FLASH_BASE + FLASH_BANK_SIZE; + } + else + { + bank1_addr = FLASH_BASE + FLASH_BANK_SIZE; + bank2_addr = FLASH_BASE; + } +#else + bank1_addr = FLASH_BASE; +#endif + +#if defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) || defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx) + if (READ_BIT(FLASH->OPTR, FLASH_OPTR_DBANK) == 0U) + { + /* Configure the Proprietary code readout protection */ + if((PCROPConfig & FLASH_BANK_BOTH) == FLASH_BANK_1) + { + reg_value = ((PCROPStartAddr - FLASH_BASE) >> 4); + MODIFY_REG(FLASH->PCROP1SR, FLASH_PCROP1SR_PCROP1_STRT, reg_value); + + reg_value = ((PCROPEndAddr - FLASH_BASE) >> 4); + MODIFY_REG(FLASH->PCROP1ER, FLASH_PCROP1ER_PCROP1_END, reg_value); + } + else if((PCROPConfig & FLASH_BANK_BOTH) == FLASH_BANK_2) + { + reg_value = ((PCROPStartAddr - FLASH_BASE) >> 4); + MODIFY_REG(FLASH->PCROP2SR, FLASH_PCROP2SR_PCROP2_STRT, reg_value); + + reg_value = ((PCROPEndAddr - FLASH_BASE) >> 4); + MODIFY_REG(FLASH->PCROP2ER, FLASH_PCROP2ER_PCROP2_END, reg_value); + } + else + { + /* Nothing to do */ + } + } + else +#endif + { + /* Configure the Proprietary code readout protection */ + if((PCROPConfig & FLASH_BANK_BOTH) == FLASH_BANK_1) + { + reg_value = ((PCROPStartAddr - bank1_addr) >> 3); + MODIFY_REG(FLASH->PCROP1SR, FLASH_PCROP1SR_PCROP1_STRT, reg_value); + + reg_value = ((PCROPEndAddr - bank1_addr) >> 3); + MODIFY_REG(FLASH->PCROP1ER, FLASH_PCROP1ER_PCROP1_END, reg_value); + } +#if defined (STM32L471xx) || defined (STM32L475xx) || defined (STM32L476xx) || defined (STM32L485xx) || defined (STM32L486xx) || \ + defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx) || \ + defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) || \ + defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx) + else if((PCROPConfig & FLASH_BANK_BOTH) == FLASH_BANK_2) + { + reg_value = ((PCROPStartAddr - bank2_addr) >> 3); + MODIFY_REG(FLASH->PCROP2SR, FLASH_PCROP2SR_PCROP2_STRT, reg_value); + + reg_value = ((PCROPEndAddr - bank2_addr) >> 3); + MODIFY_REG(FLASH->PCROP2ER, FLASH_PCROP2ER_PCROP2_END, reg_value); + } +#endif + else + { + /* Nothing to do */ + } + } + + MODIFY_REG(FLASH->PCROP1ER, FLASH_PCROP1ER_PCROP_RDP, (PCROPConfig & FLASH_PCROP1ER_PCROP_RDP)); + + /* Set OPTSTRT Bit */ + SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTSTRT); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + /* If the option byte program operation is completed, disable the OPTSTRT Bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTSTRT); + } + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Return the FLASH Write Protection Option Bytes value. + * + * @param[in] WRPArea: specifies the area to be returned. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg OB_WRPAREA_BANK1_AREAA: Flash Bank 1 Area A + * @arg OB_WRPAREA_BANK1_AREAB: Flash Bank 1 Area B + * @arg OB_WRPAREA_BANK2_AREAA: Flash Bank 2 Area A (don't apply to STM32L43x/STM32L44x devices) + * @arg OB_WRPAREA_BANK2_AREAB: Flash Bank 2 Area B (don't apply to STM32L43x/STM32L44x devices) + * + * @param[out] WRPStartOffset: specifies the address where to copied the start page + * of the write protected area + * + * @param[out] WRDPEndOffset: specifies the address where to copied the end page of + * the write protected area + * + * @retval None + */ +static void FLASH_OB_GetWRP(uint32_t WRPArea, uint32_t * WRPStartOffset, uint32_t * WRDPEndOffset) +{ + /* Get the configuration of the write protected area */ + if(WRPArea == OB_WRPAREA_BANK1_AREAA) + { + *WRPStartOffset = READ_BIT(FLASH->WRP1AR, FLASH_WRP1AR_WRP1A_STRT); + *WRDPEndOffset = (READ_BIT(FLASH->WRP1AR, FLASH_WRP1AR_WRP1A_END) >> 16); + } + else if(WRPArea == OB_WRPAREA_BANK1_AREAB) + { + *WRPStartOffset = READ_BIT(FLASH->WRP1BR, FLASH_WRP1BR_WRP1B_STRT); + *WRDPEndOffset = (READ_BIT(FLASH->WRP1BR, FLASH_WRP1BR_WRP1B_END) >> 16); + } +#if defined (STM32L471xx) || defined (STM32L475xx) || defined (STM32L476xx) || defined (STM32L485xx) || defined (STM32L486xx) || \ + defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx) || \ + defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) || \ + defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx) + else if(WRPArea == OB_WRPAREA_BANK2_AREAA) + { + *WRPStartOffset = READ_BIT(FLASH->WRP2AR, FLASH_WRP2AR_WRP2A_STRT); + *WRDPEndOffset = (READ_BIT(FLASH->WRP2AR, FLASH_WRP2AR_WRP2A_END) >> 16); + } + else if(WRPArea == OB_WRPAREA_BANK2_AREAB) + { + *WRPStartOffset = READ_BIT(FLASH->WRP2BR, FLASH_WRP2BR_WRP2B_STRT); + *WRDPEndOffset = (READ_BIT(FLASH->WRP2BR, FLASH_WRP2BR_WRP2B_END) >> 16); + } +#endif + else + { + /* Nothing to do */ + } +} + +/** + * @brief Return the FLASH Read Protection level. + * @retval FLASH ReadOut Protection Status: + * This return value can be one of the following values: + * @arg OB_RDP_LEVEL_0: No protection + * @arg OB_RDP_LEVEL_1: Read protection of the memory + * @arg OB_RDP_LEVEL_2: Full chip protection + */ +static uint32_t FLASH_OB_GetRDP(void) +{ + uint32_t rdp_level = READ_BIT(FLASH->OPTR, FLASH_OPTR_RDP); + + if ((rdp_level != OB_RDP_LEVEL_0) && (rdp_level != OB_RDP_LEVEL_2)) + { + return (OB_RDP_LEVEL_1); + } + else + { + return (READ_BIT(FLASH->OPTR, FLASH_OPTR_RDP)); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Return the FLASH User Option Byte value. + * @retval The FLASH User Option Bytes values: + * For STM32L47x/STM32L48x devices : + * BOR_LEV(Bit8-10), nRST_STOP(Bit12), nRST_STDBY(Bit13), nRST_SHDW(Bit14), + * IWDG_SW(Bit16), IWDG_STOP(Bit17), IWDG_STDBY(Bit18), WWDG_SW(Bit19), + * BFB2(Bit20), DUALBANK(Bit21), nBOOT1(Bit23), SRAM2_PE(Bit24) and SRAM2_RST(Bit25). + * For STM32L43x/STM32L44x devices : + * BOR_LEV(Bit8-10), nRST_STOP(Bit12), nRST_STDBY(Bit13), nRST_SHDW(Bit14), + * IWDG_SW(Bit16), IWDG_STOP(Bit17), IWDG_STDBY(Bit18), WWDG_SW(Bit19), + * nBOOT1(Bit23), SRAM2_PE(Bit24), SRAM2_RST(Bit25), nSWBOOT0(Bit26) and nBOOT0(Bit27). + */ +static uint32_t FLASH_OB_GetUser(void) +{ + uint32_t user_config = READ_REG(FLASH->OPTR); + CLEAR_BIT(user_config, FLASH_OPTR_RDP); + + return user_config; +} + +/** + * @brief Return the FLASH Write Protection Option Bytes value. + * + * @param PCROPConfig [inout]: specifies the configuration (Bank to be configured and PCROP_RDP option). + * This parameter must be a combination of FLASH_BANK_1 or FLASH_BANK_2 + * with OB_PCROP_RDP_NOT_ERASE or OB_PCROP_RDP_ERASE + * + * @param PCROPStartAddr [out]: specifies the address where to copied the start address + * of the Proprietary code readout protection + * + * @param PCROPEndAddr [out]: specifies the address where to copied the end address of + * the Proprietary code readout protection + * + * @retval None + */ +static void FLASH_OB_GetPCROP(uint32_t * PCROPConfig, uint32_t * PCROPStartAddr, uint32_t * PCROPEndAddr) +{ + uint32_t reg_value; + uint32_t bank1_addr; +#if defined (STM32L471xx) || defined (STM32L475xx) || defined (STM32L476xx) || defined (STM32L485xx) || defined (STM32L486xx) || \ + defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx) || \ + defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) || \ + defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx) + uint32_t bank2_addr; +#endif + +#if defined (STM32L471xx) || defined (STM32L475xx) || defined (STM32L476xx) || defined (STM32L485xx) || defined (STM32L486xx) || \ + defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx) || \ + defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) || \ + defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx) + /* Get the information about the bank swapping */ + if (READ_BIT(SYSCFG->MEMRMP, SYSCFG_MEMRMP_FB_MODE) == 0U) + { + bank1_addr = FLASH_BASE; + bank2_addr = FLASH_BASE + FLASH_BANK_SIZE; + } + else + { + bank1_addr = FLASH_BASE + FLASH_BANK_SIZE; + bank2_addr = FLASH_BASE; + } +#else + bank1_addr = FLASH_BASE; +#endif + +#if defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) || defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx) + if (READ_BIT(FLASH->OPTR, FLASH_OPTR_DBANK) == 0U) + { + if(((*PCROPConfig) & FLASH_BANK_BOTH) == FLASH_BANK_1) + { + reg_value = (READ_REG(FLASH->PCROP1SR) & FLASH_PCROP1SR_PCROP1_STRT); + *PCROPStartAddr = (reg_value << 4) + FLASH_BASE; + + reg_value = (READ_REG(FLASH->PCROP1ER) & FLASH_PCROP1ER_PCROP1_END); + *PCROPEndAddr = (reg_value << 4) + FLASH_BASE + 0xFU; + } + else if(((*PCROPConfig) & FLASH_BANK_BOTH) == FLASH_BANK_2) + { + reg_value = (READ_REG(FLASH->PCROP2SR) & FLASH_PCROP2SR_PCROP2_STRT); + *PCROPStartAddr = (reg_value << 4) + FLASH_BASE; + + reg_value = (READ_REG(FLASH->PCROP2ER) & FLASH_PCROP2ER_PCROP2_END); + *PCROPEndAddr = (reg_value << 4) + FLASH_BASE + 0xFU;; + } + else + { + /* Nothing to do */ + } + } + else +#endif + { + if(((*PCROPConfig) & FLASH_BANK_BOTH) == FLASH_BANK_1) + { + reg_value = (READ_REG(FLASH->PCROP1SR) & FLASH_PCROP1SR_PCROP1_STRT); + *PCROPStartAddr = (reg_value << 3) + bank1_addr; + + reg_value = (READ_REG(FLASH->PCROP1ER) & FLASH_PCROP1ER_PCROP1_END); + *PCROPEndAddr = (reg_value << 3) + bank1_addr + 0x7U; + } +#if defined (STM32L471xx) || defined (STM32L475xx) || defined (STM32L476xx) || defined (STM32L485xx) || defined (STM32L486xx) || \ + defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx) || \ + defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) || \ + defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx) + else if(((*PCROPConfig) & FLASH_BANK_BOTH) == FLASH_BANK_2) + { + reg_value = (READ_REG(FLASH->PCROP2SR) & FLASH_PCROP2SR_PCROP2_STRT); + *PCROPStartAddr = (reg_value << 3) + bank2_addr; + + reg_value = (READ_REG(FLASH->PCROP2ER) & FLASH_PCROP2ER_PCROP2_END); + *PCROPEndAddr = (reg_value << 3) + bank2_addr + 0x7U; + } +#endif + else + { + /* Nothing to do */ + } + } + + *PCROPConfig |= (READ_REG(FLASH->PCROP1ER) & FLASH_PCROP1ER_PCROP_RDP); +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + diff --git a/project/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_flash_ramfunc.c b/project/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_flash_ramfunc.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..82599f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/project/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_flash_ramfunc.c @@ -0,0 +1,251 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32l4xx_hal_flash_ramfunc.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief FLASH RAMFUNC driver. + * This file provides a Flash firmware functions which should be + * executed from internal SRAM + * + FLASH HalfPage Programming + * + FLASH Power Down in Run mode + * + * @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Flash RAM functions ##### + ============================================================================== + + *** ARM Compiler *** + -------------------- + [..] RAM functions are defined using the toolchain options. + Functions that are executed in RAM should reside in a separate + source module. Using the 'Options for File' dialog you can simply change + the 'Code / Const' area of a module to a memory space in physical RAM. + Available memory areas are declared in the 'Target' tab of the + Options for Target' dialog. + + *** ICCARM Compiler *** + ----------------------- + [..] RAM functions are defined using a specific toolchain keyword "__ramfunc". + + *** GNU Compiler *** + -------------------- + [..] RAM functions are defined using a specific toolchain attribute + "__attribute__((section(".RamFunc")))". + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file in + * the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_RAMFUNC FLASH_RAMFUNC + * @brief FLASH functions executed from RAM + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions -------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_RAMFUNC_Exported_Functions FLASH in RAM function Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_RAMFUNC_Exported_Functions_Group1 Peripheral features functions + * @brief Data transfers functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### ramfunc functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions that should be executed from RAM. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enable the Power down in Run Mode + * @note This function should be called and executed from SRAM memory + * @retval HAL status + */ +__RAM_FUNC HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_EnableRunPowerDown(void) +{ + /* Enable the Power Down in Run mode*/ + __HAL_FLASH_POWER_DOWN_ENABLE(); + + return HAL_OK; + +} + +/** + * @brief Disable the Power down in Run Mode + * @note This function should be called and executed from SRAM memory + * @retval HAL status + */ +__RAM_FUNC HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_DisableRunPowerDown(void) +{ + /* Disable the Power Down in Run mode*/ + __HAL_FLASH_POWER_DOWN_DISABLE(); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +#if defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) || defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx) +/** + * @brief Program the FLASH DBANK User Option Byte. + * + * @note To configure the user option bytes, the option lock bit OPTLOCK must + * be cleared with the call of the HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock() function. + * @note To modify the DBANK option byte, no PCROP region should be defined. + * To deactivate PCROP, user should perform RDP changing + * + * @param DBankConfig The FLASH DBANK User Option Byte value. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg OB_DBANK_128_BITS: Single-bank with 128-bits data + * @arg OB_DBANK_64_BITS: Dual-bank with 64-bits data + * + * @retval HAL status + */ +__RAM_FUNC HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_OB_DBankConfig(uint32_t DBankConfig) +{ + uint32_t count, reg; + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash); + + /* Check if the PCROP is disabled */ + reg = FLASH->PCROP1SR; + if (reg > FLASH->PCROP1ER) + { + reg = FLASH->PCROP2SR; + if (reg > FLASH->PCROP2ER) + { + /* Disable Flash prefetch */ + __HAL_FLASH_PREFETCH_BUFFER_DISABLE(); + + if (READ_BIT(FLASH->ACR, FLASH_ACR_ICEN) != 0U) + { + /* Disable Flash instruction cache */ + __HAL_FLASH_INSTRUCTION_CACHE_DISABLE(); + + /* Flush Flash instruction cache */ + __HAL_FLASH_INSTRUCTION_CACHE_RESET(); + } + + if (READ_BIT(FLASH->ACR, FLASH_ACR_DCEN) != 0U) + { + /* Disable Flash data cache */ + __HAL_FLASH_DATA_CACHE_DISABLE(); + + /* Flush Flash data cache */ + __HAL_FLASH_DATA_CACHE_RESET(); + } + + /* Disable WRP zone 1 of 1st bank if needed */ + reg = FLASH->WRP1AR; + if (((reg & FLASH_WRP1AR_WRP1A_STRT) >> FLASH_WRP1AR_WRP1A_STRT_Pos) <= + ((reg & FLASH_WRP1AR_WRP1A_END) >> FLASH_WRP1AR_WRP1A_END_Pos)) + { + MODIFY_REG(FLASH->WRP1AR, (FLASH_WRP1AR_WRP1A_STRT | FLASH_WRP1AR_WRP1A_END), FLASH_WRP1AR_WRP1A_STRT); + } + + /* Disable WRP zone 2 of 1st bank if needed */ + reg = FLASH->WRP1BR; + if (((reg & FLASH_WRP1BR_WRP1B_STRT) >> FLASH_WRP1BR_WRP1B_STRT_Pos) <= + ((reg & FLASH_WRP1BR_WRP1B_END) >> FLASH_WRP1BR_WRP1B_END_Pos)) + { + MODIFY_REG(FLASH->WRP1BR, (FLASH_WRP1BR_WRP1B_STRT | FLASH_WRP1BR_WRP1B_END), FLASH_WRP1BR_WRP1B_STRT); + } + + /* Disable WRP zone 1 of 2nd bank if needed */ + reg = FLASH->WRP2AR; + if (((reg & FLASH_WRP2AR_WRP2A_STRT) >> FLASH_WRP2AR_WRP2A_STRT_Pos) <= + ((reg & FLASH_WRP2AR_WRP2A_END) >> FLASH_WRP2AR_WRP2A_END_Pos)) + { + MODIFY_REG(FLASH->WRP2AR, (FLASH_WRP2AR_WRP2A_STRT | FLASH_WRP2AR_WRP2A_END), FLASH_WRP2AR_WRP2A_STRT); + } + + /* Disable WRP zone 2 of 2nd bank if needed */ + reg = FLASH->WRP2BR; + if (((reg & FLASH_WRP2BR_WRP2B_STRT) >> FLASH_WRP2BR_WRP2B_STRT_Pos) <= + ((reg & FLASH_WRP2BR_WRP2B_END) >> FLASH_WRP2BR_WRP2B_END_Pos)) + { + MODIFY_REG(FLASH->WRP2BR, (FLASH_WRP2BR_WRP2B_STRT | FLASH_WRP2BR_WRP2B_END), FLASH_WRP2BR_WRP2B_STRT); + } + + /* Modify the DBANK user option byte */ + MODIFY_REG(FLASH->OPTR, FLASH_OPTR_DBANK, DBankConfig); + + /* Set OPTSTRT Bit */ + SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTSTRT); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + /* 8 is the number of required instruction cycles for the below loop statement (timeout expressed in ms) */ + count = FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE * (SystemCoreClock / 8U / 1000U); + do + { + if (count == 0U) + { + break; + } + count--; + } while (__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_BSY) != RESET); + + /* If the option byte program operation is completed, disable the OPTSTRT Bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTSTRT); + + /* Set the bit to force the option byte reloading */ + SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OBL_LAUNCH); + } + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash); + + return status; +} +#endif + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED */ + + + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + + + + diff --git a/project/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_gpio.c b/project/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_gpio.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5933b2d --- /dev/null +++ b/project/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_gpio.c @@ -0,0 +1,551 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32l4xx_hal_gpio.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief GPIO HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the General Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) peripheral: + * + Initialization and de-initialization functions + * + IO operation functions + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### GPIO Peripheral features ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + (+) Each port bit of the general-purpose I/O (GPIO) ports can be individually + configured by software in several modes: + (++) Input mode + (++) Analog mode + (++) Output mode + (++) Alternate function mode + (++) External interrupt/event lines + + (+) During and just after reset, the alternate functions and external interrupt + lines are not active and the I/O ports are configured in input floating mode. + + (+) All GPIO pins have weak internal pull-up and pull-down resistors, which can be + activated or not. + + (+) In Output or Alternate mode, each IO can be configured on open-drain or push-pull + type and the IO speed can be selected depending on the VDD value. + + (+) The microcontroller IO pins are connected to onboard peripherals/modules through a + multiplexer that allows only one peripheral alternate function (AF) connected + to an IO pin at a time. In this way, there can be no conflict between peripherals + sharing the same IO pin. + + (+) All ports have external interrupt/event capability. To use external interrupt + lines, the port must be configured in input mode. All available GPIO pins are + connected to the 16 external interrupt/event lines from EXTI0 to EXTI15. + + (+) The external interrupt/event controller consists of up to 39 edge detectors + (16 lines are connected to GPIO) for generating event/interrupt requests (each + input line can be independently configured to select the type (interrupt or event) + and the corresponding trigger event (rising or falling or both). Each line can + also be masked independently. + + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + (#) Enable the GPIO AHB clock using the following function: __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE(). + + (#) Configure the GPIO pin(s) using HAL_GPIO_Init(). + (++) Configure the IO mode using "Mode" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure + (++) Activate Pull-up, Pull-down resistor using "Pull" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef + structure. + (++) In case of Output or alternate function mode selection: the speed is + configured through "Speed" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure. + (++) In alternate mode is selection, the alternate function connected to the IO + is configured through "Alternate" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure. + (++) Analog mode is required when a pin is to be used as ADC channel + or DAC output. + (++) In case of external interrupt/event selection the "Mode" member from + GPIO_InitTypeDef structure select the type (interrupt or event) and + the corresponding trigger event (rising or falling or both). + + (#) In case of external interrupt/event mode selection, configure NVIC IRQ priority + mapped to the EXTI line using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() and enable it using + HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(). + + (#) To get the level of a pin configured in input mode use HAL_GPIO_ReadPin(). + + (#) To set/reset the level of a pin configured in output mode use + HAL_GPIO_WritePin()/HAL_GPIO_TogglePin(). + + (#) To lock pin configuration until next reset use HAL_GPIO_LockPin(). + + (#) During and just after reset, the alternate functions are not + active and the GPIO pins are configured in input floating mode (except JTAG + pins). + + (#) The LSE oscillator pins OSC32_IN and OSC32_OUT can be used as general purpose + (PC14 and PC15, respectively) when the LSE oscillator is off. The LSE has + priority over the GPIO function. + + (#) The HSE oscillator pins OSC_IN/OSC_OUT can be used as + general purpose PH0 and PH1, respectively, when the HSE oscillator is off. + The HSE has priority over the GPIO function. + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup GPIO GPIO + * @brief GPIO HAL module driver + * @{ + */ +/** MISRA C:2012 deviation rule has been granted for following rules: + * Rule-12.2 - Medium: RHS argument is in interval [0,INF] which is out of + * range of the shift operator in following API : + * HAL_GPIO_Init + * HAL_GPIO_DeInit + */ + +#ifdef HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private defines -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup GPIO_Private_Defines GPIO Private Defines + * @{ + */ +#define GPIO_NUMBER (16u) +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Functions GPIO Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization/de-initialization functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initialize the GPIOx peripheral according to the specified parameters in the GPIO_Init. + * @param GPIOx where x can be (A..H) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32L4 family + * @param GPIO_Init pointer to a GPIO_InitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified GPIO peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_GPIO_Init(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, GPIO_InitTypeDef *GPIO_Init) +{ + uint32_t position = 0x00u; + uint32_t iocurrent; + uint32_t temp; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_INSTANCE(GPIOx)); + assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Init->Pin)); + assert_param(IS_GPIO_MODE(GPIO_Init->Mode)); + + /* Configure the port pins */ + while (((GPIO_Init->Pin) >> position) != 0x00u) + { + /* Get current io position */ + iocurrent = (GPIO_Init->Pin) & (1uL << position); + + if (iocurrent != 0x00u) + { + /*--------------------- GPIO Mode Configuration ------------------------*/ + /* In case of Output or Alternate function mode selection */ + if (((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE) == MODE_OUTPUT) || ((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE) == MODE_AF)) + { + /* Check the Speed parameter */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_SPEED(GPIO_Init->Speed)); + + /* Configure the IO Speed */ + temp = GPIOx->OSPEEDR; + temp &= ~(GPIO_OSPEEDR_OSPEED0 << (position * 2u)); + temp |= (GPIO_Init->Speed << (position * 2u)); + GPIOx->OSPEEDR = temp; + + /* Configure the IO Output Type */ + temp = GPIOx->OTYPER; + temp &= ~(GPIO_OTYPER_OT0 << position) ; + temp |= (((GPIO_Init->Mode & OUTPUT_TYPE) >> OUTPUT_TYPE_Pos) << position); + GPIOx->OTYPER = temp; + } + +#if defined(STM32L471xx) || defined(STM32L475xx) || defined(STM32L476xx) || defined(STM32L485xx) || defined(STM32L486xx) + + /* In case of Analog mode, check if ADC control mode is selected */ + if((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE_ANALOG) == GPIO_MODE_ANALOG) + { + /* Configure the IO Output Type */ + temp = GPIOx->ASCR; + temp &= ~(GPIO_ASCR_ASC0 << position) ; + temp |= (((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE_ANALOG_ADC_CONTROL) >> 3) << position); + GPIOx->ASCR = temp; + } + +#endif /* STM32L471xx || STM32L475xx || STM32L476xx || STM32L485xx || STM32L486xx */ + + /* Activate the Pull-up or Pull down resistor for the current IO */ + if ((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE) != MODE_ANALOG) + { + /* Check the Pull parameter */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_PULL(GPIO_Init->Pull)); + + temp = GPIOx->PUPDR; + temp &= ~(GPIO_PUPDR_PUPD0 << (position * 2U)); + temp |= ((GPIO_Init->Pull) << (position * 2U)); + GPIOx->PUPDR = temp; + } + + /* In case of Alternate function mode selection */ + if ((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE) == MODE_AF) + { + /* Check the Alternate function parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_AF_INSTANCE(GPIOx)); + assert_param(IS_GPIO_AF(GPIO_Init->Alternate)); + + /* Configure Alternate function mapped with the current IO */ + temp = GPIOx->AFR[position >> 3u]; + temp &= ~(0xFu << ((position & 0x07u) * 4u)); + temp |= ((GPIO_Init->Alternate) << ((position & 0x07u) * 4u)); + GPIOx->AFR[position >> 3u] = temp; + } + + /* Configure IO Direction mode (Input, Output, Alternate or Analog) */ + temp = GPIOx->MODER; + temp &= ~(GPIO_MODER_MODE0 << (position * 2u)); + temp |= ((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE) << (position * 2u)); + GPIOx->MODER = temp; + + /*--------------------- EXTI Mode Configuration ------------------------*/ + /* Configure the External Interrupt or event for the current IO */ + if ((GPIO_Init->Mode & EXTI_MODE) != 0x00u) + { + /* Enable SYSCFG Clock */ + __HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_ENABLE(); + + temp = SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2u]; + temp &= ~(0x0FuL << (4u * (position & 0x03u))); + temp |= (GPIO_GET_INDEX(GPIOx) << (4u * (position & 0x03u))); + SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2u] = temp; + + /* Clear Rising Falling edge configuration */ + temp = EXTI->RTSR1; + temp &= ~(iocurrent); + if ((GPIO_Init->Mode & TRIGGER_RISING) != 0x00u) + { + temp |= iocurrent; + } + EXTI->RTSR1 = temp; + + temp = EXTI->FTSR1; + temp &= ~(iocurrent); + if ((GPIO_Init->Mode & TRIGGER_FALLING) != 0x00u) + { + temp |= iocurrent; + } + EXTI->FTSR1 = temp; + + /* Clear EXTI line configuration */ + temp = EXTI->EMR1; + temp &= ~(iocurrent); + if ((GPIO_Init->Mode & EXTI_EVT) != 0x00u) + { + temp |= iocurrent; + } + EXTI->EMR1 = temp; + + temp = EXTI->IMR1; + temp &= ~(iocurrent); + if ((GPIO_Init->Mode & EXTI_IT) != 0x00u) + { + temp |= iocurrent; + } + EXTI->IMR1 = temp; + } + } + + position++; + } +} + +/** + * @brief De-initialize the GPIOx peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @param GPIOx where x can be (A..H) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32L4 family + * @param GPIO_Pin specifies the port bit to be written. + * This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15). + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_GPIO_DeInit(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, uint32_t GPIO_Pin) +{ + uint32_t position = 0x00u; + uint32_t iocurrent; + uint32_t tmp; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_INSTANCE(GPIOx)); + assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin)); + + /* Configure the port pins */ + while ((GPIO_Pin >> position) != 0x00u) + { + /* Get current io position */ + iocurrent = (GPIO_Pin) & (1uL << position); + + if (iocurrent != 0x00u) + { + /*------------------------- EXTI Mode Configuration --------------------*/ + /* Clear the External Interrupt or Event for the current IO */ + + tmp = SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2u]; + tmp &= (0x0FuL << (4u * (position & 0x03u))); + if (tmp == (GPIO_GET_INDEX(GPIOx) << (4u * (position & 0x03u)))) + { + /* Clear EXTI line configuration */ + EXTI->IMR1 &= ~(iocurrent); + EXTI->EMR1 &= ~(iocurrent); + + /* Clear Rising Falling edge configuration */ + EXTI->FTSR1 &= ~(iocurrent); + EXTI->RTSR1 &= ~(iocurrent); + + tmp = 0x0FuL << (4u * (position & 0x03u)); + SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2u] &= ~tmp; + } + + /*------------------------- GPIO Mode Configuration --------------------*/ + /* Configure IO in Analog Mode */ + GPIOx->MODER |= (GPIO_MODER_MODE0 << (position * 2u)); + + /* Configure the default Alternate Function in current IO */ + GPIOx->AFR[position >> 3u] &= ~(0xFu << ((position & 0x07u) * 4u)) ; + + /* Configure the default value for IO Speed */ + GPIOx->OSPEEDR &= ~(GPIO_OSPEEDR_OSPEED0 << (position * 2u)); + + /* Configure the default value IO Output Type */ + GPIOx->OTYPER &= ~(GPIO_OTYPER_OT0 << position) ; + + /* Deactivate the Pull-up and Pull-down resistor for the current IO */ + GPIOx->PUPDR &= ~(GPIO_PUPDR_PUPD0 << (position * 2u)); + +#if defined(STM32L471xx) || defined(STM32L475xx) || defined(STM32L476xx) || defined(STM32L485xx) || defined(STM32L486xx) + /* Deactivate the Control bit of Analog mode for the current IO */ + GPIOx->ASCR &= ~(GPIO_ASCR_ASC0<< position); +#endif /* STM32L471xx || STM32L475xx || STM32L476xx || STM32L485xx || STM32L486xx */ + } + + position++; + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions + * @brief GPIO Read, Write, Toggle, Lock and EXTI management functions. + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### IO operation functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Read the specified input port pin. + * @param GPIOx where x can be (A..H) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32L4 family + * @param GPIO_Pin specifies the port bit to read. + * This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15). + * @retval The input port pin value. + */ +GPIO_PinState HAL_GPIO_ReadPin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin) +{ + GPIO_PinState bitstatus; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin)); + + if ((GPIOx->IDR & GPIO_Pin) != 0x00u) + { + bitstatus = GPIO_PIN_SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = GPIO_PIN_RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Set or clear the selected data port bit. + * + * @note This function uses GPIOx_BSRR and GPIOx_BRR registers to allow atomic read/modify + * accesses. In this way, there is no risk of an IRQ occurring between + * the read and the modify access. + * + * @param GPIOx where x can be (A..H) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32L4 family + * @param GPIO_Pin specifies the port bit to be written. + * This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15). + * @param PinState specifies the value to be written to the selected bit. + * This parameter can be one of the GPIO_PinState enum values: + * @arg GPIO_PIN_RESET: to clear the port pin + * @arg GPIO_PIN_SET: to set the port pin + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_GPIO_WritePin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin, GPIO_PinState PinState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin)); + assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN_ACTION(PinState)); + + if(PinState != GPIO_PIN_RESET) + { + GPIOx->BSRR = (uint32_t)GPIO_Pin; + } + else + { + GPIOx->BRR = (uint32_t)GPIO_Pin; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Toggle the specified GPIO pin. + * @param GPIOx where x can be (A..H) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32L4 family + * @param GPIO_Pin specifies the pin to be toggled. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_GPIO_TogglePin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin) +{ + uint32_t odr; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin)); + + /* get current Output Data Register value */ + odr = GPIOx->ODR; + + /* Set selected pins that were at low level, and reset ones that were high */ + GPIOx->BSRR = ((odr & GPIO_Pin) << GPIO_NUMBER) | (~odr & GPIO_Pin); +} + +/** +* @brief Lock GPIO Pins configuration registers. + * @note The locked registers are GPIOx_MODER, GPIOx_OTYPER, GPIOx_OSPEEDR, + * GPIOx_PUPDR, GPIOx_AFRL and GPIOx_AFRH. + * @note The configuration of the locked GPIO pins can no longer be modified + * until the next reset. + * @param GPIOx where x can be (A..H) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32L4 family + * @param GPIO_Pin specifies the port bits to be locked. + * This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15). + * @retval None + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_GPIO_LockPin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmp = GPIO_LCKR_LCKK; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_LOCK_INSTANCE(GPIOx)); + assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin)); + + /* Apply lock key write sequence */ + tmp |= GPIO_Pin; + /* Set LCKx bit(s): LCKK='1' + LCK[15-0] */ + GPIOx->LCKR = tmp; + /* Reset LCKx bit(s): LCKK='0' + LCK[15-0] */ + GPIOx->LCKR = GPIO_Pin; + /* Set LCKx bit(s): LCKK='1' + LCK[15-0] */ + GPIOx->LCKR = tmp; + /* Read LCKK register. This read is mandatory to complete key lock sequence */ + tmp = GPIOx->LCKR; + + /* Read again in order to confirm lock is active */ + if ((GPIOx->LCKR & GPIO_LCKR_LCKK) != 0x00u) + { + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Handle EXTI interrupt request. + * @param GPIO_Pin Specifies the port pin connected to corresponding EXTI line. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_GPIO_EXTI_IRQHandler(uint16_t GPIO_Pin) +{ + /* EXTI line interrupt detected */ + if(__HAL_GPIO_EXTI_GET_IT(GPIO_Pin) != 0x00u) + { + __HAL_GPIO_EXTI_CLEAR_IT(GPIO_Pin); + HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback(GPIO_Pin); + } +} + +/** + * @brief EXTI line detection callback. + * @param GPIO_Pin Specifies the port pin connected to corresponding EXTI line. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback(uint16_t GPIO_Pin) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(GPIO_Pin); + + /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + diff --git a/project/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_i2c.c b/project/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_i2c.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f2a4423 --- /dev/null +++ b/project/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_i2c.c @@ -0,0 +1,7548 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32l4xx_hal_i2c.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief I2C HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Inter Integrated Circuit (I2C) peripheral: + * + Initialization and de-initialization functions + * + IO operation functions + * + Peripheral State and Errors functions + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + The I2C HAL driver can be used as follows: + + (#) Declare a I2C_HandleTypeDef handle structure, for example: + I2C_HandleTypeDef hi2c; + + (#)Initialize the I2C low level resources by implementing the HAL_I2C_MspInit() API: + (##) Enable the I2Cx interface clock + (##) I2C pins configuration + (+++) Enable the clock for the I2C GPIOs + (+++) Configure I2C pins as alternate function open-drain + (##) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process + (+++) Configure the I2Cx interrupt priority + (+++) Enable the NVIC I2C IRQ Channel + (##) DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process + (+++) Declare a DMA_HandleTypeDef handle structure for + the transmit or receive channel + (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock using + (+++) Configure the DMA handle parameters + (+++) Configure the DMA Tx or Rx channel + (+++) Associate the initialized DMA handle to the hi2c DMA Tx or Rx handle + (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete interrupt on + the DMA Tx or Rx channel + + (#) Configure the Communication Clock Timing, Own Address1, Master Addressing mode, Dual Addressing mode, + Own Address2, Own Address2 Mask, General call and Nostretch mode in the hi2c Init structure. + + (#) Initialize the I2C registers by calling the HAL_I2C_Init(), configures also the low level Hardware + (GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC...etc) by calling the customized HAL_I2C_MspInit(&hi2c) API. + + (#) To check if target device is ready for communication, use the function HAL_I2C_IsDeviceReady() + + (#) For I2C IO and IO MEM operations, three operation modes are available within this driver : + + *** Polling mode IO operation *** + ================================= + [..] + (+) Transmit in master mode an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit() + (+) Receive in master mode an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_I2C_Master_Receive() + (+) Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit() + (+) Receive in slave mode an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive() + + *** Polling mode IO MEM operation *** + ===================================== + [..] + (+) Write an amount of data in blocking mode to a specific memory address using HAL_I2C_Mem_Write() + (+) Read an amount of data in blocking mode from a specific memory address using HAL_I2C_Mem_Read() + + + *** Interrupt mode IO operation *** + =================================== + [..] + (+) Transmit in master mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode using HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_IT() + (+) At transmission end of transfer, HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback() is executed and users can + add their own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback() + (+) Receive in master mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode using HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_IT() + (+) At reception end of transfer, HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback() is executed and users can + add their own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback() + (+) Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode using HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_IT() + (+) At transmission end of transfer, HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback() is executed and users can + add their own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback() + (+) Receive in slave mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode using HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_IT() + (+) At reception end of transfer, HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback() is executed and users can + add their own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback() + (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() function is executed and users can + add their own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() + (+) Abort a master or memory I2C process communication with Interrupt using HAL_I2C_Master_Abort_IT() + (+) End of abort process, HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback() is executed and users can + add their own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback() + (+) Discard a slave I2C process communication using __HAL_I2C_GENERATE_NACK() macro. + This action will inform Master to generate a Stop condition to discard the communication. + + + *** Interrupt mode or DMA mode IO sequential operation *** + ========================================================== + [..] + (@) These interfaces allow to manage a sequential transfer with a repeated start condition + when a direction change during transfer + [..] + (+) A specific option field manage the different steps of a sequential transfer + (+) Option field values are defined through I2C_XFEROPTIONS and are listed below: + (++) I2C_FIRST_AND_LAST_FRAME: No sequential usage, functional is same as associated interfaces in + no sequential mode + (++) I2C_FIRST_FRAME: Sequential usage, this option allow to manage a sequence with start condition, address + and data to transfer without a final stop condition + (++) I2C_FIRST_AND_NEXT_FRAME: Sequential usage (Master only), this option allow to manage a sequence with + start condition, address and data to transfer without a final stop condition, + an then permit a call the same master sequential interface several times + (like HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_IT() then HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_IT() + or HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_DMA() then HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_DMA()) + (++) I2C_NEXT_FRAME: Sequential usage, this option allow to manage a sequence with a restart condition, address + and with new data to transfer if the direction change or manage only the new data to + transfer + if no direction change and without a final stop condition in both cases + (++) I2C_LAST_FRAME: Sequential usage, this option allow to manage a sequance with a restart condition, address + and with new data to transfer if the direction change or manage only the new data to + transfer + if no direction change and with a final stop condition in both cases + (++) I2C_LAST_FRAME_NO_STOP: Sequential usage (Master only), this option allow to manage a restart condition + after several call of the same master sequential interface several times + (link with option I2C_FIRST_AND_NEXT_FRAME). + Usage can, transfer several bytes one by one using + HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_IT + or HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Receive_IT + or HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_DMA + or HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Receive_DMA + with option I2C_FIRST_AND_NEXT_FRAME then I2C_NEXT_FRAME. + Then usage of this option I2C_LAST_FRAME_NO_STOP at the last Transmit or + Receive sequence permit to call the opposite interface Receive or Transmit + without stopping the communication and so generate a restart condition. + (++) I2C_OTHER_FRAME: Sequential usage (Master only), this option allow to manage a restart condition after + each call of the same master sequential + interface. + Usage can, transfer several bytes one by one with a restart with slave address between + each bytes using + HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_IT + or HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Receive_IT + or HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_DMA + or HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Receive_DMA + with option I2C_FIRST_FRAME then I2C_OTHER_FRAME. + Then usage of this option I2C_OTHER_AND_LAST_FRAME at the last frame to help automatic + generation of STOP condition. + + (+) Different sequential I2C interfaces are listed below: + (++) Sequential transmit in master I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode using + HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_IT() or using HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_DMA() + (+++) At transmission end of current frame transfer, HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback() is executed and + users can add their own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback() + (++) Sequential receive in master I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode using + HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Receive_IT() or using HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Receive_DMA() + (+++) At reception end of current frame transfer, HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback() is executed and users can + add their own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback() + (++) Abort a master or memory IT or DMA I2C process communication with Interrupt using HAL_I2C_Master_Abort_IT() + (+++) End of abort process, HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback() is executed and users can + add their own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback() + (++) Enable/disable the Address listen mode in slave I2C mode using HAL_I2C_EnableListen_IT() + HAL_I2C_DisableListen_IT() + (+++) When address slave I2C match, HAL_I2C_AddrCallback() is executed and users can + add their own code to check the Address Match Code and the transmission direction request by master + (Write/Read). + (+++) At Listen mode end HAL_I2C_ListenCpltCallback() is executed and users can + add their own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_ListenCpltCallback() + (++) Sequential transmit in slave I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode using + HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Transmit_IT() or using HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Transmit_DMA() + (+++) At transmission end of current frame transfer, HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback() is executed and + users can add their own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback() + (++) Sequential receive in slave I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode using + HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Receive_IT() or using HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Receive_DMA() + (+++) At reception end of current frame transfer, HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback() is executed and users can + add their own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback() + (++) In case of transfer Error, HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() function is executed and users can + add their own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() + (++) Discard a slave I2C process communication using __HAL_I2C_GENERATE_NACK() macro. + This action will inform Master to generate a Stop condition to discard the communication. + + *** Interrupt mode IO MEM operation *** + ======================================= + [..] + (+) Write an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt to a specific memory address using + HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_IT() + (+) At Memory end of write transfer, HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback() is executed and users can + add their own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback() + (+) Read an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt from a specific memory address using + HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_IT() + (+) At Memory end of read transfer, HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback() is executed and users can + add their own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback() + (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() function is executed and users can + add their own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() + + *** DMA mode IO operation *** + ============================== + [..] + (+) Transmit in master mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode (DMA) using + HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_DMA() + (+) At transmission end of transfer, HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback() is executed and users can + add their own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback() + (+) Receive in master mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode (DMA) using + HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_DMA() + (+) At reception end of transfer, HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback() is executed and users can + add their own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback() + (+) Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode (DMA) using + HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_DMA() + (+) At transmission end of transfer, HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback() is executed and users can + add their own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback() + (+) Receive in slave mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode (DMA) using + HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_DMA() + (+) At reception end of transfer, HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback() is executed and users can + add their own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback() + (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() function is executed and users can + add their own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() + (+) Abort a master or memory I2C process communication with Interrupt using HAL_I2C_Master_Abort_IT() + (+) End of abort process, HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback() is executed and users can + add their own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback() + (+) Discard a slave I2C process communication using __HAL_I2C_GENERATE_NACK() macro. + This action will inform Master to generate a Stop condition to discard the communication. + + *** DMA mode IO MEM operation *** + ================================= + [..] + (+) Write an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA to a specific memory address using + HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_DMA() + (+) At Memory end of write transfer, HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback() is executed and users can + add their own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback() + (+) Read an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA from a specific memory address using + HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_DMA() + (+) At Memory end of read transfer, HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback() is executed and users can + add their own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback() + (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() function is executed and users can + add their own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() + + + *** I2C HAL driver macros list *** + ================================== + [..] + Below the list of most used macros in I2C HAL driver. + + (+) __HAL_I2C_ENABLE: Enable the I2C peripheral + (+) __HAL_I2C_DISABLE: Disable the I2C peripheral + (+) __HAL_I2C_GENERATE_NACK: Generate a Non-Acknowledge I2C peripheral in Slave mode + (+) __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG: Check whether the specified I2C flag is set or not + (+) __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the specified I2C pending flag + (+) __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified I2C interrupt + (+) __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified I2C interrupt + + *** Callback registration *** + ============================================= + [..] + The compilation flag USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1 + allows the user to configure dynamically the driver callbacks. + Use Functions HAL_I2C_RegisterCallback() or HAL_I2C_RegisterAddrCallback() + to register an interrupt callback. + [..] + Function HAL_I2C_RegisterCallback() allows to register following callbacks: + (+) MasterTxCpltCallback : callback for Master transmission end of transfer. + (+) MasterRxCpltCallback : callback for Master reception end of transfer. + (+) SlaveTxCpltCallback : callback for Slave transmission end of transfer. + (+) SlaveRxCpltCallback : callback for Slave reception end of transfer. + (+) ListenCpltCallback : callback for end of listen mode. + (+) MemTxCpltCallback : callback for Memory transmission end of transfer. + (+) MemRxCpltCallback : callback for Memory reception end of transfer. + (+) ErrorCallback : callback for error detection. + (+) AbortCpltCallback : callback for abort completion process. + (+) MspInitCallback : callback for Msp Init. + (+) MspDeInitCallback : callback for Msp DeInit. + This function takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, the Callback ID + and a pointer to the user callback function. + [..] + For specific callback AddrCallback use dedicated register callbacks : HAL_I2C_RegisterAddrCallback(). + [..] + Use function HAL_I2C_UnRegisterCallback to reset a callback to the default + weak function. + HAL_I2C_UnRegisterCallback takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, + and the Callback ID. + This function allows to reset following callbacks: + (+) MasterTxCpltCallback : callback for Master transmission end of transfer. + (+) MasterRxCpltCallback : callback for Master reception end of transfer. + (+) SlaveTxCpltCallback : callback for Slave transmission end of transfer. + (+) SlaveRxCpltCallback : callback for Slave reception end of transfer. + (+) ListenCpltCallback : callback for end of listen mode. + (+) MemTxCpltCallback : callback for Memory transmission end of transfer. + (+) MemRxCpltCallback : callback for Memory reception end of transfer. + (+) ErrorCallback : callback for error detection. + (+) AbortCpltCallback : callback for abort completion process. + (+) MspInitCallback : callback for Msp Init. + (+) MspDeInitCallback : callback for Msp DeInit. + [..] + For callback AddrCallback use dedicated register callbacks : HAL_I2C_UnRegisterAddrCallback(). + [..] + By default, after the HAL_I2C_Init() and when the state is HAL_I2C_STATE_RESET + all callbacks are set to the corresponding weak functions: + examples HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback(), HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback(). + Exception done for MspInit and MspDeInit functions that are + reset to the legacy weak functions in the HAL_I2C_Init()/ HAL_I2C_DeInit() only when + these callbacks are null (not registered beforehand). + If MspInit or MspDeInit are not null, the HAL_I2C_Init()/ HAL_I2C_DeInit() + keep and use the user MspInit/MspDeInit callbacks (registered beforehand) whatever the state. + [..] + Callbacks can be registered/unregistered in HAL_I2C_STATE_READY state only. + Exception done MspInit/MspDeInit functions that can be registered/unregistered + in HAL_I2C_STATE_READY or HAL_I2C_STATE_RESET state, + thus registered (user) MspInit/DeInit callbacks can be used during the Init/DeInit. + Then, the user first registers the MspInit/MspDeInit user callbacks + using HAL_I2C_RegisterCallback() before calling HAL_I2C_DeInit() + or HAL_I2C_Init() function. + [..] + When the compilation flag USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or + not defined, the callback registration feature is not available and all callbacks + are set to the corresponding weak functions. + + [..] + (@) You can refer to the I2C HAL driver header file for more useful macros + + @endverbatim + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C I2C + * @brief I2C HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup I2C_Private_Define I2C Private Define + * @{ + */ +#define TIMING_CLEAR_MASK (0xF0FFFFFFU) /*!< I2C TIMING clear register Mask */ +#define I2C_TIMEOUT_ADDR (10000U) /*!< 10 s */ +#define I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY (25U) /*!< 25 ms */ +#define I2C_TIMEOUT_DIR (25U) /*!< 25 ms */ +#define I2C_TIMEOUT_RXNE (25U) /*!< 25 ms */ +#define I2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF (25U) /*!< 25 ms */ +#define I2C_TIMEOUT_TC (25U) /*!< 25 ms */ +#define I2C_TIMEOUT_TCR (25U) /*!< 25 ms */ +#define I2C_TIMEOUT_TXIS (25U) /*!< 25 ms */ +#define I2C_TIMEOUT_FLAG (25U) /*!< 25 ms */ + +#define MAX_NBYTE_SIZE 255U +#define SLAVE_ADDR_SHIFT 7U +#define SLAVE_ADDR_MSK 0x06U + +/* Private define for @ref PreviousState usage */ +#define I2C_STATE_MSK ((uint32_t)((uint32_t)((uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX | \ + (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX) & \ + (uint32_t)(~((uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)))) +/*!< Mask State define, keep only RX and TX bits */ +#define I2C_STATE_NONE ((uint32_t)(HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE)) +/*!< Default Value */ +#define I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX ((uint32_t)(((uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX & I2C_STATE_MSK) | \ + (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER)) +/*!< Master Busy TX, combinaison of State LSB and Mode enum */ +#define I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX ((uint32_t)(((uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX & I2C_STATE_MSK) | \ + (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER)) +/*!< Master Busy RX, combinaison of State LSB and Mode enum */ +#define I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX ((uint32_t)(((uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX & I2C_STATE_MSK) | \ + (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE)) +/*!< Slave Busy TX, combinaison of State LSB and Mode enum */ +#define I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX ((uint32_t)(((uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX & I2C_STATE_MSK) | \ + (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE)) +/*!< Slave Busy RX, combinaison of State LSB and Mode enum */ +#define I2C_STATE_MEM_BUSY_TX ((uint32_t)(((uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX & I2C_STATE_MSK) | \ + (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM)) +/*!< Memory Busy TX, combinaison of State LSB and Mode enum */ +#define I2C_STATE_MEM_BUSY_RX ((uint32_t)(((uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX & I2C_STATE_MSK) | \ + (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM)) +/*!< Memory Busy RX, combinaison of State LSB and Mode enum */ + + +/* Private define to centralize the enable/disable of Interrupts */ +#define I2C_XFER_TX_IT (uint16_t)(0x0001U) /*!< Bit field can be combinated with + @ref I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT */ +#define I2C_XFER_RX_IT (uint16_t)(0x0002U) /*!< Bit field can be combinated with + @ref I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT */ +#define I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT (uint16_t)(0x8000U) /*!< Bit field can be combinated with @ref I2C_XFER_TX_IT + and @ref I2C_XFER_RX_IT */ + +#define I2C_XFER_ERROR_IT (uint16_t)(0x0010U) /*!< Bit definition to manage addition of global Error + and NACK treatment */ +#define I2C_XFER_CPLT_IT (uint16_t)(0x0020U) /*!< Bit definition to manage only STOP evenement */ +#define I2C_XFER_RELOAD_IT (uint16_t)(0x0040U) /*!< Bit definition to manage only Reload of NBYTE */ + +/* Private define Sequential Transfer Options default/reset value */ +#define I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME (0xFFFF0000U) +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup I2C_Private_Macro + * @{ + */ +/* Macro to get remaining data to transfer on DMA side */ +#define I2C_GET_DMA_REMAIN_DATA(__HANDLE__) __HAL_DMA_GET_COUNTER(__HANDLE__) +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup I2C_Private_Functions I2C Private Functions + * @{ + */ +/* Private functions to handle DMA transfer */ +static void I2C_DMAMasterTransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void I2C_DMAMasterReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void I2C_DMASlaveTransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void I2C_DMASlaveReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void I2C_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void I2C_DMAAbort(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); + + +/* Private functions to handle IT transfer */ +static void I2C_ITAddrCplt(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags); +static void I2C_ITMasterSeqCplt(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); +static void I2C_ITSlaveSeqCplt(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); +static void I2C_ITMasterCplt(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags); +static void I2C_ITSlaveCplt(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags); +static void I2C_ITListenCplt(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags); +static void I2C_ITError(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ErrorCode); + +/* Private functions to handle IT transfer */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_RequestMemoryWrite(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, + uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint32_t Timeout, + uint32_t Tickstart); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_RequestMemoryRead(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, + uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint32_t Timeout, + uint32_t Tickstart); + +/* Private functions for I2C transfer IRQ handler */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_Master_ISR_IT(struct __I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags, + uint32_t ITSources); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_Mem_ISR_IT(struct __I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags, + uint32_t ITSources); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_Slave_ISR_IT(struct __I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags, + uint32_t ITSources); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_Master_ISR_DMA(struct __I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags, + uint32_t ITSources); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_Mem_ISR_DMA(struct __I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags, + uint32_t ITSources); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_Slave_ISR_DMA(struct __I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags, + uint32_t ITSources); + +/* Private functions to handle flags during polling transfer */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, + uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Timeout, + uint32_t Tickstart); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnRXNEFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Timeout, + uint32_t Tickstart); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Timeout, + uint32_t Tickstart); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_IsErrorOccurred(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Timeout, + uint32_t Tickstart); + +/* Private functions to centralize the enable/disable of Interrupts */ +static void I2C_Enable_IRQ(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t InterruptRequest); +static void I2C_Disable_IRQ(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t InterruptRequest); + +/* Private function to treat different error callback */ +static void I2C_TreatErrorCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); + +/* Private function to flush TXDR register */ +static void I2C_Flush_TXDR(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); + +/* Private function to handle start, restart or stop a transfer */ +static void I2C_TransferConfig(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t Size, uint32_t Mode, + uint32_t Request); + +/* Private function to Convert Specific options */ +static void I2C_ConvertOtherXferOptions(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup I2C_Exported_Functions I2C Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize and + deinitialize the I2Cx peripheral: + + (+) User must Implement HAL_I2C_MspInit() function in which he configures + all related peripherals resources (CLOCK, GPIO, DMA, IT and NVIC ). + + (+) Call the function HAL_I2C_Init() to configure the selected device with + the selected configuration: + (++) Clock Timing + (++) Own Address 1 + (++) Addressing mode (Master, Slave) + (++) Dual Addressing mode + (++) Own Address 2 + (++) Own Address 2 Mask + (++) General call mode + (++) Nostretch mode + + (+) Call the function HAL_I2C_DeInit() to restore the default configuration + of the selected I2Cx peripheral. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initializes the I2C according to the specified parameters + * in the I2C_InitTypeDef and initialize the associated handle. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Init(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Check the I2C handle allocation */ + if (hi2c == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS1(hi2c->Init.OwnAddress1)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_ADDRESSING_MODE(hi2c->Init.AddressingMode)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_DUAL_ADDRESS(hi2c->Init.DualAddressMode)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS2(hi2c->Init.OwnAddress2)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS2_MASK(hi2c->Init.OwnAddress2Masks)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_GENERAL_CALL(hi2c->Init.GeneralCallMode)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_NO_STRETCH(hi2c->Init.NoStretchMode)); + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + hi2c->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + +#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /* Init the I2C Callback settings */ + hi2c->MasterTxCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak MasterTxCpltCallback */ + hi2c->MasterRxCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak MasterRxCpltCallback */ + hi2c->SlaveTxCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak SlaveTxCpltCallback */ + hi2c->SlaveRxCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak SlaveRxCpltCallback */ + hi2c->ListenCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_ListenCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak ListenCpltCallback */ + hi2c->MemTxCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak MemTxCpltCallback */ + hi2c->MemRxCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak MemRxCpltCallback */ + hi2c->ErrorCallback = HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback; /* Legacy weak ErrorCallback */ + hi2c->AbortCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak AbortCpltCallback */ + hi2c->AddrCallback = HAL_I2C_AddrCallback; /* Legacy weak AddrCallback */ + + if (hi2c->MspInitCallback == NULL) + { + hi2c->MspInitCallback = HAL_I2C_MspInit; /* Legacy weak MspInit */ + } + + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc */ + hi2c->MspInitCallback(hi2c); +#else + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc */ + HAL_I2C_MspInit(hi2c); +#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c); + + /*---------------------------- I2Cx TIMINGR Configuration ------------------*/ + /* Configure I2Cx: Frequency range */ + hi2c->Instance->TIMINGR = hi2c->Init.Timing & TIMING_CLEAR_MASK; + + /*---------------------------- I2Cx OAR1 Configuration ---------------------*/ + /* Disable Own Address1 before set the Own Address1 configuration */ + hi2c->Instance->OAR1 &= ~I2C_OAR1_OA1EN; + + /* Configure I2Cx: Own Address1 and ack own address1 mode */ + if (hi2c->Init.AddressingMode == I2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_7BIT) + { + hi2c->Instance->OAR1 = (I2C_OAR1_OA1EN | hi2c->Init.OwnAddress1); + } + else /* I2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_10BIT */ + { + hi2c->Instance->OAR1 = (I2C_OAR1_OA1EN | I2C_OAR1_OA1MODE | hi2c->Init.OwnAddress1); + } + + /*---------------------------- I2Cx CR2 Configuration ----------------------*/ + /* Configure I2Cx: Addressing Master mode */ + if (hi2c->Init.AddressingMode == I2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_10BIT) + { + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR2, I2C_CR2_ADD10); + } + else + { + /* Clear the I2C ADD10 bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR2, I2C_CR2_ADD10); + } + /* Enable the AUTOEND by default, and enable NACK (should be disable only during Slave process */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= (I2C_CR2_AUTOEND | I2C_CR2_NACK); + + /*---------------------------- I2Cx OAR2 Configuration ---------------------*/ + /* Disable Own Address2 before set the Own Address2 configuration */ + hi2c->Instance->OAR2 &= ~I2C_DUALADDRESS_ENABLE; + + /* Configure I2Cx: Dual mode and Own Address2 */ + hi2c->Instance->OAR2 = (hi2c->Init.DualAddressMode | hi2c->Init.OwnAddress2 | \ + (hi2c->Init.OwnAddress2Masks << 8)); + + /*---------------------------- I2Cx CR1 Configuration ----------------------*/ + /* Configure I2Cx: Generalcall and NoStretch mode */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 = (hi2c->Init.GeneralCallMode | hi2c->Init.NoStretchMode); + + /* Enable the selected I2C peripheral */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c); + + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitialize the I2C peripheral. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_DeInit(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Check the I2C handle allocation */ + if (hi2c == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance)); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the I2C Peripheral Clock */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c); + +#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + if (hi2c->MspDeInitCallback == NULL) + { + hi2c->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_I2C_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak MspDeInit */ + } + + /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ + hi2c->MspDeInitCallback(hi2c); +#else + /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ + HAL_I2C_MspDeInit(hi2c); +#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_RESET; + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initialize the I2C MSP. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_I2C_MspInit(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hi2c); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2C_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitialize the I2C MSP. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_I2C_MspDeInit(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hi2c); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2C_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) +/** + * @brief Register a User I2C Callback + * To be used instead of the weak predefined callback + * @note The HAL_I2C_RegisterCallback() may be called before HAL_I2C_Init() in HAL_I2C_STATE_RESET + * to register callbacks for HAL_I2C_MSPINIT_CB_ID and HAL_I2C_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be registered + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_MASTER_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Master Tx Transfer completed callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_MASTER_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Master Rx Transfer completed callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_SLAVE_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Slave Tx Transfer completed callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_SLAVE_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Slave Rx Transfer completed callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_LISTEN_COMPLETE_CB_ID Listen Complete callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_MEM_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Memory Tx Transfer callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_MEM_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Memory Rx Transfer completed callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_ERROR_CB_ID Error callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_ABORT_CB_ID Abort callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_MSPINIT_CB_ID MspInit callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID MspDeInit callback ID + * @param pCallback pointer to the Callback function + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_RegisterCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, HAL_I2C_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID, + pI2C_CallbackTypeDef pCallback) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + if (pCallback == NULL) + { + /* Update the error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK; + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if (HAL_I2C_STATE_READY == hi2c->State) + { + switch (CallbackID) + { + case HAL_I2C_MASTER_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID : + hi2c->MasterTxCpltCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_I2C_MASTER_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID : + hi2c->MasterRxCpltCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_I2C_SLAVE_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID : + hi2c->SlaveTxCpltCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_I2C_SLAVE_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID : + hi2c->SlaveRxCpltCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_I2C_LISTEN_COMPLETE_CB_ID : + hi2c->ListenCpltCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_I2C_MEM_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID : + hi2c->MemTxCpltCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_I2C_MEM_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID : + hi2c->MemRxCpltCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_I2C_ERROR_CB_ID : + hi2c->ErrorCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_I2C_ABORT_CB_ID : + hi2c->AbortCpltCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_I2C_MSPINIT_CB_ID : + hi2c->MspInitCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_I2C_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : + hi2c->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; + break; + + default : + /* Update the error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK; + + /* Return error status */ + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + } + else if (HAL_I2C_STATE_RESET == hi2c->State) + { + switch (CallbackID) + { + case HAL_I2C_MSPINIT_CB_ID : + hi2c->MspInitCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_I2C_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : + hi2c->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; + break; + + default : + /* Update the error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK; + + /* Return error status */ + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + } + else + { + /* Update the error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK; + + /* Return error status */ + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Unregister an I2C Callback + * I2C callback is redirected to the weak predefined callback + * @note The HAL_I2C_UnRegisterCallback() may be called before HAL_I2C_Init() in HAL_I2C_STATE_RESET + * to un-register callbacks for HAL_I2C_MSPINIT_CB_ID and HAL_I2C_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be unregistered + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_MASTER_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Master Tx Transfer completed callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_MASTER_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Master Rx Transfer completed callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_SLAVE_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Slave Tx Transfer completed callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_SLAVE_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Slave Rx Transfer completed callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_LISTEN_COMPLETE_CB_ID Listen Complete callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_MEM_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Memory Tx Transfer callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_MEM_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Memory Rx Transfer completed callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_ERROR_CB_ID Error callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_ABORT_CB_ID Abort callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_MSPINIT_CB_ID MspInit callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID MspDeInit callback ID + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_UnRegisterCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, HAL_I2C_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + if (HAL_I2C_STATE_READY == hi2c->State) + { + switch (CallbackID) + { + case HAL_I2C_MASTER_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID : + hi2c->MasterTxCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak MasterTxCpltCallback */ + break; + + case HAL_I2C_MASTER_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID : + hi2c->MasterRxCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak MasterRxCpltCallback */ + break; + + case HAL_I2C_SLAVE_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID : + hi2c->SlaveTxCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak SlaveTxCpltCallback */ + break; + + case HAL_I2C_SLAVE_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID : + hi2c->SlaveRxCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak SlaveRxCpltCallback */ + break; + + case HAL_I2C_LISTEN_COMPLETE_CB_ID : + hi2c->ListenCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_ListenCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak ListenCpltCallback */ + break; + + case HAL_I2C_MEM_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID : + hi2c->MemTxCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak MemTxCpltCallback */ + break; + + case HAL_I2C_MEM_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID : + hi2c->MemRxCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak MemRxCpltCallback */ + break; + + case HAL_I2C_ERROR_CB_ID : + hi2c->ErrorCallback = HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback; /* Legacy weak ErrorCallback */ + break; + + case HAL_I2C_ABORT_CB_ID : + hi2c->AbortCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak AbortCpltCallback */ + break; + + case HAL_I2C_MSPINIT_CB_ID : + hi2c->MspInitCallback = HAL_I2C_MspInit; /* Legacy weak MspInit */ + break; + + case HAL_I2C_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : + hi2c->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_I2C_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak MspDeInit */ + break; + + default : + /* Update the error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK; + + /* Return error status */ + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + } + else if (HAL_I2C_STATE_RESET == hi2c->State) + { + switch (CallbackID) + { + case HAL_I2C_MSPINIT_CB_ID : + hi2c->MspInitCallback = HAL_I2C_MspInit; /* Legacy weak MspInit */ + break; + + case HAL_I2C_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : + hi2c->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_I2C_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak MspDeInit */ + break; + + default : + /* Update the error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK; + + /* Return error status */ + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + } + else + { + /* Update the error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK; + + /* Return error status */ + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Register the Slave Address Match I2C Callback + * To be used instead of the weak HAL_I2C_AddrCallback() predefined callback + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param pCallback pointer to the Address Match Callback function + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_RegisterAddrCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, pI2C_AddrCallbackTypeDef pCallback) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + if (pCallback == NULL) + { + /* Update the error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK; + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if (HAL_I2C_STATE_READY == hi2c->State) + { + hi2c->AddrCallback = pCallback; + } + else + { + /* Update the error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK; + + /* Return error status */ + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief UnRegister the Slave Address Match I2C Callback + * Info Ready I2C Callback is redirected to the weak HAL_I2C_AddrCallback() predefined callback + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_UnRegisterAddrCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + if (HAL_I2C_STATE_READY == hi2c->State) + { + hi2c->AddrCallback = HAL_I2C_AddrCallback; /* Legacy weak AddrCallback */ + } + else + { + /* Update the error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK; + + /* Return error status */ + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + + return status; +} + +#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input and Output operation functions + * @brief Data transfers functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### IO operation functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the I2C data + transfers. + + (#) There are two modes of transfer: + (++) Blocking mode : The communication is performed in the polling mode. + The status of all data processing is returned by the same function + after finishing transfer. + (++) No-Blocking mode : The communication is performed using Interrupts + or DMA. These functions return the status of the transfer startup. + The end of the data processing will be indicated through the + dedicated I2C IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when + using DMA mode. + + (#) Blocking mode functions are : + (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit() + (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Receive() + (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit() + (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive() + (++) HAL_I2C_Mem_Write() + (++) HAL_I2C_Mem_Read() + (++) HAL_I2C_IsDeviceReady() + + (#) No-Blocking mode functions with Interrupt are : + (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_IT() + (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_IT() + (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_IT() + (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_IT() + (++) HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_IT() + (++) HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_IT() + (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_IT() + (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Receive_IT() + (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Transmit_IT() + (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Receive_IT() + (++) HAL_I2C_EnableListen_IT() + (++) HAL_I2C_DisableListen_IT() + (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Abort_IT() + + (#) No-Blocking mode functions with DMA are : + (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_DMA() + (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_DMA() + (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_DMA() + (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_DMA() + (++) HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_DMA() + (++) HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_DMA() + (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_DMA() + (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Receive_DMA() + (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Transmit_DMA() + (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Receive_DMA() + + (#) A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in non Blocking mode: + (++) HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_I2C_AddrCallback() + (++) HAL_I2C_ListenCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() + (++) HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback() + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Transmits in master mode an amount of data in blocking mode. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, + uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tickstart; + uint32_t xfermode; + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferISR = NULL; + + if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE; + xfermode = I2C_RELOAD_MODE; + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + xfermode = I2C_AUTOEND_MODE; + } + + if (hi2c->XferSize > 0U) + { + /* Preload TX register */ + /* Write data to TXDR */ + hi2c->Instance->TXDR = *hi2c->pBuffPtr; + + /* Increment Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr++; + + hi2c->XferCount--; + hi2c->XferSize--; + + /* Send Slave Address */ + /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE and generate RESTART */ + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)(hi2c->XferSize + 1U), xfermode, + I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE); + } + else + { + /* Send Slave Address */ + /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE and generate RESTART */ + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, xfermode, + I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE); + } + + while (hi2c->XferCount > 0U) + { + /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Write data to TXDR */ + hi2c->Instance->TXDR = *hi2c->pBuffPtr; + + /* Increment Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr++; + + hi2c->XferCount--; + hi2c->XferSize--; + + if ((hi2c->XferCount != 0U) && (hi2c->XferSize == 0U)) + { + /* Wait until TCR flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TCR, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE; + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, + I2C_NO_STARTSTOP); + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, + I2C_NO_STARTSTOP); + } + } + } + + /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */ + /* Wait until STOPF flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Clear STOP Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF); + + /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */ + I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receives in master mode an amount of data in blocking mode. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Receive(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, + uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tickstart; + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferISR = NULL; + + /* Send Slave Address */ + /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE and generate RESTART */ + if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + hi2c->XferSize = 1U; + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, + I2C_GENERATE_START_READ); + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, + I2C_GENERATE_START_READ); + } + + while (hi2c->XferCount > 0U) + { + /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnRXNEFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Read data from RXDR */ + *hi2c->pBuffPtr = (uint8_t)hi2c->Instance->RXDR; + + /* Increment Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr++; + + hi2c->XferSize--; + hi2c->XferCount--; + + if ((hi2c->XferCount != 0U) && (hi2c->XferSize == 0U)) + { + /* Wait until TCR flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TCR, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE; + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, + I2C_NO_STARTSTOP); + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, + I2C_NO_STARTSTOP); + } + } + } + + /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */ + /* Wait until STOPF flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Clear STOP Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF); + + /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */ + I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Transmits in slave mode an amount of data in blocking mode. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, + uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tickstart; + uint16_t tmpXferCount; + HAL_StatusTypeDef error; + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferISR = NULL; + + /* Enable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_NACK; + + /* Preload TX data if no stretch enable */ + if (hi2c->Init.NoStretchMode == I2C_NOSTRETCH_ENABLE) + { + /* Preload TX register */ + /* Write data to TXDR */ + hi2c->Instance->TXDR = *hi2c->pBuffPtr; + + /* Increment Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr++; + + hi2c->XferCount--; + } + + /* Wait until ADDR flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK; + + /* Flush TX register */ + I2C_Flush_TXDR(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR); + + /* If 10bit addressing mode is selected */ + if (hi2c->Init.AddressingMode == I2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_10BIT) + { + /* Wait until ADDR flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK; + + /* Flush TX register */ + I2C_Flush_TXDR(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR); + } + + /* Wait until DIR flag is set Transmitter mode */ + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_DIR, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK; + + /* Flush TX register */ + I2C_Flush_TXDR(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + while (hi2c->XferCount > 0U) + { + /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Write data to TXDR */ + hi2c->Instance->TXDR = *hi2c->pBuffPtr; + + /* Increment Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr++; + + hi2c->XferCount--; + } + + /* Wait until AF flag is set */ + error = I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF, RESET, Timeout, tickstart); + + if (error != HAL_OK) + { + /* Check that I2C transfer finished */ + /* if yes, normal use case, a NACK is sent by the MASTER when Transfer is finished */ + /* Mean XferCount == 0 */ + + tmpXferCount = hi2c->XferCount; + if ((hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) && (tmpXferCount == 0U)) + { + /* Reset ErrorCode to NONE */ + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + } + else + { + /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + else + { + /* Flush TX register */ + I2C_Flush_TXDR(hi2c); + + /* Clear AF flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); + + /* Wait until STOP flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK; + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Clear STOP flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF); + } + + /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */ + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK; + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receive in slave mode an amount of data in blocking mode + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, + uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tickstart; + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + hi2c->XferISR = NULL; + + /* Enable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_NACK; + + /* Wait until ADDR flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR); + + /* Wait until DIR flag is reset Receiver mode */ + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_DIR, SET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + while (hi2c->XferCount > 0U) + { + /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnRXNEFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK; + + /* Store Last receive data if any */ + if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_RXNE) == SET) + { + /* Read data from RXDR */ + *hi2c->pBuffPtr = (uint8_t)hi2c->Instance->RXDR; + + /* Increment Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr++; + + hi2c->XferCount--; + hi2c->XferSize--; + } + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Read data from RXDR */ + *hi2c->pBuffPtr = (uint8_t)hi2c->Instance->RXDR; + + /* Increment Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr++; + + hi2c->XferCount--; + hi2c->XferSize--; + } + + /* Wait until STOP flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Clear STOP flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF); + + /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */ + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK; + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Transmit in master mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, + uint16_t Size) +{ + uint32_t xfermode; + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Master_ISR_IT; + + if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE; + xfermode = I2C_RELOAD_MODE; + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + xfermode = I2C_AUTOEND_MODE; + } + + /* Send Slave Address */ + /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE */ + if (hi2c->XferSize > 0U) + { + /* Preload TX register */ + /* Write data to TXDR */ + hi2c->Instance->TXDR = *hi2c->pBuffPtr; + + /* Increment Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr++; + + hi2c->XferCount--; + hi2c->XferSize--; + + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)(hi2c->XferSize + 1U), xfermode, + I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE); + } + else + { + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, xfermode, + I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE); + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + + /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, TXI interrupt */ + /* possible to enable all of these */ + /* I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI | I2C_IT_STOPI | I2C_IT_NACKI | + I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_RXI | I2C_IT_TXI */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receive in master mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, + uint16_t Size) +{ + uint32_t xfermode; + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Master_ISR_IT; + + if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + hi2c->XferSize = 1U; + xfermode = I2C_RELOAD_MODE; + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + xfermode = I2C_AUTOEND_MODE; + } + + /* Send Slave Address */ + /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE */ + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, xfermode, I2C_GENERATE_START_READ); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + + /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, RXI interrupt */ + /* possible to enable all of these */ + /* I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI | I2C_IT_STOPI | I2C_IT_NACKI | + I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_RXI | I2C_IT_TXI */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RX_IT); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Enable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_NACK; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Slave_ISR_IT; + + /* Preload TX data if no stretch enable */ + if (hi2c->Init.NoStretchMode == I2C_NOSTRETCH_ENABLE) + { + /* Preload TX register */ + /* Write data to TXDR */ + hi2c->Instance->TXDR = *hi2c->pBuffPtr; + + /* Increment Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr++; + + hi2c->XferCount--; + hi2c->XferSize--; + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + + /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, TXI interrupt */ + /* possible to enable all of these */ + /* I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI | I2C_IT_STOPI | I2C_IT_NACKI | + I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_RXI | I2C_IT_TXI */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT | I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receive in slave mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Enable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_NACK; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Slave_ISR_IT; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + + /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, RXI interrupt */ + /* possible to enable all of these */ + /* I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI | I2C_IT_STOPI | I2C_IT_NACKI | + I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_RXI | I2C_IT_TXI */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RX_IT | I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Transmit in master mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, + uint16_t Size) +{ + uint32_t xfermode; + HAL_StatusTypeDef dmaxferstatus; + uint32_t sizetoxfer = 0U; + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Master_ISR_DMA; + + if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE; + xfermode = I2C_RELOAD_MODE; + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + xfermode = I2C_AUTOEND_MODE; + } + + if (hi2c->XferSize > 0U) + { + /* Preload TX register */ + /* Write data to TXDR */ + hi2c->Instance->TXDR = *hi2c->pBuffPtr; + + /* Increment Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr++; + + sizetoxfer = hi2c->XferSize; + hi2c->XferCount--; + hi2c->XferSize--; + } + + if (hi2c->XferSize > 0U) + { + if (hi2c->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMAMasterTransmitCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError; + + /* Set the unused DMA callbacks to NULL */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL; + hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + dmaxferstatus = HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmatx, (uint32_t)hi2c->pBuffPtr, + (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->TXDR, hi2c->XferSize); + } + else + { + /* Update I2C state */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Update I2C error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA_PARAM; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if (dmaxferstatus == HAL_OK) + { + /* Send Slave Address */ + /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE and generate RESTART */ + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)(hi2c->XferSize + 1U), + xfermode, I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE); + + /* Update XferCount value */ + hi2c->XferCount -= hi2c->XferSize; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + /* Enable ERR and NACK interrupts */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_ERROR_IT); + + /* Enable DMA Request */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN; + } + else + { + /* Update I2C state */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Update I2C error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + else + { + /* Update Transfer ISR function pointer */ + hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Master_ISR_IT; + + /* Send Slave Address */ + /* Set NBYTES to write and generate START condition */ + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)sizetoxfer, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, + I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, TXI interrupt */ + /* possible to enable all of these */ + /* I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI | I2C_IT_STOPI | I2C_IT_NACKI | + I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_RXI | I2C_IT_TXI */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT); + } + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receive in master mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, + uint16_t Size) +{ + uint32_t xfermode; + HAL_StatusTypeDef dmaxferstatus; + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Master_ISR_DMA; + + if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + hi2c->XferSize = 1U; + xfermode = I2C_RELOAD_MODE; + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + xfermode = I2C_AUTOEND_MODE; + } + + if (hi2c->XferSize > 0U) + { + if (hi2c->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMAMasterReceiveCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError; + + /* Set the unused DMA callbacks to NULL */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL; + hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + dmaxferstatus = HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->RXDR, (uint32_t)pData, + hi2c->XferSize); + } + else + { + /* Update I2C state */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Update I2C error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA_PARAM; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if (dmaxferstatus == HAL_OK) + { + /* Send Slave Address */ + /* Set NBYTES to read and reload if hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE and generate RESTART */ + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, xfermode, I2C_GENERATE_START_READ); + + /* Update XferCount value */ + hi2c->XferCount -= hi2c->XferSize; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + /* Enable ERR and NACK interrupts */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_ERROR_IT); + + /* Enable DMA Request */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN; + } + else + { + /* Update I2C state */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Update I2C error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + else + { + /* Update Transfer ISR function pointer */ + hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Master_ISR_IT; + + /* Send Slave Address */ + /* Set NBYTES to read and generate START condition */ + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, + I2C_GENERATE_START_READ); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, RXI interrupt */ + /* possible to enable all of these */ + /* I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI | I2C_IT_STOPI | I2C_IT_NACKI | + I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_RXI | I2C_IT_TXI */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RX_IT); + } + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef dmaxferstatus; + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Slave_ISR_DMA; + + /* Preload TX data if no stretch enable */ + if (hi2c->Init.NoStretchMode == I2C_NOSTRETCH_ENABLE) + { + /* Preload TX register */ + /* Write data to TXDR */ + hi2c->Instance->TXDR = *hi2c->pBuffPtr; + + /* Increment Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr++; + + hi2c->XferCount--; + hi2c->XferSize--; + } + + if (hi2c->XferCount != 0U) + { + if (hi2c->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMASlaveTransmitCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError; + + /* Set the unused DMA callbacks to NULL */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL; + hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + dmaxferstatus = HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmatx, + (uint32_t)hi2c->pBuffPtr, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->TXDR, + hi2c->XferSize); + } + else + { + /* Update I2C state */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Update I2C error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA_PARAM; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if (dmaxferstatus == HAL_OK) + { + /* Enable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_NACK; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + /* Enable ERR, STOP, NACK, ADDR interrupts */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT); + + /* Enable DMA Request */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN; + } + else + { + /* Update I2C state */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Update I2C error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + else + { + /* Enable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_NACK; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + /* Enable ERR, STOP, NACK, ADDR interrupts */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT); + } + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receive in slave mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef dmaxferstatus; + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Slave_ISR_DMA; + + if (hi2c->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMASlaveReceiveCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError; + + /* Set the unused DMA callbacks to NULL */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL; + hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + dmaxferstatus = HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->RXDR, (uint32_t)pData, + hi2c->XferSize); + } + else + { + /* Update I2C state */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Update I2C error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA_PARAM; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if (dmaxferstatus == HAL_OK) + { + /* Enable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_NACK; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + /* Enable ERR, STOP, NACK, ADDR interrupts */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT); + + /* Enable DMA Request */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN; + } + else + { + /* Update I2C state */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Update I2C error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Write an amount of data in blocking mode to a specific memory address + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface + * @param MemAddress Internal memory address + * @param MemAddSize Size of internal memory address + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Write(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, + uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tickstart; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_MEMADD_SIZE(MemAddSize)); + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferISR = NULL; + + /* Send Slave Address and Memory Address */ + if (I2C_RequestMemoryWrite(hi2c, DevAddress, MemAddress, MemAddSize, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE */ + if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE; + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP); + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP); + } + + do + { + /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Write data to TXDR */ + hi2c->Instance->TXDR = *hi2c->pBuffPtr; + + /* Increment Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr++; + + hi2c->XferCount--; + hi2c->XferSize--; + + if ((hi2c->XferCount != 0U) && (hi2c->XferSize == 0U)) + { + /* Wait until TCR flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TCR, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE; + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, + I2C_NO_STARTSTOP); + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, + I2C_NO_STARTSTOP); + } + } + + } while (hi2c->XferCount > 0U); + + /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */ + /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */ + if (I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Clear STOP Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF); + + /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */ + I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Read an amount of data in blocking mode from a specific memory address + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface + * @param MemAddress Internal memory address + * @param MemAddSize Size of internal memory address + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Read(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, + uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tickstart; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_MEMADD_SIZE(MemAddSize)); + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferISR = NULL; + + /* Send Slave Address and Memory Address */ + if (I2C_RequestMemoryRead(hi2c, DevAddress, MemAddress, MemAddSize, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Send Slave Address */ + /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE and generate RESTART */ + if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + hi2c->XferSize = 1U; + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, + I2C_GENERATE_START_READ); + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, + I2C_GENERATE_START_READ); + } + + do + { + /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Read data from RXDR */ + *hi2c->pBuffPtr = (uint8_t)hi2c->Instance->RXDR; + + /* Increment Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr++; + + hi2c->XferSize--; + hi2c->XferCount--; + + if ((hi2c->XferCount != 0U) && (hi2c->XferSize == 0U)) + { + /* Wait until TCR flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TCR, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + hi2c->XferSize = 1U; + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t) hi2c->XferSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, + I2C_NO_STARTSTOP); + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, + I2C_NO_STARTSTOP); + } + } + } while (hi2c->XferCount > 0U); + + /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */ + /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */ + if (I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Clear STOP Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF); + + /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */ + I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} +/** + * @brief Write an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt to a specific memory address + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface + * @param MemAddress Internal memory address + * @param MemAddSize Size of internal memory address + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, + uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_MEMADD_SIZE(MemAddSize)); + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->XferSize = 0U; + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Mem_ISR_IT; + hi2c->Devaddress = DevAddress; + + /* If Memory address size is 8Bit */ + if (MemAddSize == I2C_MEMADD_SIZE_8BIT) + { + /* Prefetch Memory Address */ + hi2c->Instance->TXDR = I2C_MEM_ADD_LSB(MemAddress); + + /* Reset Memaddress content */ + hi2c->Memaddress = 0xFFFFFFFFU; + } + /* If Memory address size is 16Bit */ + else + { + /* Prefetch Memory Address (MSB part, LSB will be manage through interrupt) */ + hi2c->Instance->TXDR = I2C_MEM_ADD_MSB(MemAddress); + + /* Prepare Memaddress buffer for LSB part */ + hi2c->Memaddress = I2C_MEM_ADD_LSB(MemAddress); + } + /* Send Slave Address and Memory Address */ + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)MemAddSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + + /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, TXI interrupt */ + /* possible to enable all of these */ + /* I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI | I2C_IT_STOPI | I2C_IT_NACKI | + I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_RXI | I2C_IT_TXI */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Read an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt from a specific memory address + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface + * @param MemAddress Internal memory address + * @param MemAddSize Size of internal memory address + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, + uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_MEMADD_SIZE(MemAddSize)); + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Mem_ISR_IT; + hi2c->Devaddress = DevAddress; + + /* If Memory address size is 8Bit */ + if (MemAddSize == I2C_MEMADD_SIZE_8BIT) + { + /* Prefetch Memory Address */ + hi2c->Instance->TXDR = I2C_MEM_ADD_LSB(MemAddress); + + /* Reset Memaddress content */ + hi2c->Memaddress = 0xFFFFFFFFU; + } + /* If Memory address size is 16Bit */ + else + { + /* Prefetch Memory Address (MSB part, LSB will be manage through interrupt) */ + hi2c->Instance->TXDR = I2C_MEM_ADD_MSB(MemAddress); + + /* Prepare Memaddress buffer for LSB part */ + hi2c->Memaddress = I2C_MEM_ADD_LSB(MemAddress); + } + /* Send Slave Address and Memory Address */ + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)MemAddSize, I2C_SOFTEND_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + + /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, TXI interrupt */ + /* possible to enable all of these */ + /* I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI | I2C_IT_STOPI | I2C_IT_NACKI | + I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_RXI | I2C_IT_TXI */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Write an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA to a specific memory address + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface + * @param MemAddress Internal memory address + * @param MemAddSize Size of internal memory address + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, + uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef dmaxferstatus; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_MEMADD_SIZE(MemAddSize)); + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Mem_ISR_DMA; + hi2c->Devaddress = DevAddress; + + if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE; + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + } + + /* If Memory address size is 8Bit */ + if (MemAddSize == I2C_MEMADD_SIZE_8BIT) + { + /* Prefetch Memory Address */ + hi2c->Instance->TXDR = I2C_MEM_ADD_LSB(MemAddress); + + /* Reset Memaddress content */ + hi2c->Memaddress = 0xFFFFFFFFU; + } + /* If Memory address size is 16Bit */ + else + { + /* Prefetch Memory Address (MSB part, LSB will be manage through interrupt) */ + hi2c->Instance->TXDR = I2C_MEM_ADD_MSB(MemAddress); + + /* Prepare Memaddress buffer for LSB part */ + hi2c->Memaddress = I2C_MEM_ADD_LSB(MemAddress); + } + + if (hi2c->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMAMasterTransmitCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError; + + /* Set the unused DMA callbacks to NULL */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL; + hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + dmaxferstatus = HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmatx, (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->TXDR, + hi2c->XferSize); + } + else + { + /* Update I2C state */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Update I2C error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA_PARAM; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if (dmaxferstatus == HAL_OK) + { + /* Send Slave Address and Memory Address */ + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)MemAddSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, TXI interrupt */ + /* possible to enable all of these */ + /* I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI | I2C_IT_STOPI | I2C_IT_NACKI | + I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_RXI | I2C_IT_TXI */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT); + } + else + { + /* Update I2C state */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Update I2C error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Reads an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA from a specific memory address. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface + * @param MemAddress Internal memory address + * @param MemAddSize Size of internal memory address + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be read + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, + uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef dmaxferstatus; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_MEMADD_SIZE(MemAddSize)); + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Mem_ISR_DMA; + hi2c->Devaddress = DevAddress; + + if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE; + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + } + + /* If Memory address size is 8Bit */ + if (MemAddSize == I2C_MEMADD_SIZE_8BIT) + { + /* Prefetch Memory Address */ + hi2c->Instance->TXDR = I2C_MEM_ADD_LSB(MemAddress); + + /* Reset Memaddress content */ + hi2c->Memaddress = 0xFFFFFFFFU; + } + /* If Memory address size is 16Bit */ + else + { + /* Prefetch Memory Address (MSB part, LSB will be manage through interrupt) */ + hi2c->Instance->TXDR = I2C_MEM_ADD_MSB(MemAddress); + + /* Prepare Memaddress buffer for LSB part */ + hi2c->Memaddress = I2C_MEM_ADD_LSB(MemAddress); + } + + if (hi2c->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMAMasterReceiveCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError; + + /* Set the unused DMA callbacks to NULL */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL; + hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + dmaxferstatus = HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->RXDR, (uint32_t)pData, + hi2c->XferSize); + } + else + { + /* Update I2C state */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Update I2C error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA_PARAM; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if (dmaxferstatus == HAL_OK) + { + /* Send Slave Address and Memory Address */ + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)MemAddSize, I2C_SOFTEND_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, TXI interrupt */ + /* possible to enable all of these */ + /* I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI | I2C_IT_STOPI | I2C_IT_NACKI | + I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_RXI | I2C_IT_TXI */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT); + } + else + { + /* Update I2C state */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Update I2C error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Checks if target device is ready for communication. + * @note This function is used with Memory devices + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface + * @param Trials Number of trials + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_IsDeviceReady(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint32_t Trials, + uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tickstart; + + __IO uint32_t I2C_Trials = 0UL; + + FlagStatus tmp1; + FlagStatus tmp2; + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + do + { + /* Generate Start */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 = I2C_GENERATE_START(hi2c->Init.AddressingMode, DevAddress); + + /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */ + /* Wait until STOPF flag is set or a NACK flag is set*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + tmp1 = __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF); + tmp2 = __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); + + while ((tmp1 == RESET) && (tmp2 == RESET)) + { + if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if (((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout) || (Timeout == 0U)) + { + /* Update I2C state */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Update I2C error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + tmp1 = __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF); + tmp2 = __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); + } + + /* Check if the NACKF flag has not been set */ + if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF) == RESET) + { + /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */ + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Clear STOP Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF); + + /* Device is ready */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */ + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Clear NACK Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); + + /* Clear STOP Flag, auto generated with autoend*/ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF); + } + + /* Increment Trials */ + I2C_Trials++; + } while (I2C_Trials < Trials); + + /* Update I2C state */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Update I2C error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Sequential transmit in master I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt. + * @note This interface allow to manage repeated start condition when a direction change during transfer + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @param XferOptions Options of Transfer, value of @ref I2C_XFEROPTIONS + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, + uint16_t Size, uint32_t XferOptions) +{ + uint32_t xfermode; + uint32_t xferrequest = I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE; + uint32_t sizetoxfer = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions)); + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferOptions = XferOptions; + hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Master_ISR_IT; + + /* If hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE, use reload mode */ + if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE; + xfermode = I2C_RELOAD_MODE; + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + xfermode = hi2c->XferOptions; + } + + if ((hi2c->XferSize > 0U) && ((XferOptions == I2C_FIRST_FRAME) || \ + (XferOptions == I2C_FIRST_AND_LAST_FRAME))) + { + /* Preload TX register */ + /* Write data to TXDR */ + hi2c->Instance->TXDR = *hi2c->pBuffPtr; + + /* Increment Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr++; + + sizetoxfer = hi2c->XferSize; + hi2c->XferCount--; + hi2c->XferSize--; + } + + /* If transfer direction not change and there is no request to start another frame, + do not generate Restart Condition */ + /* Mean Previous state is same as current state */ + if ((hi2c->PreviousState == I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX) && \ + (IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OTHER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions) == 0)) + { + xferrequest = I2C_NO_STARTSTOP; + } + else + { + /* Convert OTHER_xxx XferOptions if any */ + I2C_ConvertOtherXferOptions(hi2c); + + /* Update xfermode accordingly if no reload is necessary */ + if (hi2c->XferCount <= MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + xfermode = hi2c->XferOptions; + } + } + + /* Send Slave Address and set NBYTES to write */ + if ((XferOptions == I2C_FIRST_FRAME) || (XferOptions == I2C_FIRST_AND_LAST_FRAME)) + { + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)sizetoxfer, xfermode, xferrequest); + } + else + { + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, xfermode, xferrequest); + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, TXI interrupt */ + /* possible to enable all of these */ + /* I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI | I2C_IT_STOPI | I2C_IT_NACKI | + I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_RXI | I2C_IT_TXI */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Sequential transmit in master I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA. + * @note This interface allow to manage repeated start condition when a direction change during transfer + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @param XferOptions Options of Transfer, value of @ref I2C_XFEROPTIONS + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, + uint16_t Size, uint32_t XferOptions) +{ + uint32_t xfermode; + uint32_t xferrequest = I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE; + HAL_StatusTypeDef dmaxferstatus; + uint32_t sizetoxfer = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions)); + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferOptions = XferOptions; + hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Master_ISR_DMA; + + /* If hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE, use reload mode */ + if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE; + xfermode = I2C_RELOAD_MODE; + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + xfermode = hi2c->XferOptions; + } + + if ((hi2c->XferSize > 0U) && ((XferOptions == I2C_FIRST_FRAME) || \ + (XferOptions == I2C_FIRST_AND_LAST_FRAME))) + { + /* Preload TX register */ + /* Write data to TXDR */ + hi2c->Instance->TXDR = *hi2c->pBuffPtr; + + /* Increment Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr++; + + sizetoxfer = hi2c->XferSize; + hi2c->XferCount--; + hi2c->XferSize--; + } + + /* If transfer direction not change and there is no request to start another frame, + do not generate Restart Condition */ + /* Mean Previous state is same as current state */ + if ((hi2c->PreviousState == I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX) && \ + (IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OTHER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions) == 0)) + { + xferrequest = I2C_NO_STARTSTOP; + } + else + { + /* Convert OTHER_xxx XferOptions if any */ + I2C_ConvertOtherXferOptions(hi2c); + + /* Update xfermode accordingly if no reload is necessary */ + if (hi2c->XferCount <= MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + xfermode = hi2c->XferOptions; + } + } + + if (hi2c->XferSize > 0U) + { + if (hi2c->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMAMasterTransmitCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError; + + /* Set the unused DMA callbacks to NULL */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL; + hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + dmaxferstatus = HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmatx, (uint32_t)hi2c->pBuffPtr, + (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->TXDR, hi2c->XferSize); + } + else + { + /* Update I2C state */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Update I2C error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA_PARAM; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if (dmaxferstatus == HAL_OK) + { + /* Send Slave Address and set NBYTES to write */ + if ((XferOptions == I2C_FIRST_FRAME) || (XferOptions == I2C_FIRST_AND_LAST_FRAME)) + { + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)sizetoxfer, xfermode, xferrequest); + } + else + { + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, xfermode, xferrequest); + } + + /* Update XferCount value */ + hi2c->XferCount -= hi2c->XferSize; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + /* Enable ERR and NACK interrupts */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_ERROR_IT); + + /* Enable DMA Request */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN; + } + else + { + /* Update I2C state */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Update I2C error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + else + { + /* Update Transfer ISR function pointer */ + hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Master_ISR_IT; + + /* Send Slave Address */ + /* Set NBYTES to write and generate START condition */ + if ((XferOptions == I2C_FIRST_FRAME) || (XferOptions == I2C_FIRST_AND_LAST_FRAME)) + { + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)sizetoxfer, xfermode, xferrequest); + } + else + { + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, xfermode, xferrequest); + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, TXI interrupt */ + /* possible to enable all of these */ + /* I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI | I2C_IT_STOPI | I2C_IT_NACKI | + I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_RXI | I2C_IT_TXI */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT); + } + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Sequential receive in master I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt + * @note This interface allow to manage repeated start condition when a direction change during transfer + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @param XferOptions Options of Transfer, value of @ref I2C_XFEROPTIONS + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Receive_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, + uint16_t Size, uint32_t XferOptions) +{ + uint32_t xfermode; + uint32_t xferrequest = I2C_GENERATE_START_READ; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions)); + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferOptions = XferOptions; + hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Master_ISR_IT; + + /* If hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE, use reload mode */ + if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE; + xfermode = I2C_RELOAD_MODE; + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + xfermode = hi2c->XferOptions; + } + + /* If transfer direction not change and there is no request to start another frame, + do not generate Restart Condition */ + /* Mean Previous state is same as current state */ + if ((hi2c->PreviousState == I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX) && \ + (IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OTHER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions) == 0)) + { + xferrequest = I2C_NO_STARTSTOP; + } + else + { + /* Convert OTHER_xxx XferOptions if any */ + I2C_ConvertOtherXferOptions(hi2c); + + /* Update xfermode accordingly if no reload is necessary */ + if (hi2c->XferCount <= MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + xfermode = hi2c->XferOptions; + } + } + + /* Send Slave Address and set NBYTES to read */ + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, xfermode, xferrequest); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RX_IT); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Sequential receive in master I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA + * @note This interface allow to manage repeated start condition when a direction change during transfer + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @param XferOptions Options of Transfer, value of @ref I2C_XFEROPTIONS + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Receive_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, + uint16_t Size, uint32_t XferOptions) +{ + uint32_t xfermode; + uint32_t xferrequest = I2C_GENERATE_START_READ; + HAL_StatusTypeDef dmaxferstatus; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions)); + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferOptions = XferOptions; + hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Master_ISR_DMA; + + /* If hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE, use reload mode */ + if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE; + xfermode = I2C_RELOAD_MODE; + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + xfermode = hi2c->XferOptions; + } + + /* If transfer direction not change and there is no request to start another frame, + do not generate Restart Condition */ + /* Mean Previous state is same as current state */ + if ((hi2c->PreviousState == I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX) && \ + (IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OTHER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions) == 0)) + { + xferrequest = I2C_NO_STARTSTOP; + } + else + { + /* Convert OTHER_xxx XferOptions if any */ + I2C_ConvertOtherXferOptions(hi2c); + + /* Update xfermode accordingly if no reload is necessary */ + if (hi2c->XferCount <= MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + xfermode = hi2c->XferOptions; + } + } + + if (hi2c->XferSize > 0U) + { + if (hi2c->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMAMasterReceiveCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError; + + /* Set the unused DMA callbacks to NULL */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL; + hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + dmaxferstatus = HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->RXDR, (uint32_t)pData, + hi2c->XferSize); + } + else + { + /* Update I2C state */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Update I2C error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA_PARAM; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if (dmaxferstatus == HAL_OK) + { + /* Send Slave Address and set NBYTES to read */ + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, xfermode, xferrequest); + + /* Update XferCount value */ + hi2c->XferCount -= hi2c->XferSize; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + /* Enable ERR and NACK interrupts */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_ERROR_IT); + + /* Enable DMA Request */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN; + } + else + { + /* Update I2C state */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Update I2C error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + else + { + /* Update Transfer ISR function pointer */ + hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Master_ISR_IT; + + /* Send Slave Address */ + /* Set NBYTES to read and generate START condition */ + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, + I2C_GENERATE_START_READ); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, RXI interrupt */ + /* possible to enable all of these */ + /* I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI | I2C_IT_STOPI | I2C_IT_NACKI | + I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_RXI | I2C_IT_TXI */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RX_IT); + } + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Sequential transmit in slave/device I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt + * @note This interface allow to manage repeated start condition when a direction change during transfer + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @param XferOptions Options of Transfer, value of @ref I2C_XFEROPTIONS + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Transmit_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, + uint32_t XferOptions) +{ + /* Declaration of tmp to prevent undefined behavior of volatile usage */ + FlagStatus tmp; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions)); + + if (((uint32_t)hi2c->State & (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) == (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Disable Interrupts, to prevent preemption during treatment in case of multicall */ + I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT | I2C_XFER_TX_IT); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* I2C cannot manage full duplex exchange so disable previous IT enabled if any */ + /* and then toggle the HAL slave RX state to TX state */ + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX_LISTEN) + { + /* Disable associated Interrupts */ + I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RX_IT); + + /* Abort DMA Xfer if any */ + if ((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN) == I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN) + { + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN; + + if (hi2c->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Set the I2C DMA Abort callback : + will lead to call HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = I2C_DMAAbort; + + /* Abort DMA RX */ + if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hi2c->hdmarx) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Call Directly XferAbortCallback function in case of error */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback(hi2c->hdmarx); + } + } + } + } + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX_LISTEN; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Enable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_NACK; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + hi2c->XferOptions = XferOptions; + hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Slave_ISR_IT; + + tmp = __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR); + if ((I2C_GET_DIR(hi2c) == I2C_DIRECTION_RECEIVE) && (tmp != RESET)) + { + /* Clear ADDR flag after prepare the transfer parameters */ + /* This action will generate an acknowledge to the Master */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR); + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + /* REnable ADDR interrupt */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT | I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Sequential transmit in slave/device I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA + * @note This interface allow to manage repeated start condition when a direction change during transfer + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @param XferOptions Options of Transfer, value of @ref I2C_XFEROPTIONS + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Transmit_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, + uint32_t XferOptions) +{ + /* Declaration of tmp to prevent undefined behavior of volatile usage */ + FlagStatus tmp; + HAL_StatusTypeDef dmaxferstatus; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions)); + + if (((uint32_t)hi2c->State & (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) == (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Disable Interrupts, to prevent preemption during treatment in case of multicall */ + I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT | I2C_XFER_TX_IT); + + /* I2C cannot manage full duplex exchange so disable previous IT enabled if any */ + /* and then toggle the HAL slave RX state to TX state */ + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX_LISTEN) + { + /* Disable associated Interrupts */ + I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RX_IT); + + if ((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN) == I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN) + { + /* Abort DMA Xfer if any */ + if (hi2c->hdmarx != NULL) + { + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN; + + /* Set the I2C DMA Abort callback : + will lead to call HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = I2C_DMAAbort; + + /* Abort DMA RX */ + if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hi2c->hdmarx) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Call Directly XferAbortCallback function in case of error */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback(hi2c->hdmarx); + } + } + } + } + else if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX_LISTEN) + { + if ((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN) == I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN) + { + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN; + + /* Abort DMA Xfer if any */ + if (hi2c->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* Set the I2C DMA Abort callback : + will lead to call HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = I2C_DMAAbort; + + /* Abort DMA TX */ + if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hi2c->hdmatx) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Call Directly XferAbortCallback function in case of error */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback(hi2c->hdmatx); + } + } + } + } + else + { + /* Nothing to do */ + } + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX_LISTEN; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Enable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_NACK; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + hi2c->XferOptions = XferOptions; + hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Slave_ISR_DMA; + + if (hi2c->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMASlaveTransmitCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError; + + /* Set the unused DMA callbacks to NULL */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL; + hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + dmaxferstatus = HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmatx, (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->TXDR, + hi2c->XferSize); + } + else + { + /* Update I2C state */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Update I2C error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA_PARAM; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if (dmaxferstatus == HAL_OK) + { + /* Update XferCount value */ + hi2c->XferCount -= hi2c->XferSize; + + /* Reset XferSize */ + hi2c->XferSize = 0; + } + else + { + /* Update I2C state */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Update I2C error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + tmp = __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR); + if ((I2C_GET_DIR(hi2c) == I2C_DIRECTION_RECEIVE) && (tmp != RESET)) + { + /* Clear ADDR flag after prepare the transfer parameters */ + /* This action will generate an acknowledge to the Master */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR); + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Enable DMA Request */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN; + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + /* Enable ERR, STOP, NACK, ADDR interrupts */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Sequential receive in slave/device I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt + * @note This interface allow to manage repeated start condition when a direction change during transfer + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @param XferOptions Options of Transfer, value of @ref I2C_XFEROPTIONS + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Receive_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, + uint32_t XferOptions) +{ + /* Declaration of tmp to prevent undefined behavior of volatile usage */ + FlagStatus tmp; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions)); + + if (((uint32_t)hi2c->State & (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) == (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Disable Interrupts, to prevent preemption during treatment in case of multicall */ + I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT | I2C_XFER_RX_IT); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* I2C cannot manage full duplex exchange so disable previous IT enabled if any */ + /* and then toggle the HAL slave TX state to RX state */ + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX_LISTEN) + { + /* Disable associated Interrupts */ + I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT); + + if ((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN) == I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN) + { + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN; + + /* Abort DMA Xfer if any */ + if (hi2c->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* Set the I2C DMA Abort callback : + will lead to call HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = I2C_DMAAbort; + + /* Abort DMA TX */ + if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hi2c->hdmatx) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Call Directly XferAbortCallback function in case of error */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback(hi2c->hdmatx); + } + } + } + } + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX_LISTEN; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Enable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_NACK; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + hi2c->XferOptions = XferOptions; + hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Slave_ISR_IT; + + tmp = __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR); + if ((I2C_GET_DIR(hi2c) == I2C_DIRECTION_TRANSMIT) && (tmp != RESET)) + { + /* Clear ADDR flag after prepare the transfer parameters */ + /* This action will generate an acknowledge to the Master */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR); + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + /* REnable ADDR interrupt */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RX_IT | I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Sequential receive in slave/device I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA + * @note This interface allow to manage repeated start condition when a direction change during transfer + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @param XferOptions Options of Transfer, value of @ref I2C_XFEROPTIONS + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Receive_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, + uint32_t XferOptions) +{ + /* Declaration of tmp to prevent undefined behavior of volatile usage */ + FlagStatus tmp; + HAL_StatusTypeDef dmaxferstatus; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions)); + + if (((uint32_t)hi2c->State & (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) == (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Disable Interrupts, to prevent preemption during treatment in case of multicall */ + I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT | I2C_XFER_RX_IT); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* I2C cannot manage full duplex exchange so disable previous IT enabled if any */ + /* and then toggle the HAL slave TX state to RX state */ + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX_LISTEN) + { + /* Disable associated Interrupts */ + I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT); + + if ((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN) == I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN) + { + /* Abort DMA Xfer if any */ + if (hi2c->hdmatx != NULL) + { + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN; + + /* Set the I2C DMA Abort callback : + will lead to call HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = I2C_DMAAbort; + + /* Abort DMA TX */ + if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hi2c->hdmatx) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Call Directly XferAbortCallback function in case of error */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback(hi2c->hdmatx); + } + } + } + } + else if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX_LISTEN) + { + if ((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN) == I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN) + { + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN; + + /* Abort DMA Xfer if any */ + if (hi2c->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Set the I2C DMA Abort callback : + will lead to call HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = I2C_DMAAbort; + + /* Abort DMA RX */ + if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hi2c->hdmarx) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Call Directly XferAbortCallback function in case of error */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback(hi2c->hdmarx); + } + } + } + } + else + { + /* Nothing to do */ + } + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX_LISTEN; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Enable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_NACK; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + hi2c->XferOptions = XferOptions; + hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Slave_ISR_DMA; + + if (hi2c->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMASlaveReceiveCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError; + + /* Set the unused DMA callbacks to NULL */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL; + hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + dmaxferstatus = HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->RXDR, + (uint32_t)pData, hi2c->XferSize); + } + else + { + /* Update I2C state */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Update I2C error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA_PARAM; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if (dmaxferstatus == HAL_OK) + { + /* Update XferCount value */ + hi2c->XferCount -= hi2c->XferSize; + + /* Reset XferSize */ + hi2c->XferSize = 0; + } + else + { + /* Update I2C state */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Update I2C error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + tmp = __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR); + if ((I2C_GET_DIR(hi2c) == I2C_DIRECTION_TRANSMIT) && (tmp != RESET)) + { + /* Clear ADDR flag after prepare the transfer parameters */ + /* This action will generate an acknowledge to the Master */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR); + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Enable DMA Request */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN; + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + /* REnable ADDR interrupt */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RX_IT | I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enable the Address listen mode with Interrupt. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_EnableListen_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN; + hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Slave_ISR_IT; + + /* Enable the Address Match interrupt */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Disable the Address listen mode with Interrupt. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_DisableListen_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Declaration of tmp to prevent undefined behavior of volatile usage */ + uint32_t tmp; + + /* Disable Address listen mode only if a transfer is not ongoing */ + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) + { + tmp = (uint32_t)(hi2c->State) & I2C_STATE_MSK; + hi2c->PreviousState = tmp | (uint32_t)(hi2c->Mode); + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + hi2c->XferISR = NULL; + + /* Disable the Address Match interrupt */ + I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Abort a master or memory I2C IT or DMA process communication with Interrupt. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Abort_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress) +{ + HAL_I2C_ModeTypeDef tmp_mode = hi2c->Mode; + + if ((tmp_mode == HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER) || (tmp_mode == HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM)) + { + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Disable Interrupts and Store Previous state */ + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX) + { + I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT); + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX; + } + else if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RX_IT); + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX; + } + else + { + /* Do nothing */ + } + + /* Set State at HAL_I2C_STATE_ABORT */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_ABORT; + + /* Set NBYTES to 1 to generate a dummy read on I2C peripheral */ + /* Set AUTOEND mode, this will generate a NACK then STOP condition to abort the current transfer */ + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, 1, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_STOP); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_CPLT_IT); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + /* Wrong usage of abort function */ + /* This function should be used only in case of abort monitored by master device */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_IRQ_Handler_and_Callbacks IRQ Handler and Callbacks + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief This function handles I2C event interrupt request. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_I2C_EV_IRQHandler(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) /* Derogation MISRAC2012-Rule-8.13 */ +{ + /* Get current IT Flags and IT sources value */ + uint32_t itflags = READ_REG(hi2c->Instance->ISR); + uint32_t itsources = READ_REG(hi2c->Instance->CR1); + + /* I2C events treatment -------------------------------------*/ + if (hi2c->XferISR != NULL) + { + hi2c->XferISR(hi2c, itflags, itsources); + } +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles I2C error interrupt request. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_I2C_ER_IRQHandler(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + uint32_t itflags = READ_REG(hi2c->Instance->ISR); + uint32_t itsources = READ_REG(hi2c->Instance->CR1); + uint32_t tmperror; + + /* I2C Bus error interrupt occurred ------------------------------------*/ + if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(itflags, I2C_FLAG_BERR) != RESET) && \ + (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(itsources, I2C_IT_ERRI) != RESET)) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_BERR; + + /* Clear BERR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BERR); + } + + /* I2C Over-Run/Under-Run interrupt occurred ----------------------------------------*/ + if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(itflags, I2C_FLAG_OVR) != RESET) && \ + (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(itsources, I2C_IT_ERRI) != RESET)) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_OVR; + + /* Clear OVR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_OVR); + } + + /* I2C Arbitration Loss error interrupt occurred -------------------------------------*/ + if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(itflags, I2C_FLAG_ARLO) != RESET) && \ + (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(itsources, I2C_IT_ERRI) != RESET)) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_ARLO; + + /* Clear ARLO flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ARLO); + } + + /* Store current volatile hi2c->ErrorCode, misra rule */ + tmperror = hi2c->ErrorCode; + + /* Call the Error Callback in case of Error detected */ + if ((tmperror & (HAL_I2C_ERROR_BERR | HAL_I2C_ERROR_OVR | HAL_I2C_ERROR_ARLO)) != HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE) + { + I2C_ITError(hi2c, tmperror); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Master Tx Transfer completed callback. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hi2c); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Master Rx Transfer completed callback. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hi2c); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** @brief Slave Tx Transfer completed callback. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hi2c); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Slave Rx Transfer completed callback. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hi2c); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Slave Address Match callback. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param TransferDirection Master request Transfer Direction (Write/Read), value of @ref I2C_XFERDIRECTION + * @param AddrMatchCode Address Match Code + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_I2C_AddrCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t TransferDirection, uint16_t AddrMatchCode) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hi2c); + UNUSED(TransferDirection); + UNUSED(AddrMatchCode); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2C_AddrCallback() could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Listen Complete callback. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_I2C_ListenCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hi2c); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2C_ListenCpltCallback() could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Memory Tx Transfer completed callback. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hi2c); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Memory Rx Transfer completed callback. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hi2c); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief I2C error callback. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hi2c); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief I2C abort callback. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hi2c); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State, Mode and Error functions + * @brief Peripheral State, Mode and Error functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral State, Mode and Error functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection permit to get in run-time the status of the peripheral + and the data flow. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Return the I2C handle state. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_I2C_StateTypeDef HAL_I2C_GetState(const I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Return I2C handle state */ + return hi2c->State; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the I2C Master, Slave, Memory or no mode. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2C module + * @retval HAL mode + */ +HAL_I2C_ModeTypeDef HAL_I2C_GetMode(const I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + return hi2c->Mode; +} + +/** + * @brief Return the I2C error code. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval I2C Error Code + */ +uint32_t HAL_I2C_GetError(const I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + return hi2c->ErrorCode; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup I2C_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Interrupt Sub-Routine which handle the Interrupt Flags Master Mode with Interrupt. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param ITFlags Interrupt flags to handle. + * @param ITSources Interrupt sources enabled. + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_Master_ISR_IT(struct __I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags, + uint32_t ITSources) +{ + uint16_t devaddress; + uint32_t tmpITFlags = ITFlags; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(tmpITFlags, I2C_FLAG_AF) != RESET) && \ + (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_NACKI) != RESET)) + { + /* Clear NACK Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); + + /* Set corresponding Error Code */ + /* No need to generate STOP, it is automatically done */ + /* Error callback will be send during stop flag treatment */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF; + + /* Flush TX register */ + I2C_Flush_TXDR(hi2c); + } + else if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(tmpITFlags, I2C_FLAG_RXNE) != RESET) && \ + (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_RXI) != RESET)) + { + /* Remove RXNE flag on temporary variable as read done */ + tmpITFlags &= ~I2C_FLAG_RXNE; + + /* Read data from RXDR */ + *hi2c->pBuffPtr = (uint8_t)hi2c->Instance->RXDR; + + /* Increment Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr++; + + hi2c->XferSize--; + hi2c->XferCount--; + } + else if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(tmpITFlags, I2C_FLAG_TC) == RESET) && \ + ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(tmpITFlags, I2C_FLAG_TXIS) != RESET) && \ + (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_TXI) != RESET))) + { + /* Write data to TXDR */ + if (hi2c->XferCount != 0U) + { + /* Write data to TXDR */ + hi2c->Instance->TXDR = *hi2c->pBuffPtr; + + /* Increment Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr++; + + hi2c->XferSize--; + hi2c->XferCount--; + } + } + else if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(tmpITFlags, I2C_FLAG_TCR) != RESET) && \ + (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_TCI) != RESET)) + { + if ((hi2c->XferCount != 0U) && (hi2c->XferSize == 0U)) + { + devaddress = (uint16_t)(hi2c->Instance->CR2 & I2C_CR2_SADD); + + if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + /* Errata workaround 170323 */ + if (I2C_GET_DIR(hi2c) == I2C_DIRECTION_RECEIVE) + { + hi2c->XferSize = 1U; + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE; + } + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, devaddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP); + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + if (hi2c->XferOptions != I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME) + { + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, devaddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, + hi2c->XferOptions, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP); + } + else + { + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, devaddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, + I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP); + } + } + } + else + { + /* Call TxCpltCallback() if no stop mode is set */ + if (I2C_GET_STOP_MODE(hi2c) != I2C_AUTOEND_MODE) + { + /* Call I2C Master Sequential complete process */ + I2C_ITMasterSeqCplt(hi2c); + } + else + { + /* Wrong size Status regarding TCR flag event */ + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ + I2C_ITError(hi2c, HAL_I2C_ERROR_SIZE); + } + } + } + else if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(tmpITFlags, I2C_FLAG_TC) != RESET) && \ + (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_TCI) != RESET)) + { + if (hi2c->XferCount == 0U) + { + if (I2C_GET_STOP_MODE(hi2c) != I2C_AUTOEND_MODE) + { + /* Generate a stop condition in case of no transfer option */ + if (hi2c->XferOptions == I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME) + { + /* Generate Stop */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_STOP; + } + else + { + /* Call I2C Master Sequential complete process */ + I2C_ITMasterSeqCplt(hi2c); + } + } + } + else + { + /* Wrong size Status regarding TC flag event */ + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ + I2C_ITError(hi2c, HAL_I2C_ERROR_SIZE); + } + } + else + { + /* Nothing to do */ + } + + if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(tmpITFlags, I2C_FLAG_STOPF) != RESET) && \ + (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_STOPI) != RESET)) + { + /* Call I2C Master complete process */ + I2C_ITMasterCplt(hi2c, tmpITFlags); + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Interrupt Sub-Routine which handle the Interrupt Flags Memory Mode with Interrupt. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param ITFlags Interrupt flags to handle. + * @param ITSources Interrupt sources enabled. + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_Mem_ISR_IT(struct __I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags, + uint32_t ITSources) +{ + uint32_t direction = I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE; + uint32_t tmpITFlags = ITFlags; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(tmpITFlags, I2C_FLAG_AF) != RESET) && \ + (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_NACKI) != RESET)) + { + /* Clear NACK Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); + + /* Set corresponding Error Code */ + /* No need to generate STOP, it is automatically done */ + /* Error callback will be send during stop flag treatment */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF; + + /* Flush TX register */ + I2C_Flush_TXDR(hi2c); + } + else if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(tmpITFlags, I2C_FLAG_RXNE) != RESET) && \ + (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_RXI) != RESET)) + { + /* Remove RXNE flag on temporary variable as read done */ + tmpITFlags &= ~I2C_FLAG_RXNE; + + /* Read data from RXDR */ + *hi2c->pBuffPtr = (uint8_t)hi2c->Instance->RXDR; + + /* Increment Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr++; + + hi2c->XferSize--; + hi2c->XferCount--; + } + else if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(tmpITFlags, I2C_FLAG_TXIS) != RESET) && \ + (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_TXI) != RESET)) + { + if (hi2c->Memaddress == 0xFFFFFFFFU) + { + /* Write data to TXDR */ + hi2c->Instance->TXDR = *hi2c->pBuffPtr; + + /* Increment Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr++; + + hi2c->XferSize--; + hi2c->XferCount--; + } + else + { + /* Write LSB part of Memory Address */ + hi2c->Instance->TXDR = hi2c->Memaddress; + + /* Reset Memaddress content */ + hi2c->Memaddress = 0xFFFFFFFFU; + } + } + else if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(tmpITFlags, I2C_FLAG_TCR) != RESET) && \ + (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_TCI) != RESET)) + { + if ((hi2c->XferCount != 0U) && (hi2c->XferSize == 0U)) + { + if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + /* Errata workaround 170323 */ + if (I2C_GET_DIR(hi2c) == I2C_DIRECTION_RECEIVE) + { + hi2c->XferSize = 1U; + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE; + } + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, (uint16_t)hi2c->Devaddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, + I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP); + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, (uint16_t)hi2c->Devaddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, + I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP); + } + } + else + { + /* Wrong size Status regarding TCR flag event */ + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ + I2C_ITError(hi2c, HAL_I2C_ERROR_SIZE); + } + } + else if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(tmpITFlags, I2C_FLAG_TC) != RESET) && \ + (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_TCI) != RESET)) + { + /* Disable Interrupt related to address step */ + I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT); + + /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK and RXI interrupts */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RX_IT); + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + direction = I2C_GENERATE_START_READ; + } + + if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + /* Errata workaround 170323 */ + if (I2C_GET_DIR(hi2c) == I2C_DIRECTION_RECEIVE) + { + hi2c->XferSize = 1U; + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE; + } + + /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE and generate RESTART */ + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, (uint16_t)hi2c->Devaddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, + I2C_RELOAD_MODE, direction); + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + + /* Set NBYTES to write and generate RESTART */ + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, (uint16_t)hi2c->Devaddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, + I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, direction); + } + } + else + { + /* Nothing to do */ + } + + if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(tmpITFlags, I2C_FLAG_STOPF) != RESET) && \ + (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_STOPI) != RESET)) + { + /* Call I2C Master complete process */ + I2C_ITMasterCplt(hi2c, tmpITFlags); + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Interrupt Sub-Routine which handle the Interrupt Flags Slave Mode with Interrupt. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param ITFlags Interrupt flags to handle. + * @param ITSources Interrupt sources enabled. + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_Slave_ISR_IT(struct __I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags, + uint32_t ITSources) +{ + uint32_t tmpoptions = hi2c->XferOptions; + uint32_t tmpITFlags = ITFlags; + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Check if STOPF is set */ + if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(tmpITFlags, I2C_FLAG_STOPF) != RESET) && \ + (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_STOPI) != RESET)) + { + /* Call I2C Slave complete process */ + I2C_ITSlaveCplt(hi2c, tmpITFlags); + } + else if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(tmpITFlags, I2C_FLAG_AF) != RESET) && \ + (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_NACKI) != RESET)) + { + /* Check that I2C transfer finished */ + /* if yes, normal use case, a NACK is sent by the MASTER when Transfer is finished */ + /* Mean XferCount == 0*/ + /* So clear Flag NACKF only */ + if (hi2c->XferCount == 0U) + { + if ((hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) && (tmpoptions == I2C_FIRST_AND_LAST_FRAME)) + /* Same action must be done for (tmpoptions == I2C_LAST_FRAME) which removed for + Warning[Pa134]: left and right operands are identical */ + { + /* Call I2C Listen complete process */ + I2C_ITListenCplt(hi2c, tmpITFlags); + } + else if ((hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX_LISTEN) && (tmpoptions != I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME)) + { + /* Clear NACK Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); + + /* Flush TX register */ + I2C_Flush_TXDR(hi2c); + + /* Last Byte is Transmitted */ + /* Call I2C Slave Sequential complete process */ + I2C_ITSlaveSeqCplt(hi2c); + } + else + { + /* Clear NACK Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); + } + } + else + { + /* if no, error use case, a Non-Acknowledge of last Data is generated by the MASTER*/ + /* Clear NACK Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); + + /* Set ErrorCode corresponding to a Non-Acknowledge */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF; + + if ((tmpoptions == I2C_FIRST_FRAME) || (tmpoptions == I2C_NEXT_FRAME)) + { + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ + I2C_ITError(hi2c, hi2c->ErrorCode); + } + } + } + else if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(tmpITFlags, I2C_FLAG_RXNE) != RESET) && \ + (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_RXI) != RESET)) + { + if (hi2c->XferCount > 0U) + { + /* Read data from RXDR */ + *hi2c->pBuffPtr = (uint8_t)hi2c->Instance->RXDR; + + /* Increment Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr++; + + hi2c->XferSize--; + hi2c->XferCount--; + } + + if ((hi2c->XferCount == 0U) && \ + (tmpoptions != I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME)) + { + /* Call I2C Slave Sequential complete process */ + I2C_ITSlaveSeqCplt(hi2c); + } + } + else if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(tmpITFlags, I2C_FLAG_ADDR) != RESET) && \ + (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_ADDRI) != RESET)) + { + I2C_ITAddrCplt(hi2c, tmpITFlags); + } + else if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(tmpITFlags, I2C_FLAG_TXIS) != RESET) && \ + (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_TXI) != RESET)) + { + /* Write data to TXDR only if XferCount not reach "0" */ + /* A TXIS flag can be set, during STOP treatment */ + /* Check if all Data have already been sent */ + /* If it is the case, this last write in TXDR is not sent, correspond to a dummy TXIS event */ + if (hi2c->XferCount > 0U) + { + /* Write data to TXDR */ + hi2c->Instance->TXDR = *hi2c->pBuffPtr; + + /* Increment Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr++; + + hi2c->XferCount--; + hi2c->XferSize--; + } + else + { + if ((tmpoptions == I2C_NEXT_FRAME) || (tmpoptions == I2C_FIRST_FRAME)) + { + /* Last Byte is Transmitted */ + /* Call I2C Slave Sequential complete process */ + I2C_ITSlaveSeqCplt(hi2c); + } + } + } + else + { + /* Nothing to do */ + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Interrupt Sub-Routine which handle the Interrupt Flags Master Mode with DMA. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param ITFlags Interrupt flags to handle. + * @param ITSources Interrupt sources enabled. + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_Master_ISR_DMA(struct __I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags, + uint32_t ITSources) +{ + uint16_t devaddress; + uint32_t xfermode; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(ITFlags, I2C_FLAG_AF) != RESET) && \ + (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_NACKI) != RESET)) + { + /* Clear NACK Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); + + /* Set corresponding Error Code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF; + + /* No need to generate STOP, it is automatically done */ + /* But enable STOP interrupt, to treat it */ + /* Error callback will be send during stop flag treatment */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_CPLT_IT); + + /* Flush TX register */ + I2C_Flush_TXDR(hi2c); + } + else if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(ITFlags, I2C_FLAG_TCR) != RESET) && \ + (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_TCI) != RESET)) + { + /* Disable TC interrupt */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_TCI); + + if (hi2c->XferCount != 0U) + { + /* Recover Slave address */ + devaddress = (uint16_t)(hi2c->Instance->CR2 & I2C_CR2_SADD); + + /* Prepare the new XferSize to transfer */ + if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + /* Errata workaround 170323 */ + if (I2C_GET_DIR(hi2c) == I2C_DIRECTION_RECEIVE) + { + hi2c->XferSize = 1U; + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE; + } + xfermode = I2C_RELOAD_MODE; + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + if (hi2c->XferOptions != I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME) + { + xfermode = hi2c->XferOptions; + } + else + { + xfermode = I2C_AUTOEND_MODE; + } + } + + /* Set the new XferSize in Nbytes register */ + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, devaddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, xfermode, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP); + + /* Update XferCount value */ + hi2c->XferCount -= hi2c->XferSize; + + /* Enable DMA Request */ + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN; + } + else + { + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN; + } + } + else + { + /* Call TxCpltCallback() if no stop mode is set */ + if (I2C_GET_STOP_MODE(hi2c) != I2C_AUTOEND_MODE) + { + /* Call I2C Master Sequential complete process */ + I2C_ITMasterSeqCplt(hi2c); + } + else + { + /* Wrong size Status regarding TCR flag event */ + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ + I2C_ITError(hi2c, HAL_I2C_ERROR_SIZE); + } + } + } + else if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(ITFlags, I2C_FLAG_TC) != RESET) && \ + (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_TCI) != RESET)) + { + if (hi2c->XferCount == 0U) + { + if (I2C_GET_STOP_MODE(hi2c) != I2C_AUTOEND_MODE) + { + /* Generate a stop condition in case of no transfer option */ + if (hi2c->XferOptions == I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME) + { + /* Generate Stop */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_STOP; + } + else + { + /* Call I2C Master Sequential complete process */ + I2C_ITMasterSeqCplt(hi2c); + } + } + } + else + { + /* Wrong size Status regarding TC flag event */ + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ + I2C_ITError(hi2c, HAL_I2C_ERROR_SIZE); + } + } + else if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(ITFlags, I2C_FLAG_STOPF) != RESET) && \ + (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_STOPI) != RESET)) + { + /* Call I2C Master complete process */ + I2C_ITMasterCplt(hi2c, ITFlags); + } + else + { + /* Nothing to do */ + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Interrupt Sub-Routine which handle the Interrupt Flags Memory Mode with DMA. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param ITFlags Interrupt flags to handle. + * @param ITSources Interrupt sources enabled. + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_Mem_ISR_DMA(struct __I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags, + uint32_t ITSources) +{ + uint32_t direction = I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(ITFlags, I2C_FLAG_AF) != RESET) && \ + (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_NACKI) != RESET)) + { + /* Clear NACK Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); + + /* Set corresponding Error Code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF; + + /* No need to generate STOP, it is automatically done */ + /* But enable STOP interrupt, to treat it */ + /* Error callback will be send during stop flag treatment */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_CPLT_IT); + + /* Flush TX register */ + I2C_Flush_TXDR(hi2c); + } + else if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(ITFlags, I2C_FLAG_TXIS) != RESET) && \ + (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_TXI) != RESET)) + { + /* Write LSB part of Memory Address */ + hi2c->Instance->TXDR = hi2c->Memaddress; + + /* Reset Memaddress content */ + hi2c->Memaddress = 0xFFFFFFFFU; + } + else if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(ITFlags, I2C_FLAG_TCR) != RESET) && \ + (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_TCI) != RESET)) + { + /* Disable Interrupt related to address step */ + I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT); + + /* Enable only Error interrupt */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_ERROR_IT); + + if (hi2c->XferCount != 0U) + { + /* Prepare the new XferSize to transfer */ + if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + /* Errata workaround 170323 */ + if (I2C_GET_DIR(hi2c) == I2C_DIRECTION_RECEIVE) + { + hi2c->XferSize = 1U; + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE; + } + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, (uint16_t)hi2c->Devaddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, + I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP); + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, (uint16_t)hi2c->Devaddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, + I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP); + } + + /* Update XferCount value */ + hi2c->XferCount -= hi2c->XferSize; + + /* Enable DMA Request */ + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN; + } + else + { + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN; + } + } + else + { + /* Wrong size Status regarding TCR flag event */ + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ + I2C_ITError(hi2c, HAL_I2C_ERROR_SIZE); + } + } + else if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(ITFlags, I2C_FLAG_TC) != RESET) && \ + (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_TCI) != RESET)) + { + /* Disable Interrupt related to address step */ + I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT); + + /* Enable only Error and NACK interrupt for data transfer */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_ERROR_IT); + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + direction = I2C_GENERATE_START_READ; + } + + if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + /* Errata workaround 170323 */ + if (I2C_GET_DIR(hi2c) == I2C_DIRECTION_RECEIVE) + { + hi2c->XferSize = 1U; + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE; + } + + /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE and generate RESTART */ + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, (uint16_t)hi2c->Devaddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, + I2C_RELOAD_MODE, direction); + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + + /* Set NBYTES to write and generate RESTART */ + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, (uint16_t)hi2c->Devaddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, + I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, direction); + } + + /* Update XferCount value */ + hi2c->XferCount -= hi2c->XferSize; + + /* Enable DMA Request */ + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN; + } + else + { + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN; + } + } + else if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(ITFlags, I2C_FLAG_STOPF) != RESET) && \ + (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_STOPI) != RESET)) + { + /* Call I2C Master complete process */ + I2C_ITMasterCplt(hi2c, ITFlags); + } + else + { + /* Nothing to do */ + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Interrupt Sub-Routine which handle the Interrupt Flags Slave Mode with DMA. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param ITFlags Interrupt flags to handle. + * @param ITSources Interrupt sources enabled. + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_Slave_ISR_DMA(struct __I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags, + uint32_t ITSources) +{ + uint32_t tmpoptions = hi2c->XferOptions; + uint32_t treatdmanack = 0U; + HAL_I2C_StateTypeDef tmpstate; + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Check if STOPF is set */ + if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(ITFlags, I2C_FLAG_STOPF) != RESET) && \ + (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_STOPI) != RESET)) + { + /* Call I2C Slave complete process */ + I2C_ITSlaveCplt(hi2c, ITFlags); + } + else if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(ITFlags, I2C_FLAG_AF) != RESET) && \ + (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_NACKI) != RESET)) + { + /* Check that I2C transfer finished */ + /* if yes, normal use case, a NACK is sent by the MASTER when Transfer is finished */ + /* Mean XferCount == 0 */ + /* So clear Flag NACKF only */ + if ((I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN) != RESET) || + (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN) != RESET)) + { + /* Split check of hdmarx, for MISRA compliance */ + if (hi2c->hdmarx != NULL) + { + if (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN) != RESET) + { + if (I2C_GET_DMA_REMAIN_DATA(hi2c->hdmarx) == 0U) + { + treatdmanack = 1U; + } + } + } + + /* Split check of hdmatx, for MISRA compliance */ + if (hi2c->hdmatx != NULL) + { + if (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN) != RESET) + { + if (I2C_GET_DMA_REMAIN_DATA(hi2c->hdmatx) == 0U) + { + treatdmanack = 1U; + } + } + } + + if (treatdmanack == 1U) + { + if ((hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) && (tmpoptions == I2C_FIRST_AND_LAST_FRAME)) + /* Same action must be done for (tmpoptions == I2C_LAST_FRAME) which removed for + Warning[Pa134]: left and right operands are identical */ + { + /* Call I2C Listen complete process */ + I2C_ITListenCplt(hi2c, ITFlags); + } + else if ((hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX_LISTEN) && (tmpoptions != I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME)) + { + /* Clear NACK Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); + + /* Flush TX register */ + I2C_Flush_TXDR(hi2c); + + /* Last Byte is Transmitted */ + /* Call I2C Slave Sequential complete process */ + I2C_ITSlaveSeqCplt(hi2c); + } + else + { + /* Clear NACK Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); + } + } + else + { + /* if no, error use case, a Non-Acknowledge of last Data is generated by the MASTER*/ + /* Clear NACK Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); + + /* Set ErrorCode corresponding to a Non-Acknowledge */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF; + + /* Store current hi2c->State, solve MISRA2012-Rule-13.5 */ + tmpstate = hi2c->State; + + if ((tmpoptions == I2C_FIRST_FRAME) || (tmpoptions == I2C_NEXT_FRAME)) + { + if ((tmpstate == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX) || (tmpstate == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX_LISTEN)) + { + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX; + } + else if ((tmpstate == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX) || (tmpstate == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX_LISTEN)) + { + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX; + } + else + { + /* Do nothing */ + } + + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ + I2C_ITError(hi2c, hi2c->ErrorCode); + } + } + } + else + { + /* Only Clear NACK Flag, no DMA treatment is pending */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); + } + } + else if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(ITFlags, I2C_FLAG_ADDR) != RESET) && \ + (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_ADDRI) != RESET)) + { + I2C_ITAddrCplt(hi2c, ITFlags); + } + else + { + /* Nothing to do */ + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Master sends target device address followed by internal memory address for write request. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface + * @param MemAddress Internal memory address + * @param MemAddSize Size of internal memory address + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @param Tickstart Tick start value + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_RequestMemoryWrite(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, + uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint32_t Timeout, + uint32_t Tickstart) +{ + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)MemAddSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE); + + /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* If Memory address size is 8Bit */ + if (MemAddSize == I2C_MEMADD_SIZE_8BIT) + { + /* Send Memory Address */ + hi2c->Instance->TXDR = I2C_MEM_ADD_LSB(MemAddress); + } + /* If Memory address size is 16Bit */ + else + { + /* Send MSB of Memory Address */ + hi2c->Instance->TXDR = I2C_MEM_ADD_MSB(MemAddress); + + /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Send LSB of Memory Address */ + hi2c->Instance->TXDR = I2C_MEM_ADD_LSB(MemAddress); + } + + /* Wait until TCR flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TCR, RESET, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Master sends target device address followed by internal memory address for read request. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface + * @param MemAddress Internal memory address + * @param MemAddSize Size of internal memory address + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @param Tickstart Tick start value + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_RequestMemoryRead(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, + uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint32_t Timeout, + uint32_t Tickstart) +{ + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)MemAddSize, I2C_SOFTEND_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE); + + /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* If Memory address size is 8Bit */ + if (MemAddSize == I2C_MEMADD_SIZE_8BIT) + { + /* Send Memory Address */ + hi2c->Instance->TXDR = I2C_MEM_ADD_LSB(MemAddress); + } + /* If Memory address size is 16Bit */ + else + { + /* Send MSB of Memory Address */ + hi2c->Instance->TXDR = I2C_MEM_ADD_MSB(MemAddress); + + /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Send LSB of Memory Address */ + hi2c->Instance->TXDR = I2C_MEM_ADD_LSB(MemAddress); + } + + /* Wait until TC flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TC, RESET, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief I2C Address complete process callback. + * @param hi2c I2C handle. + * @param ITFlags Interrupt flags to handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_ITAddrCplt(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags) +{ + uint8_t transferdirection; + uint16_t slaveaddrcode; + uint16_t ownadd1code; + uint16_t ownadd2code; + + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(ITFlags); + + /* In case of Listen state, need to inform upper layer of address match code event */ + if (((uint32_t)hi2c->State & (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) == (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) + { + transferdirection = I2C_GET_DIR(hi2c); + slaveaddrcode = I2C_GET_ADDR_MATCH(hi2c); + ownadd1code = I2C_GET_OWN_ADDRESS1(hi2c); + ownadd2code = I2C_GET_OWN_ADDRESS2(hi2c); + + /* If 10bits addressing mode is selected */ + if (hi2c->Init.AddressingMode == I2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_10BIT) + { + if ((slaveaddrcode & SLAVE_ADDR_MSK) == ((ownadd1code >> SLAVE_ADDR_SHIFT) & SLAVE_ADDR_MSK)) + { + slaveaddrcode = ownadd1code; + hi2c->AddrEventCount++; + if (hi2c->AddrEventCount == 2U) + { + /* Reset Address Event counter */ + hi2c->AddrEventCount = 0U; + + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Call Slave Addr callback */ +#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hi2c->AddrCallback(hi2c, transferdirection, slaveaddrcode); +#else + HAL_I2C_AddrCallback(hi2c, transferdirection, slaveaddrcode); +#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + } + else + { + slaveaddrcode = ownadd2code; + + /* Disable ADDR Interrupts */ + I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Call Slave Addr callback */ +#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hi2c->AddrCallback(hi2c, transferdirection, slaveaddrcode); +#else + HAL_I2C_AddrCallback(hi2c, transferdirection, slaveaddrcode); +#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + } + /* else 7 bits addressing mode is selected */ + else + { + /* Disable ADDR Interrupts */ + I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Call Slave Addr callback */ +#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hi2c->AddrCallback(hi2c, transferdirection, slaveaddrcode); +#else + HAL_I2C_AddrCallback(hi2c, transferdirection, slaveaddrcode); +#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + } + /* Else clear address flag only */ + else + { + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + } +} + +/** + * @brief I2C Master sequential complete process. + * @param hi2c I2C handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_ITMasterSeqCplt(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Reset I2C handle mode */ + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* No Generate Stop, to permit restart mode */ + /* The stop will be done at the end of transfer, when I2C_AUTOEND_MODE enable */ + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX) + { + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX; + hi2c->XferISR = NULL; + + /* Disable Interrupts */ + I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ +#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hi2c->MasterTxCpltCallback(hi2c); +#else + HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback(hi2c); +#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + /* hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX */ + else + { + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX; + hi2c->XferISR = NULL; + + /* Disable Interrupts */ + I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RX_IT); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ +#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hi2c->MasterRxCpltCallback(hi2c); +#else + HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback(hi2c); +#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } +} + +/** + * @brief I2C Slave sequential complete process. + * @param hi2c I2C handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_ITSlaveSeqCplt(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + uint32_t tmpcr1value = READ_REG(hi2c->Instance->CR1); + + /* Reset I2C handle mode */ + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* If a DMA is ongoing, Update handle size context */ + if (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(tmpcr1value, I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN) != RESET) + { + /* Disable DMA Request */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN; + } + else if (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(tmpcr1value, I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN) != RESET) + { + /* Disable DMA Request */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN; + } + else + { + /* Do nothing */ + } + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX_LISTEN) + { + /* Remove HAL_I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX, keep only HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN; + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX; + + /* Disable Interrupts */ + I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ +#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hi2c->SlaveTxCpltCallback(hi2c); +#else + HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback(hi2c); +#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + + else if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX_LISTEN) + { + /* Remove HAL_I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX, keep only HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN; + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX; + + /* Disable Interrupts */ + I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RX_IT); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ +#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hi2c->SlaveRxCpltCallback(hi2c); +#else + HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback(hi2c); +#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + else + { + /* Nothing to do */ + } +} + +/** + * @brief I2C Master complete process. + * @param hi2c I2C handle. + * @param ITFlags Interrupt flags to handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_ITMasterCplt(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags) +{ + uint32_t tmperror; + uint32_t tmpITFlags = ITFlags; + __IO uint32_t tmpreg; + + /* Clear STOP Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF); + + /* Disable Interrupts and Store Previous state */ + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX) + { + I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT); + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX; + } + else if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RX_IT); + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX; + } + else + { + /* Do nothing */ + } + + /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */ + I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c); + + /* Reset handle parameters */ + hi2c->XferISR = NULL; + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + + if (I2C_CHECK_FLAG(tmpITFlags, I2C_FLAG_AF) != RESET) + { + /* Clear NACK Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); + + /* Set acknowledge error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF; + } + + /* Fetch Last receive data if any */ + if ((hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_ABORT) && (I2C_CHECK_FLAG(tmpITFlags, I2C_FLAG_RXNE) != RESET)) + { + /* Read data from RXDR */ + tmpreg = (uint8_t)hi2c->Instance->RXDR; + UNUSED(tmpreg); + } + + /* Flush TX register */ + I2C_Flush_TXDR(hi2c); + + /* Store current volatile hi2c->ErrorCode, misra rule */ + tmperror = hi2c->ErrorCode; + + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ + if ((hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_ABORT) || (tmperror != HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE)) + { + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ + I2C_ITError(hi2c, hi2c->ErrorCode); + } + /* hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX */ + else if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX) + { + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + + if (hi2c->Mode == HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM) + { + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ +#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hi2c->MemTxCpltCallback(hi2c); +#else + HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback(hi2c); +#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + else + { + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ +#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hi2c->MasterTxCpltCallback(hi2c); +#else + HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback(hi2c); +#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + } + /* hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX */ + else if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + + if (hi2c->Mode == HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM) + { + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ +#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hi2c->MemRxCpltCallback(hi2c); +#else + HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback(hi2c); +#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + else + { + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ +#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hi2c->MasterRxCpltCallback(hi2c); +#else + HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback(hi2c); +#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + } + else + { + /* Nothing to do */ + } +} + +/** + * @brief I2C Slave complete process. + * @param hi2c I2C handle. + * @param ITFlags Interrupt flags to handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_ITSlaveCplt(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags) +{ + uint32_t tmpcr1value = READ_REG(hi2c->Instance->CR1); + uint32_t tmpITFlags = ITFlags; + uint32_t tmpoptions = hi2c->XferOptions; + HAL_I2C_StateTypeDef tmpstate = hi2c->State; + + /* Clear STOP Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF); + + /* Disable Interrupts and Store Previous state */ + if ((tmpstate == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX) || (tmpstate == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX_LISTEN)) + { + I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT | I2C_XFER_TX_IT); + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX; + } + else if ((tmpstate == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX) || (tmpstate == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX_LISTEN)) + { + I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT | I2C_XFER_RX_IT); + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX; + } + else if (tmpstate == HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) + { + I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT | I2C_XFER_TX_IT | I2C_XFER_RX_IT); + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + } + else + { + /* Do nothing */ + } + + /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK; + + /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */ + I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c); + + /* Flush TX register */ + I2C_Flush_TXDR(hi2c); + + /* If a DMA is ongoing, Update handle size context */ + if (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(tmpcr1value, I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN) != RESET) + { + /* Disable DMA Request */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN; + + if (hi2c->hdmatx != NULL) + { + hi2c->XferCount = (uint16_t)I2C_GET_DMA_REMAIN_DATA(hi2c->hdmatx); + } + } + else if (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(tmpcr1value, I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN) != RESET) + { + /* Disable DMA Request */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN; + + if (hi2c->hdmarx != NULL) + { + hi2c->XferCount = (uint16_t)I2C_GET_DMA_REMAIN_DATA(hi2c->hdmarx); + } + } + else + { + /* Do nothing */ + } + + /* Store Last receive data if any */ + if (I2C_CHECK_FLAG(tmpITFlags, I2C_FLAG_RXNE) != RESET) + { + /* Remove RXNE flag on temporary variable as read done */ + tmpITFlags &= ~I2C_FLAG_RXNE; + + /* Read data from RXDR */ + *hi2c->pBuffPtr = (uint8_t)hi2c->Instance->RXDR; + + /* Increment Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr++; + + if ((hi2c->XferSize > 0U)) + { + hi2c->XferSize--; + hi2c->XferCount--; + } + } + + /* All data are not transferred, so set error code accordingly */ + if (hi2c->XferCount != 0U) + { + /* Set ErrorCode corresponding to a Non-Acknowledge */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF; + } + + if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(tmpITFlags, I2C_FLAG_AF) != RESET) && \ + (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(tmpcr1value, I2C_IT_NACKI) != RESET)) + { + /* Check that I2C transfer finished */ + /* if yes, normal use case, a NACK is sent by the MASTER when Transfer is finished */ + /* Mean XferCount == 0*/ + /* So clear Flag NACKF only */ + if (hi2c->XferCount == 0U) + { + if ((hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) && (tmpoptions == I2C_FIRST_AND_LAST_FRAME)) + /* Same action must be done for (tmpoptions == I2C_LAST_FRAME) which removed for + Warning[Pa134]: left and right operands are identical */ + { + /* Call I2C Listen complete process */ + I2C_ITListenCplt(hi2c, tmpITFlags); + } + else if ((hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX_LISTEN) && (tmpoptions != I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME)) + { + /* Clear NACK Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); + + /* Flush TX register */ + I2C_Flush_TXDR(hi2c); + + /* Last Byte is Transmitted */ + /* Call I2C Slave Sequential complete process */ + I2C_ITSlaveSeqCplt(hi2c); + } + else + { + /* Clear NACK Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); + } + } + else + { + /* if no, error use case, a Non-Acknowledge of last Data is generated by the MASTER*/ + /* Clear NACK Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); + + /* Set ErrorCode corresponding to a Non-Acknowledge */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF; + + if ((tmpoptions == I2C_FIRST_FRAME) || (tmpoptions == I2C_NEXT_FRAME)) + { + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ + I2C_ITError(hi2c, hi2c->ErrorCode); + } + } + } + + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + hi2c->XferISR = NULL; + + if (hi2c->ErrorCode != HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE) + { + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ + I2C_ITError(hi2c, hi2c->ErrorCode); + + /* Call the Listen Complete callback, to inform upper layer of the end of Listen usecase */ + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) + { + /* Call I2C Listen complete process */ + I2C_ITListenCplt(hi2c, tmpITFlags); + } + } + else if (hi2c->XferOptions != I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME) + { + /* Call the Sequential Complete callback, to inform upper layer of the end of Transfer */ + I2C_ITSlaveSeqCplt(hi2c); + + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Call the Listen Complete callback, to inform upper layer of the end of Listen usecase */ +#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hi2c->ListenCpltCallback(hi2c); +#else + HAL_I2C_ListenCpltCallback(hi2c); +#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ + else if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ +#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hi2c->SlaveRxCpltCallback(hi2c); +#else + HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback(hi2c); +#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + else + { + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ +#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hi2c->SlaveTxCpltCallback(hi2c); +#else + HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback(hi2c); +#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } +} + +/** + * @brief I2C Listen complete process. + * @param hi2c I2C handle. + * @param ITFlags Interrupt flags to handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_ITListenCplt(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags) +{ + /* Reset handle parameters */ + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + hi2c->XferISR = NULL; + + /* Store Last receive data if any */ + if (I2C_CHECK_FLAG(ITFlags, I2C_FLAG_RXNE) != RESET) + { + /* Read data from RXDR */ + *hi2c->pBuffPtr = (uint8_t)hi2c->Instance->RXDR; + + /* Increment Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr++; + + if ((hi2c->XferSize > 0U)) + { + hi2c->XferSize--; + hi2c->XferCount--; + + /* Set ErrorCode corresponding to a Non-Acknowledge */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF; + } + } + + /* Disable all Interrupts*/ + I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT | I2C_XFER_RX_IT | I2C_XFER_TX_IT); + + /* Clear NACK Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Call the Listen Complete callback, to inform upper layer of the end of Listen usecase */ +#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hi2c->ListenCpltCallback(hi2c); +#else + HAL_I2C_ListenCpltCallback(hi2c); +#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ +} + +/** + * @brief I2C interrupts error process. + * @param hi2c I2C handle. + * @param ErrorCode Error code to handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_ITError(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ErrorCode) +{ + HAL_I2C_StateTypeDef tmpstate = hi2c->State; + + uint32_t tmppreviousstate; + + /* Reset handle parameters */ + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + hi2c->XferCount = 0U; + + /* Set new error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= ErrorCode; + + /* Disable Interrupts */ + if ((tmpstate == HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) || + (tmpstate == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX_LISTEN) || + (tmpstate == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX_LISTEN)) + { + /* Disable all interrupts, except interrupts related to LISTEN state */ + I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RX_IT | I2C_XFER_TX_IT); + + /* keep HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN if set */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN; + hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Slave_ISR_IT; + } + else + { + /* Disable all interrupts */ + I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT | I2C_XFER_RX_IT | I2C_XFER_TX_IT); + + /* Flush TX register */ + I2C_Flush_TXDR(hi2c); + + /* If state is an abort treatment on going, don't change state */ + /* This change will be do later */ + if (hi2c->State != HAL_I2C_STATE_ABORT) + { + /* Set HAL_I2C_STATE_READY */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Check if a STOPF is detected */ + if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF) == SET) + { + if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF) == SET) + { + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF; + } + + /* Clear STOP Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF); + } + + } + hi2c->XferISR = NULL; + } + + /* Abort DMA TX transfer if any */ + tmppreviousstate = hi2c->PreviousState; + + if ((hi2c->hdmatx != NULL) && ((tmppreviousstate == I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX) || \ + (tmppreviousstate == I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX))) + { + if ((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN) == I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN) + { + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN; + } + + if (HAL_DMA_GetState(hi2c->hdmatx) != HAL_DMA_STATE_READY) + { + /* Set the I2C DMA Abort callback : + will lead to call HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = I2C_DMAAbort; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Abort DMA TX */ + if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hi2c->hdmatx) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Call Directly XferAbortCallback function in case of error */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback(hi2c->hdmatx); + } + } + else + { + I2C_TreatErrorCallback(hi2c); + } + } + /* Abort DMA RX transfer if any */ + else if ((hi2c->hdmarx != NULL) && ((tmppreviousstate == I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX) || \ + (tmppreviousstate == I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX))) + { + if ((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN) == I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN) + { + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN; + } + + if (HAL_DMA_GetState(hi2c->hdmarx) != HAL_DMA_STATE_READY) + { + /* Set the I2C DMA Abort callback : + will lead to call HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = I2C_DMAAbort; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Abort DMA RX */ + if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hi2c->hdmarx) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Call Directly hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback function in case of error */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback(hi2c->hdmarx); + } + } + else + { + I2C_TreatErrorCallback(hi2c); + } + } + else + { + I2C_TreatErrorCallback(hi2c); + } +} + +/** + * @brief I2C Error callback treatment. + * @param hi2c I2C handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_TreatErrorCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_ABORT) + { + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ +#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hi2c->AbortCpltCallback(hi2c); +#else + HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback(hi2c); +#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + else + { + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ +#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hi2c->ErrorCallback(hi2c); +#else + HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(hi2c); +#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } +} + +/** + * @brief I2C Tx data register flush process. + * @param hi2c I2C handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_Flush_TXDR(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* If a pending TXIS flag is set */ + /* Write a dummy data in TXDR to clear it */ + if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TXIS) != RESET) + { + hi2c->Instance->TXDR = 0x00U; + } + + /* Flush TX register if not empty */ + if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TXE) == RESET) + { + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TXE); + } +} + +/** + * @brief DMA I2C master transmit process complete callback. + * @param hdma DMA handle + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_DMAMasterTransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + /* Derogation MISRAC2012-Rule-11.5 */ + I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c = (I2C_HandleTypeDef *)(((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent); + + /* Disable DMA Request */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN; + + /* If last transfer, enable STOP interrupt */ + if (hi2c->XferCount == 0U) + { + /* Enable STOP interrupt */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_CPLT_IT); + } + /* else prepare a new DMA transfer and enable TCReload interrupt */ + else + { + /* Update Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr += hi2c->XferSize; + + /* Set the XferSize to transfer */ + if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE; + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + } + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmatx, (uint32_t)hi2c->pBuffPtr, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->TXDR, + hi2c->XferSize) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ + I2C_ITError(hi2c, HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA); + } + else + { + /* Enable TC interrupts */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RELOAD_IT); + } + } +} + + +/** + * @brief DMA I2C slave transmit process complete callback. + * @param hdma DMA handle + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_DMASlaveTransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + /* Derogation MISRAC2012-Rule-11.5 */ + I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c = (I2C_HandleTypeDef *)(((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent); + uint32_t tmpoptions = hi2c->XferOptions; + + if ((tmpoptions == I2C_NEXT_FRAME) || (tmpoptions == I2C_FIRST_FRAME)) + { + /* Disable DMA Request */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN; + + /* Last Byte is Transmitted */ + /* Call I2C Slave Sequential complete process */ + I2C_ITSlaveSeqCplt(hi2c); + } + else + { + /* No specific action, Master fully manage the generation of STOP condition */ + /* Mean that this generation can arrive at any time, at the end or during DMA process */ + /* So STOP condition should be manage through Interrupt treatment */ + } +} + + +/** + * @brief DMA I2C master receive process complete callback. + * @param hdma DMA handle + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_DMAMasterReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + /* Derogation MISRAC2012-Rule-11.5 */ + I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c = (I2C_HandleTypeDef *)(((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent); + + /* Disable DMA Request */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN; + + /* If last transfer, enable STOP interrupt */ + if (hi2c->XferCount == 0U) + { + /* Enable STOP interrupt */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_CPLT_IT); + } + /* else prepare a new DMA transfer and enable TCReload interrupt */ + else + { + /* Update Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr += hi2c->XferSize; + + /* Set the XferSize to transfer */ + if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + /* Errata workaround 170323 */ + if (I2C_GET_DIR(hi2c) == I2C_DIRECTION_RECEIVE) + { + hi2c->XferSize = 1U; + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE; + } + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + } + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->RXDR, (uint32_t)hi2c->pBuffPtr, + hi2c->XferSize) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ + I2C_ITError(hi2c, HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA); + } + else + { + /* Enable TC interrupts */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RELOAD_IT); + } + } +} + + +/** + * @brief DMA I2C slave receive process complete callback. + * @param hdma DMA handle + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_DMASlaveReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + /* Derogation MISRAC2012-Rule-11.5 */ + I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c = (I2C_HandleTypeDef *)(((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent); + uint32_t tmpoptions = hi2c->XferOptions; + + if ((I2C_GET_DMA_REMAIN_DATA(hi2c->hdmarx) == 0U) && \ + (tmpoptions != I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME)) + { + /* Disable DMA Request */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN; + + /* Call I2C Slave Sequential complete process */ + I2C_ITSlaveSeqCplt(hi2c); + } + else + { + /* No specific action, Master fully manage the generation of STOP condition */ + /* Mean that this generation can arrive at any time, at the end or during DMA process */ + /* So STOP condition should be manage through Interrupt treatment */ + } +} + + +/** + * @brief DMA I2C communication error callback. + * @param hdma DMA handle + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + /* Derogation MISRAC2012-Rule-11.5 */ + I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c = (I2C_HandleTypeDef *)(((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent); + + /* Disable Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK; + + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ + I2C_ITError(hi2c, HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA); +} + + +/** + * @brief DMA I2C communication abort callback + * (To be called at end of DMA Abort procedure). + * @param hdma DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_DMAAbort(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + /* Derogation MISRAC2012-Rule-11.5 */ + I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c = (I2C_HandleTypeDef *)(((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent); + + /* Reset AbortCpltCallback */ + if (hi2c->hdmatx != NULL) + { + hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + } + if (hi2c->hdmarx != NULL) + { + hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + } + + I2C_TreatErrorCallback(hi2c); +} + + +/** + * @brief This function handles I2C Communication Timeout. It waits + * until a flag is no longer in the specified status. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param Flag Specifies the I2C flag to check. + * @param Status The actual Flag status (SET or RESET). + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @param Tickstart Tick start value + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, + uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart) +{ + while (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, Flag) == Status) + { + /* Check if an error is detected */ + if (I2C_IsErrorOccurred(hi2c, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check for the Timeout */ + if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if (((HAL_GetTick() - Tickstart) > Timeout) || (Timeout == 0U)) + { + if ((__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, Flag) == Status)) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + } + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles I2C Communication Timeout for specific usage of TXIS flag. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @param Tickstart Tick start value + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Timeout, + uint32_t Tickstart) +{ + while (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TXIS) == RESET) + { + /* Check if an error is detected */ + if (I2C_IsErrorOccurred(hi2c, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check for the Timeout */ + if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if (((HAL_GetTick() - Tickstart) > Timeout) || (Timeout == 0U)) + { + if ((__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TXIS) == RESET)) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + } + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles I2C Communication Timeout for specific usage of STOP flag. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @param Tickstart Tick start value + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Timeout, + uint32_t Tickstart) +{ + while (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF) == RESET) + { + /* Check if an error is detected */ + if (I2C_IsErrorOccurred(hi2c, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check for the Timeout */ + if (((HAL_GetTick() - Tickstart) > Timeout) || (Timeout == 0U)) + { + if ((__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF) == RESET)) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles I2C Communication Timeout for specific usage of RXNE flag. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @param Tickstart Tick start value + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnRXNEFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Timeout, + uint32_t Tickstart) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + while ((__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_RXNE) == RESET) && (status == HAL_OK)) + { + /* Check if an error is detected */ + if (I2C_IsErrorOccurred(hi2c, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check if a STOPF is detected */ + if ((__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF) == SET) && (status == HAL_OK)) + { + /* Check if an RXNE is pending */ + /* Store Last receive data if any */ + if ((__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_RXNE) == SET) && (hi2c->XferSize > 0U)) + { + /* Return HAL_OK */ + /* The Reading of data from RXDR will be done in caller function */ + status = HAL_OK; + } + + /* Check a no-acknowledge have been detected */ + if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF) == SET) + { + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF; + + /* Clear STOP Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF); + + /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */ + I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + } + } + + /* Check for the Timeout */ + if ((((HAL_GetTick() - Tickstart) > Timeout) || (Timeout == 0U)) && (status == HAL_OK)) + { + if ((__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_RXNE) == RESET)) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + } + } + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles errors detection during an I2C Communication. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @param Tickstart Tick start value + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_IsErrorOccurred(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + uint32_t itflag = hi2c->Instance->ISR; + uint32_t error_code = 0; + uint32_t tickstart = Tickstart; + uint32_t tmp1; + HAL_I2C_ModeTypeDef tmp2; + + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(itflag, I2C_FLAG_AF)) + { + /* Clear NACKF Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); + + /* Wait until STOP Flag is set or timeout occurred */ + /* AutoEnd should be initiate after AF */ + while ((__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF) == RESET) && (status == HAL_OK)) + { + /* Check for the Timeout */ + if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if (((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout) || (Timeout == 0U)) + { + tmp1 = (uint32_t)(hi2c->Instance->CR2 & I2C_CR2_STOP); + tmp2 = hi2c->Mode; + + /* In case of I2C still busy, try to regenerate a STOP manually */ + if ((__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) != RESET) && \ + (tmp1 != I2C_CR2_STOP) && \ + (tmp2 != HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE)) + { + /* Generate Stop */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_STOP; + + /* Update Tick with new reference */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + } + + while (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF) == RESET) + { + /* Check for the Timeout */ + if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > I2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF) + { + error_code |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + + status = HAL_ERROR; + + break; + } + } + } + } + } + + /* In case STOP Flag is detected, clear it */ + if (status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Clear STOP Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF); + } + + error_code |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF; + + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Refresh Content of Status register */ + itflag = hi2c->Instance->ISR; + + /* Then verify if an additional errors occurs */ + /* Check if a Bus error occurred */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(itflag, I2C_FLAG_BERR)) + { + error_code |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_BERR; + + /* Clear BERR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BERR); + + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check if an Over-Run/Under-Run error occurred */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(itflag, I2C_FLAG_OVR)) + { + error_code |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_OVR; + + /* Clear OVR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_OVR); + + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check if an Arbitration Loss error occurred */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(itflag, I2C_FLAG_ARLO)) + { + error_code |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_ARLO; + + /* Clear ARLO flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ARLO); + + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + + if (status != HAL_OK) + { + /* Flush TX register */ + I2C_Flush_TXDR(hi2c); + + /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */ + I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c); + + hi2c->ErrorCode |= error_code; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + } + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Handles I2Cx communication when starting transfer or during transfer (TC or TCR flag are set). + * @param hi2c I2C handle. + * @param DevAddress Specifies the slave address to be programmed. + * @param Size Specifies the number of bytes to be programmed. + * This parameter must be a value between 0 and 255. + * @param Mode New state of the I2C START condition generation. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref I2C_RELOAD_MODE Enable Reload mode . + * @arg @ref I2C_AUTOEND_MODE Enable Automatic end mode. + * @arg @ref I2C_SOFTEND_MODE Enable Software end mode. + * @param Request New state of the I2C START condition generation. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref I2C_NO_STARTSTOP Don't Generate stop and start condition. + * @arg @ref I2C_GENERATE_STOP Generate stop condition (Size should be set to 0). + * @arg @ref I2C_GENERATE_START_READ Generate Restart for read request. + * @arg @ref I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE Generate Restart for write request. + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_TransferConfig(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t Size, uint32_t Mode, + uint32_t Request) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TRANSFER_MODE(Mode)); + assert_param(IS_TRANSFER_REQUEST(Request)); + + /* Declaration of tmp to prevent undefined behavior of volatile usage */ + uint32_t tmp = ((uint32_t)(((uint32_t)DevAddress & I2C_CR2_SADD) | \ + (((uint32_t)Size << I2C_CR2_NBYTES_Pos) & I2C_CR2_NBYTES) | \ + (uint32_t)Mode | (uint32_t)Request) & (~0x80000000U)); + + /* update CR2 register */ + MODIFY_REG(hi2c->Instance->CR2, \ + ((I2C_CR2_SADD | I2C_CR2_NBYTES | I2C_CR2_RELOAD | I2C_CR2_AUTOEND | \ + (I2C_CR2_RD_WRN & (uint32_t)(Request >> (31U - I2C_CR2_RD_WRN_Pos))) | \ + I2C_CR2_START | I2C_CR2_STOP)), tmp); +} + +/** + * @brief Manage the enabling of Interrupts. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param InterruptRequest Value of @ref I2C_Interrupt_configuration_definition. + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_Enable_IRQ(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t InterruptRequest) +{ + uint32_t tmpisr = 0U; + + if ((hi2c->XferISR != I2C_Master_ISR_DMA) && \ + (hi2c->XferISR != I2C_Slave_ISR_DMA) && \ + (hi2c->XferISR != I2C_Mem_ISR_DMA)) + { + if ((InterruptRequest & I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT) == I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT) + { + /* Enable ERR, STOP, NACK and ADDR interrupts */ + tmpisr |= I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_STOPI | I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ERRI; + } + + if ((InterruptRequest & I2C_XFER_TX_IT) == I2C_XFER_TX_IT) + { + /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK and TXI interrupts */ + tmpisr |= I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI | I2C_IT_STOPI | I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_TXI; + } + + if ((InterruptRequest & I2C_XFER_RX_IT) == I2C_XFER_RX_IT) + { + /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK and RXI interrupts */ + tmpisr |= I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI | I2C_IT_STOPI | I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_RXI; + } + + if (InterruptRequest == I2C_XFER_ERROR_IT) + { + /* Enable ERR and NACK interrupts */ + tmpisr |= I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_NACKI; + } + + if (InterruptRequest == I2C_XFER_CPLT_IT) + { + /* Enable STOP interrupts */ + tmpisr |= I2C_IT_STOPI; + } + } + + else + { + if ((InterruptRequest & I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT) == I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT) + { + /* Enable ERR, STOP, NACK and ADDR interrupts */ + tmpisr |= I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_STOPI | I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ERRI; + } + + if ((InterruptRequest & I2C_XFER_TX_IT) == I2C_XFER_TX_IT) + { + /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK and TXI interrupts */ + tmpisr |= I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI | I2C_IT_STOPI | I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_TXI; + } + + if ((InterruptRequest & I2C_XFER_RX_IT) == I2C_XFER_RX_IT) + { + /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK and RXI interrupts */ + tmpisr |= I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI | I2C_IT_STOPI | I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_RXI; + } + + if (InterruptRequest == I2C_XFER_ERROR_IT) + { + /* Enable ERR and NACK interrupts */ + tmpisr |= I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_NACKI; + } + + if (InterruptRequest == I2C_XFER_CPLT_IT) + { + /* Enable STOP interrupts */ + tmpisr |= (I2C_IT_STOPI | I2C_IT_TCI); + } + + if (InterruptRequest == I2C_XFER_RELOAD_IT) + { + /* Enable TC interrupts */ + tmpisr |= I2C_IT_TCI; + } + } + + /* Enable interrupts only at the end */ + /* to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before */ + /* all interrupts requested done */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT(hi2c, tmpisr); +} + +/** + * @brief Manage the disabling of Interrupts. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param InterruptRequest Value of @ref I2C_Interrupt_configuration_definition. + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_Disable_IRQ(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t InterruptRequest) +{ + uint32_t tmpisr = 0U; + + if ((InterruptRequest & I2C_XFER_TX_IT) == I2C_XFER_TX_IT) + { + /* Disable TC and TXI interrupts */ + tmpisr |= I2C_IT_TCI | I2C_IT_TXI; + + if (((uint32_t)hi2c->State & (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) != (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) + { + /* Disable NACK and STOP interrupts */ + tmpisr |= I2C_IT_STOPI | I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ERRI; + } + } + + if ((InterruptRequest & I2C_XFER_RX_IT) == I2C_XFER_RX_IT) + { + /* Disable TC and RXI interrupts */ + tmpisr |= I2C_IT_TCI | I2C_IT_RXI; + + if (((uint32_t)hi2c->State & (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) != (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) + { + /* Disable NACK and STOP interrupts */ + tmpisr |= I2C_IT_STOPI | I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ERRI; + } + } + + if ((InterruptRequest & I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT) == I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT) + { + /* Disable ADDR, NACK and STOP interrupts */ + tmpisr |= I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_STOPI | I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ERRI; + } + + if (InterruptRequest == I2C_XFER_ERROR_IT) + { + /* Enable ERR and NACK interrupts */ + tmpisr |= I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_NACKI; + } + + if (InterruptRequest == I2C_XFER_CPLT_IT) + { + /* Enable STOP interrupts */ + tmpisr |= I2C_IT_STOPI; + } + + if (InterruptRequest == I2C_XFER_RELOAD_IT) + { + /* Enable TC interrupts */ + tmpisr |= I2C_IT_TCI; + } + + /* Disable interrupts only at the end */ + /* to avoid a breaking situation like at "t" time */ + /* all disable interrupts request are not done */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT(hi2c, tmpisr); +} + +/** + * @brief Convert I2Cx OTHER_xxx XferOptions to functional XferOptions. + * @param hi2c I2C handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_ConvertOtherXferOptions(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* if user set XferOptions to I2C_OTHER_FRAME */ + /* it request implicitly to generate a restart condition */ + /* set XferOptions to I2C_FIRST_FRAME */ + if (hi2c->XferOptions == I2C_OTHER_FRAME) + { + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_FIRST_FRAME; + } + /* else if user set XferOptions to I2C_OTHER_AND_LAST_FRAME */ + /* it request implicitly to generate a restart condition */ + /* then generate a stop condition at the end of transfer */ + /* set XferOptions to I2C_FIRST_AND_LAST_FRAME */ + else if (hi2c->XferOptions == I2C_OTHER_AND_LAST_FRAME) + { + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_FIRST_AND_LAST_FRAME; + } + else + { + /* Nothing to do */ + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ diff --git a/project/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_i2c_ex.c b/project/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_i2c_ex.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f111b69 --- /dev/null +++ b/project/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_i2c_ex.c @@ -0,0 +1,368 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32l4xx_hal_i2c_ex.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief I2C Extended HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of I2C Extended peripheral: + * + Filter Mode Functions + * + WakeUp Mode Functions + * + FastModePlus Functions + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### I2C peripheral Extended features ##### + ============================================================================== + + [..] Comparing to other previous devices, the I2C interface for STM32L4xx + devices contains the following additional features + + (+) Possibility to disable or enable Analog Noise Filter + (+) Use of a configured Digital Noise Filter + (+) Disable or enable wakeup from Stop mode(s) + (+) Disable or enable Fast Mode Plus + + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] This driver provides functions to configure Noise Filter and Wake Up Feature + (#) Configure I2C Analog noise filter using the function HAL_I2CEx_ConfigAnalogFilter() + (#) Configure I2C Digital noise filter using the function HAL_I2CEx_ConfigDigitalFilter() + (#) Configure the enable or disable of I2C Wake Up Mode using the functions : + (++) HAL_I2CEx_EnableWakeUp() + (++) HAL_I2CEx_DisableWakeUp() + (#) Configure the enable or disable of fast mode plus driving capability using the functions : + (++) HAL_I2CEx_EnableFastModePlus() + (++) HAL_I2CEx_DisableFastModePlus() + @endverbatim + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup I2CEx I2CEx + * @brief I2C Extended HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup I2CEx_Exported_Functions I2C Extended Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup I2CEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Filter Mode Functions + * @brief Filter Mode Functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Filter Mode Functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Configure Noise Filters + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configure I2C Analog noise filter. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2Cx peripheral. + * @param AnalogFilter New state of the Analog filter. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_ConfigAnalogFilter(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t AnalogFilter) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_ANALOG_FILTER(AnalogFilter)); + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c); + + /* Reset I2Cx ANOFF bit */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~(I2C_CR1_ANFOFF); + + /* Set analog filter bit*/ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= AnalogFilter; + + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configure I2C Digital noise filter. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2Cx peripheral. + * @param DigitalFilter Coefficient of digital noise filter between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0x0F. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_ConfigDigitalFilter(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t DigitalFilter) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_DIGITAL_FILTER(DigitalFilter)); + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c); + + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg = hi2c->Instance->CR1; + + /* Reset I2Cx DNF bits [11:8] */ + tmpreg &= ~(I2C_CR1_DNF); + + /* Set I2Cx DNF coefficient */ + tmpreg |= DigitalFilter << 8U; + + /* Store the new register value */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 = tmpreg; + + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2CEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 WakeUp Mode Functions + * @brief WakeUp Mode Functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### WakeUp Mode Functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Configure Wake Up Feature + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enable I2C wakeup from Stop mode(s). + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2Cx peripheral. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_EnableWakeUp(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_WAKEUP_FROMSTOP_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance)); + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c); + + /* Enable wakeup from stop mode */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_WUPEN; + + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Disable I2C wakeup from Stop mode(s). + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2Cx peripheral. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_DisableWakeUp(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_WAKEUP_FROMSTOP_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance)); + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c); + + /* Enable wakeup from stop mode */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~(I2C_CR1_WUPEN); + + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2CEx_Exported_Functions_Group3 Fast Mode Plus Functions + * @brief Fast Mode Plus Functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Fast Mode Plus Functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Configure Fast Mode Plus + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enable the I2C fast mode plus driving capability. + * @param ConfigFastModePlus Selects the pin. + * This parameter can be one of the @ref I2CEx_FastModePlus values + * @note For I2C1, fast mode plus driving capability can be enabled on all selected + * I2C1 pins using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1 parameter or independently + * on each one of the following pins PB6, PB7, PB8 and PB9. + * @note For remaining I2C1 pins (PA14, PA15...) fast mode plus driving capability + * can be enabled only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1 parameter. + * @note For all I2C2 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be enabled + * only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C2 parameter. + * @note For all I2C3 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be enabled + * only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C3 parameter. + * @note For all I2C4 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be enabled + * only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C4 parameter. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_I2CEx_EnableFastModePlus(uint32_t ConfigFastModePlus) +{ + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_FASTMODEPLUS(ConfigFastModePlus)); + + /* Enable SYSCFG clock */ + __HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_ENABLE(); + + /* Enable fast mode plus driving capability for selected pin */ + SET_BIT(SYSCFG->CFGR1, (uint32_t)ConfigFastModePlus); +} + +/** + * @brief Disable the I2C fast mode plus driving capability. + * @param ConfigFastModePlus Selects the pin. + * This parameter can be one of the @ref I2CEx_FastModePlus values + * @note For I2C1, fast mode plus driving capability can be disabled on all selected + * I2C1 pins using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1 parameter or independently + * on each one of the following pins PB6, PB7, PB8 and PB9. + * @note For remaining I2C1 pins (PA14, PA15...) fast mode plus driving capability + * can be disabled only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1 parameter. + * @note For all I2C2 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be disabled + * only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C2 parameter. + * @note For all I2C3 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be disabled + * only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C3 parameter. + * @note For all I2C4 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be disabled + * only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C4 parameter. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_I2CEx_DisableFastModePlus(uint32_t ConfigFastModePlus) +{ + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_FASTMODEPLUS(ConfigFastModePlus)); + + /* Enable SYSCFG clock */ + __HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_ENABLE(); + + /* Disable fast mode plus driving capability for selected pin */ + CLEAR_BIT(SYSCFG->CFGR1, (uint32_t)ConfigFastModePlus); +} +/** + * @} + */ +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ diff --git a/project/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_pwr.c b/project/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_pwr.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8638eec --- /dev/null +++ b/project/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_pwr.c @@ -0,0 +1,658 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32l4xx_hal_pwr.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief PWR HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Power Controller (PWR) peripheral: + * + Initialization/de-initialization functions + * + Peripheral Control functions + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2019 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR PWR + * @brief PWR HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup PWR_Private_Defines PWR Private Defines + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR_PVD_Mode_Mask PWR PVD Mode Mask + * @{ + */ +#define PVD_MODE_IT ((uint32_t)0x00010000) /*!< Mask for interruption yielded by PVD threshold crossing */ +#define PVD_MODE_EVT ((uint32_t)0x00020000) /*!< Mask for event yielded by PVD threshold crossing */ +#define PVD_RISING_EDGE ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< Mask for rising edge set as PVD trigger */ +#define PVD_FALLING_EDGE ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< Mask for falling edge set as PVD trigger */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Functions PWR Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions + * @brief Initialization and de-initialization functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitialize the HAL PWR peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_DeInit(void) +{ + __HAL_RCC_PWR_FORCE_RESET(); + __HAL_RCC_PWR_RELEASE_RESET(); +} + +/** + * @brief Enable access to the backup domain + * (RTC registers, RTC backup data registers). + * @note After reset, the backup domain is protected against + * possible unwanted write accesses. + * @note RTCSEL that sets the RTC clock source selection is in the RTC back-up domain. + * In order to set or modify the RTC clock, the backup domain access must be + * disabled. + * @note LSEON bit that switches on and off the LSE crystal belongs as well to the + * back-up domain. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess(void) +{ + SET_BIT(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_DBP); +} + +/** + * @brief Disable access to the backup domain + * (RTC registers, RTC backup data registers). + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_DisableBkUpAccess(void) +{ + CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_DBP); +} + + + + +/** + * @} + */ + + + +/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions + * @brief Low Power modes configuration functions + * +@verbatim + + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### + =============================================================================== + + [..] + *** PVD configuration *** + ========================= + [..] + (+) The PVD is used to monitor the VDD power supply by comparing it to a + threshold selected by the PVD Level (PLS[2:0] bits in PWR_CR2 register). + + (+) PVDO flag is available to indicate if VDD/VDDA is higher or lower + than the PVD threshold. This event is internally connected to the EXTI + line16 and can generate an interrupt if enabled. This is done through + __HAL_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_IT() macro. + (+) The PVD is stopped in Standby mode. + + + *** WakeUp pin configuration *** + ================================ + [..] + (+) WakeUp pins are used to wakeup the system from Standby mode or Shutdown mode. + The polarity of these pins can be set to configure event detection on high + level (rising edge) or low level (falling edge). + + + + *** Low Power modes configuration *** + ===================================== + [..] + The devices feature 8 low-power modes: + (+) Low-power Run mode: core and peripherals are running, main regulator off, low power regulator on. + (+) Sleep mode: Cortex-M4 core stopped, peripherals kept running, main and low power regulators on. + (+) Low-power Sleep mode: Cortex-M4 core stopped, peripherals kept running, main regulator off, low power regulator on. + (+) Stop 0 mode: all clocks are stopped except LSI and LSE, main and low power regulators on. + (+) Stop 1 mode: all clocks are stopped except LSI and LSE, main regulator off, low power regulator on. + (+) Stop 2 mode: all clocks are stopped except LSI and LSE, main regulator off, low power regulator on, reduced set of waking up IPs compared to Stop 1 mode. + (+) Standby mode with SRAM2: all clocks are stopped except LSI and LSE, SRAM2 content preserved, main regulator off, low power regulator on. + (+) Standby mode without SRAM2: all clocks are stopped except LSI and LSE, main and low power regulators off. + (+) Shutdown mode: all clocks are stopped except LSE, main and low power regulators off. + + + *** Low-power run mode *** + ========================== + [..] + (+) Entry: (from main run mode) + (++) set LPR bit with HAL_PWREx_EnableLowPowerRunMode() API after having decreased the system clock below 2 MHz. + + (+) Exit: + (++) clear LPR bit then wait for REGLP bit to be reset with HAL_PWREx_DisableLowPowerRunMode() API. Only + then can the system clock frequency be increased above 2 MHz. + + + *** Sleep mode / Low-power sleep mode *** + ========================================= + [..] + (+) Entry: + The Sleep mode / Low-power Sleep mode is entered through HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode() API + in specifying whether or not the regulator is forced to low-power mode and if exit is interrupt or event-triggered. + (++) PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON: Sleep mode (regulator in main mode). + (++) PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON: Low-power sleep (regulator in low power mode). + In the latter case, the system clock frequency must have been decreased below 2 MHz beforehand. + (++) PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI: enter SLEEP mode with WFI instruction + (++) PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE: enter SLEEP mode with WFE instruction + + (+) WFI Exit: + (++) Any peripheral interrupt acknowledged by the nested vectored interrupt + controller (NVIC) or any wake-up event. + + (+) WFE Exit: + (++) Any wake-up event such as an EXTI line configured in event mode. + + [..] When exiting the Low-power sleep mode by issuing an interrupt or a wakeup event, + the MCU is in Low-power Run mode. + + *** Stop 0, Stop 1 and Stop 2 modes *** + =============================== + [..] + (+) Entry: + The Stop 0, Stop 1 or Stop 2 modes are entered through the following API's: + (++) HAL_PWREx_EnterSTOP0Mode() for mode 0 or HAL_PWREx_EnterSTOP1Mode() for mode 1 or for porting reasons HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode(). + (++) HAL_PWREx_EnterSTOP2Mode() for mode 2. + (+) Regulator setting (applicable to HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode() only): + (++) PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON + (++) PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON + (+) Exit (interrupt or event-triggered, specified when entering STOP mode): + (++) PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI: enter Stop mode with WFI instruction + (++) PWR_STOPENTRY_WFE: enter Stop mode with WFE instruction + + (+) WFI Exit: + (++) Any EXTI Line (Internal or External) configured in Interrupt mode. + (++) Some specific communication peripherals (USART, LPUART, I2C) interrupts + when programmed in wakeup mode. + (+) WFE Exit: + (++) Any EXTI Line (Internal or External) configured in Event mode. + + [..] + When exiting Stop 0 and Stop 1 modes, the MCU is either in Run mode or in Low-power Run mode + depending on the LPR bit setting. + When exiting Stop 2 mode, the MCU is in Run mode. + + *** Standby mode *** + ==================== + [..] + The Standby mode offers two options: + (+) option a) all clocks off except LSI and LSE, RRS bit set (keeps voltage regulator in low power mode). + SRAM and registers contents are lost except for the SRAM2 content, the RTC registers, RTC backup registers + and Standby circuitry. + (+) option b) all clocks off except LSI and LSE, RRS bit cleared (voltage regulator then disabled). + SRAM and register contents are lost except for the RTC registers, RTC backup registers + and Standby circuitry. + + (++) Entry: + (+++) The Standby mode is entered through HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode() API. + SRAM1 and register contents are lost except for registers in the Backup domain and + Standby circuitry. SRAM2 content can be preserved if the bit RRS is set in PWR_CR3 register. + To enable this feature, the user can resort to HAL_PWREx_EnableSRAM2ContentRetention() API + to set RRS bit. + + (++) Exit: + (+++) WKUP pin rising edge, RTC alarm or wakeup, tamper event, time-stamp event, + external reset in NRST pin, IWDG reset. + + [..] After waking up from Standby mode, program execution restarts in the same way as after a Reset. + + + *** Shutdown mode *** + ====================== + [..] + In Shutdown mode, + voltage regulator is disabled, all clocks are off except LSE, RRS bit is cleared. + SRAM and registers contents are lost except for backup domain registers. + + (+) Entry: + The Shutdown mode is entered through HAL_PWREx_EnterSHUTDOWNMode() API. + + (+) Exit: + (++) WKUP pin rising edge, RTC alarm or wakeup, tamper event, time-stamp event, + external reset in NRST pin. + + [..] After waking up from Shutdown mode, program execution restarts in the same way as after a Reset. + + + *** Auto-wakeup (AWU) from low-power mode *** + ============================================= + [..] + The MCU can be woken up from low-power mode by an RTC Alarm event, an RTC + Wakeup event, a tamper event or a time-stamp event, without depending on + an external interrupt (Auto-wakeup mode). + + (+) RTC auto-wakeup (AWU) from the Stop, Standby and Shutdown modes + + + (++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC alarm event, it is necessary to + configure the RTC to generate the RTC alarm using the HAL_RTC_SetAlarm_IT() function. + + (++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC Tamper or time stamp event, it + is necessary to configure the RTC to detect the tamper or time stamp event using the + HAL_RTCEx_SetTimeStamp_IT() or HAL_RTCEx_SetTamper_IT() functions. + + (++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC WakeUp event, it is necessary to + configure the RTC to generate the RTC WakeUp event using the HAL_RTCEx_SetWakeUpTimer_IT() function. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + + + +/** + * @brief Configure the voltage threshold detected by the Power Voltage Detector (PVD). + * @param sConfigPVD: pointer to a PWR_PVDTypeDef structure that contains the PVD + * configuration information. + * @note Refer to the electrical characteristics of your device datasheet for + * more details about the voltage thresholds corresponding to each + * detection level. + * @retval None + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWR_ConfigPVD(PWR_PVDTypeDef *sConfigPVD) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_PWR_PVD_LEVEL(sConfigPVD->PVDLevel)); + assert_param(IS_PWR_PVD_MODE(sConfigPVD->Mode)); + + /* Set PLS bits according to PVDLevel value */ + MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR2, PWR_CR2_PLS, sConfigPVD->PVDLevel); + + /* Clear any previous config. Keep it clear if no event or IT mode is selected */ + __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_EVENT(); + __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_IT(); + __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_FALLING_EDGE(); + __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_EDGE(); + + /* Configure interrupt mode */ + if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_MODE_IT) == PVD_MODE_IT) + { + __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_IT(); + } + + /* Configure event mode */ + if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_MODE_EVT) == PVD_MODE_EVT) + { + __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_EVENT(); + } + + /* Configure the edge */ + if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_RISING_EDGE) == PVD_RISING_EDGE) + { + __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE(); + } + + if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_FALLING_EDGE) == PVD_FALLING_EDGE) + { + __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_FALLING_EDGE(); + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + + +/** + * @brief Enable the Power Voltage Detector (PVD). + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_EnablePVD(void) +{ + SET_BIT(PWR->CR2, PWR_CR2_PVDE); +} + +/** + * @brief Disable the Power Voltage Detector (PVD). + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_DisablePVD(void) +{ + CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR2, PWR_CR2_PVDE); +} + + + + +/** + * @brief Enable the WakeUp PINx functionality. + * @param WakeUpPinPolarity: Specifies which Wake-Up pin to enable. + * This parameter can be one of the following legacy values which set the default polarity + * i.e. detection on high level (rising edge): + * @arg @ref PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1, PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2, PWR_WAKEUP_PIN3, PWR_WAKEUP_PIN4, PWR_WAKEUP_PIN5 + * + * or one of the following value where the user can explicitly specify the enabled pin and + * the chosen polarity: + * @arg @ref PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1_HIGH or PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1_LOW + * @arg @ref PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2_HIGH or PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2_LOW + * @arg @ref PWR_WAKEUP_PIN3_HIGH or PWR_WAKEUP_PIN3_LOW + * @arg @ref PWR_WAKEUP_PIN4_HIGH or PWR_WAKEUP_PIN4_LOW + * @arg @ref PWR_WAKEUP_PIN5_HIGH or PWR_WAKEUP_PIN5_LOW + * @note PWR_WAKEUP_PINx and PWR_WAKEUP_PINx_HIGH are equivalent. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_EnableWakeUpPin(uint32_t WakeUpPinPolarity) +{ + assert_param(IS_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN(WakeUpPinPolarity)); + + /* Specifies the Wake-Up pin polarity for the event detection + (rising or falling edge) */ + MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR4, (PWR_CR3_EWUP & WakeUpPinPolarity), (WakeUpPinPolarity >> PWR_WUP_POLARITY_SHIFT)); + + /* Enable wake-up pin */ + SET_BIT(PWR->CR3, (PWR_CR3_EWUP & WakeUpPinPolarity)); + + +} + +/** + * @brief Disable the WakeUp PINx functionality. + * @param WakeUpPinx: Specifies the Power Wake-Up pin to disable. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1, PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2, PWR_WAKEUP_PIN3, PWR_WAKEUP_PIN4, PWR_WAKEUP_PIN5 + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_DisableWakeUpPin(uint32_t WakeUpPinx) +{ + assert_param(IS_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN(WakeUpPinx)); + + CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR3, (PWR_CR3_EWUP & WakeUpPinx)); +} + + +/** + * @brief Enter Sleep or Low-power Sleep mode. + * @note In Sleep/Low-power Sleep mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode. + * @param Regulator: Specifies the regulator state in Sleep/Low-power Sleep mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON Sleep mode (regulator in main mode) + * @arg @ref PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON Low-power Sleep mode (regulator in low-power mode) + * @note Low-power Sleep mode is entered from Low-power Run mode. Therefore, if not yet + * in Low-power Run mode before calling HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode() with Regulator set + * to PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON, the user can optionally configure the + * Flash in power-down monde in setting the SLEEP_PD bit in FLASH_ACR register. + * Additionally, the clock frequency must be reduced below 2 MHz. + * Setting SLEEP_PD in FLASH_ACR then appropriately reducing the clock frequency must + * be done before calling HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode() API. + * @note When exiting Low-power Sleep mode, the MCU is in Low-power Run mode. To move in + * Run mode, the user must resort to HAL_PWREx_DisableLowPowerRunMode() API. + * @param SLEEPEntry: Specifies if Sleep mode is entered with WFI or WFE instruction. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI enter Sleep or Low-power Sleep mode with WFI instruction + * @arg @ref PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE enter Sleep or Low-power Sleep mode with WFE instruction + * @note When WFI entry is used, tick interrupt have to be disabled if not desired as + * the interrupt wake up source. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode(uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t SLEEPEntry) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_PWR_REGULATOR(Regulator)); + assert_param(IS_PWR_SLEEP_ENTRY(SLEEPEntry)); + + /* Set Regulator parameter */ + if (Regulator == PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON) + { + /* If in low-power run mode at this point, exit it */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(PWR->SR2, PWR_SR2_REGLPF)) + { + if (HAL_PWREx_DisableLowPowerRunMode() != HAL_OK) + { + return ; + } + } + /* Regulator now in main mode. */ + } + else + { + /* If in run mode, first move to low-power run mode. + The system clock frequency must be below 2 MHz at this point. */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(PWR->SR2, PWR_SR2_REGLPF) == RESET) + { + HAL_PWREx_EnableLowPowerRunMode(); + } + } + + /* Clear SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */ + CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk)); + + /* Select SLEEP mode entry -------------------------------------------------*/ + if(SLEEPEntry == PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI) + { + /* Request Wait For Interrupt */ + __WFI(); + } + else + { + /* Request Wait For Event */ + __SEV(); + __WFE(); + __WFE(); + } + +} + + +/** + * @brief Enter Stop mode + * @note This API is named HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode to ensure compatibility with legacy code running + * on devices where only "Stop mode" is mentioned with main or low power regulator ON. + * @note In Stop mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode. + * @note All clocks in the VCORE domain are stopped; the PLL, the MSI, + * the HSI and the HSE oscillators are disabled. Some peripherals with the wakeup capability + * (I2Cx, USARTx and LPUART) can switch on the HSI to receive a frame, and switch off the HSI + * after receiving the frame if it is not a wakeup frame. In this case, the HSI clock is propagated + * only to the peripheral requesting it. + * SRAM1, SRAM2 and register contents are preserved. + * The BOR is available. + * The voltage regulator can be configured either in normal (Stop 0) or low-power mode (Stop 1). + * @note When exiting Stop 0 or Stop 1 mode by issuing an interrupt or a wakeup event, + * the HSI RC oscillator is selected as system clock if STOPWUCK bit in RCC_CFGR register + * is set; the MSI oscillator is selected if STOPWUCK is cleared. + * @note When the voltage regulator operates in low power mode (Stop 1), an additional + * startup delay is incurred when waking up. + * By keeping the internal regulator ON during Stop mode (Stop 0), the consumption + * is higher although the startup time is reduced. + * @param Regulator: Specifies the regulator state in Stop mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON Stop 0 mode (main regulator ON) + * @arg @ref PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON Stop 1 mode (low power regulator ON) + * @param STOPEntry: Specifies Stop 0 or Stop 1 mode is entered with WFI or WFE instruction. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI Enter Stop 0 or Stop 1 mode with WFI instruction. + * @arg @ref PWR_STOPENTRY_WFE Enter Stop 0 or Stop 1 mode with WFE instruction. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode(uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t STOPEntry) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_PWR_REGULATOR(Regulator)); + + if(Regulator == PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON) + { + HAL_PWREx_EnterSTOP1Mode(STOPEntry); + } + else + { + HAL_PWREx_EnterSTOP0Mode(STOPEntry); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enter Standby mode. + * @note In Standby mode, the PLL, the HSI, the MSI and the HSE oscillators are switched + * off. The voltage regulator is disabled, except when SRAM2 content is preserved + * in which case the regulator is in low-power mode. + * SRAM1 and register contents are lost except for registers in the Backup domain and + * Standby circuitry. SRAM2 content can be preserved if the bit RRS is set in PWR_CR3 register. + * To enable this feature, the user can resort to HAL_PWREx_EnableSRAM2ContentRetention() API + * to set RRS bit. + * The BOR is available. + * @note The I/Os can be configured either with a pull-up or pull-down or can be kept in analog state. + * HAL_PWREx_EnableGPIOPullUp() and HAL_PWREx_EnableGPIOPullDown() respectively enable Pull Up and + * Pull Down state, HAL_PWREx_DisableGPIOPullUp() and HAL_PWREx_DisableGPIOPullDown() disable the + * same. + * These states are effective in Standby mode only if APC bit is set through + * HAL_PWREx_EnablePullUpPullDownConfig() API. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode(void) +{ + /* Set Stand-by mode */ + MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_LPMS, PWR_CR1_LPMS_STANDBY); + + /* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */ + SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk)); + +/* This option is used to ensure that store operations are completed */ +#if defined ( __CC_ARM) + __force_stores(); +#endif + /* Request Wait For Interrupt */ + __WFI(); +} + + + +/** + * @brief Indicate Sleep-On-Exit when returning from Handler mode to Thread mode. + * @note Set SLEEPONEXIT bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, the processor + * re-enters SLEEP mode when an interruption handling is over. + * Setting this bit is useful when the processor is expected to run only on + * interruptions handling. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_EnableSleepOnExit(void) +{ + /* Set SLEEPONEXIT bit of Cortex System Control Register */ + SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Msk)); +} + + +/** + * @brief Disable Sleep-On-Exit feature when returning from Handler mode to Thread mode. + * @note Clear SLEEPONEXIT bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, the processor + * re-enters SLEEP mode when an interruption handling is over. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_DisableSleepOnExit(void) +{ + /* Clear SLEEPONEXIT bit of Cortex System Control Register */ + CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Msk)); +} + + + +/** + * @brief Enable CORTEX M4 SEVONPEND bit. + * @note Set SEVONPEND bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, this causes + * WFE to wake up when an interrupt moves from inactive to pended. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_EnableSEVOnPend(void) +{ + /* Set SEVONPEND bit of Cortex System Control Register */ + SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Msk)); +} + + +/** + * @brief Disable CORTEX M4 SEVONPEND bit. + * @note Clear SEVONPEND bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, this causes + * WFE to wake up when an interrupt moves from inactive to pended. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_DisableSEVOnPend(void) +{ + /* Clear SEVONPEND bit of Cortex System Control Register */ + CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Msk)); +} + + + + + +/** + * @brief PWR PVD interrupt callback + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_PWR_PVDCallback(void) +{ + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified; when the callback is needed, + the HAL_PWR_PVDCallback can be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ diff --git a/project/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_pwr_ex.c b/project/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_pwr_ex.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0b6eb2f --- /dev/null +++ b/project/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_pwr_ex.c @@ -0,0 +1,1474 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32l4xx_hal_pwr_ex.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief Extended PWR HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Power Controller (PWR) peripheral: + * + Extended Initialization and de-initialization functions + * + Extended Peripheral Control functions + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup PWREx PWREx + * @brief PWR Extended HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if defined (STM32L412xx) || defined (STM32L422xx) || defined (STM32L431xx) || defined (STM32L432xx) || defined (STM32L433xx) || defined (STM32L442xx) || defined (STM32L443xx) +#define PWR_PORTH_AVAILABLE_PINS ((uint32_t)0x0000000B) /* PH0/PH1/PH3 */ +#elif defined (STM32L451xx) || defined (STM32L452xx) || defined (STM32L462xx) +#define PWR_PORTH_AVAILABLE_PINS ((uint32_t)0x0000000B) /* PH0/PH1/PH3 */ +#elif defined (STM32L471xx) || defined (STM32L475xx) || defined (STM32L476xx) || defined (STM32L485xx) || defined (STM32L486xx) +#define PWR_PORTH_AVAILABLE_PINS ((uint32_t)0x00000003) /* PH0/PH1 */ +#elif defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx) || defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) || defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx) +#define PWR_PORTH_AVAILABLE_PINS ((uint32_t)0x0000FFFF) /* PH0..PH15 */ +#endif + +#if defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx) || defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) || defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx) +#define PWR_PORTI_AVAILABLE_PINS ((uint32_t)0x00000FFF) /* PI0..PI11 */ +#endif + +/** @defgroup PWR_Extended_Private_Defines PWR Extended Private Defines + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup PWREx_PVM_Mode_Mask PWR PVM Mode Mask + * @{ + */ +#define PVM_MODE_IT ((uint32_t)0x00010000) /*!< Mask for interruption yielded by PVM threshold crossing */ +#define PVM_MODE_EVT ((uint32_t)0x00020000) /*!< Mask for event yielded by PVM threshold crossing */ +#define PVM_RISING_EDGE ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< Mask for rising edge set as PVM trigger */ +#define PVM_FALLING_EDGE ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< Mask for falling edge set as PVM trigger */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup PWREx_TimeOut_Value PWR Extended Flag Setting Time Out Value + * @{ + */ +#define PWR_FLAG_SETTING_DELAY_US 50UL /*!< Time out value for REGLPF and VOSF flags setting */ +/** + * @} + */ + + + +/** + * @} + */ + + + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup PWREx_Exported_Functions PWR Extended Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup PWREx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended Peripheral Control functions + * @brief Extended Peripheral Control functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Extended Peripheral Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + + +/** + * @brief Return Voltage Scaling Range. + * @retval VOS bit field (PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1 or PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE2 + * or PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1_BOOST when applicable) + */ +uint32_t HAL_PWREx_GetVoltageRange(void) +{ +#if defined(PWR_CR5_R1MODE) + if (READ_BIT(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_VOS) == PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE2) + { + return PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE2; + } + else if (READ_BIT(PWR->CR5, PWR_CR5_R1MODE) == PWR_CR5_R1MODE) + { + /* PWR_CR5_R1MODE bit set means that Range 1 Boost is disabled */ + return PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1; + } + else + { + return PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1_BOOST; + } +#else + return (PWR->CR1 & PWR_CR1_VOS); +#endif +} + + + +/** + * @brief Configure the main internal regulator output voltage. + * @param VoltageScaling specifies the regulator output voltage to achieve + * a tradeoff between performance and power consumption. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + @if STM32L4S9xx + * @arg @ref PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1_BOOST when available, Regulator voltage output range 1 boost mode, + * typical output voltage at 1.2 V, + * system frequency up to 120 MHz. + @endif + * @arg @ref PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1 Regulator voltage output range 1 mode, + * typical output voltage at 1.2 V, + * system frequency up to 80 MHz. + * @arg @ref PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE2 Regulator voltage output range 2 mode, + * typical output voltage at 1.0 V, + * system frequency up to 26 MHz. + * @note When moving from Range 1 to Range 2, the system frequency must be decreased to + * a value below 26 MHz before calling HAL_PWREx_ControlVoltageScaling() API. + * When moving from Range 2 to Range 1, the system frequency can be increased to + * a value up to 80 MHz after calling HAL_PWREx_ControlVoltageScaling() API. For + * some devices, the system frequency can be increased up to 120 MHz. + * @note When moving from Range 2 to Range 1, the API waits for VOSF flag to be + * cleared before returning the status. If the flag is not cleared within + * 50 microseconds, HAL_TIMEOUT status is reported. + * @retval HAL Status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_ControlVoltageScaling(uint32_t VoltageScaling) +{ + uint32_t wait_loop_index; + + assert_param(IS_PWR_VOLTAGE_SCALING_RANGE(VoltageScaling)); + +#if defined(PWR_CR5_R1MODE) + if (VoltageScaling == PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1_BOOST) + { + /* If current range is range 2 */ + if (READ_BIT(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_VOS) == PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE2) + { + /* Make sure Range 1 Boost is enabled */ + CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR5, PWR_CR5_R1MODE); + + /* Set Range 1 */ + MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_VOS, PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1); + + /* Wait until VOSF is cleared */ + wait_loop_index = ((PWR_FLAG_SETTING_DELAY_US * SystemCoreClock) / 1000000U) + 1; + while ((HAL_IS_BIT_SET(PWR->SR2, PWR_SR2_VOSF)) && (wait_loop_index != 0U)) + { + wait_loop_index--; + } + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(PWR->SR2, PWR_SR2_VOSF)) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + /* If current range is range 1 normal or boost mode */ + else + { + /* Enable Range 1 Boost (no issue if bit already reset) */ + CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR5, PWR_CR5_R1MODE); + } + } + else if (VoltageScaling == PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1) + { + /* If current range is range 2 */ + if (READ_BIT(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_VOS) == PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE2) + { + /* Make sure Range 1 Boost is disabled */ + SET_BIT(PWR->CR5, PWR_CR5_R1MODE); + + /* Set Range 1 */ + MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_VOS, PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1); + + /* Wait until VOSF is cleared */ + wait_loop_index = ((PWR_FLAG_SETTING_DELAY_US * SystemCoreClock) / 1000000U) + 1; + while ((HAL_IS_BIT_SET(PWR->SR2, PWR_SR2_VOSF)) && (wait_loop_index != 0U)) + { + wait_loop_index--; + } + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(PWR->SR2, PWR_SR2_VOSF)) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + /* If current range is range 1 normal or boost mode */ + else + { + /* Disable Range 1 Boost (no issue if bit already set) */ + SET_BIT(PWR->CR5, PWR_CR5_R1MODE); + } + } + else + { + /* Set Range 2 */ + MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_VOS, PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE2); + /* No need to wait for VOSF to be cleared for this transition */ + /* PWR_CR5_R1MODE bit setting has no effect in Range 2 */ + } + +#else + + /* If Set Range 1 */ + if (VoltageScaling == PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1) + { + if (READ_BIT(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_VOS) != PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1) + { + /* Set Range 1 */ + MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_VOS, PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1); + + /* Wait until VOSF is cleared */ + wait_loop_index = ((PWR_FLAG_SETTING_DELAY_US * SystemCoreClock) / 1000000U) + 1U; + while ((HAL_IS_BIT_SET(PWR->SR2, PWR_SR2_VOSF)) && (wait_loop_index != 0U)) + { + wait_loop_index--; + } + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(PWR->SR2, PWR_SR2_VOSF)) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + else + { + if (READ_BIT(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_VOS) != PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE2) + { + /* Set Range 2 */ + MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_VOS, PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE2); + /* No need to wait for VOSF to be cleared for this transition */ + } + } +#endif + + return HAL_OK; +} + + +/** + * @brief Enable battery charging. + * When VDD is present, charge the external battery on VBAT through an internal resistor. + * @param ResistorSelection specifies the resistor impedance. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref PWR_BATTERY_CHARGING_RESISTOR_5 5 kOhms resistor + * @arg @ref PWR_BATTERY_CHARGING_RESISTOR_1_5 1.5 kOhms resistor + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWREx_EnableBatteryCharging(uint32_t ResistorSelection) +{ + assert_param(IS_PWR_BATTERY_RESISTOR_SELECT(ResistorSelection)); + + /* Specify resistor selection */ + MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR4, PWR_CR4_VBRS, ResistorSelection); + + /* Enable battery charging */ + SET_BIT(PWR->CR4, PWR_CR4_VBE); +} + + +/** + * @brief Disable battery charging. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWREx_DisableBatteryCharging(void) +{ + CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR4, PWR_CR4_VBE); +} + + +#if defined(PWR_CR2_USV) +/** + * @brief Enable VDDUSB supply. + * @note Remove VDDUSB electrical and logical isolation, once VDDUSB supply is present. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWREx_EnableVddUSB(void) +{ + SET_BIT(PWR->CR2, PWR_CR2_USV); +} + + +/** + * @brief Disable VDDUSB supply. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWREx_DisableVddUSB(void) +{ + CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR2, PWR_CR2_USV); +} +#endif /* PWR_CR2_USV */ + +#if defined(PWR_CR2_IOSV) +/** + * @brief Enable VDDIO2 supply. + * @note Remove VDDIO2 electrical and logical isolation, once VDDIO2 supply is present. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWREx_EnableVddIO2(void) +{ + SET_BIT(PWR->CR2, PWR_CR2_IOSV); +} + + +/** + * @brief Disable VDDIO2 supply. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWREx_DisableVddIO2(void) +{ + CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR2, PWR_CR2_IOSV); +} +#endif /* PWR_CR2_IOSV */ + + +/** + * @brief Enable Internal Wake-up Line. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWREx_EnableInternalWakeUpLine(void) +{ + SET_BIT(PWR->CR3, PWR_CR3_EIWF); +} + + +/** + * @brief Disable Internal Wake-up Line. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWREx_DisableInternalWakeUpLine(void) +{ + CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR3, PWR_CR3_EIWF); +} + + + +/** + * @brief Enable GPIO pull-up state in Standby and Shutdown modes. + * @note Set the relevant PUy bits of PWR_PUCRx register to configure the I/O in + * pull-up state in Standby and Shutdown modes. + * @note This state is effective in Standby and Shutdown modes only if APC bit + * is set through HAL_PWREx_EnablePullUpPullDownConfig() API. + * @note The configuration is lost when exiting the Shutdown mode due to the + * power-on reset, maintained when exiting the Standby mode. + * @note To avoid any conflict at Standby and Shutdown modes exits, the corresponding + * PDy bit of PWR_PDCRx register is cleared unless it is reserved. + * @note Even if a PUy bit to set is reserved, the other PUy bits entered as input + * parameter at the same time are set. + * @param GPIO Specify the IO port. This parameter can be PWR_GPIO_A, ..., PWR_GPIO_H + * (or PWR_GPIO_I depending on the devices) to select the GPIO peripheral. + * @param GPIONumber Specify the I/O pins numbers. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * PWR_GPIO_BIT_0, ..., PWR_GPIO_BIT_15 (except for the port where less + * I/O pins are available) or the logical OR of several of them to set + * several bits for a given port in a single API call. + * @retval HAL Status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_EnableGPIOPullUp(uint32_t GPIO, uint32_t GPIONumber) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + assert_param(IS_PWR_GPIO(GPIO)); + assert_param(IS_PWR_GPIO_BIT_NUMBER(GPIONumber)); + + switch (GPIO) + { + case PWR_GPIO_A: + SET_BIT(PWR->PUCRA, (GPIONumber & (~(PWR_GPIO_BIT_14)))); + CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PDCRA, (GPIONumber & (~(PWR_GPIO_BIT_13|PWR_GPIO_BIT_15)))); + break; + case PWR_GPIO_B: + SET_BIT(PWR->PUCRB, GPIONumber); + CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PDCRB, (GPIONumber & (~(PWR_GPIO_BIT_4)))); + break; + case PWR_GPIO_C: + SET_BIT(PWR->PUCRC, GPIONumber); + CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PDCRC, GPIONumber); + break; +#if defined(GPIOD) + case PWR_GPIO_D: + SET_BIT(PWR->PUCRD, GPIONumber); + CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PDCRD, GPIONumber); + break; +#endif +#if defined(GPIOE) + case PWR_GPIO_E: + SET_BIT(PWR->PUCRE, GPIONumber); + CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PDCRE, GPIONumber); + break; +#endif +#if defined(GPIOF) + case PWR_GPIO_F: + SET_BIT(PWR->PUCRF, GPIONumber); + CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PDCRF, GPIONumber); + break; +#endif +#if defined(GPIOG) + case PWR_GPIO_G: + SET_BIT(PWR->PUCRG, GPIONumber); + CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PDCRG, GPIONumber); + break; +#endif + case PWR_GPIO_H: + SET_BIT(PWR->PUCRH, (GPIONumber & PWR_PORTH_AVAILABLE_PINS)); +#if defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx) + CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PDCRH, ((GPIONumber & PWR_PORTH_AVAILABLE_PINS) & (~(PWR_GPIO_BIT_3)))); +#else + CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PDCRH, (GPIONumber & PWR_PORTH_AVAILABLE_PINS)); +#endif + break; +#if defined(GPIOI) + case PWR_GPIO_I: + SET_BIT(PWR->PUCRI, (GPIONumber & PWR_PORTI_AVAILABLE_PINS)); + CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PDCRI, (GPIONumber & PWR_PORTI_AVAILABLE_PINS)); + break; +#endif + default: + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + + return status; +} + + +/** + * @brief Disable GPIO pull-up state in Standby mode and Shutdown modes. + * @note Reset the relevant PUy bits of PWR_PUCRx register used to configure the I/O + * in pull-up state in Standby and Shutdown modes. + * @note Even if a PUy bit to reset is reserved, the other PUy bits entered as input + * parameter at the same time are reset. + * @param GPIO Specifies the IO port. This parameter can be PWR_GPIO_A, ..., PWR_GPIO_H + * (or PWR_GPIO_I depending on the devices) to select the GPIO peripheral. + * @param GPIONumber Specify the I/O pins numbers. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * PWR_GPIO_BIT_0, ..., PWR_GPIO_BIT_15 (except for the port where less + * I/O pins are available) or the logical OR of several of them to reset + * several bits for a given port in a single API call. + * @retval HAL Status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_DisableGPIOPullUp(uint32_t GPIO, uint32_t GPIONumber) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + assert_param(IS_PWR_GPIO(GPIO)); + assert_param(IS_PWR_GPIO_BIT_NUMBER(GPIONumber)); + + switch (GPIO) + { + case PWR_GPIO_A: + CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PUCRA, (GPIONumber & (~(PWR_GPIO_BIT_14)))); + break; + case PWR_GPIO_B: + CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PUCRB, GPIONumber); + break; + case PWR_GPIO_C: + CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PUCRC, GPIONumber); + break; +#if defined(GPIOD) + case PWR_GPIO_D: + CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PUCRD, GPIONumber); + break; +#endif +#if defined(GPIOE) + case PWR_GPIO_E: + CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PUCRE, GPIONumber); + break; +#endif +#if defined(GPIOF) + case PWR_GPIO_F: + CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PUCRF, GPIONumber); + break; +#endif +#if defined(GPIOG) + case PWR_GPIO_G: + CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PUCRG, GPIONumber); + break; +#endif + case PWR_GPIO_H: + CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PUCRH, (GPIONumber & PWR_PORTH_AVAILABLE_PINS)); + break; +#if defined(GPIOI) + case PWR_GPIO_I: + CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PUCRI, (GPIONumber & PWR_PORTI_AVAILABLE_PINS)); + break; +#endif + default: + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + + return status; +} + + + +/** + * @brief Enable GPIO pull-down state in Standby and Shutdown modes. + * @note Set the relevant PDy bits of PWR_PDCRx register to configure the I/O in + * pull-down state in Standby and Shutdown modes. + * @note This state is effective in Standby and Shutdown modes only if APC bit + * is set through HAL_PWREx_EnablePullUpPullDownConfig() API. + * @note The configuration is lost when exiting the Shutdown mode due to the + * power-on reset, maintained when exiting the Standby mode. + * @note To avoid any conflict at Standby and Shutdown modes exits, the corresponding + * PUy bit of PWR_PUCRx register is cleared unless it is reserved. + * @note Even if a PDy bit to set is reserved, the other PDy bits entered as input + * parameter at the same time are set. + * @param GPIO Specify the IO port. This parameter can be PWR_GPIO_A..PWR_GPIO_H + * (or PWR_GPIO_I depending on the devices) to select the GPIO peripheral. + * @param GPIONumber Specify the I/O pins numbers. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * PWR_GPIO_BIT_0, ..., PWR_GPIO_BIT_15 (except for the port where less + * I/O pins are available) or the logical OR of several of them to set + * several bits for a given port in a single API call. + * @retval HAL Status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_EnableGPIOPullDown(uint32_t GPIO, uint32_t GPIONumber) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + assert_param(IS_PWR_GPIO(GPIO)); + assert_param(IS_PWR_GPIO_BIT_NUMBER(GPIONumber)); + + switch (GPIO) + { + case PWR_GPIO_A: + SET_BIT(PWR->PDCRA, (GPIONumber & (~(PWR_GPIO_BIT_13|PWR_GPIO_BIT_15)))); + CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PUCRA, (GPIONumber & (~(PWR_GPIO_BIT_14)))); + break; + case PWR_GPIO_B: + SET_BIT(PWR->PDCRB, (GPIONumber & (~(PWR_GPIO_BIT_4)))); + CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PUCRB, GPIONumber); + break; + case PWR_GPIO_C: + SET_BIT(PWR->PDCRC, GPIONumber); + CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PUCRC, GPIONumber); + break; +#if defined(GPIOD) + case PWR_GPIO_D: + SET_BIT(PWR->PDCRD, GPIONumber); + CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PUCRD, GPIONumber); + break; +#endif +#if defined(GPIOE) + case PWR_GPIO_E: + SET_BIT(PWR->PDCRE, GPIONumber); + CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PUCRE, GPIONumber); + break; +#endif +#if defined(GPIOF) + case PWR_GPIO_F: + SET_BIT(PWR->PDCRF, GPIONumber); + CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PUCRF, GPIONumber); + break; +#endif +#if defined(GPIOG) + case PWR_GPIO_G: + SET_BIT(PWR->PDCRG, GPIONumber); + CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PUCRG, GPIONumber); + break; +#endif + case PWR_GPIO_H: +#if defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx) + SET_BIT(PWR->PDCRH, ((GPIONumber & PWR_PORTH_AVAILABLE_PINS) & (~(PWR_GPIO_BIT_3)))); +#else + SET_BIT(PWR->PDCRH, (GPIONumber & PWR_PORTH_AVAILABLE_PINS)); +#endif + CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PUCRH, (GPIONumber & PWR_PORTH_AVAILABLE_PINS)); + break; +#if defined(GPIOI) + case PWR_GPIO_I: + SET_BIT(PWR->PDCRI, (GPIONumber & PWR_PORTI_AVAILABLE_PINS)); + CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PUCRI, (GPIONumber & PWR_PORTI_AVAILABLE_PINS)); + break; +#endif + default: + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + + return status; +} + + +/** + * @brief Disable GPIO pull-down state in Standby and Shutdown modes. + * @note Reset the relevant PDy bits of PWR_PDCRx register used to configure the I/O + * in pull-down state in Standby and Shutdown modes. + * @note Even if a PDy bit to reset is reserved, the other PDy bits entered as input + * parameter at the same time are reset. + * @param GPIO Specifies the IO port. This parameter can be PWR_GPIO_A..PWR_GPIO_H + * (or PWR_GPIO_I depending on the devices) to select the GPIO peripheral. + * @param GPIONumber Specify the I/O pins numbers. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * PWR_GPIO_BIT_0, ..., PWR_GPIO_BIT_15 (except for the port where less + * I/O pins are available) or the logical OR of several of them to reset + * several bits for a given port in a single API call. + * @retval HAL Status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_DisableGPIOPullDown(uint32_t GPIO, uint32_t GPIONumber) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + assert_param(IS_PWR_GPIO(GPIO)); + assert_param(IS_PWR_GPIO_BIT_NUMBER(GPIONumber)); + + switch (GPIO) + { + case PWR_GPIO_A: + CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PDCRA, (GPIONumber & (~(PWR_GPIO_BIT_13|PWR_GPIO_BIT_15)))); + break; + case PWR_GPIO_B: + CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PDCRB, (GPIONumber & (~(PWR_GPIO_BIT_4)))); + break; + case PWR_GPIO_C: + CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PDCRC, GPIONumber); + break; +#if defined(GPIOD) + case PWR_GPIO_D: + CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PDCRD, GPIONumber); + break; +#endif +#if defined(GPIOE) + case PWR_GPIO_E: + CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PDCRE, GPIONumber); + break; +#endif +#if defined(GPIOF) + case PWR_GPIO_F: + CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PDCRF, GPIONumber); + break; +#endif +#if defined(GPIOG) + case PWR_GPIO_G: + CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PDCRG, GPIONumber); + break; +#endif + case PWR_GPIO_H: +#if defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx) + CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PDCRH, ((GPIONumber & PWR_PORTH_AVAILABLE_PINS) & (~(PWR_GPIO_BIT_3)))); +#else + CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PDCRH, (GPIONumber & PWR_PORTH_AVAILABLE_PINS)); +#endif + break; +#if defined(GPIOI) + case PWR_GPIO_I: + CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PDCRI, (GPIONumber & PWR_PORTI_AVAILABLE_PINS)); + break; +#endif + default: + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + + return status; +} + + + +/** + * @brief Enable pull-up and pull-down configuration. + * @note When APC bit is set, the I/O pull-up and pull-down configurations defined in + * PWR_PUCRx and PWR_PDCRx registers are applied in Standby and Shutdown modes. + * @note Pull-up set by PUy bit of PWR_PUCRx register is not activated if the corresponding + * PDy bit of PWR_PDCRx register is also set (pull-down configuration priority is higher). + * HAL_PWREx_EnableGPIOPullUp() and HAL_PWREx_EnableGPIOPullDown() API's ensure there + * is no conflict when setting PUy or PDy bit. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWREx_EnablePullUpPullDownConfig(void) +{ + SET_BIT(PWR->CR3, PWR_CR3_APC); +} + + +/** + * @brief Disable pull-up and pull-down configuration. + * @note When APC bit is cleared, the I/O pull-up and pull-down configurations defined in + * PWR_PUCRx and PWR_PDCRx registers are not applied in Standby and Shutdown modes. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWREx_DisablePullUpPullDownConfig(void) +{ + CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR3, PWR_CR3_APC); +} + + + +/** + * @brief Enable Full SRAM2 content retention in Standby mode. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWREx_EnableSRAM2ContentRetention(void) +{ + (void) HAL_PWREx_SetSRAM2ContentRetention(PWR_FULL_SRAM2_RETENTION); +} + +/** + * @brief Disable SRAM2 content retention in Standby mode. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWREx_DisableSRAM2ContentRetention(void) +{ + (void) HAL_PWREx_SetSRAM2ContentRetention(PWR_NO_SRAM2_RETENTION); +} + +/** + * @brief Enable SRAM2 content retention in Standby mode. + * @param SRAM2Size: specifies the SRAM2 size kept in Standby mode + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref PWR_NO_SRAM2_RETENTION SRAM2 is powered off in Standby mode (SRAM2 content is lost) + * @arg @ref PWR_FULL_SRAM2_RETENTION Full SRAM2 is powered by the low-power regulator in Standby mode + * @arg @ref PWR_4KBYTES_SRAM2_RETENTION Only 4 Kbytes of SRAM2 is powered by the low-power regulator in Standby mode + * @note PWR_4KBYTES_SRAM2_RETENTION parameter is not available on all devices + * @retval HAL Status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_SetSRAM2ContentRetention(uint32_t SRAM2Size) +{ + assert_param(IS_PWR_SRAM2_RETENTION(SRAM2Size)); + + if (SRAM2Size == PWR_NO_SRAM2_RETENTION) + { + CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR3, PWR_CR3_RRS); + } + else if (SRAM2Size == PWR_FULL_SRAM2_RETENTION) + { + MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR3, PWR_CR3_RRS, PWR_FULL_SRAM2_RETENTION); + } +#if defined(PWR_CR3_RRS_1) + else if (SRAM2Size == PWR_4KBYTES_SRAM2_RETENTION) + { + MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR3, PWR_CR3_RRS, PWR_4KBYTES_SRAM2_RETENTION); + } +#endif /* PWR_CR3_RRS_1 */ + else { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + + +#if defined(PWR_CR3_ENULP) +/** + * @brief Enable Ultra Low Power BORL, BORH and PVD for STOP2 and Standby modes. + * @note All the other modes are not affected by this bit. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWREx_EnableBORPVD_ULP(void) +{ + SET_BIT(PWR->CR3, PWR_CR3_ENULP); +} + + +/** + * @brief Disable Ultra Low Power BORL, BORH and PVD for STOP2 and Standby modes. + * @note All the other modes are not affected by this bit + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWREx_DisableBORPVD_ULP(void) +{ + CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR3, PWR_CR3_ENULP); +} +#endif /* PWR_CR3_ENULP */ + + +#if defined(PWR_CR4_EXT_SMPS_ON) +/** + * @brief Enable the CFLDO working @ 0.95V. + * @note When external SMPS is used & CFLDO operating in Range 2, the regulated voltage of the + * internal CFLDO can be reduced to 0.95V. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWREx_EnableExtSMPS_0V95(void) +{ + SET_BIT(PWR->CR4, PWR_CR4_EXT_SMPS_ON); +} + +/** + * @brief Disable the CFLDO working @ 0.95V + * @note Before SMPS is switched off, the regulated voltage of the + * internal CFLDO shall be set to 1.00V. + * 1.00V. is also default operating Range 2 voltage. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWREx_DisableExtSMPS_0V95(void) +{ + CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR4, PWR_CR4_EXT_SMPS_ON); +} +#endif /* PWR_CR4_EXT_SMPS_ON */ + + +#if defined(PWR_CR1_RRSTP) +/** + * @brief Enable SRAM3 content retention in Stop 2 mode. + * @note When RRSTP bit is set, SRAM3 is powered by the low-power regulator in + * Stop 2 mode and its content is kept. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWREx_EnableSRAM3ContentRetention(void) +{ + SET_BIT(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_RRSTP); +} + + +/** + * @brief Disable SRAM3 content retention in Stop 2 mode. + * @note When RRSTP bit is reset, SRAM3 is powered off in Stop 2 mode + * and its content is lost. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWREx_DisableSRAM3ContentRetention(void) +{ + CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_RRSTP); +} +#endif /* PWR_CR1_RRSTP */ + +#if defined(PWR_CR3_DSIPDEN) +/** + * @brief Enable pull-down activation on DSI pins. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWREx_EnableDSIPinsPDActivation(void) +{ + SET_BIT(PWR->CR3, PWR_CR3_DSIPDEN); +} + + +/** + * @brief Disable pull-down activation on DSI pins. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWREx_DisableDSIPinsPDActivation(void) +{ + CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR3, PWR_CR3_DSIPDEN); +} +#endif /* PWR_CR3_DSIPDEN */ + +#if defined(PWR_CR2_PVME1) +/** + * @brief Enable the Power Voltage Monitoring 1: VDDUSB versus 1.2V. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWREx_EnablePVM1(void) +{ + SET_BIT(PWR->CR2, PWR_PVM_1); +} + +/** + * @brief Disable the Power Voltage Monitoring 1: VDDUSB versus 1.2V. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWREx_DisablePVM1(void) +{ + CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR2, PWR_PVM_1); +} +#endif /* PWR_CR2_PVME1 */ + + +#if defined(PWR_CR2_PVME2) +/** + * @brief Enable the Power Voltage Monitoring 2: VDDIO2 versus 0.9V. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWREx_EnablePVM2(void) +{ + SET_BIT(PWR->CR2, PWR_PVM_2); +} + +/** + * @brief Disable the Power Voltage Monitoring 2: VDDIO2 versus 0.9V. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWREx_DisablePVM2(void) +{ + CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR2, PWR_PVM_2); +} +#endif /* PWR_CR2_PVME2 */ + + +/** + * @brief Enable the Power Voltage Monitoring 3: VDDA versus 1.62V. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWREx_EnablePVM3(void) +{ + SET_BIT(PWR->CR2, PWR_PVM_3); +} + +/** + * @brief Disable the Power Voltage Monitoring 3: VDDA versus 1.62V. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWREx_DisablePVM3(void) +{ + CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR2, PWR_PVM_3); +} + + +/** + * @brief Enable the Power Voltage Monitoring 4: VDDA versus 2.2V. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWREx_EnablePVM4(void) +{ + SET_BIT(PWR->CR2, PWR_PVM_4); +} + +/** + * @brief Disable the Power Voltage Monitoring 4: VDDA versus 2.2V. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWREx_DisablePVM4(void) +{ + CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR2, PWR_PVM_4); +} + + + + +/** + * @brief Configure the Peripheral Voltage Monitoring (PVM). + * @param sConfigPVM: pointer to a PWR_PVMTypeDef structure that contains the + * PVM configuration information. + * @note The API configures a single PVM according to the information contained + * in the input structure. To configure several PVMs, the API must be singly + * called for each PVM used. + * @note Refer to the electrical characteristics of your device datasheet for + * more details about the voltage thresholds corresponding to each + * detection level and to each monitored supply. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_ConfigPVM(PWR_PVMTypeDef *sConfigPVM) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_PWR_PVM_TYPE(sConfigPVM->PVMType)); + assert_param(IS_PWR_PVM_MODE(sConfigPVM->Mode)); + + + /* Configure EXTI 35 to 38 interrupts if so required: + scan through PVMType to detect which PVMx is set and + configure the corresponding EXTI line accordingly. */ + switch (sConfigPVM->PVMType) + { +#if defined(PWR_CR2_PVME1) + case PWR_PVM_1: + /* Clear any previous config. Keep it clear if no event or IT mode is selected */ + __HAL_PWR_PVM1_EXTI_DISABLE_EVENT(); + __HAL_PWR_PVM1_EXTI_DISABLE_IT(); + __HAL_PWR_PVM1_EXTI_DISABLE_FALLING_EDGE(); + __HAL_PWR_PVM1_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_EDGE(); + + /* Configure interrupt mode */ + if((sConfigPVM->Mode & PVM_MODE_IT) == PVM_MODE_IT) + { + __HAL_PWR_PVM1_EXTI_ENABLE_IT(); + } + + /* Configure event mode */ + if((sConfigPVM->Mode & PVM_MODE_EVT) == PVM_MODE_EVT) + { + __HAL_PWR_PVM1_EXTI_ENABLE_EVENT(); + } + + /* Configure the edge */ + if((sConfigPVM->Mode & PVM_RISING_EDGE) == PVM_RISING_EDGE) + { + __HAL_PWR_PVM1_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE(); + } + + if((sConfigPVM->Mode & PVM_FALLING_EDGE) == PVM_FALLING_EDGE) + { + __HAL_PWR_PVM1_EXTI_ENABLE_FALLING_EDGE(); + } + break; +#endif /* PWR_CR2_PVME1 */ + +#if defined(PWR_CR2_PVME2) + case PWR_PVM_2: + /* Clear any previous config. Keep it clear if no event or IT mode is selected */ + __HAL_PWR_PVM2_EXTI_DISABLE_EVENT(); + __HAL_PWR_PVM2_EXTI_DISABLE_IT(); + __HAL_PWR_PVM2_EXTI_DISABLE_FALLING_EDGE(); + __HAL_PWR_PVM2_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_EDGE(); + + /* Configure interrupt mode */ + if((sConfigPVM->Mode & PVM_MODE_IT) == PVM_MODE_IT) + { + __HAL_PWR_PVM2_EXTI_ENABLE_IT(); + } + + /* Configure event mode */ + if((sConfigPVM->Mode & PVM_MODE_EVT) == PVM_MODE_EVT) + { + __HAL_PWR_PVM2_EXTI_ENABLE_EVENT(); + } + + /* Configure the edge */ + if((sConfigPVM->Mode & PVM_RISING_EDGE) == PVM_RISING_EDGE) + { + __HAL_PWR_PVM2_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE(); + } + + if((sConfigPVM->Mode & PVM_FALLING_EDGE) == PVM_FALLING_EDGE) + { + __HAL_PWR_PVM2_EXTI_ENABLE_FALLING_EDGE(); + } + break; +#endif /* PWR_CR2_PVME2 */ + + case PWR_PVM_3: + /* Clear any previous config. Keep it clear if no event or IT mode is selected */ + __HAL_PWR_PVM3_EXTI_DISABLE_EVENT(); + __HAL_PWR_PVM3_EXTI_DISABLE_IT(); + __HAL_PWR_PVM3_EXTI_DISABLE_FALLING_EDGE(); + __HAL_PWR_PVM3_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_EDGE(); + + /* Configure interrupt mode */ + if((sConfigPVM->Mode & PVM_MODE_IT) == PVM_MODE_IT) + { + __HAL_PWR_PVM3_EXTI_ENABLE_IT(); + } + + /* Configure event mode */ + if((sConfigPVM->Mode & PVM_MODE_EVT) == PVM_MODE_EVT) + { + __HAL_PWR_PVM3_EXTI_ENABLE_EVENT(); + } + + /* Configure the edge */ + if((sConfigPVM->Mode & PVM_RISING_EDGE) == PVM_RISING_EDGE) + { + __HAL_PWR_PVM3_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE(); + } + + if((sConfigPVM->Mode & PVM_FALLING_EDGE) == PVM_FALLING_EDGE) + { + __HAL_PWR_PVM3_EXTI_ENABLE_FALLING_EDGE(); + } + break; + + case PWR_PVM_4: + /* Clear any previous config. Keep it clear if no event or IT mode is selected */ + __HAL_PWR_PVM4_EXTI_DISABLE_EVENT(); + __HAL_PWR_PVM4_EXTI_DISABLE_IT(); + __HAL_PWR_PVM4_EXTI_DISABLE_FALLING_EDGE(); + __HAL_PWR_PVM4_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_EDGE(); + + /* Configure interrupt mode */ + if((sConfigPVM->Mode & PVM_MODE_IT) == PVM_MODE_IT) + { + __HAL_PWR_PVM4_EXTI_ENABLE_IT(); + } + + /* Configure event mode */ + if((sConfigPVM->Mode & PVM_MODE_EVT) == PVM_MODE_EVT) + { + __HAL_PWR_PVM4_EXTI_ENABLE_EVENT(); + } + + /* Configure the edge */ + if((sConfigPVM->Mode & PVM_RISING_EDGE) == PVM_RISING_EDGE) + { + __HAL_PWR_PVM4_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE(); + } + + if((sConfigPVM->Mode & PVM_FALLING_EDGE) == PVM_FALLING_EDGE) + { + __HAL_PWR_PVM4_EXTI_ENABLE_FALLING_EDGE(); + } + break; + + default: + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + + return status; +} + + + +/** + * @brief Enter Low-power Run mode + * @note In Low-power Run mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode. + * @note When Regulator is set to PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON, the user can optionally configure the + * Flash in power-down monde in setting the RUN_PD bit in FLASH_ACR register. + * Additionally, the clock frequency must be reduced below 2 MHz. + * Setting RUN_PD in FLASH_ACR then appropriately reducing the clock frequency must + * be done before calling HAL_PWREx_EnableLowPowerRunMode() API. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWREx_EnableLowPowerRunMode(void) +{ + /* Set Regulator parameter */ + SET_BIT(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_LPR); +} + + +/** + * @brief Exit Low-power Run mode. + * @note Before HAL_PWREx_DisableLowPowerRunMode() completion, the function checks that + * REGLPF has been properly reset (otherwise, HAL_PWREx_DisableLowPowerRunMode + * returns HAL_TIMEOUT status). The system clock frequency can then be + * increased above 2 MHz. + * @retval HAL Status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_DisableLowPowerRunMode(void) +{ + uint32_t wait_loop_index; + + /* Clear LPR bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_LPR); + + /* Wait until REGLPF is reset */ + wait_loop_index = ((PWR_FLAG_SETTING_DELAY_US * SystemCoreClock) / 1000000U) + 1U; + while ((HAL_IS_BIT_SET(PWR->SR2, PWR_SR2_REGLPF)) && (wait_loop_index != 0U)) + { + wait_loop_index--; + } + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(PWR->SR2, PWR_SR2_REGLPF)) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + + +/** + * @brief Enter Stop 0 mode. + * @note In Stop 0 mode, main and low voltage regulators are ON. + * @note In Stop 0 mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode. + * @note All clocks in the VCORE domain are stopped; the PLL, the MSI, + * the HSI and the HSE oscillators are disabled. Some peripherals with the wakeup capability + * (I2Cx, USARTx and LPUART) can switch on the HSI to receive a frame, and switch off the HSI + * after receiving the frame if it is not a wakeup frame. In this case, the HSI clock is propagated + * only to the peripheral requesting it. + * SRAM1, SRAM2 and register contents are preserved. + * The BOR is available. + * @note When exiting Stop 0 mode by issuing an interrupt or a wakeup event, + * the HSI RC oscillator is selected as system clock if STOPWUCK bit in RCC_CFGR register + * is set; the MSI oscillator is selected if STOPWUCK is cleared. + * @note By keeping the internal regulator ON during Stop 0 mode, the consumption + * is higher although the startup time is reduced. + * @param STOPEntry specifies if Stop mode in entered with WFI or WFE instruction. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI Enter Stop mode with WFI instruction + * @arg @ref PWR_STOPENTRY_WFE Enter Stop mode with WFE instruction + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWREx_EnterSTOP0Mode(uint8_t STOPEntry) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_PWR_STOP_ENTRY(STOPEntry)); + + /* Stop 0 mode with Main Regulator */ + MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_LPMS, PWR_CR1_LPMS_STOP0); + + /* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */ + SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk)); + + /* Select Stop mode entry --------------------------------------------------*/ + if(STOPEntry == PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI) + { + /* Request Wait For Interrupt */ + __WFI(); + } + else + { + /* Request Wait For Event */ + __SEV(); + __WFE(); + __WFE(); + } + + /* Reset SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */ + CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk)); +} + + +/** + * @brief Enter Stop 1 mode. + * @note In Stop 1 mode, only low power voltage regulator is ON. + * @note In Stop 1 mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode. + * @note All clocks in the VCORE domain are stopped; the PLL, the MSI, + * the HSI and the HSE oscillators are disabled. Some peripherals with the wakeup capability + * (I2Cx, USARTx and LPUART) can switch on the HSI to receive a frame, and switch off the HSI + * after receiving the frame if it is not a wakeup frame. In this case, the HSI clock is propagated + * only to the peripheral requesting it. + * SRAM1, SRAM2 and register contents are preserved. + * The BOR is available. + * @note When exiting Stop 1 mode by issuing an interrupt or a wakeup event, + * the HSI RC oscillator is selected as system clock if STOPWUCK bit in RCC_CFGR register + * is set; the MSI oscillator is selected if STOPWUCK is cleared. + * @note Due to low power mode, an additional startup delay is incurred when waking up from Stop 1 mode. + * @param STOPEntry specifies if Stop mode in entered with WFI or WFE instruction. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI Enter Stop mode with WFI instruction + * @arg @ref PWR_STOPENTRY_WFE Enter Stop mode with WFE instruction + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWREx_EnterSTOP1Mode(uint8_t STOPEntry) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_PWR_STOP_ENTRY(STOPEntry)); + + /* Stop 1 mode with Low-Power Regulator */ + MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_LPMS, PWR_CR1_LPMS_STOP1); + + /* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */ + SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk)); + + /* Select Stop mode entry --------------------------------------------------*/ + if(STOPEntry == PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI) + { + /* Request Wait For Interrupt */ + __WFI(); + } + else + { + /* Request Wait For Event */ + __SEV(); + __WFE(); + __WFE(); + } + + /* Reset SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */ + CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk)); +} + + +/** + * @brief Enter Stop 2 mode. + * @note In Stop 2 mode, only low power voltage regulator is ON. + * @note In Stop 2 mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode. + * @note All clocks in the VCORE domain are stopped, the PLL, the MSI, + * the HSI and the HSE oscillators are disabled. Some peripherals with wakeup capability + * (LCD, LPTIM1, I2C3 and LPUART) can switch on the HSI to receive a frame, and switch off the HSI after + * receiving the frame if it is not a wakeup frame. In this case the HSI clock is propagated only + * to the peripheral requesting it. + * SRAM1, SRAM2 and register contents are preserved. + * SRAM3 content is preserved depending on RRSTP bit setting (not available on all devices). + * The BOR is available. + * The voltage regulator is set in low-power mode but LPR bit must be cleared to enter stop 2 mode. + * Otherwise, Stop 1 mode is entered. + * @note When exiting Stop 2 mode by issuing an interrupt or a wakeup event, + * the HSI RC oscillator is selected as system clock if STOPWUCK bit in RCC_CFGR register + * is set; the MSI oscillator is selected if STOPWUCK is cleared. + * @param STOPEntry specifies if Stop mode in entered with WFI or WFE instruction. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI Enter Stop mode with WFI instruction + * @arg @ref PWR_STOPENTRY_WFE Enter Stop mode with WFE instruction + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWREx_EnterSTOP2Mode(uint8_t STOPEntry) +{ + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_PWR_STOP_ENTRY(STOPEntry)); + + /* Set Stop mode 2 */ + MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_LPMS, PWR_CR1_LPMS_STOP2); + + /* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */ + SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk)); + + /* Select Stop mode entry --------------------------------------------------*/ + if(STOPEntry == PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI) + { + /* Request Wait For Interrupt */ + __WFI(); + } + else + { + /* Request Wait For Event */ + __SEV(); + __WFE(); + __WFE(); + } + + /* Reset SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */ + CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk)); +} + + + + + +/** + * @brief Enter Shutdown mode. + * @note In Shutdown mode, the PLL, the HSI, the MSI, the LSI and the HSE oscillators are switched + * off. The voltage regulator is disabled and Vcore domain is powered off. + * SRAM1, SRAM2 and registers contents are lost except for registers in the Backup domain. + * The BOR is not available. + * @note The I/Os can be configured either with a pull-up or pull-down or can be kept in analog state. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWREx_EnterSHUTDOWNMode(void) +{ + + /* Set Shutdown mode */ + MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_LPMS, PWR_CR1_LPMS_SHUTDOWN); + + /* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */ + SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk)); + +/* This option is used to ensure that store operations are completed */ +#if defined ( __CC_ARM) + __force_stores(); +#endif + /* Request Wait For Interrupt */ + __WFI(); +} + + + + +/** + * @brief This function handles the PWR PVD/PVMx interrupt request. + * @note This API should be called under the PVD_PVM_IRQHandler(). + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWREx_PVD_PVM_IRQHandler(void) +{ + /* Check PWR exti flag */ + if(__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_GET_FLAG() != 0x0U) + { + /* PWR PVD interrupt user callback */ + HAL_PWR_PVDCallback(); + + /* Clear PVD exti pending bit */ + __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG(); + } + /* Next, successively check PVMx exti flags */ +#if defined(PWR_CR2_PVME1) + if(__HAL_PWR_PVM1_EXTI_GET_FLAG() != 0x0U) + { + /* PWR PVM1 interrupt user callback */ + HAL_PWREx_PVM1Callback(); + + /* Clear PVM1 exti pending bit */ + __HAL_PWR_PVM1_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG(); + } +#endif /* PWR_CR2_PVME1 */ +#if defined(PWR_CR2_PVME2) + if(__HAL_PWR_PVM2_EXTI_GET_FLAG() != 0x0U) + { + /* PWR PVM2 interrupt user callback */ + HAL_PWREx_PVM2Callback(); + + /* Clear PVM2 exti pending bit */ + __HAL_PWR_PVM2_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG(); + } +#endif /* PWR_CR2_PVME2 */ + if(__HAL_PWR_PVM3_EXTI_GET_FLAG() != 0x0U) + { + /* PWR PVM3 interrupt user callback */ + HAL_PWREx_PVM3Callback(); + + /* Clear PVM3 exti pending bit */ + __HAL_PWR_PVM3_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG(); + } + if(__HAL_PWR_PVM4_EXTI_GET_FLAG() != 0x0U) + { + /* PWR PVM4 interrupt user callback */ + HAL_PWREx_PVM4Callback(); + + /* Clear PVM4 exti pending bit */ + __HAL_PWR_PVM4_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG(); + } +} + + +#if defined(PWR_CR2_PVME1) +/** + * @brief PWR PVM1 interrupt callback + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_PWREx_PVM1Callback(void) +{ + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified; when the callback is needed, + HAL_PWREx_PVM1Callback() API can be implemented in the user file + */ +} +#endif /* PWR_CR2_PVME1 */ + +#if defined(PWR_CR2_PVME2) +/** + * @brief PWR PVM2 interrupt callback + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_PWREx_PVM2Callback(void) +{ + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified; when the callback is needed, + HAL_PWREx_PVM2Callback() API can be implemented in the user file + */ +} +#endif /* PWR_CR2_PVME2 */ + +/** + * @brief PWR PVM3 interrupt callback + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_PWREx_PVM3Callback(void) +{ + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified; when the callback is needed, + HAL_PWREx_PVM3Callback() API can be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief PWR PVM4 interrupt callback + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_PWREx_PVM4Callback(void) +{ + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified; when the callback is needed, + HAL_PWREx_PVM4Callback() API can be implemented in the user file + */ +} + + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ diff --git a/project/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_rcc.c b/project/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_rcc.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a4fe06f --- /dev/null +++ b/project/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_rcc.c @@ -0,0 +1,1942 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32l4xx_hal_rcc.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief RCC HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Reset and Clock Control (RCC) peripheral: + * + Initialization and de-initialization functions + * + Peripheral Control functions + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### RCC specific features ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + After reset the device is running from Multiple Speed Internal oscillator + (4 MHz) with Flash 0 wait state. Flash prefetch buffer, D-Cache + and I-Cache are disabled, and all peripherals are off except internal + SRAM, Flash and JTAG. + + (+) There is no prescaler on High speed (AHBs) and Low speed (APBs) busses: + all peripherals mapped on these busses are running at MSI speed. + (+) The clock for all peripherals is switched off, except the SRAM and FLASH. + (+) All GPIOs are in analog mode, except the JTAG pins which + are assigned to be used for debug purpose. + + [..] + Once the device started from reset, the user application has to: + (+) Configure the clock source to be used to drive the System clock + (if the application needs higher frequency/performance) + (+) Configure the System clock frequency and Flash settings + (+) Configure the AHB and APB busses prescalers + (+) Enable the clock for the peripheral(s) to be used + (+) Configure the clock source(s) for peripherals which clocks are not + derived from the System clock (SAIx, RTC, ADC, USB OTG FS/SDMMC1/RNG) + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file in + * the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC RCC + * @brief RCC HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup RCC_Private_Constants RCC Private Constants + * @{ + */ +#define HSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE HSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT +#define HSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE 2U /* 2 ms (minimum Tick + 1) */ +#define MSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE 2U /* 2 ms (minimum Tick + 1) */ +#if defined(RCC_CSR_LSIPREDIV) +#define LSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE 17U /* 17 ms (16 ms starting time + 1) */ +#else +#define LSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE 2U /* 2 ms (minimum Tick + 1) */ +#endif /* RCC_CSR_LSIPREDIV */ +#define HSI48_TIMEOUT_VALUE 2U /* 2 ms (minimum Tick + 1) */ +#define PLL_TIMEOUT_VALUE 2U /* 2 ms (minimum Tick + 1) */ +#define CLOCKSWITCH_TIMEOUT_VALUE 5000U /* 5 s */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup RCC_Private_Macros RCC Private Macros + * @{ + */ +#define __MCO1_CLK_ENABLE() __HAL_RCC_GPIOA_CLK_ENABLE() +#define MCO1_GPIO_PORT GPIOA +#define MCO1_PIN GPIO_PIN_8 + +#define RCC_PLL_OSCSOURCE_CONFIG(__HAL_RCC_PLLSOURCE__) \ + (MODIFY_REG(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC, (__HAL_RCC_PLLSOURCE__))) +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup RCC_Private_Functions RCC Private Functions + * @{ + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef RCC_SetFlashLatencyFromMSIRange(uint32_t msirange); +#if defined(STM32L4P5xx) || defined(STM32L4Q5xx) || \ + defined(STM32L4R5xx) || defined(STM32L4R7xx) || defined(STM32L4R9xx) || defined(STM32L4S5xx) || defined(STM32L4S7xx) || defined(STM32L4S9xx) +static uint32_t RCC_GetSysClockFreqFromPLLSource(void); +#endif +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup RCC_Exported_Functions RCC Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * + @verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to configure the internal and external oscillators + (HSE, HSI, LSE, MSI, LSI, PLL, CSS and MCO) and the System busses clocks (SYSCLK, AHB, APB1 + and APB2). + + [..] Internal/external clock and PLL configuration + (+) HSI (high-speed internal): 16 MHz factory-trimmed RC used directly or through + the PLL as System clock source. + + (+) MSI (Multiple Speed Internal): Its frequency is software trimmable from 100KHZ to 48MHZ. + It can be used to generate the clock for the USB OTG FS (48 MHz). + The number of flash wait states is automatically adjusted when MSI range is updated with + HAL_RCC_OscConfig() and the MSI is used as System clock source. + + (+) LSI (low-speed internal): 32 KHz low consumption RC used as IWDG and/or RTC + clock source. + + (+) HSE (high-speed external): 4 to 48 MHz crystal oscillator used directly or + through the PLL as System clock source. Can be used also optionally as RTC clock source. + + (+) LSE (low-speed external): 32.768 KHz oscillator used optionally as RTC clock source. + + (+) PLL (clocked by HSI, HSE or MSI) providing up to three independent output clocks: + (++) The first output is used to generate the high speed system clock (up to 80MHz). + (++) The second output is used to generate the clock for the USB OTG FS (48 MHz), + the random analog generator (<=48 MHz) and the SDMMC1 (<= 48 MHz). + (++) The third output is used to generate an accurate clock to achieve + high-quality audio performance on SAI interface. + + (+) PLLSAI1 (clocked by HSI, HSE or MSI) providing up to three independent output clocks: + (++) The first output is used to generate SAR ADC1 clock. + (++) The second output is used to generate the clock for the USB OTG FS (48 MHz), + the random analog generator (<=48 MHz) and the SDMMC1 (<= 48 MHz). + (++) The third output is used to generate an accurate clock to achieve + high-quality audio performance on SAI interface. + + (+) PLLSAI2 (clocked by HSI, HSE or MSI) providing up to three independent output clocks: + (++) The first output is used to generate an accurate clock to achieve + high-quality audio performance on SAI interface. + (++) The second output is used to generate either SAR ADC2 clock if ADC2 is present + or LCD clock if LTDC is present. + (++) The third output is used to generate DSI clock if DSI is present. + + (+) CSS (Clock security system): once enabled, if a HSE clock failure occurs + (HSE used directly or through PLL as System clock source), the System clock + is automatically switched to HSI and an interrupt is generated if enabled. + The interrupt is linked to the Cortex-M4 NMI (Non-Maskable Interrupt) + exception vector. + + (+) MCO (microcontroller clock output): used to output MSI, LSI, HSI, LSE, HSE or + main PLL clock (through a configurable prescaler) on PA8 pin. + + [..] System, AHB and APB busses clocks configuration + (+) Several clock sources can be used to drive the System clock (SYSCLK): MSI, HSI, + HSE and main PLL. + The AHB clock (HCLK) is derived from System clock through configurable + prescaler and used to clock the CPU, memory and peripherals mapped + on AHB bus (DMA, GPIO...). APB1 (PCLK1) and APB2 (PCLK2) clocks are derived + from AHB clock through configurable prescalers and used to clock + the peripherals mapped on these busses. You can use + "HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq()" function to retrieve the frequencies of these clocks. + + -@- All the peripheral clocks are derived from the System clock (SYSCLK) except: + + (+@) SAI: the SAI clock can be derived either from a specific PLL (PLLSAI1) or (PLLSAI2) or + from an external clock mapped on the SAI_CKIN pin. + You have to use HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig() function to configure this clock. + (+@) RTC: the RTC clock can be derived either from the LSI, LSE or HSE clock + divided by 2 to 31. + You have to use __HAL_RCC_RTC_ENABLE() and HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig() function + to configure this clock. + (+@) USB OTG FS, SDMMC1 and RNG: USB OTG FS requires a frequency equal to 48 MHz + to work correctly, while the SDMMC1 and RNG peripherals require a frequency + equal or lower than to 48 MHz. This clock is derived of the main PLL or PLLSAI1 + through PLLQ divider. You have to enable the peripheral clock and use + HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig() function to configure this clock. + (+@) IWDG clock which is always the LSI clock. + + + (+) The maximum frequency of the SYSCLK, HCLK, PCLK1 and PCLK2 is 80 MHz. + The clock source frequency should be adapted depending on the device voltage range + as listed in the Reference Manual "Clock source frequency versus voltage scaling" chapter. + + @endverbatim + + Table 1. HCLK clock frequency for other STM32L4 devices + +-------------------------------------------------------+ + | Latency | HCLK clock frequency (MHz) | + | |-------------------------------------| + | | voltage range 1 | voltage range 2 | + | | 1.2 V | 1.0 V | + |-----------------|------------------|------------------| + |0WS(1 CPU cycles)| 0 < HCLK <= 16 | 0 < HCLK <= 6 | + |-----------------|------------------|------------------| + |1WS(2 CPU cycles)| 16 < HCLK <= 32 | 6 < HCLK <= 12 | + |-----------------|------------------|------------------| + |2WS(3 CPU cycles)| 32 < HCLK <= 48 | 12 < HCLK <= 18 | + |-----------------|------------------|------------------| + |3WS(4 CPU cycles)| 48 < HCLK <= 64 | 18 < HCLK <= 26 | + |-----------------|------------------|------------------| + |4WS(5 CPU cycles)| 64 < HCLK <= 80 | 18 < HCLK <= 26 | + +-------------------------------------------------------+ + + Table 2. HCLK clock frequency for STM32L4+ devices + +--------------------------------------------------------+ + | Latency | HCLK clock frequency (MHz) | + | |--------------------------------------| + | | voltage range 1 | voltage range 2 | + | | 1.2 V | 1.0 V | + |-----------------|-------------------|------------------| + |0WS(1 CPU cycles)| 0 < HCLK <= 20 | 0 < HCLK <= 8 | + |-----------------|-------------------|------------------| + |1WS(2 CPU cycles)| 20 < HCLK <= 40 | 8 < HCLK <= 16 | + |-----------------|-------------------|------------------| + |2WS(3 CPU cycles)| 40 < HCLK <= 60 | 16 < HCLK <= 26 | + |-----------------|-------------------|------------------| + |3WS(4 CPU cycles)| 60 < HCLK <= 80 | 16 < HCLK <= 26 | + |-----------------|-------------------|------------------| + |4WS(5 CPU cycles)| 80 < HCLK <= 100 | 16 < HCLK <= 26 | + |-----------------|-------------------|------------------| + |5WS(6 CPU cycles)| 100 < HCLK <= 120 | 16 < HCLK <= 26 | + +--------------------------------------------------------+ + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Reset the RCC clock configuration to the default reset state. + * @note The default reset state of the clock configuration is given below: + * - MSI ON and used as system clock source + * - HSE, HSI, PLL, PLLSAI1 and PLLSAI2 OFF + * - AHB, APB1 and APB2 prescalers set to 1. + * - CSS, MCO1 OFF + * - All interrupts disabled + * - All interrupt and reset flags cleared + * @note This function does not modify the configuration of the + * - Peripheral clock sources + * - LSI, LSE and RTC clocks (Backup domain) + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCC_DeInit(void) +{ + uint32_t tickstart; + + /* Reset to default System clock */ + /* Set MSION bit */ + SET_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_MSION); + + /* Insure MSIRDY bit is set before writing default MSIRANGE value */ + /* Get start tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till MSI is ready */ + while(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_MSIRDY) == 0U) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > MSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Set MSIRANGE default value */ + MODIFY_REG(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_MSIRANGE, RCC_MSIRANGE_6); + + /* Reset CFGR register (MSI is selected as system clock source) */ + CLEAR_REG(RCC->CFGR); + + /* Update the SystemCoreClock global variable for MSI as system clock source */ + SystemCoreClock = MSI_VALUE; + + /* Configure the source of time base considering new system clock settings */ + if(HAL_InitTick(uwTickPrio) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Insure MSI selected as system clock source */ + /* Get start tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till system clock source is ready */ + while(READ_BIT(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_SWS) != RCC_CFGR_SWS_MSI) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > CLOCKSWITCH_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Reset HSION, HSIKERON, HSIASFS, HSEON, HSECSSON, PLLON, PLLSAIxON bits */ +#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI2_SUPPORT) + + CLEAR_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSEON | RCC_CR_HSION | RCC_CR_HSIKERON| RCC_CR_HSIASFS | RCC_CR_PLLON | RCC_CR_PLLSAI1ON | RCC_CR_PLLSAI2ON); + +#elif defined(RCC_PLLSAI1_SUPPORT) + + CLEAR_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSEON | RCC_CR_HSION | RCC_CR_HSIKERON| RCC_CR_HSIASFS | RCC_CR_PLLON | RCC_CR_PLLSAI1ON); + +#else + + CLEAR_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSEON | RCC_CR_HSION | RCC_CR_HSIKERON| RCC_CR_HSIASFS | RCC_CR_PLLON); + +#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI2_SUPPORT */ + + /* Insure PLLRDY, PLLSAI1RDY and PLLSAI2RDY (if present) are reset */ + /* Get start tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + +#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI2_SUPPORT) + + while(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLRDY | RCC_CR_PLLSAI1RDY | RCC_CR_PLLSAI2RDY) != 0U) + +#elif defined(RCC_PLLSAI1_SUPPORT) + + while(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLRDY | RCC_CR_PLLSAI1RDY) != 0U) + +#else + + while(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLRDY) != 0U) + +#endif + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > PLL_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Reset PLLCFGR register */ + CLEAR_REG(RCC->PLLCFGR); + SET_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN_4 ); + +#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI1_SUPPORT) + + /* Reset PLLSAI1CFGR register */ + CLEAR_REG(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR); + SET_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N_4 ); + +#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI1_SUPPORT */ + +#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI2_SUPPORT) + + /* Reset PLLSAI2CFGR register */ + CLEAR_REG(RCC->PLLSAI2CFGR); + SET_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI2CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2N_4 ); + +#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI2_SUPPORT */ + + /* Reset HSEBYP bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSEBYP); + + /* Disable all interrupts */ + CLEAR_REG(RCC->CIER); + + /* Clear all interrupt flags */ + WRITE_REG(RCC->CICR, 0xFFFFFFFFU); + + /* Clear all reset flags */ + SET_BIT(RCC->CSR, RCC_CSR_RMVF); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initialize the RCC Oscillators according to the specified parameters in the + * RCC_OscInitTypeDef. + * @param RCC_OscInitStruct pointer to an RCC_OscInitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information for the RCC Oscillators. + * @note The PLL is not disabled when used as system clock. + * @note The PLL source is not updated when used as PLLSAI(s) clock source. + * @note Transitions LSE Bypass to LSE On and LSE On to LSE Bypass are not + * supported by this macro. User should request a transition to LSE Off + * first and then LSE On or LSE Bypass. + * @note Transition HSE Bypass to HSE On and HSE On to HSE Bypass are not + * supported by this macro. User should request a transition to HSE Off + * first and then HSE On or HSE Bypass. + * @note If HSE failed to start, HSE should be disabled before recalling + HAL_RCC_OscConfig(). + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCC_OscConfig(RCC_OscInitTypeDef *RCC_OscInitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tickstart; + HAL_StatusTypeDef status; + uint32_t sysclk_source, pll_config; + + /* Check Null pointer */ + if(RCC_OscInitStruct == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE(RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType)); + + sysclk_source = __HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE(); + pll_config = __HAL_RCC_GET_PLL_OSCSOURCE(); + + /*----------------------------- MSI Configuration --------------------------*/ + if(((RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType) & RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_MSI) == RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_MSI) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_MSI(RCC_OscInitStruct->MSIState)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_MSICALIBRATION_VALUE(RCC_OscInitStruct->MSICalibrationValue)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_MSI_CLOCK_RANGE(RCC_OscInitStruct->MSIClockRange)); + + /* Check if MSI is used as system clock or as PLL source when PLL is selected as system clock */ + if((sysclk_source == RCC_CFGR_SWS_MSI) || + ((sysclk_source == RCC_CFGR_SWS_PLL) && (pll_config == RCC_PLLSOURCE_MSI))) + { + if((READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_MSIRDY) != 0U) && (RCC_OscInitStruct->MSIState == RCC_MSI_OFF)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Otherwise, just the calibration and MSI range change are allowed */ + else + { + /* To correctly read data from FLASH memory, the number of wait states (LATENCY) + must be correctly programmed according to the frequency of the CPU clock + (HCLK) and the supply voltage of the device. */ + if(RCC_OscInitStruct->MSIClockRange > __HAL_RCC_GET_MSI_RANGE()) + { + /* First increase number of wait states update if necessary */ + if(RCC_SetFlashLatencyFromMSIRange(RCC_OscInitStruct->MSIClockRange) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Selects the Multiple Speed oscillator (MSI) clock range .*/ + __HAL_RCC_MSI_RANGE_CONFIG(RCC_OscInitStruct->MSIClockRange); + /* Adjusts the Multiple Speed oscillator (MSI) calibration value.*/ + __HAL_RCC_MSI_CALIBRATIONVALUE_ADJUST(RCC_OscInitStruct->MSICalibrationValue); + } + else + { + /* Else, keep current flash latency while decreasing applies */ + /* Selects the Multiple Speed oscillator (MSI) clock range .*/ + __HAL_RCC_MSI_RANGE_CONFIG(RCC_OscInitStruct->MSIClockRange); + /* Adjusts the Multiple Speed oscillator (MSI) calibration value.*/ + __HAL_RCC_MSI_CALIBRATIONVALUE_ADJUST(RCC_OscInitStruct->MSICalibrationValue); + + /* Decrease number of wait states update if necessary */ + /* Only possible when MSI is the System clock source */ + if(sysclk_source == RCC_CFGR_SWS_MSI) + { + if(RCC_SetFlashLatencyFromMSIRange(RCC_OscInitStruct->MSIClockRange) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + } + + /* Update the SystemCoreClock global variable */ + SystemCoreClock = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq() >> (AHBPrescTable[READ_BIT(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_HPRE) >> RCC_CFGR_HPRE_Pos] & 0x1FU); + + /* Configure the source of time base considering new system clocks settings*/ + status = HAL_InitTick(uwTickPrio); + if(status != HAL_OK) + { + return status; + } + } + } + else + { + /* Check the MSI State */ + if(RCC_OscInitStruct->MSIState != RCC_MSI_OFF) + { + /* Enable the Internal High Speed oscillator (MSI). */ + __HAL_RCC_MSI_ENABLE(); + + /* Get timeout */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till MSI is ready */ + while(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_MSIRDY) == 0U) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > MSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + /* Selects the Multiple Speed oscillator (MSI) clock range .*/ + __HAL_RCC_MSI_RANGE_CONFIG(RCC_OscInitStruct->MSIClockRange); + /* Adjusts the Multiple Speed oscillator (MSI) calibration value.*/ + __HAL_RCC_MSI_CALIBRATIONVALUE_ADJUST(RCC_OscInitStruct->MSICalibrationValue); + + } + else + { + /* Disable the Internal High Speed oscillator (MSI). */ + __HAL_RCC_MSI_DISABLE(); + + /* Get timeout */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till MSI is ready */ + while(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_MSIRDY) != 0U) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > MSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + } + } + /*------------------------------- HSE Configuration ------------------------*/ + if(((RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType) & RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSE) == RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSE) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_HSE(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState)); + + /* When the HSE is used as system clock or clock source for PLL in these cases it is not allowed to be disabled */ + if((sysclk_source == RCC_CFGR_SWS_HSE) || + ((sysclk_source == RCC_CFGR_SWS_PLL) && (pll_config == RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE))) + { + if((READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSERDY) != 0U) && (RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState == RCC_HSE_OFF)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + else + { + /* Set the new HSE configuration ---------------------------------------*/ + __HAL_RCC_HSE_CONFIG(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState); + + /* Check the HSE State */ + if(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState != RCC_HSE_OFF) + { + /* Get Start Tick*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till HSE is ready */ + while(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSERDY) == 0U) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > HSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + else + { + /* Get Start Tick*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till HSE is disabled */ + while(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSERDY) != 0U) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > HSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + } + } + /*----------------------------- HSI Configuration --------------------------*/ + if(((RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType) & RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI) == RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_HSI(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSIState)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_HSI_CALIBRATION_VALUE(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSICalibrationValue)); + + /* Check if HSI is used as system clock or as PLL source when PLL is selected as system clock */ + if((sysclk_source == RCC_CFGR_SWS_HSI) || + ((sysclk_source == RCC_CFGR_SWS_PLL) && (pll_config == RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI))) + { + /* When HSI is used as system clock it will not be disabled */ + if((READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY) != 0U) && (RCC_OscInitStruct->HSIState == RCC_HSI_OFF)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Otherwise, just the calibration is allowed */ + else + { + /* Adjusts the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI) calibration value.*/ + __HAL_RCC_HSI_CALIBRATIONVALUE_ADJUST(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSICalibrationValue); + } + } + else + { + /* Check the HSI State */ + if(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSIState != RCC_HSI_OFF) + { + /* Enable the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI). */ + __HAL_RCC_HSI_ENABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till HSI is ready */ + while(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY) == 0U) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > HSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Adjusts the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI) calibration value.*/ + __HAL_RCC_HSI_CALIBRATIONVALUE_ADJUST(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSICalibrationValue); + } + else + { + /* Disable the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI). */ + __HAL_RCC_HSI_DISABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till HSI is disabled */ + while(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY) != 0U) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > HSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + } + } + /*------------------------------ LSI Configuration -------------------------*/ + if(((RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType) & RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSI) == RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSI) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_LSI(RCC_OscInitStruct->LSIState)); + + /* Check the LSI State */ + if(RCC_OscInitStruct->LSIState != RCC_LSI_OFF) + { +#if defined(RCC_CSR_LSIPREDIV) + uint32_t csr_temp = RCC->CSR; + + /* Check LSI division factor */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_LSIDIV(RCC_OscInitStruct->LSIDiv)); + + if (RCC_OscInitStruct->LSIDiv != (csr_temp & RCC_CSR_LSIPREDIV)) + { + if (((csr_temp & RCC_CSR_LSIRDY) == RCC_CSR_LSIRDY) && \ + ((csr_temp & RCC_CSR_LSION) != RCC_CSR_LSION)) + { + /* If LSIRDY is set while LSION is not enabled, + LSIPREDIV can't be updated */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Turn off LSI before changing RCC_CSR_LSIPREDIV */ + if ((csr_temp & RCC_CSR_LSION) == RCC_CSR_LSION) + { + __HAL_RCC_LSI_DISABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till LSI is disabled */ + while(READ_BIT(RCC->CSR, RCC_CSR_LSIRDY) != 0U) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > LSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + + /* Set LSI division factor */ + MODIFY_REG(RCC->CSR, RCC_CSR_LSIPREDIV, RCC_OscInitStruct->LSIDiv); + } +#endif /* RCC_CSR_LSIPREDIV */ + + /* Enable the Internal Low Speed oscillator (LSI). */ + __HAL_RCC_LSI_ENABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till LSI is ready */ + while(READ_BIT(RCC->CSR, RCC_CSR_LSIRDY) == 0U) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > LSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + else + { + /* Disable the Internal Low Speed oscillator (LSI). */ + __HAL_RCC_LSI_DISABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till LSI is disabled */ + while(READ_BIT(RCC->CSR, RCC_CSR_LSIRDY) != 0U) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > LSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + } + /*------------------------------ LSE Configuration -------------------------*/ + if(((RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType) & RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSE) == RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSE) + { + FlagStatus pwrclkchanged = RESET; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_LSE(RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState)); + + /* Update LSE configuration in Backup Domain control register */ + /* Requires to enable write access to Backup Domain of necessary */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(RCC->APB1ENR1, RCC_APB1ENR1_PWREN)) + { + __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE(); + pwrclkchanged = SET; + } + + if(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_DBP)) + { + /* Enable write access to Backup domain */ + SET_BIT(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_DBP); + + /* Wait for Backup domain Write protection disable */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + while(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_DBP)) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > RCC_DBP_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + + /* Set the new LSE configuration -----------------------------------------*/ +#if defined(RCC_BDCR_LSESYSDIS) + if((RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState & RCC_BDCR_LSEON) != 0U) + { + /* Set LSESYSDIS bit according to LSE propagation option (enabled or disabled) */ + MODIFY_REG(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSESYSDIS, (RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState & RCC_BDCR_LSESYSDIS)); + + if((RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState & RCC_BDCR_LSEBYP) != 0U) + { + /* LSE oscillator bypass enable */ + SET_BIT(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSEBYP); + SET_BIT(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSEON); + } + else + { + /* LSE oscillator enable */ + SET_BIT(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSEON); + } + } + else + { + CLEAR_BIT(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSEON); + CLEAR_BIT(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSEBYP); + } +#else + __HAL_RCC_LSE_CONFIG(RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState); +#endif /* RCC_BDCR_LSESYSDIS */ + + /* Check the LSE State */ + if(RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState != RCC_LSE_OFF) + { + /* Get Start Tick*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till LSE is ready */ + while(READ_BIT(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSERDY) == 0U) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > RCC_LSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + else + { + /* Get Start Tick*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till LSE is disabled */ + while(READ_BIT(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSERDY) != 0U) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > RCC_LSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + +#if defined(RCC_BDCR_LSESYSDIS) + /* By default, stop disabling LSE propagation */ + CLEAR_BIT(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSESYSDIS); +#endif /* RCC_BDCR_LSESYSDIS */ + } + + /* Restore clock configuration if changed */ + if(pwrclkchanged == SET) + { + __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_DISABLE(); + } + } +#if defined(RCC_HSI48_SUPPORT) + /*------------------------------ HSI48 Configuration -----------------------*/ + if(((RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType) & RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI48) == RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI48) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_HSI48(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSI48State)); + + /* Check the LSI State */ + if(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSI48State != RCC_HSI48_OFF) + { + /* Enable the Internal Low Speed oscillator (HSI48). */ + __HAL_RCC_HSI48_ENABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till HSI48 is ready */ + while(READ_BIT(RCC->CRRCR, RCC_CRRCR_HSI48RDY) == 0U) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > HSI48_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + else + { + /* Disable the Internal Low Speed oscillator (HSI48). */ + __HAL_RCC_HSI48_DISABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till HSI48 is disabled */ + while(READ_BIT(RCC->CRRCR, RCC_CRRCR_HSI48RDY) != 0U) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > HSI48_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + } +#endif /* RCC_HSI48_SUPPORT */ + /*-------------------------------- PLL Configuration -----------------------*/ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLL(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLState)); + + if(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLState != RCC_PLL_NONE) + { + /* PLL On ? */ + if(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLState == RCC_PLL_ON) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSOURCE(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLSource)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLM_VALUE(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLM)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLN_VALUE(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLN)); +#if defined(RCC_PLLP_SUPPORT) + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLP_VALUE(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLP)); +#endif /* RCC_PLLP_SUPPORT */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLQ_VALUE(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLQ)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLR_VALUE(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLR)); + + /* Do nothing if PLL configuration is the unchanged */ + pll_config = RCC->PLLCFGR; + if((READ_BIT(pll_config, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC) != RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLSource) || + (READ_BIT(pll_config, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM) != ((RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLM - 1U) << RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM_Pos)) || + (READ_BIT(pll_config, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN) != (RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLN << RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN_Pos)) || +#if defined(RCC_PLLP_SUPPORT) +#if defined(RCC_PLLP_DIV_2_31_SUPPORT) + (READ_BIT(pll_config, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLPDIV) != (RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLP << RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLPDIV_Pos)) || +#else + (READ_BIT(pll_config, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLP) != ((RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLP == RCC_PLLP_DIV7) ? 0U : 1U)) || +#endif +#endif + (READ_BIT(pll_config, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLQ) != ((((RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLQ) >> 1U) - 1U) << RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLQ_Pos)) || + (READ_BIT(pll_config, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLR) != ((((RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLR) >> 1U) - 1U) << RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLR_Pos))) + { + /* Check if the PLL is used as system clock or not */ + if(sysclk_source != RCC_CFGR_SWS_PLL) + { +#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI1_SUPPORT) || defined(RCC_PLLSAI2_SUPPORT) + /* Check if main PLL can be updated */ + /* Not possible if the source is shared by other enabled PLLSAIx */ + if((READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLSAI1ON) != 0U) +#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI2_SUPPORT) + || (READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLSAI2ON) != 0U) +#endif + ) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else +#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI1_SUPPORT || RCC_PLLSAI2_SUPPORT */ + { + /* Disable the main PLL. */ + __HAL_RCC_PLL_DISABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till PLL is ready */ + while(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLRDY) != 0U) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > PLL_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Configure the main PLL clock source, multiplication and division factors. */ +#if defined(RCC_PLLP_SUPPORT) + __HAL_RCC_PLL_CONFIG(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLSource, + RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLM, + RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLN, + RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLP, + RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLQ, + RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLR); +#else + __HAL_RCC_PLL_CONFIG(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLSource, + RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLM, + RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLN, + RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLQ, + RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLR); +#endif + + /* Enable the main PLL. */ + __HAL_RCC_PLL_ENABLE(); + + /* Enable PLL System Clock output. */ + __HAL_RCC_PLLCLKOUT_ENABLE(RCC_PLL_SYSCLK); + + /* Get Start Tick*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till PLL is ready */ + while(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLRDY) == 0U) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > PLL_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + } + else + { + /* PLL is already used as System core clock */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + else + { + /* PLL configuration is unchanged */ + /* Re-enable PLL if it was disabled (ie. low power mode) */ + if(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLRDY) == 0U) + { + /* Enable the main PLL. */ + __HAL_RCC_PLL_ENABLE(); + + /* Enable PLL System Clock output. */ + __HAL_RCC_PLLCLKOUT_ENABLE(RCC_PLL_SYSCLK); + + /* Get Start Tick*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till PLL is ready */ + while(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLRDY) == 0U) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > PLL_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + } + } + else + { + /* Check that PLL is not used as system clock or not */ + if(sysclk_source != RCC_CFGR_SWS_PLL) + { + /* Disable the main PLL. */ + __HAL_RCC_PLL_DISABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till PLL is disabled */ + while(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLRDY) != 0U) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > PLL_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + /* Unselect main PLL clock source and disable main PLL outputs to save power */ +#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI2_SUPPORT) + RCC->PLLCFGR &= ~(RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC | RCC_PLL_SYSCLK | RCC_PLL_48M1CLK | RCC_PLL_SAI3CLK); +#elif defined(RCC_PLLSAI1_SUPPORT) + RCC->PLLCFGR &= ~(RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC | RCC_PLL_SYSCLK | RCC_PLL_48M1CLK | RCC_PLL_SAI2CLK); +#else + RCC->PLLCFGR &= ~(RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC | RCC_PLL_SYSCLK | RCC_PLL_48M1CLK); +#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI2_SUPPORT */ + } + else + { + /* PLL is already used as System core clock */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initialize the CPU, AHB and APB busses clocks according to the specified + * parameters in the RCC_ClkInitStruct. + * @param RCC_ClkInitStruct pointer to an RCC_OscInitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information for the RCC peripheral. + * @param FLatency FLASH Latency + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FLASH_LATENCY_0 FLASH 0 Latency cycle + * @arg FLASH_LATENCY_1 FLASH 1 Latency cycle + * @arg FLASH_LATENCY_2 FLASH 2 Latency cycles + * @arg FLASH_LATENCY_3 FLASH 3 Latency cycles + * @arg FLASH_LATENCY_4 FLASH 4 Latency cycles + @if STM32L4S9xx + * @arg FLASH_LATENCY_5 FLASH 5 Latency cycles + * @arg FLASH_LATENCY_6 FLASH 6 Latency cycles + * @arg FLASH_LATENCY_7 FLASH 7 Latency cycles + * @arg FLASH_LATENCY_8 FLASH 8 Latency cycles + * @arg FLASH_LATENCY_9 FLASH 9 Latency cycles + * @arg FLASH_LATENCY_10 FLASH 10 Latency cycles + * @arg FLASH_LATENCY_11 FLASH 11 Latency cycles + * @arg FLASH_LATENCY_12 FLASH 12 Latency cycles + * @arg FLASH_LATENCY_13 FLASH 13 Latency cycles + * @arg FLASH_LATENCY_14 FLASH 14 Latency cycles + * @arg FLASH_LATENCY_15 FLASH 15 Latency cycles + @endif + * + * @note The SystemCoreClock CMSIS variable is used to store System Clock Frequency + * and updated by HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq() function called within this function + * + * @note The MSI is used by default as system clock source after + * startup from Reset, wake-up from STANDBY mode. After restart from Reset, + * the MSI frequency is set to its default value 4 MHz. + * + * @note The HSI can be selected as system clock source after + * from STOP modes or in case of failure of the HSE used directly or indirectly + * as system clock (if the Clock Security System CSS is enabled). + * + * @note A switch from one clock source to another occurs only if the target + * clock source is ready (clock stable after startup delay or PLL locked). + * If a clock source which is not yet ready is selected, the switch will + * occur when the clock source is ready. + * + * @note You can use HAL_RCC_GetClockConfig() function to know which clock is + * currently used as system clock source. + * + * @note Depending on the device voltage range, the software has to set correctly + * HPRE[3:0] bits to ensure that HCLK not exceed the maximum allowed frequency + * (for more details refer to section above "Initialization/de-initialization functions") + * @retval None + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCC_ClockConfig(RCC_ClkInitTypeDef *RCC_ClkInitStruct, uint32_t FLatency) +{ + uint32_t tickstart; +#if defined(STM32L4P5xx) || defined(STM32L4Q5xx) || \ + defined(STM32L4R5xx) || defined(STM32L4R7xx) || defined(STM32L4R9xx) || defined(STM32L4S5xx) || defined(STM32L4S7xx) || defined(STM32L4S9xx) + uint32_t hpre = RCC_SYSCLK_DIV1; +#endif + HAL_StatusTypeDef status; + + /* Check Null pointer */ + if(RCC_ClkInitStruct == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_CLOCKTYPE(RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType)); + assert_param(IS_FLASH_LATENCY(FLatency)); + + /* To correctly read data from FLASH memory, the number of wait states (LATENCY) + must be correctly programmed according to the frequency of the CPU clock + (HCLK) and the supply voltage of the device. */ + + /* Increasing the number of wait states because of higher CPU frequency */ + if(FLatency > __HAL_FLASH_GET_LATENCY()) + { + /* Program the new number of wait states to the LATENCY bits in the FLASH_ACR register */ + __HAL_FLASH_SET_LATENCY(FLatency); + + /* Check that the new number of wait states is taken into account to access the Flash + memory by reading the FLASH_ACR register */ + if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_LATENCY() != FLatency) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + /*----------------- HCLK Configuration prior to SYSCLK----------------------*/ + /* Apply higher HCLK prescaler request here to ensure CPU clock is not of of spec when SYSCLK is increased */ + if(((RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType) & RCC_CLOCKTYPE_HCLK) == RCC_CLOCKTYPE_HCLK) + { + assert_param(IS_RCC_HCLK(RCC_ClkInitStruct->AHBCLKDivider)); + + if(RCC_ClkInitStruct->AHBCLKDivider > READ_BIT(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_HPRE)) + { + MODIFY_REG(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_HPRE, RCC_ClkInitStruct->AHBCLKDivider); + } + } + + /*------------------------- SYSCLK Configuration ---------------------------*/ + if(((RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType) & RCC_CLOCKTYPE_SYSCLK) == RCC_CLOCKTYPE_SYSCLK) + { + assert_param(IS_RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource)); + + /* PLL is selected as System Clock Source */ + if(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_PLLCLK) + { + /* Check the PLL ready flag */ + if(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLRDY) == 0U) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } +#if defined(STM32L4P5xx) || defined(STM32L4Q5xx) || \ + defined(STM32L4R5xx) || defined(STM32L4R7xx) || defined(STM32L4R9xx) || defined(STM32L4S5xx) || defined(STM32L4S7xx) || defined(STM32L4S9xx) + /* Undershoot management when selection PLL as SYSCLK source and frequency above 80Mhz */ + /* Compute target PLL output frequency */ + if(RCC_GetSysClockFreqFromPLLSource() > 80000000U) + { + /* If lowest HCLK prescaler, apply intermediate step with HCLK prescaler 2 necessary before to go over 80Mhz */ + if(READ_BIT(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_HPRE) == RCC_SYSCLK_DIV1) + { + MODIFY_REG(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_HPRE, RCC_SYSCLK_DIV2); + hpre = RCC_SYSCLK_DIV2; + } + } +#endif + } + else + { + /* HSE is selected as System Clock Source */ + if(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_HSE) + { + /* Check the HSE ready flag */ + if(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSERDY) == 0U) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + /* MSI is selected as System Clock Source */ + else if(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_MSI) + { + /* Check the MSI ready flag */ + if(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_MSIRDY) == 0U) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + /* HSI is selected as System Clock Source */ + else + { + /* Check the HSI ready flag */ + if(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY) == 0U) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } +#if defined(STM32L4P5xx) || defined(STM32L4Q5xx) || \ + defined(STM32L4R5xx) || defined(STM32L4R7xx) || defined(STM32L4R9xx) || defined(STM32L4S5xx) || defined(STM32L4S7xx) || defined(STM32L4S9xx) + /* Overshoot management when going down from PLL as SYSCLK source and frequency above 80Mhz */ + if(HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq() > 80000000U) + { + /* If lowest HCLK prescaler, apply intermediate step with HCLK prescaler 2 necessary before to go under 80Mhz */ + if(READ_BIT(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_HPRE) == RCC_SYSCLK_DIV1) + { + MODIFY_REG(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_HPRE, RCC_SYSCLK_DIV2); + hpre = RCC_SYSCLK_DIV2; + } + } +#endif + + } + + MODIFY_REG(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_SW, RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource); + + /* Get Start Tick*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() != (RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource << RCC_CFGR_SWS_Pos)) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > CLOCKSWITCH_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + +#if defined(STM32L4P5xx) || defined(STM32L4Q5xx) || \ + defined(STM32L4R5xx) || defined(STM32L4R7xx) || defined(STM32L4R9xx) || defined(STM32L4S5xx) || defined(STM32L4S7xx) || defined(STM32L4S9xx) + /* Is intermediate HCLK prescaler 2 applied internally, resume with HCLK prescaler 1 */ + if(hpre == RCC_SYSCLK_DIV2) + { + MODIFY_REG(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_HPRE, RCC_SYSCLK_DIV1); + } +#endif + + /*----------------- HCLK Configuration after SYSCLK-------------------------*/ + /* Apply lower HCLK prescaler request here to ensure CPU clock is not of of spec when SYSCLK is set */ + if(((RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType) & RCC_CLOCKTYPE_HCLK) == RCC_CLOCKTYPE_HCLK) + { + if(RCC_ClkInitStruct->AHBCLKDivider < READ_BIT(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_HPRE)) + { + MODIFY_REG(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_HPRE, RCC_ClkInitStruct->AHBCLKDivider); + } + } + + /* Allow decreasing of the number of wait states (because of lower CPU frequency expected) */ + if(FLatency < __HAL_FLASH_GET_LATENCY()) + { + /* Program the new number of wait states to the LATENCY bits in the FLASH_ACR register */ + __HAL_FLASH_SET_LATENCY(FLatency); + + /* Check that the new number of wait states is taken into account to access the Flash + memory by reading the FLASH_ACR register */ + if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_LATENCY() != FLatency) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + /*-------------------------- PCLK1 Configuration ---------------------------*/ + if(((RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType) & RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK1) == RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK1) + { + assert_param(IS_RCC_PCLK(RCC_ClkInitStruct->APB1CLKDivider)); + MODIFY_REG(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_PPRE1, RCC_ClkInitStruct->APB1CLKDivider); + } + + /*-------------------------- PCLK2 Configuration ---------------------------*/ + if(((RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType) & RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK2) == RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK2) + { + assert_param(IS_RCC_PCLK(RCC_ClkInitStruct->APB2CLKDivider)); + MODIFY_REG(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_PPRE2, ((RCC_ClkInitStruct->APB2CLKDivider) << 3U)); + } + + /* Update the SystemCoreClock global variable */ + SystemCoreClock = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq() >> (AHBPrescTable[READ_BIT(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_HPRE) >> RCC_CFGR_HPRE_Pos] & 0x1FU); + + /* Configure the source of time base considering new system clocks settings*/ + status = HAL_InitTick(uwTickPrio); + + return status; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions + * @brief RCC clocks control functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to: + + (+) Output clock to MCO pin. + (+) Retrieve current clock frequencies. + (+) Enable the Clock Security System. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Select the clock source to output on MCO pin(PA8). + * @note PA8 should be configured in alternate function mode. + * @param RCC_MCOx specifies the output direction for the clock source. + * For STM32L4xx family this parameter can have only one value: + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1 Clock source to output on MCO1 pin(PA8). + * @param RCC_MCOSource specifies the clock source to output. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_NOCLOCK MCO output disabled, no clock on MCO + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_SYSCLK system clock selected as MCO source + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_MSI MSI clock selected as MCO source + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_HSI HSI clock selected as MCO source + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_HSE HSE clock selected as MCO source + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_PLLCLK main PLL clock selected as MCO source + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_LSI LSI clock selected as MCO source + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_LSE LSE clock selected as MCO source + @if STM32L443xx + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_HSI48 HSI48 clock selected as MCO source for devices with HSI48 + @endif + * @param RCC_MCODiv specifies the MCO prescaler. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref RCC_MCODIV_1 no division applied to MCO clock + * @arg @ref RCC_MCODIV_2 division by 2 applied to MCO clock + * @arg @ref RCC_MCODIV_4 division by 4 applied to MCO clock + * @arg @ref RCC_MCODIV_8 division by 8 applied to MCO clock + * @arg @ref RCC_MCODIV_16 division by 16 applied to MCO clock + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RCC_MCOConfig( uint32_t RCC_MCOx, uint32_t RCC_MCOSource, uint32_t RCC_MCODiv) +{ + GPIO_InitTypeDef GPIO_InitStruct; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_MCO(RCC_MCOx)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_MCODIV(RCC_MCODiv)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_MCO1SOURCE(RCC_MCOSource)); + + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning if no assert_param check */ + UNUSED(RCC_MCOx); + + /* MCO Clock Enable */ + __MCO1_CLK_ENABLE(); + + /* Configure the MCO1 pin in alternate function mode */ + GPIO_InitStruct.Pin = MCO1_PIN; + GPIO_InitStruct.Mode = GPIO_MODE_AF_PP; + GPIO_InitStruct.Speed = GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_HIGH; + GPIO_InitStruct.Pull = GPIO_NOPULL; + GPIO_InitStruct.Alternate = GPIO_AF0_MCO; + HAL_GPIO_Init(MCO1_GPIO_PORT, &GPIO_InitStruct); + + /* Mask MCOSEL[] and MCOPRE[] bits then set MCO1 clock source and prescaler */ + MODIFY_REG(RCC->CFGR, (RCC_CFGR_MCOSEL | RCC_CFGR_MCOPRE), (RCC_MCOSource | RCC_MCODiv )); +} + +/** + * @brief Return the SYSCLK frequency. + * + * @note The system frequency computed by this function is not the real + * frequency in the chip. It is calculated based on the predefined + * constant and the selected clock source: + * @note If SYSCLK source is MSI, function returns values based on MSI + * Value as defined by the MSI range. + * @note If SYSCLK source is HSI, function returns values based on HSI_VALUE(*) + * @note If SYSCLK source is HSE, function returns values based on HSE_VALUE(**) + * @note If SYSCLK source is PLL, function returns values based on HSE_VALUE(**), + * HSI_VALUE(*) or MSI Value multiplied/divided by the PLL factors. + * @note (*) HSI_VALUE is a constant defined in stm32l4xx_hal_conf.h file (default value + * 16 MHz) but the real value may vary depending on the variations + * in voltage and temperature. + * @note (**) HSE_VALUE is a constant defined in stm32l4xx_hal_conf.h file (default value + * 8 MHz), user has to ensure that HSE_VALUE is same as the real + * frequency of the crystal used. Otherwise, this function may + * have wrong result. + * + * @note The result of this function could be not correct when using fractional + * value for HSE crystal. + * + * @note This function can be used by the user application to compute the + * baudrate for the communication peripherals or configure other parameters. + * + * @note Each time SYSCLK changes, this function must be called to update the + * right SYSCLK value. Otherwise, any configuration based on this function will be incorrect. + * + * + * @retval SYSCLK frequency + */ +uint32_t HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq(void) +{ + uint32_t msirange = 0U, sysclockfreq = 0U; + uint32_t pllvco, pllsource, pllr, pllm; /* no init needed */ + uint32_t sysclk_source, pll_oscsource; + + sysclk_source = __HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE(); + pll_oscsource = __HAL_RCC_GET_PLL_OSCSOURCE(); + + if((sysclk_source == RCC_CFGR_SWS_MSI) || + ((sysclk_source == RCC_CFGR_SWS_PLL) && (pll_oscsource == RCC_PLLSOURCE_MSI))) + { + /* MSI or PLL with MSI source used as system clock source */ + + /* Get SYSCLK source */ + if(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_MSIRGSEL) == 0U) + { /* MSISRANGE from RCC_CSR applies */ + msirange = READ_BIT(RCC->CSR, RCC_CSR_MSISRANGE) >> RCC_CSR_MSISRANGE_Pos; + } + else + { /* MSIRANGE from RCC_CR applies */ + msirange = READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_MSIRANGE) >> RCC_CR_MSIRANGE_Pos; + } + /*MSI frequency range in HZ*/ + msirange = MSIRangeTable[msirange]; + + if(sysclk_source == RCC_CFGR_SWS_MSI) + { + /* MSI used as system clock source */ + sysclockfreq = msirange; + } + } + else if(sysclk_source == RCC_CFGR_SWS_HSI) + { + /* HSI used as system clock source */ + sysclockfreq = HSI_VALUE; + } + else if(sysclk_source == RCC_CFGR_SWS_HSE) + { + /* HSE used as system clock source */ + sysclockfreq = HSE_VALUE; + } + else + { + /* unexpected case: sysclockfreq at 0 */ + } + + if(sysclk_source == RCC_CFGR_SWS_PLL) + { + /* PLL used as system clock source */ + + /* PLL_VCO = (HSE_VALUE or HSI_VALUE or MSI_VALUE) * PLLN / PLLM + SYSCLK = PLL_VCO / PLLR + */ + pllsource = READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC); + + switch (pllsource) + { + case RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI: /* HSI used as PLL clock source */ + pllvco = HSI_VALUE; + break; + + case RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE: /* HSE used as PLL clock source */ + pllvco = HSE_VALUE; + break; + + case RCC_PLLSOURCE_MSI: /* MSI used as PLL clock source */ + default: + pllvco = msirange; + break; + } + pllm = (READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM_Pos) + 1U ; + pllvco = (pllvco * (READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN_Pos)) / pllm; + pllr = ((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLR) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLR_Pos) + 1U ) * 2U; + sysclockfreq = pllvco / pllr; + } + + return sysclockfreq; +} + +/** + * @brief Return the HCLK frequency. + * @note Each time HCLK changes, this function must be called to update the + * right HCLK value. Otherwise, any configuration based on this function will be incorrect. + * + * @note The SystemCoreClock CMSIS variable is used to store System Clock Frequency. + * @retval HCLK frequency in Hz + */ +uint32_t HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq(void) +{ + return SystemCoreClock; +} + +/** + * @brief Return the PCLK1 frequency. + * @note Each time PCLK1 changes, this function must be called to update the + * right PCLK1 value. Otherwise, any configuration based on this function will be incorrect. + * @retval PCLK1 frequency in Hz + */ +uint32_t HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq(void) +{ + /* Get HCLK source and Compute PCLK1 frequency ---------------------------*/ + return (HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq() >> (APBPrescTable[READ_BIT(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_PPRE1) >> RCC_CFGR_PPRE1_Pos] & 0x1FU)); +} + +/** + * @brief Return the PCLK2 frequency. + * @note Each time PCLK2 changes, this function must be called to update the + * right PCLK2 value. Otherwise, any configuration based on this function will be incorrect. + * @retval PCLK2 frequency in Hz + */ +uint32_t HAL_RCC_GetPCLK2Freq(void) +{ + /* Get HCLK source and Compute PCLK2 frequency ---------------------------*/ + return (HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq()>> (APBPrescTable[READ_BIT(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_PPRE2) >> RCC_CFGR_PPRE2_Pos] & 0x1FU)); +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the RCC_OscInitStruct according to the internal + * RCC configuration registers. + * @param RCC_OscInitStruct pointer to an RCC_OscInitTypeDef structure that + * will be configured. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RCC_GetOscConfig(RCC_OscInitTypeDef *RCC_OscInitStruct) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(RCC_OscInitStruct != (void *)NULL); + + /* Set all possible values for the Oscillator type parameter ---------------*/ +#if defined(RCC_HSI48_SUPPORT) + RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSE | RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI | RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_MSI | \ + RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSE | RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSI | RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI48; +#else + RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSE | RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI | RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_MSI | \ + RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSE | RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSI; +#endif /* RCC_HSI48_SUPPORT */ + + /* Get the HSE configuration -----------------------------------------------*/ + if(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSEBYP) == RCC_CR_HSEBYP) + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState = RCC_HSE_BYPASS; + } + else if(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSEON) == RCC_CR_HSEON) + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState = RCC_HSE_ON; + } + else + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState = RCC_HSE_OFF; + } + + /* Get the MSI configuration -----------------------------------------------*/ + if(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_MSION) == RCC_CR_MSION) + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->MSIState = RCC_MSI_ON; + } + else + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->MSIState = RCC_MSI_OFF; + } + + RCC_OscInitStruct->MSICalibrationValue = READ_BIT(RCC->ICSCR, RCC_ICSCR_MSITRIM) >> RCC_ICSCR_MSITRIM_Pos; + RCC_OscInitStruct->MSIClockRange = READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_MSIRANGE); + + /* Get the HSI configuration -----------------------------------------------*/ + if(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSION) == RCC_CR_HSION) + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->HSIState = RCC_HSI_ON; + } + else + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->HSIState = RCC_HSI_OFF; + } + + RCC_OscInitStruct->HSICalibrationValue = READ_BIT(RCC->ICSCR, RCC_ICSCR_HSITRIM) >> RCC_ICSCR_HSITRIM_Pos; + + /* Get the LSE configuration -----------------------------------------------*/ + if(READ_BIT(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSEBYP) == RCC_BDCR_LSEBYP) + { +#if defined(RCC_BDCR_LSESYSDIS) + if((RCC->BDCR & RCC_BDCR_LSESYSDIS) == RCC_BDCR_LSESYSDIS) + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState = RCC_LSE_BYPASS_RTC_ONLY; + } + else +#endif /* RCC_BDCR_LSESYSDIS */ + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState = RCC_LSE_BYPASS; + } + } + else if(READ_BIT(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSEON) == RCC_BDCR_LSEON) + { +#if defined(RCC_BDCR_LSESYSDIS) + if((RCC->BDCR & RCC_BDCR_LSESYSDIS) == RCC_BDCR_LSESYSDIS) + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState = RCC_LSE_ON_RTC_ONLY; + } + else +#endif /* RCC_BDCR_LSESYSDIS */ + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState = RCC_LSE_ON; + } + } + else + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState = RCC_LSE_OFF; + } + + /* Get the LSI configuration -----------------------------------------------*/ + if(READ_BIT(RCC->CSR, RCC_CSR_LSION) == RCC_CSR_LSION) + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->LSIState = RCC_LSI_ON; + } + else + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->LSIState = RCC_LSI_OFF; + } +#if defined(RCC_CSR_LSIPREDIV) + + /* Get the LSI configuration -----------------------------------------------*/ + if((RCC->CSR & RCC_CSR_LSIPREDIV) == RCC_CSR_LSIPREDIV) + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->LSIDiv = RCC_LSI_DIV128; + } + else + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->LSIDiv = RCC_LSI_DIV1; + } +#endif /* RCC_CSR_LSIPREDIV */ + +#if defined(RCC_HSI48_SUPPORT) + /* Get the HSI48 configuration ---------------------------------------------*/ + if(READ_BIT(RCC->CRRCR, RCC_CRRCR_HSI48ON) == RCC_CRRCR_HSI48ON) + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->HSI48State = RCC_HSI48_ON; + } + else + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->HSI48State = RCC_HSI48_OFF; + } +#else + RCC_OscInitStruct->HSI48State = RCC_HSI48_OFF; +#endif /* RCC_HSI48_SUPPORT */ + + /* Get the PLL configuration -----------------------------------------------*/ + if(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLON) == RCC_CR_PLLON) + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_ON; + } + else + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_OFF; + } + RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLSource = READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC); + RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLM = (READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM_Pos) + 1U; + RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLN = READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN_Pos; + RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLQ = (((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLQ) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLQ_Pos) + 1U) << 1U); + RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLR = (((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLR) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLR_Pos) + 1U) << 1U); +#if defined(RCC_PLLP_SUPPORT) +#if defined(RCC_PLLP_DIV_2_31_SUPPORT) + RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLP = READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLPDIV) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLPDIV_Pos; +#else + if(READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLP) != 0U) + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLP = RCC_PLLP_DIV17; + } + else + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLP = RCC_PLLP_DIV7; + } +#endif /* RCC_PLLP_DIV_2_31_SUPPORT */ +#endif /* RCC_PLLP_SUPPORT */ +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the RCC_ClkInitStruct according to the internal + * RCC configuration registers. + * @param RCC_ClkInitStruct pointer to an RCC_ClkInitTypeDef structure that + * will be configured. + * @param pFLatency Pointer on the Flash Latency. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RCC_GetClockConfig(RCC_ClkInitTypeDef *RCC_ClkInitStruct, uint32_t *pFLatency) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(RCC_ClkInitStruct != (void *)NULL); + assert_param(pFLatency != (void *)NULL); + + /* Set all possible values for the Clock type parameter --------------------*/ + RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType = RCC_CLOCKTYPE_SYSCLK | RCC_CLOCKTYPE_HCLK | RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK1 | RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK2; + + /* Get the SYSCLK configuration --------------------------------------------*/ + RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource = READ_BIT(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_SW); + + /* Get the HCLK configuration ----------------------------------------------*/ + RCC_ClkInitStruct->AHBCLKDivider = READ_BIT(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_HPRE); + + /* Get the APB1 configuration ----------------------------------------------*/ + RCC_ClkInitStruct->APB1CLKDivider = READ_BIT(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_PPRE1); + + /* Get the APB2 configuration ----------------------------------------------*/ + RCC_ClkInitStruct->APB2CLKDivider = (READ_BIT(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_PPRE2) >> 3U); + + /* Get the Flash Wait State (Latency) configuration ------------------------*/ + *pFLatency = __HAL_FLASH_GET_LATENCY(); +} + +/** + * @brief Enable the Clock Security System. + * @note If a failure is detected on the HSE oscillator clock, this oscillator + * is automatically disabled and an interrupt is generated to inform the + * software about the failure (Clock Security System Interrupt, CSSI), + * allowing the MCU to perform rescue operations. The CSSI is linked to + * the Cortex-M4 NMI (Non-Maskable Interrupt) exception vector. + * @note The Clock Security System can only be cleared by reset. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RCC_EnableCSS(void) +{ + SET_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_CSSON) ; +} + +/** + * @brief Handle the RCC Clock Security System interrupt request. + * @note This API should be called under the NMI_Handler(). + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RCC_NMI_IRQHandler(void) +{ + /* Check RCC CSSF interrupt flag */ + if(__HAL_RCC_GET_IT(RCC_IT_CSS)) + { + /* RCC Clock Security System interrupt user callback */ + HAL_RCC_CSSCallback(); + + /* Clear RCC CSS pending bit */ + __HAL_RCC_CLEAR_IT(RCC_IT_CSS); + } +} + +/** + * @brief RCC Clock Security System interrupt callback. + * @retval none + */ +__weak void HAL_RCC_CSSCallback(void) +{ + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_RCC_CSSCallback should be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Get and clear reset flags + * @param None + * @note Once reset flags are retrieved, this API is clearing them in order + * to isolate next reset reason. + * @retval can be a combination of @ref RCC_Reset_Flag + */ +uint32_t HAL_RCC_GetResetSource(void) +{ + uint32_t reset; + + /* Get all reset flags */ + reset = RCC->CSR & RCC_RESET_FLAG_ALL; + + /* Clear Reset flags */ + RCC->CSR |= RCC_CSR_RMVF; + + return reset; +} + +/** * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup RCC_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief Update number of Flash wait states in line with MSI range and current + voltage range. + * @param msirange MSI range value from RCC_MSIRANGE_0 to RCC_MSIRANGE_11 + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef RCC_SetFlashLatencyFromMSIRange(uint32_t msirange) +{ + uint32_t vos; + uint32_t latency = FLASH_LATENCY_0; /* default value 0WS */ + + if(__HAL_RCC_PWR_IS_CLK_ENABLED()) + { + vos = HAL_PWREx_GetVoltageRange(); + } + else + { + __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE(); + vos = HAL_PWREx_GetVoltageRange(); + __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_DISABLE(); + } + + if(vos == PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1) + { + if(msirange > RCC_MSIRANGE_8) + { + /* MSI > 16Mhz */ + if(msirange > RCC_MSIRANGE_10) + { + /* MSI 48Mhz */ + latency = FLASH_LATENCY_2; /* 2WS */ + } + else + { + /* MSI 24Mhz or 32Mhz */ + latency = FLASH_LATENCY_1; /* 1WS */ + } + } + /* else MSI <= 16Mhz default FLASH_LATENCY_0 0WS */ + } + else + { +#if defined(STM32L4P5xx) || defined(STM32L4Q5xx) || \ + defined(STM32L4R5xx) || defined(STM32L4R7xx) || defined(STM32L4R9xx) || defined(STM32L4S5xx) || defined(STM32L4S7xx) || defined(STM32L4S9xx) + if(msirange >= RCC_MSIRANGE_8) + { + /* MSI >= 16Mhz */ + latency = FLASH_LATENCY_2; /* 2WS */ + } + else + { + if(msirange == RCC_MSIRANGE_7) + { + /* MSI 8Mhz */ + latency = FLASH_LATENCY_1; /* 1WS */ + } + /* else MSI < 8Mhz default FLASH_LATENCY_0 0WS */ + } +#else + if(msirange > RCC_MSIRANGE_8) + { + /* MSI > 16Mhz */ + latency = FLASH_LATENCY_3; /* 3WS */ + } + else + { + if(msirange == RCC_MSIRANGE_8) + { + /* MSI 16Mhz */ + latency = FLASH_LATENCY_2; /* 2WS */ + } + else if(msirange == RCC_MSIRANGE_7) + { + /* MSI 8Mhz */ + latency = FLASH_LATENCY_1; /* 1WS */ + } + else + { + /* else MSI < 8Mhz default FLASH_LATENCY_0 0WS */ + /* nothing to do */ + } + } +#endif + } + + __HAL_FLASH_SET_LATENCY(latency); + + /* Check that the new number of wait states is taken into account to access the Flash + memory by reading the FLASH_ACR register */ + if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_LATENCY() != latency) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +#if defined(STM32L4P5xx) || defined(STM32L4Q5xx) || \ + defined(STM32L4R5xx) || defined(STM32L4R7xx) || defined(STM32L4R9xx) || defined(STM32L4S5xx) || defined(STM32L4S7xx) || defined(STM32L4S9xx) +/** + * @brief Compute SYSCLK frequency based on PLL SYSCLK source. + * @retval SYSCLK frequency + */ +static uint32_t RCC_GetSysClockFreqFromPLLSource(void) +{ + uint32_t msirange, pllvco, pllsource, pllr, pllm, sysclockfreq; /* no init needed */ + + /* PLL_VCO = (HSE_VALUE or HSI_VALUE or MSI_VALUE) * PLLN / PLLM + SYSCLK = PLL_VCO / PLLR + */ + pllsource = READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC); + + switch (pllsource) + { + case RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI: /* HSI used as PLL clock source */ + pllvco = HSI_VALUE; + break; + + case RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE: /* HSE used as PLL clock source */ + pllvco = HSE_VALUE; + break; + + case RCC_PLLSOURCE_MSI: /* MSI used as PLL clock source */ + /* Get MSI range source */ + if(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_MSIRGSEL) == 0U) + { /* MSISRANGE from RCC_CSR applies */ + msirange = READ_BIT(RCC->CSR, RCC_CSR_MSISRANGE) >> RCC_CSR_MSISRANGE_Pos; + } + else + { /* MSIRANGE from RCC_CR applies */ + msirange = READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_MSIRANGE) >> RCC_CR_MSIRANGE_Pos; + } + /*MSI frequency range in HZ*/ + pllvco = MSIRangeTable[msirange]; + break; + default: + /* unexpected */ + pllvco = 0; + break; + } + pllm = (READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM_Pos) + 1U ; + pllvco = (pllvco * (READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN_Pos)) / pllm; + pllr = ((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLR) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLR_Pos) + 1U ) * 2U; + sysclockfreq = pllvco / pllr; + + return sysclockfreq; +} +#endif + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + diff --git a/project/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_rcc_ex.c b/project/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_rcc_ex.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6ab96aa --- /dev/null +++ b/project/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_rcc_ex.c @@ -0,0 +1,3556 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32l4xx_hal_rcc_ex.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief Extended RCC HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities RCC extended peripheral: + * + Extended Peripheral Control functions + * + Extended Clock management functions + * + Extended Clock Recovery System Control functions + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file in + * the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup RCCEx RCCEx + * @brief RCC Extended HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private defines -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup RCCEx_Private_Constants RCCEx Private Constants + * @{ + */ +#define PLLSAI1_TIMEOUT_VALUE 2U /* 2 ms (minimum Tick + 1) */ +#define PLLSAI2_TIMEOUT_VALUE 2U /* 2 ms (minimum Tick + 1) */ +#define PLL_TIMEOUT_VALUE 2U /* 2 ms (minimum Tick + 1) */ + +#define DIVIDER_P_UPDATE 0U +#define DIVIDER_Q_UPDATE 1U +#define DIVIDER_R_UPDATE 2U + +#define __LSCO_CLK_ENABLE() __HAL_RCC_GPIOA_CLK_ENABLE() +#define LSCO_GPIO_PORT GPIOA +#define LSCO_PIN GPIO_PIN_2 +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup RCCEx_Private_Functions RCCEx Private Functions + * @{ + */ +#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI1_SUPPORT) + +static HAL_StatusTypeDef RCCEx_PLLSAI1_Config(RCC_PLLSAI1InitTypeDef *PllSai1, uint32_t Divider); + +#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI1_SUPPORT */ + +#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI2_SUPPORT) + +static HAL_StatusTypeDef RCCEx_PLLSAI2_Config(RCC_PLLSAI2InitTypeDef *PllSai2, uint32_t Divider); + +#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI2_SUPPORT */ + +#if defined(SAI1) + +static uint32_t RCCEx_GetSAIxPeriphCLKFreq(uint32_t PeriphClk, uint32_t InputFrequency); + +#endif /* SAI1 */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup RCCEx_Exported_Functions RCCEx Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup RCCEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended Peripheral Control functions + * @brief Extended Peripheral Control functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Extended Peripheral Control functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the RCC Clocks + frequencies. + [..] + (@) Important note: Care must be taken when HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig() is used to + select the RTC clock source; in this case the Backup domain will be reset in + order to modify the RTC Clock source, as consequence RTC registers (including + the backup registers) are set to their reset values. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief Initialize the RCC extended peripherals clocks according to the specified + * parameters in the RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef. + * @param PeriphClkInit pointer to an RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef structure that + * contains a field PeriphClockSelection which can be a combination of the following values: + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC RTC peripheral clock + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC ADC peripheral clock + @if STM32L462xx + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_DFSDM1 DFSDM1 peripheral clock (only for devices with DFSDM1) + @endif + @if STM32L486xx + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_DFSDM1 DFSDM1 peripheral clock (only for devices with DFSDM1) + @endif + @if STM32L4A6xx + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_DFSDM1 DFSDM1 peripheral clock (only for devices with DFSDM1) + @endif + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C1 I2C1 peripheral clock + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C2 I2C2 peripheral clock + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C3 I2C3 peripheral clock + @if STM32L462xx + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C4 I2C4 peripheral clock (only for devices with I2C4) + @endif + @if STM32L4A6xx + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C4 I2C4 peripheral clock (only for devices with I2C4) + @endif + @if STM32L4S9xx + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C4 I2C4 peripheral clock (only for devices with I2C4) + @endif + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM1 LPTIM1 peripheral clock + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM2 LPTIM2 peripheral clock + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPUART1 LPUART1 peripheral clock + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_RNG RNG peripheral clock + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1 SAI1 peripheral clock (only for devices with SAI1) + @if STM32L486xx + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2 SAI2 peripheral clock (only for devices with SAI2) + @endif + @if STM32L4A6xx + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2 SAI2 peripheral clock (only for devices with SAI2) + @endif + @if STM32L4S9xx + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2 SAI2 peripheral clock (only for devices with SAI2) + @endif + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_SDMMC1 SDMMC1 peripheral clock + @if STM32L443xx + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_SWPMI1 SWPMI1 peripheral clock (only for devices with SWPMI1) + @endif + @if STM32L486xx + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_SWPMI1 SWPMI1 peripheral clock (only for devices with SWPMI1) + @endif + @if STM32L4A6xx + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_SWPMI1 SWPMI1 peripheral clock (only for devices with SWPMI1) + @endif + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART1 USART1 peripheral clock + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2 USART1 peripheral clock + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART3 USART1 peripheral clock + @if STM32L462xx + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART4 USART1 peripheral clock (only for devices with UART4) + @endif + @if STM32L486xx + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART4 USART1 peripheral clock (only for devices with UART4) + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART5 USART1 peripheral clock (only for devices with UART5) + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB USB peripheral clock (only for devices with USB) + @endif + @if STM32L4A6xx + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART4 USART1 peripheral clock (only for devices with UART4) + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART5 USART1 peripheral clock (only for devices with UART5) + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB USB peripheral clock (only for devices with USB) + @endif + @if STM32L4S9xx + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART4 USART1 peripheral clock (only for devices with UART4) + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART5 USART1 peripheral clock (only for devices with UART5) + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB USB peripheral clock (only for devices with USB) + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_DFSDM1 DFSDM1 peripheral kernel clock (only for devices with DFSDM1) + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_DFSDM1AUDIO DFSDM1 peripheral audio clock (only for devices with DFSDM1) + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_LTDC LTDC peripheral clock (only for devices with LTDC) + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_DSI DSI peripheral clock (only for devices with DSI) + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_OSPI OctoSPI peripheral clock (only for devices with OctoSPI) + @endif + * + * @note Care must be taken when HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig() is used to select + * the RTC clock source: in this case the access to Backup domain is enabled. + * + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig(RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef *PeriphClkInit) +{ + uint32_t tmpregister, tickstart; /* no init needed */ + HAL_StatusTypeDef ret = HAL_OK; /* Intermediate status */ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; /* Final status */ + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_PERIPHCLOCK(PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection)); + +#if defined(SAI1) + + /*-------------------------- SAI1 clock source configuration ---------------------*/ + if((((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1)) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_SAI1CLK(PeriphClkInit->Sai1ClockSelection)); + + switch(PeriphClkInit->Sai1ClockSelection) + { + case RCC_SAI1CLKSOURCE_PLL: /* PLL is used as clock source for SAI1*/ + /* Enable SAI Clock output generated from System PLL . */ +#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI2_SUPPORT) + __HAL_RCC_PLLCLKOUT_ENABLE(RCC_PLL_SAI3CLK); +#else + __HAL_RCC_PLLCLKOUT_ENABLE(RCC_PLL_SAI2CLK); +#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI2_SUPPORT */ + /* SAI1 clock source config set later after clock selection check */ + break; + + case RCC_SAI1CLKSOURCE_PLLSAI1: /* PLLSAI1 is used as clock source for SAI1*/ + /* PLLSAI1 input clock, parameters M, N & P configuration and clock output (PLLSAI1ClockOut) */ + ret = RCCEx_PLLSAI1_Config(&(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI1), DIVIDER_P_UPDATE); + /* SAI1 clock source config set later after clock selection check */ + break; + +#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI2_SUPPORT) + + case RCC_SAI1CLKSOURCE_PLLSAI2: /* PLLSAI2 is used as clock source for SAI1*/ + /* PLLSAI2 input clock, parameters M, N & P configuration clock output (PLLSAI2ClockOut) */ + ret = RCCEx_PLLSAI2_Config(&(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI2), DIVIDER_P_UPDATE); + /* SAI1 clock source config set later after clock selection check */ + break; + +#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI2_SUPPORT */ + + case RCC_SAI1CLKSOURCE_PIN: /* External clock is used as source of SAI1 clock*/ +#if defined(STM32L4P5xx) || defined(STM32L4Q5xx) || defined(STM32L4R5xx) || defined(STM32L4R7xx) || defined(STM32L4R9xx) || defined(STM32L4S5xx) || defined(STM32L4S7xx) || defined(STM32L4S9xx) + case RCC_SAI1CLKSOURCE_HSI: /* HSI is used as source of SAI1 clock*/ +#endif /* STM32L4P5xx || STM32L4Q5xx || STM32L4R5xx || STM32L4R7xx || STM32L4R9xx || STM32L4S5xx || STM32L4S7xx || STM32L4S9xx */ + /* SAI1 clock source config set later after clock selection check */ + break; + + default: + ret = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + + if(ret == HAL_OK) + { + /* Set the source of SAI1 clock*/ + __HAL_RCC_SAI1_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Sai1ClockSelection); + } + else + { + /* set overall return value */ + status = ret; + } + } + +#endif /* SAI1 */ + +#if defined(SAI2) + + /*-------------------------- SAI2 clock source configuration ---------------------*/ + if((((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2)) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_SAI2CLK(PeriphClkInit->Sai2ClockSelection)); + + switch(PeriphClkInit->Sai2ClockSelection) + { + case RCC_SAI2CLKSOURCE_PLL: /* PLL is used as clock source for SAI2*/ + /* Enable SAI Clock output generated from System PLL . */ + __HAL_RCC_PLLCLKOUT_ENABLE(RCC_PLL_SAI3CLK); + /* SAI2 clock source config set later after clock selection check */ + break; + + case RCC_SAI2CLKSOURCE_PLLSAI1: /* PLLSAI1 is used as clock source for SAI2*/ + /* PLLSAI1 input clock, parameters M, N & P configuration and clock output (PLLSAI1ClockOut) */ + ret = RCCEx_PLLSAI1_Config(&(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI1), DIVIDER_P_UPDATE); + /* SAI2 clock source config set later after clock selection check */ + break; + + case RCC_SAI2CLKSOURCE_PLLSAI2: /* PLLSAI2 is used as clock source for SAI2*/ + /* PLLSAI2 input clock, parameters M, N & P configuration and clock output (PLLSAI2ClockOut) */ + ret = RCCEx_PLLSAI2_Config(&(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI2), DIVIDER_P_UPDATE); + /* SAI2 clock source config set later after clock selection check */ + break; + + case RCC_SAI2CLKSOURCE_PIN: /* External clock is used as source of SAI2 clock*/ +#if defined(STM32L4P5xx) || defined(STM32L4Q5xx) || defined(STM32L4R5xx) || defined(STM32L4R7xx) || defined(STM32L4R9xx) || defined(STM32L4S5xx) || defined(STM32L4S7xx) || defined(STM32L4S9xx) + case RCC_SAI2CLKSOURCE_HSI: /* HSI is used as source of SAI2 clock*/ +#endif /* STM32L4P5xx || STM32L4Q5xx || STM32L4R5xx || STM32L4R7xx || STM32L4R9xx || STM32L4S5xx || STM32L4S7xx || STM32L4S9xx */ + /* SAI2 clock source config set later after clock selection check */ + break; + + default: + ret = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + + if(ret == HAL_OK) + { + /* Set the source of SAI2 clock*/ + __HAL_RCC_SAI2_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Sai2ClockSelection); + } + else + { + /* set overall return value */ + status = ret; + } + } +#endif /* SAI2 */ + + /*-------------------------- RTC clock source configuration ----------------------*/ + if((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection & RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC) + { + FlagStatus pwrclkchanged = RESET; + + /* Check for RTC Parameters used to output RTCCLK */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection)); + + /* Enable Power Clock */ + if(__HAL_RCC_PWR_IS_CLK_DISABLED() != 0U) + { + __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE(); + pwrclkchanged = SET; + } + + /* Enable write access to Backup domain */ + SET_BIT(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_DBP); + + /* Wait for Backup domain Write protection disable */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + while(READ_BIT(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_DBP) == 0U) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > RCC_DBP_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + ret = HAL_TIMEOUT; + break; + } + } + + if(ret == HAL_OK) + { + /* Reset the Backup domain only if the RTC Clock source selection is modified from default */ + tmpregister = READ_BIT(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL); + + if((tmpregister != RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_NONE) && (tmpregister != PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection)) + { + /* Store the content of BDCR register before the reset of Backup Domain */ + tmpregister = READ_BIT(RCC->BDCR, ~(RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL)); + /* RTC Clock selection can be changed only if the Backup Domain is reset */ + __HAL_RCC_BACKUPRESET_FORCE(); + __HAL_RCC_BACKUPRESET_RELEASE(); + /* Restore the Content of BDCR register */ + RCC->BDCR = tmpregister; + } + + /* Wait for LSE reactivation if LSE was enable prior to Backup Domain reset */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(tmpregister, RCC_BDCR_LSEON)) + { + /* Get Start Tick*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till LSE is ready */ + while(READ_BIT(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSERDY) == 0U) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > RCC_LSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + ret = HAL_TIMEOUT; + break; + } + } + } + + if(ret == HAL_OK) + { + /* Apply new RTC clock source selection */ + __HAL_RCC_RTC_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection); + } + else + { + /* set overall return value */ + status = ret; + } + } + else + { + /* set overall return value */ + status = ret; + } + + /* Restore clock configuration if changed */ + if(pwrclkchanged == SET) + { + __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_DISABLE(); + } + } + + /*-------------------------- USART1 clock source configuration -------------------*/ + if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART1) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART1) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_USART1CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->Usart1ClockSelection)); + + /* Configure the USART1 clock source */ + __HAL_RCC_USART1_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Usart1ClockSelection); + } + + /*-------------------------- USART2 clock source configuration -------------------*/ + if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_USART2CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->Usart2ClockSelection)); + + /* Configure the USART2 clock source */ + __HAL_RCC_USART2_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Usart2ClockSelection); + } + +#if defined(USART3) + + /*-------------------------- USART3 clock source configuration -------------------*/ + if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART3) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART3) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_USART3CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->Usart3ClockSelection)); + + /* Configure the USART3 clock source */ + __HAL_RCC_USART3_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Usart3ClockSelection); + } + +#endif /* USART3 */ + +#if defined(UART4) + + /*-------------------------- UART4 clock source configuration --------------------*/ + if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART4) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART4) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_UART4CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->Uart4ClockSelection)); + + /* Configure the UART4 clock source */ + __HAL_RCC_UART4_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Uart4ClockSelection); + } + +#endif /* UART4 */ + +#if defined(UART5) + + /*-------------------------- UART5 clock source configuration --------------------*/ + if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART5) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART5) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_UART5CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->Uart5ClockSelection)); + + /* Configure the UART5 clock source */ + __HAL_RCC_UART5_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Uart5ClockSelection); + } + +#endif /* UART5 */ + + /*-------------------------- LPUART1 clock source configuration ------------------*/ + if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPUART1) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPUART1) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_LPUART1CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->Lpuart1ClockSelection)); + + /* Configure the LPUART1 clock source */ + __HAL_RCC_LPUART1_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Lpuart1ClockSelection); + } + + /*-------------------------- LPTIM1 clock source configuration -------------------*/ + if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM1) == (RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM1)) + { + assert_param(IS_RCC_LPTIM1CLK(PeriphClkInit->Lptim1ClockSelection)); + __HAL_RCC_LPTIM1_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Lptim1ClockSelection); + } + + /*-------------------------- LPTIM2 clock source configuration -------------------*/ + if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM2) == (RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM2)) + { + assert_param(IS_RCC_LPTIM2CLK(PeriphClkInit->Lptim2ClockSelection)); + __HAL_RCC_LPTIM2_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Lptim2ClockSelection); + } + + /*-------------------------- I2C1 clock source configuration ---------------------*/ + if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C1) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C1) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_I2C1CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->I2c1ClockSelection)); + + /* Configure the I2C1 clock source */ + __HAL_RCC_I2C1_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->I2c1ClockSelection); + } + +#if defined(I2C2) + + /*-------------------------- I2C2 clock source configuration ---------------------*/ + if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C2) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C2) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_I2C2CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->I2c2ClockSelection)); + + /* Configure the I2C2 clock source */ + __HAL_RCC_I2C2_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->I2c2ClockSelection); + } + +#endif /* I2C2 */ + + /*-------------------------- I2C3 clock source configuration ---------------------*/ + if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C3) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C3) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_I2C3CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->I2c3ClockSelection)); + + /* Configure the I2C3 clock source */ + __HAL_RCC_I2C3_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->I2c3ClockSelection); + } + +#if defined(I2C4) + + /*-------------------------- I2C4 clock source configuration ---------------------*/ + if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C4) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C4) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_I2C4CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->I2c4ClockSelection)); + + /* Configure the I2C4 clock source */ + __HAL_RCC_I2C4_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->I2c4ClockSelection); + } + +#endif /* I2C4 */ + +#if defined(USB_OTG_FS) || defined(USB) + + /*-------------------------- USB clock source configuration ----------------------*/ + if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB) == (RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB)) + { + assert_param(IS_RCC_USBCLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->UsbClockSelection)); + __HAL_RCC_USB_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->UsbClockSelection); + + if(PeriphClkInit->UsbClockSelection == RCC_USBCLKSOURCE_PLL) + { + /* Enable PLL48M1CLK output clock */ + __HAL_RCC_PLLCLKOUT_ENABLE(RCC_PLL_48M1CLK); + } + else + { +#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI1_SUPPORT) + if(PeriphClkInit->UsbClockSelection == RCC_USBCLKSOURCE_PLLSAI1) + { + /* PLLSAI1 input clock, parameters M, N & Q configuration and clock output (PLLSAI1ClockOut) */ + ret = RCCEx_PLLSAI1_Config(&(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI1), DIVIDER_Q_UPDATE); + + if(ret != HAL_OK) + { + /* set overall return value */ + status = ret; + } + } +#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI1_SUPPORT */ + } + } + +#endif /* USB_OTG_FS || USB */ + +#if defined(SDMMC1) + + /*-------------------------- SDMMC1 clock source configuration -------------------*/ + if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_SDMMC1) == (RCC_PERIPHCLK_SDMMC1)) + { + assert_param(IS_RCC_SDMMC1CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->Sdmmc1ClockSelection)); + __HAL_RCC_SDMMC1_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Sdmmc1ClockSelection); + + if(PeriphClkInit->Sdmmc1ClockSelection == RCC_SDMMC1CLKSOURCE_PLL) /* PLL "Q" ? */ + { + /* Enable PLL48M1CLK output clock */ + __HAL_RCC_PLLCLKOUT_ENABLE(RCC_PLL_48M1CLK); + } +#if defined(RCC_CCIPR2_SDMMCSEL) + else if(PeriphClkInit->Sdmmc1ClockSelection == RCC_SDMMC1CLKSOURCE_PLLP) /* PLL "P" ? */ + { + /* Enable PLLSAI3CLK output */ + __HAL_RCC_PLLCLKOUT_ENABLE(RCC_PLL_SAI3CLK); + } +#endif + else if(PeriphClkInit->Sdmmc1ClockSelection == RCC_SDMMC1CLKSOURCE_PLLSAI1) + { + /* PLLSAI1 input clock, parameters M, N & Q configuration and clock output (PLLSAI1ClockOut) */ + ret = RCCEx_PLLSAI1_Config(&(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI1), DIVIDER_Q_UPDATE); + + if(ret != HAL_OK) + { + /* set overall return value */ + status = ret; + } + } + else + { + /* nothing to do */ + } + } + +#endif /* SDMMC1 */ + + /*-------------------------- RNG clock source configuration ----------------------*/ + if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_RNG) == (RCC_PERIPHCLK_RNG)) + { + assert_param(IS_RCC_RNGCLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->RngClockSelection)); + __HAL_RCC_RNG_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->RngClockSelection); + + if(PeriphClkInit->RngClockSelection == RCC_RNGCLKSOURCE_PLL) + { + /* Enable PLL48M1CLK output clock */ + __HAL_RCC_PLLCLKOUT_ENABLE(RCC_PLL_48M1CLK); + } +#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI1_SUPPORT) + else if(PeriphClkInit->RngClockSelection == RCC_RNGCLKSOURCE_PLLSAI1) + { + /* PLLSAI1 input clock, parameters M, N & Q configuration and clock output (PLLSAI1ClockOut) */ + ret = RCCEx_PLLSAI1_Config(&(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI1), DIVIDER_Q_UPDATE); + + if(ret != HAL_OK) + { + /* set overall return value */ + status = ret; + } + } +#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI1_SUPPORT */ + else + { + /* nothing to do */ + } + } + + /*-------------------------- ADC clock source configuration ----------------------*/ +#if !defined(STM32L412xx) && !defined(STM32L422xx) + if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_ADCCLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->AdcClockSelection)); + + /* Configure the ADC interface clock source */ + __HAL_RCC_ADC_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->AdcClockSelection); + +#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI1_SUPPORT) + if(PeriphClkInit->AdcClockSelection == RCC_ADCCLKSOURCE_PLLSAI1) + { + /* PLLSAI1 input clock, parameters M, N & R configuration and clock output (PLLSAI1ClockOut) */ + ret = RCCEx_PLLSAI1_Config(&(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI1), DIVIDER_R_UPDATE); + + if(ret != HAL_OK) + { + /* set overall return value */ + status = ret; + } + } +#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI1_SUPPORT */ + +#if defined(STM32L471xx) || defined(STM32L475xx) || defined(STM32L476xx) || defined(STM32L485xx) || defined(STM32L486xx) || defined(STM32L496xx) || defined(STM32L4A6xx) + + else if(PeriphClkInit->AdcClockSelection == RCC_ADCCLKSOURCE_PLLSAI2) + { + /* PLLSAI2 input clock, parameters M, N & R configuration and clock output (PLLSAI2ClockOut) */ + ret = RCCEx_PLLSAI2_Config(&(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI2), DIVIDER_R_UPDATE); + + if(ret != HAL_OK) + { + /* set overall return value */ + status = ret; + } + } + else + { + /* nothing to do */ + } + +#endif /* STM32L471xx || STM32L475xx || STM32L476xx || STM32L485xx || STM32L486xx || STM32L496xx || STM32L4A6xx */ + + } +#endif /* !STM32L412xx && !STM32L422xx */ + +#if defined(SWPMI1) + + /*-------------------------- SWPMI1 clock source configuration -------------------*/ + if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_SWPMI1) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_SWPMI1) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_SWPMI1CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->Swpmi1ClockSelection)); + + /* Configure the SWPMI1 clock source */ + __HAL_RCC_SWPMI1_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Swpmi1ClockSelection); + } + +#endif /* SWPMI1 */ + +#if defined(DFSDM1_Filter0) + + /*-------------------------- DFSDM1 clock source configuration -------------------*/ + if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_DFSDM1) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_DFSDM1) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_DFSDM1CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->Dfsdm1ClockSelection)); + + /* Configure the DFSDM1 interface clock source */ + __HAL_RCC_DFSDM1_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Dfsdm1ClockSelection); + } + +#if defined(STM32L4P5xx) || defined(STM32L4Q5xx) || defined(STM32L4R5xx) || defined(STM32L4R7xx) || defined(STM32L4R9xx) || defined(STM32L4S5xx) || defined(STM32L4S7xx) || defined(STM32L4S9xx) + /*-------------------------- DFSDM1 audio clock source configuration -------------*/ + if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_DFSDM1AUDIO) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_DFSDM1AUDIO) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_DFSDM1AUDIOCLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->Dfsdm1AudioClockSelection)); + + /* Configure the DFSDM1 interface audio clock source */ + __HAL_RCC_DFSDM1AUDIO_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Dfsdm1AudioClockSelection); + } + +#endif /* STM32L4P5xx || STM32L4Q5xx || STM32L4R5xx || STM32L4R7xx || STM32L4R9xx || STM32L4S5xx || STM32L4S7xx || STM32L4S9xx */ + +#endif /* DFSDM1_Filter0 */ + +#if defined(LTDC) + + /*-------------------------- LTDC clock source configuration --------------------*/ + if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_LTDC) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_LTDC) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_LTDCCLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->LtdcClockSelection)); + + /* Disable the PLLSAI2 */ + __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI2_DISABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till PLLSAI2 is ready */ + while(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLSAI2RDY) != 0U) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > PLLSAI2_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + ret = HAL_TIMEOUT; + break; + } + } + + if(ret == HAL_OK) + { + /* Configure the LTDC clock source */ + __HAL_RCC_LTDC_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->LtdcClockSelection); + + /* PLLSAI2 input clock, parameters M, N & R configuration and clock output (PLLSAI2ClockOut) */ + ret = RCCEx_PLLSAI2_Config(&(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI2), DIVIDER_R_UPDATE); + } + + if(ret != HAL_OK) + { + /* set overall return value */ + status = ret; + } + } + +#endif /* LTDC */ + +#if defined(DSI) + + /*-------------------------- DSI clock source configuration ---------------------*/ + if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_DSI) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_DSI) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_DSICLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->DsiClockSelection)); + + /* Configure the DSI clock source */ + __HAL_RCC_DSI_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->DsiClockSelection); + + if(PeriphClkInit->DsiClockSelection == RCC_DSICLKSOURCE_PLLSAI2) + { + /* PLLSAI2 input clock, parameters M, N & Q configuration and clock output (PLLSAI2ClockOut) */ + ret = RCCEx_PLLSAI2_Config(&(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI2), DIVIDER_Q_UPDATE); + + if(ret != HAL_OK) + { + /* set overall return value */ + status = ret; + } + } + } + +#endif /* DSI */ + +#if defined(OCTOSPI1) || defined(OCTOSPI2) + + /*-------------------------- OctoSPIx clock source configuration ----------------*/ + if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_OSPI) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_OSPI) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_OSPICLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->OspiClockSelection)); + + /* Configure the OctoSPI clock source */ + __HAL_RCC_OSPI_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->OspiClockSelection); + + if(PeriphClkInit->OspiClockSelection == RCC_OSPICLKSOURCE_PLL) + { + /* Enable PLL48M1CLK output */ + __HAL_RCC_PLLCLKOUT_ENABLE(RCC_PLL_48M1CLK); + } + } + +#endif /* OCTOSPI1 || OCTOSPI2 */ + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Get the RCC_ClkInitStruct according to the internal RCC configuration registers. + * @param PeriphClkInit pointer to an RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef structure that + * returns the configuration information for the Extended Peripherals + * clocks(SAI1, SAI2, LPTIM1, LPTIM2, I2C1, I2C2, I2C3, I2C4, LPUART1, + * USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4, UART5, RTC, ADCx, DFSDMx, SWPMI1, USB, SDMMC1 and RNG). + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RCCEx_GetPeriphCLKConfig(RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef *PeriphClkInit) +{ + /* Set all possible values for the extended clock type parameter------------*/ + +#if defined(STM32L412xx) || defined(STM32L422xx) + + PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection = RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART3 | \ + RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPUART1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C3 | \ + RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB | \ + RCC_PERIPHCLK_RNG | \ + RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC ; + +#elif defined(STM32L431xx) + + PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection = RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART3 | \ + RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPUART1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C3 | \ + RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1 | \ + RCC_PERIPHCLK_SDMMC1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_RNG | RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC | RCC_PERIPHCLK_SWPMI1 | \ + RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC ; + +#elif defined(STM32L432xx) || defined(STM32L442xx) + + PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection = RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2 | \ + RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPUART1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C3 | \ + RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB | \ + RCC_PERIPHCLK_RNG | RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC | RCC_PERIPHCLK_SWPMI1 | \ + RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC ; + +#elif defined(STM32L433xx) || defined(STM32L443xx) + + PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection = RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART3 | \ + RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPUART1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C3 | \ + RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB | \ + RCC_PERIPHCLK_SDMMC1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_RNG | RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC | RCC_PERIPHCLK_SWPMI1 | \ + RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC ; + +#elif defined(STM32L451xx) + + PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection = RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART3 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART4 | \ + RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPUART1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C3 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C4 | \ + RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1 | \ + RCC_PERIPHCLK_SDMMC1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_RNG | RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC | RCC_PERIPHCLK_DFSDM1 | \ + RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC ; + +#elif defined(STM32L452xx) || defined(STM32L462xx) + + PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection = RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART3 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART4 | \ + RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPUART1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C3 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C4 | \ + RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB | \ + RCC_PERIPHCLK_SDMMC1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_RNG | RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC | RCC_PERIPHCLK_DFSDM1 | \ + RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC ; + +#elif defined(STM32L471xx) + + PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection = RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART3 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART4 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART5 | \ + RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPUART1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C3 | \ + RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2 | \ + RCC_PERIPHCLK_SDMMC1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_RNG | RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC | RCC_PERIPHCLK_SWPMI1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_DFSDM1 | \ + RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC ; + +#elif defined(STM32L475xx) || defined(STM32L476xx) || defined(STM32L485xx) || defined(STM32L486xx) + + PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection = RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART3 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART4 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART5 | \ + RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPUART1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C3 | \ + RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB | \ + RCC_PERIPHCLK_SDMMC1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_RNG | RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC | RCC_PERIPHCLK_SWPMI1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_DFSDM1 | \ + RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC ; + +#elif defined(STM32L496xx) || defined(STM32L4A6xx) + + PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection = RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART3 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART4 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART5 | \ + RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPUART1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C3 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C4 | \ + RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB | \ + RCC_PERIPHCLK_SDMMC1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_RNG | RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC | RCC_PERIPHCLK_SWPMI1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_DFSDM1 | \ + RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC ; + +#elif defined(STM32L4R5xx) || defined(STM32L4S5xx) + + PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection = RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART3 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART4 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART5 | \ + RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPUART1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C3 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C4 | \ + RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB | \ + RCC_PERIPHCLK_SDMMC1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_RNG | RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC | RCC_PERIPHCLK_DFSDM1 | \ + RCC_PERIPHCLK_DFSDM1AUDIO | RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC | RCC_PERIPHCLK_OSPI; + +#elif defined(STM32L4R7xx) || defined(STM32L4S7xx) || defined(STM32L4Q5xx) + + PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection = RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART3 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART4 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART5 | \ + RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPUART1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C3 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C4 | \ + RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB | \ + RCC_PERIPHCLK_SDMMC1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_RNG | RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC | RCC_PERIPHCLK_DFSDM1 | \ + RCC_PERIPHCLK_DFSDM1AUDIO | RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC | RCC_PERIPHCLK_OSPI | RCC_PERIPHCLK_LTDC; + +#elif defined(STM32L4R9xx) || defined(STM32L4S9xx) + + PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection = RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART3 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART4 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART5 | \ + RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPUART1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C3 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C4 | \ + RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB | \ + RCC_PERIPHCLK_SDMMC1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_RNG | RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC | RCC_PERIPHCLK_DFSDM1 | \ + RCC_PERIPHCLK_DFSDM1AUDIO | RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC | RCC_PERIPHCLK_OSPI | RCC_PERIPHCLK_LTDC | RCC_PERIPHCLK_DSI; + +#endif /* STM32L431xx */ + +#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI1_SUPPORT) + + /* Get the PLLSAI1 Clock configuration -----------------------------------------------*/ + + PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI1.PLLSAI1Source = READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC_Pos; +#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI1M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT) + PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI1.PLLSAI1M = (READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1M) >> RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1M_Pos) + 1U; +#else + PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI1.PLLSAI1M = (READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM_Pos) + 1U; +#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI1M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT */ + PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI1.PLLSAI1N = READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N) >> RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N_Pos; + PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI1.PLLSAI1P = ((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1P) >> RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1P_Pos) << 4U) + 7U; + PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI1.PLLSAI1Q = ((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1Q) >> RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1Q_Pos) + 1U) * 2U; + PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI1.PLLSAI1R = ((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1R) >> RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1R_Pos) + 1U) * 2U; + +#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI1_SUPPORT */ + +#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI2_SUPPORT) + + /* Get the PLLSAI2 Clock configuration -----------------------------------------------*/ + + PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI2.PLLSAI2Source = PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI1.PLLSAI1Source; +#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI2M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT) + PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI2.PLLSAI2M = (READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI2CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2M) >> RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2M_Pos) + 1U; +#else + PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI2.PLLSAI2M = PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI1.PLLSAI1M; +#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI2M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT */ + PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI2.PLLSAI2N = READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI2CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2N) >> RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2N_Pos; + PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI2.PLLSAI2P = ((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI2CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2P) >> RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2P_Pos) << 4U) + 7U; +#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI2Q_DIV_SUPPORT) + PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI2.PLLSAI2Q = ((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI2CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2Q) >> RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2Q_Pos) + 1U) * 2U; +#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI2Q_DIV_SUPPORT */ + PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI2.PLLSAI2R = ((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI2CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2R)>> RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2R_Pos) + 1U) * 2U; + +#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI2_SUPPORT */ + + /* Get the USART1 clock source ---------------------------------------------*/ + PeriphClkInit->Usart1ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_USART1_SOURCE(); + /* Get the USART2 clock source ---------------------------------------------*/ + PeriphClkInit->Usart2ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_USART2_SOURCE(); + +#if defined(USART3) + /* Get the USART3 clock source ---------------------------------------------*/ + PeriphClkInit->Usart3ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_USART3_SOURCE(); +#endif /* USART3 */ + +#if defined(UART4) + /* Get the UART4 clock source ----------------------------------------------*/ + PeriphClkInit->Uart4ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_UART4_SOURCE(); +#endif /* UART4 */ + +#if defined(UART5) + /* Get the UART5 clock source ----------------------------------------------*/ + PeriphClkInit->Uart5ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_UART5_SOURCE(); +#endif /* UART5 */ + + /* Get the LPUART1 clock source --------------------------------------------*/ + PeriphClkInit->Lpuart1ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_LPUART1_SOURCE(); + + /* Get the I2C1 clock source -----------------------------------------------*/ + PeriphClkInit->I2c1ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_I2C1_SOURCE(); + +#if defined(I2C2) + /* Get the I2C2 clock source ----------------------------------------------*/ + PeriphClkInit->I2c2ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_I2C2_SOURCE(); +#endif /* I2C2 */ + + /* Get the I2C3 clock source -----------------------------------------------*/ + PeriphClkInit->I2c3ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_I2C3_SOURCE(); + +#if defined(I2C4) + /* Get the I2C4 clock source -----------------------------------------------*/ + PeriphClkInit->I2c4ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_I2C4_SOURCE(); +#endif /* I2C4 */ + + /* Get the LPTIM1 clock source ---------------------------------------------*/ + PeriphClkInit->Lptim1ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_LPTIM1_SOURCE(); + + /* Get the LPTIM2 clock source ---------------------------------------------*/ + PeriphClkInit->Lptim2ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_LPTIM2_SOURCE(); + +#if defined(SAI1) + /* Get the SAI1 clock source -----------------------------------------------*/ + PeriphClkInit->Sai1ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_SAI1_SOURCE(); +#endif /* SAI1 */ + +#if defined(SAI2) + /* Get the SAI2 clock source -----------------------------------------------*/ + PeriphClkInit->Sai2ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_SAI2_SOURCE(); +#endif /* SAI2 */ + + /* Get the RTC clock source ------------------------------------------------*/ + PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_RTC_SOURCE(); + +#if defined(USB_OTG_FS) || defined(USB) + /* Get the USB clock source ------------------------------------------------*/ + PeriphClkInit->UsbClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_USB_SOURCE(); +#endif /* USB_OTG_FS || USB */ + +#if defined(SDMMC1) + /* Get the SDMMC1 clock source ---------------------------------------------*/ + PeriphClkInit->Sdmmc1ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_SDMMC1_SOURCE(); +#endif /* SDMMC1 */ + + /* Get the RNG clock source ------------------------------------------------*/ + PeriphClkInit->RngClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_RNG_SOURCE(); + +#if !defined(STM32L412xx) && !defined(STM32L422xx) + /* Get the ADC clock source ------------------------------------------------*/ + PeriphClkInit->AdcClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_ADC_SOURCE(); +#endif /* !STM32L412xx && !STM32L422xx */ + +#if defined(SWPMI1) + /* Get the SWPMI1 clock source ---------------------------------------------*/ + PeriphClkInit->Swpmi1ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_SWPMI1_SOURCE(); +#endif /* SWPMI1 */ + +#if defined(DFSDM1_Filter0) + /* Get the DFSDM1 clock source ---------------------------------------------*/ + PeriphClkInit->Dfsdm1ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_DFSDM1_SOURCE(); + +#if defined(STM32L4R5xx) || defined(STM32L4R7xx) || defined(STM32L4R9xx) || defined(STM32L4S5xx) || defined(STM32L4S7xx) || defined(STM32L4S9xx) + /* Get the DFSDM1 audio clock source ---------------------------------------*/ + PeriphClkInit->Dfsdm1AudioClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_DFSDM1AUDIO_SOURCE(); +#endif /* STM32L4R5xx || STM32L4R7xx || STM32L4R9xx || STM32L4S5xx || STM32L4S7xx || STM32L4S9xx */ +#endif /* DFSDM1_Filter0 */ + +#if defined(LTDC) + /* Get the LTDC clock source -----------------------------------------------*/ + PeriphClkInit->LtdcClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_LTDC_SOURCE(); +#endif /* LTDC */ + +#if defined(DSI) + /* Get the DSI clock source ------------------------------------------------*/ + PeriphClkInit->DsiClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_DSI_SOURCE(); +#endif /* DSI */ + +#if defined(OCTOSPI1) || defined(OCTOSPI2) + /* Get the OctoSPIclock source --------------------------------------------*/ + PeriphClkInit->OspiClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_OSPI_SOURCE(); +#endif /* OCTOSPI1 || OCTOSPI2 */ +} + +/** + * @brief Return the peripheral clock frequency for peripherals with clock source from PLLSAIs + * @note Return 0 if peripheral clock identifier not managed by this API + * @param PeriphClk Peripheral clock identifier + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC RTC peripheral clock + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC ADC peripheral clock + @if STM32L462xx + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_DFSDM1 DFSDM1 peripheral clock (only for devices with DFSDM) + @endif + @if STM32L486xx + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_DFSDM1 DFSDM1 peripheral clock (only for devices with DFSDM) + @endif + @if STM32L4A6xx + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_DFSDM1 DFSDM1 peripheral clock (only for devices with DFSDM) + @endif + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C1 I2C1 peripheral clock + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C2 I2C2 peripheral clock + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C3 I2C3 peripheral clock + @if STM32L462xx + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C4 I2C4 peripheral clock (only for devices with I2C4) + @endif + @if STM32L4A6xx + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C4 I2C4 peripheral clock (only for devices with I2C4) + @endif + @if STM32L4S9xx + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C4 I2C4 peripheral clock (only for devices with I2C4) + @endif + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM1 LPTIM1 peripheral clock + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM2 LPTIM2 peripheral clock + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPUART1 LPUART1 peripheral clock + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_RNG RNG peripheral clock + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1 SAI1 peripheral clock (only for devices with SAI1) + @if STM32L486xx + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2 SAI2 peripheral clock (only for devices with SAI2) + @endif + @if STM32L4A6xx + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2 SAI2 peripheral clock (only for devices with SAI2) + @endif + @if STM32L4S9xx + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2 SAI2 peripheral clock (only for devices with SAI2) + @endif + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_SDMMC1 SDMMC1 peripheral clock + @if STM32L443xx + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_SWPMI1 SWPMI1 peripheral clock (only for devices with SWPMI1) + @endif + @if STM32L486xx + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_SWPMI1 SWPMI1 peripheral clock (only for devices with SWPMI1) + @endif + @if STM32L4A6xx + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_SWPMI1 SWPMI1 peripheral clock (only for devices with SWPMI1) + @endif + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART1 USART1 peripheral clock + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2 USART1 peripheral clock + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART3 USART1 peripheral clock + @if STM32L462xx + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART4 UART4 peripheral clock (only for devices with UART4) + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB USB peripheral clock (only for devices with USB) + @endif + @if STM32L486xx + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART4 UART4 peripheral clock (only for devices with UART4) + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART5 UART5 peripheral clock (only for devices with UART5) + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB USB peripheral clock (only for devices with USB) + @endif + @if STM32L4A6xx + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART4 UART4 peripheral clock (only for devices with UART4) + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART5 UART5 peripheral clock (only for devices with UART5) + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB USB peripheral clock (only for devices with USB) + @endif + @if STM32L4S9xx + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART4 USART1 peripheral clock (only for devices with UART4) + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART5 USART1 peripheral clock (only for devices with UART5) + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB USB peripheral clock (only for devices with USB) + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_DFSDM1 DFSDM1 peripheral kernel clock (only for devices with DFSDM1) + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_DFSDM1AUDIO DFSDM1 peripheral audio clock (only for devices with DFSDM1) + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_LTDC LTDC peripheral clock (only for devices with LTDC) + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_DSI DSI peripheral clock (only for devices with DSI) + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_OSPI OctoSPI peripheral clock (only for devices with OctoSPI) + @endif + * @retval Frequency in Hz + */ +uint32_t HAL_RCCEx_GetPeriphCLKFreq(uint32_t PeriphClk) +{ + uint32_t frequency = 0U; + uint32_t srcclk, pll_oscsource, pllvco, plln; /* no init needed */ +#if defined(SDMMC1) && defined(RCC_CCIPR2_SDMMCSEL) + uint32_t pllp; /* no init needed */ +#endif + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_PERIPHCLOCK(PeriphClk)); + + if(PeriphClk == RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC) + { + /* Get the current RTC source */ + srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_RTC_SOURCE(); + + switch(srcclk) + { + case RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_LSE: + /* Check if LSE is ready */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSERDY)) + { + frequency = LSE_VALUE; + } + break; + case RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_LSI: + /* Check if LSI is ready */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CSR, RCC_CSR_LSIRDY)) + { +#if defined(RCC_CSR_LSIPREDIV) + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CSR, RCC_CSR_LSIPREDIV)) + { + frequency = LSI_VALUE/128U; + } + else +#endif /* RCC_CSR_LSIPREDIV */ + { + frequency = LSI_VALUE; + } + } + break; + case RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_HSE_DIV32: + /* Check if HSE is ready */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSERDY)) + { + frequency = HSE_VALUE / 32U; + } + break; + default: + /* No clock source, frequency default init at 0 */ + break; + } + } + else + { + /* Other external peripheral clock source than RTC */ + pll_oscsource = __HAL_RCC_GET_PLL_OSCSOURCE(); + + /* Compute PLL clock input */ + switch(pll_oscsource) + { + case RCC_PLLSOURCE_MSI: /* MSI ? */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_MSIRDY)) + { + /*MSI frequency range in HZ*/ + pllvco = MSIRangeTable[(__HAL_RCC_GET_MSI_RANGE() >> 4U)]; + } + else + { + pllvco = 0U; + } + break; + case RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI: /* HSI ? */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY)) + { + pllvco = HSI_VALUE; + } + else + { + pllvco = 0U; + } + break; + case RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE: /* HSE ? */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSERDY)) + { + pllvco = HSE_VALUE; + } + else + { + pllvco = 0U; + } + break; + default: + /* No source */ + pllvco = 0U; + break; + } + + switch(PeriphClk) + { +#if defined(SAI1) + + case RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1: + frequency = RCCEx_GetSAIxPeriphCLKFreq(RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1, pllvco); + break; + +#endif + +#if defined(SAI2) + + case RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2: + frequency = RCCEx_GetSAIxPeriphCLKFreq(RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2, pllvco); + break; + +#endif + +#if defined(USB_OTG_FS) || defined(USB) + + case RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB: + +#endif /* USB_OTG_FS || USB */ + + case RCC_PERIPHCLK_RNG: + +#if defined(SDMMC1) && !defined(RCC_CCIPR2_SDMMCSEL) + + case RCC_PERIPHCLK_SDMMC1: + +#endif /* SDMMC1 && !RCC_CCIPR2_SDMMCSEL */ + { + srcclk = READ_BIT(RCC->CCIPR, RCC_CCIPR_CLK48SEL); + + switch(srcclk) + { + case RCC_CCIPR_CLK48SEL: /* MSI ? */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_MSIRDY)) + { + /*MSI frequency range in HZ*/ + frequency = MSIRangeTable[(__HAL_RCC_GET_MSI_RANGE() >> 4U)]; + } + break; + case RCC_CCIPR_CLK48SEL_1: /* PLL ? */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLRDY)) + { + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLQEN)) + { + /* f(PLL Source) * PLLN / PLLM */ + plln = READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN_Pos; + pllvco = ((pllvco * plln) / ((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM_Pos) + 1U)); + /* f(PLL48M1CLK) = f(VCO input) / PLLQ */ + frequency = (pllvco / (((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLQ) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLQ_Pos) + 1U) << 1U)); + } + } + break; +#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI1_SUPPORT) + case RCC_CCIPR_CLK48SEL_0: /* PLLSAI1 ? */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLSAI1RDY)) + { + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1QEN)) + { + plln = READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N) >> RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N_Pos; +#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI1M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT) + /* PLLSAI1M exists: apply PLLSAI1M divider for PLLSAI1 output computation */ + /* f(PLLSAI1 Source) * PLLSAI1N / PLLSAI1M */ + pllvco = ((pllvco * plln) / ((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1M) >> RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1M_Pos) + 1U)); +#else + /* f(PLL Source) * PLLSAI1N / PLLM */ + pllvco = ((pllvco * plln) / ((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM_Pos) + 1U)); +#endif + /* f(PLL48M2CLK) = f(VCOSAI1 input) / PLLSAI1Q */ + frequency = (pllvco / (((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1Q) >> RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1Q_Pos) + 1U) << 1U)); + } + } + break; +#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI1_SUPPORT */ +#if defined(RCC_HSI48_SUPPORT) + case 0U: + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CRRCR, RCC_CRRCR_HSI48RDY)) /* HSI48 ? */ + { + frequency = HSI48_VALUE; + } + break; +#endif /* RCC_HSI48_SUPPORT */ + default: + /* No clock source, frequency default init at 0 */ + break; + } /* switch(srcclk) */ + break; + } + +#if defined(SDMMC1) && defined(RCC_CCIPR2_SDMMCSEL) + + case RCC_PERIPHCLK_SDMMC1: + + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CCIPR2, RCC_CCIPR2_SDMMCSEL)) /* PLL "P" ? */ + { + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLRDY)) + { + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLPEN)) + { + /* f(PLL Source) * PLLN / PLLM */ + plln = READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN_Pos; + pllvco = ((pllvco * plln) / ((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM_Pos) + 1U)); + /* f(PLLSAI3CLK) = f(VCO input) / PLLP */ + pllp = READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLPDIV) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLPDIV_Pos; + if(pllp == 0U) + { + if(READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLP) != 0U) + { + pllp = 17U; + } + else + { + pllp = 7U; + } + } + frequency = (pllvco / pllp); + } + } + } + else /* 48MHz from PLL "Q" or MSI or PLLSAI1Q or HSI48 */ + { + srcclk = READ_BIT(RCC->CCIPR, RCC_CCIPR_CLK48SEL); + + switch(srcclk) + { + case RCC_CCIPR_CLK48SEL: /* MSI ? */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_MSIRDY)) + { + /*MSI frequency range in HZ*/ + frequency = MSIRangeTable[(__HAL_RCC_GET_MSI_RANGE() >> 4U)]; + } + break; + case RCC_CCIPR_CLK48SEL_1: /* PLL "Q" ? */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLRDY)) + { + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLQEN)) + { + /* f(PLL Source) * PLLN / PLLM */ + plln = READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN_Pos; + pllvco = ((pllvco * plln) / ((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM_Pos) + 1U)); + /* f(PLL48M1CLK) = f(VCO input) / PLLQ */ + frequency = (pllvco / (((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLQ) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLQ_Pos) + 1U) << 1U)); + } + } + break; + case RCC_CCIPR_CLK48SEL_0: /* PLLSAI1 ? */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLSAI1RDY)) + { + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1QEN)) + { + /* f(PLLSAI1 Source) * PLLSAI1N / PLLSAI1M */ + plln = READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N) >> RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N_Pos; + pllvco = ((pllvco * plln) / ((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1M) >> RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1M_Pos) + 1U)); + /* f(PLL48M2CLK) = f(VCOSAI1 input) / PLLSAI1Q */ + frequency = (pllvco / (((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1Q) >> RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1Q_Pos) + 1U) << 1U)); + } + } + break; + case 0U: + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CRRCR, RCC_CRRCR_HSI48RDY)) /* HSI48 ? */ + { + frequency = HSI48_VALUE; + } + break; + default: + /* No clock source, frequency default init at 0 */ + break; + } /* switch(srcclk) */ + } + break; + +#endif /* SDMMC1 && RCC_CCIPR2_SDMMCSEL */ + + case RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART1: + { + /* Get the current USART1 source */ + srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_USART1_SOURCE(); + + switch(srcclk) + { + case RCC_USART1CLKSOURCE_PCLK2: + frequency = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK2Freq(); + break; + case RCC_USART1CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK: + frequency = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq(); + break; + case RCC_USART1CLKSOURCE_HSI: + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY)) + { + frequency = HSI_VALUE; + } + break; + case RCC_USART1CLKSOURCE_LSE: + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSERDY)) + { + frequency = LSE_VALUE; + } + break; + default: + /* No clock source, frequency default init at 0 */ + break; + } + + break; + } + + case RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2: + { + /* Get the current USART2 source */ + srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_USART2_SOURCE(); + + switch(srcclk) + { + case RCC_USART2CLKSOURCE_PCLK1: + frequency = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq(); + break; + case RCC_USART2CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK: + frequency = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq(); + break; + case RCC_USART2CLKSOURCE_HSI: + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY)) + { + frequency = HSI_VALUE; + } + break; + case RCC_USART2CLKSOURCE_LSE: + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSERDY)) + { + frequency = LSE_VALUE; + } + break; + default: + /* No clock source, frequency default init at 0 */ + break; + } + + break; + } + +#if defined(USART3) + + case RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART3: + { + /* Get the current USART3 source */ + srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_USART3_SOURCE(); + + switch(srcclk) + { + case RCC_USART3CLKSOURCE_PCLK1: + frequency = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq(); + break; + case RCC_USART3CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK: + frequency = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq(); + break; + case RCC_USART3CLKSOURCE_HSI: + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY)) + { + frequency = HSI_VALUE; + } + break; + case RCC_USART3CLKSOURCE_LSE: + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSERDY)) + { + frequency = LSE_VALUE; + } + break; + default: + /* No clock source, frequency default init at 0 */ + break; + } + + break; + } + +#endif /* USART3 */ + +#if defined(UART4) + + case RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART4: + { + /* Get the current UART4 source */ + srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_UART4_SOURCE(); + + switch(srcclk) + { + case RCC_UART4CLKSOURCE_PCLK1: + frequency = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq(); + break; + case RCC_UART4CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK: + frequency = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq(); + break; + case RCC_UART4CLKSOURCE_HSI: + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY)) + { + frequency = HSI_VALUE; + } + break; + case RCC_UART4CLKSOURCE_LSE: + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSERDY)) + { + frequency = LSE_VALUE; + } + break; + default: + /* No clock source, frequency default init at 0 */ + break; + } + + break; + } + +#endif /* UART4 */ + +#if defined(UART5) + + case RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART5: + { + /* Get the current UART5 source */ + srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_UART5_SOURCE(); + + switch(srcclk) + { + case RCC_UART5CLKSOURCE_PCLK1: + frequency = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq(); + break; + case RCC_UART5CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK: + frequency = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq(); + break; + case RCC_UART5CLKSOURCE_HSI: + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY)) + { + frequency = HSI_VALUE; + } + break; + case RCC_UART5CLKSOURCE_LSE: + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSERDY)) + { + frequency = LSE_VALUE; + } + break; + default: + /* No clock source, frequency default init at 0 */ + break; + } + + break; + } + +#endif /* UART5 */ + + case RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPUART1: + { + /* Get the current LPUART1 source */ + srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_LPUART1_SOURCE(); + + switch(srcclk) + { + case RCC_LPUART1CLKSOURCE_PCLK1: + frequency = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq(); + break; + case RCC_LPUART1CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK: + frequency = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq(); + break; + case RCC_LPUART1CLKSOURCE_HSI: + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY)) + { + frequency = HSI_VALUE; + } + break; + case RCC_LPUART1CLKSOURCE_LSE: + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSERDY)) + { + frequency = LSE_VALUE; + } + break; + default: + /* No clock source, frequency default init at 0 */ + break; + } + + break; + } + + case RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC: + { + srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_ADC_SOURCE(); + + switch(srcclk) + { + case RCC_ADCCLKSOURCE_SYSCLK: + frequency = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq(); + break; +#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI1_SUPPORT) + case RCC_ADCCLKSOURCE_PLLSAI1: + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLSAI1RDY) && (__HAL_RCC_GET_PLLSAI1CLKOUT_CONFIG(RCC_PLLSAI1_ADC1CLK) != 0U)) + { + plln = READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N) >> RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N_Pos; +#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI1M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT) + /* PLLSAI1M exists: apply PLLSAI1M divider for PLLSAI1 output computation */ + /* f(PLLSAI1 Source) * PLLSAI1N / PLLSAI1M */ + pllvco = ((pllvco * plln) / ((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1M) >> RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1M_Pos) + 1U)); +#else + /* f(PLL Source) * PLLSAI1N / PLLM */ + pllvco = ((pllvco * plln) / ((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM_Pos) + 1U)); +#endif + /* f(PLLADC1CLK) = f(VCOSAI1 input) / PLLSAI1R */ + frequency = (pllvco / (((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1R) >> RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1R_Pos) + 1U) << 1U)); + } + break; +#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI1_SUPPORT */ +#if defined(STM32L471xx) || defined(STM32L475xx) || defined(STM32L476xx) || defined(STM32L485xx) || defined(STM32L486xx) || defined(STM32L496xx) || defined(STM32L4A6xx) + case RCC_ADCCLKSOURCE_PLLSAI2: + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLSAI2RDY) && (__HAL_RCC_GET_PLLSAI2CLKOUT_CONFIG(RCC_PLLSAI2_ADC2CLK) != 0U)) + { + plln = READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI2CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2N) >> RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2N_Pos; +#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI2M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT) + /* PLLSAI2M exists: apply PLLSAI2M divider for PLLSAI2 output computation */ + /* f(PLLSAI2 Source) * PLLSAI2N / PLLSAI2M */ + pllvco = ((pllvco * plln) / ((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI2CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2M) >> RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2M_Pos) + 1U)); +#else + /* f(PLL Source) * PLLSAI2N / PLLM */ + pllvco = ((pllvco * plln) / ((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM_Pos) + 1U)); +#endif + /* f(PLLADC2CLK) = f(VCOSAI2 input) / PLLSAI2R */ + frequency = (pllvco / (((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI2CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2R) >> RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2R_Pos) + 1U) << 1U)); + } + break; +#endif /* STM32L471xx || STM32L475xx || STM32L476xx || STM32L485xx || STM32L486xx || STM32L496xx || STM32L4A6xx */ + default: + /* No clock source, frequency default init at 0 */ + break; + } + + break; + } + +#if defined(DFSDM1_Filter0) + + case RCC_PERIPHCLK_DFSDM1: + { + /* Get the current DFSDM1 source */ + srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_DFSDM1_SOURCE(); + + if(srcclk == RCC_DFSDM1CLKSOURCE_PCLK2) + { + frequency = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK2Freq(); + } + else + { + frequency = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq(); + } + + break; + } + +#if defined(STM32L4R5xx) || defined(STM32L4R7xx) || defined(STM32L4R9xx) || defined(STM32L4S5xx) || defined(STM32L4S7xx) || defined(STM32L4S9xx) + + case RCC_PERIPHCLK_DFSDM1AUDIO: + { + /* Get the current DFSDM1 audio source */ + srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_DFSDM1AUDIO_SOURCE(); + + switch(srcclk) + { + case RCC_DFSDM1AUDIOCLKSOURCE_SAI1: + frequency = RCCEx_GetSAIxPeriphCLKFreq(RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1, pllvco); + break; + case RCC_DFSDM1AUDIOCLKSOURCE_MSI: + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_MSIRDY)) + { + /*MSI frequency range in HZ*/ + frequency = MSIRangeTable[(__HAL_RCC_GET_MSI_RANGE() >> 4U)]; + } + break; + case RCC_DFSDM1AUDIOCLKSOURCE_HSI: + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY)) + { + frequency = HSI_VALUE; + } + break; + default: + /* No clock source, frequency default init at 0 */ + break; + } + + break; + } + +#endif /* STM32L4R5xx || STM32L4R7xx || STM32L4R9xx || STM32L4S5xx || STM32L4S7xx || STM32L4S9xx */ + +#endif /* DFSDM1_Filter0 */ + + case RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C1: + { + /* Get the current I2C1 source */ + srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_I2C1_SOURCE(); + + switch(srcclk) + { + case RCC_I2C1CLKSOURCE_PCLK1: + frequency = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq(); + break; + case RCC_I2C1CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK: + frequency = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq(); + break; + case RCC_I2C1CLKSOURCE_HSI: + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY)) + { + frequency = HSI_VALUE; + } + break; + default: + /* No clock source, frequency default init at 0 */ + break; + } + + break; + } + +#if defined(I2C2) + + case RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C2: + { + /* Get the current I2C2 source */ + srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_I2C2_SOURCE(); + + switch(srcclk) + { + case RCC_I2C2CLKSOURCE_PCLK1: + frequency = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq(); + break; + case RCC_I2C2CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK: + frequency = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq(); + break; + case RCC_I2C2CLKSOURCE_HSI: + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY)) + { + frequency = HSI_VALUE; + } + break; + default: + /* No clock source, frequency default init at 0 */ + break; + } + + break; + } + +#endif /* I2C2 */ + + case RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C3: + { + /* Get the current I2C3 source */ + srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_I2C3_SOURCE(); + + switch(srcclk) + { + case RCC_I2C3CLKSOURCE_PCLK1: + frequency = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq(); + break; + case RCC_I2C3CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK: + frequency = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq(); + break; + case RCC_I2C3CLKSOURCE_HSI: + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY)) + { + frequency = HSI_VALUE; + } + break; + default: + /* No clock source, frequency default init at 0 */ + break; + } + + break; + } + +#if defined(I2C4) + + case RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C4: + { + /* Get the current I2C4 source */ + srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_I2C4_SOURCE(); + + switch(srcclk) + { + case RCC_I2C4CLKSOURCE_PCLK1: + frequency = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq(); + break; + case RCC_I2C4CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK: + frequency = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq(); + break; + case RCC_I2C4CLKSOURCE_HSI: + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY)) + { + frequency = HSI_VALUE; + } + break; + default: + /* No clock source, frequency default init at 0 */ + break; + } + + break; + } + +#endif /* I2C4 */ + + case RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM1: + { + /* Get the current LPTIM1 source */ + srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_LPTIM1_SOURCE(); + + switch(srcclk) + { + case RCC_LPTIM1CLKSOURCE_PCLK1: + frequency = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq(); + break; + case RCC_LPTIM1CLKSOURCE_LSI: + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CSR, RCC_CSR_LSIRDY)) + { +#if defined(RCC_CSR_LSIPREDIV) + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CSR, RCC_CSR_LSIPREDIV)) + { + frequency = LSI_VALUE/128U; + } + else +#endif /* RCC_CSR_LSIPREDIV */ + { + frequency = LSI_VALUE; + } + } + break; + case RCC_LPTIM1CLKSOURCE_HSI: + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY)) + { + frequency = HSI_VALUE; + } + break; + case RCC_LPTIM1CLKSOURCE_LSE: + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSERDY)) + { + frequency = LSE_VALUE; + } + break; + default: + /* No clock source, frequency default init at 0 */ + break; + } + + break; + } + + case RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM2: + { + /* Get the current LPTIM2 source */ + srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_LPTIM2_SOURCE(); + + switch(srcclk) + { + case RCC_LPTIM2CLKSOURCE_PCLK1: + frequency = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq(); + break; + case RCC_LPTIM2CLKSOURCE_LSI: + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CSR, RCC_CSR_LSIRDY)) + { +#if defined(RCC_CSR_LSIPREDIV) + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CSR, RCC_CSR_LSIPREDIV)) + { + frequency = LSI_VALUE/128U; + } + else +#endif /* RCC_CSR_LSIPREDIV */ + { + frequency = LSI_VALUE; + } + } + break; + case RCC_LPTIM2CLKSOURCE_HSI: + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY)) + { + frequency = HSI_VALUE; + } + break; + case RCC_LPTIM2CLKSOURCE_LSE: + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSERDY)) + { + frequency = LSE_VALUE; + } + break; + default: + /* No clock source, frequency default init at 0 */ + break; + } + + break; + } + +#if defined(SWPMI1) + + case RCC_PERIPHCLK_SWPMI1: + { + /* Get the current SWPMI1 source */ + srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_SWPMI1_SOURCE(); + + switch(srcclk) + { + case RCC_SWPMI1CLKSOURCE_PCLK1: + frequency = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq(); + break; + case RCC_SWPMI1CLKSOURCE_HSI: + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY)) + { + frequency = HSI_VALUE; + } + break; + default: + /* No clock source, frequency default init at 0 */ + break; + } + + break; + } + +#endif /* SWPMI1 */ + +#if defined(OCTOSPI1) || defined(OCTOSPI2) + + case RCC_PERIPHCLK_OSPI: + { + /* Get the current OctoSPI clock source */ + srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_OSPI_SOURCE(); + + switch(srcclk) + { + case RCC_OSPICLKSOURCE_SYSCLK: + frequency = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq(); + break; + case RCC_OSPICLKSOURCE_MSI: + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_MSIRDY)) + { + /*MSI frequency range in HZ*/ + frequency = MSIRangeTable[(__HAL_RCC_GET_MSI_RANGE() >> 4U)]; + } + break; + case RCC_OSPICLKSOURCE_PLL: + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLRDY)) + { + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLQEN)) + { + /* f(PLL Source) * PLLN / PLLM */ + plln = READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN_Pos; + pllvco = ((pllvco * plln) / ((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM_Pos) + 1U)); + /* f(PLL48M1CLK) = f(VCO input) / PLLQ */ + frequency = (pllvco / (((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLQ) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLQ_Pos) + 1U) << 1U)); + } + } + break; + default: + /* No clock source, frequency default init at 0 */ + break; + } + + break; + } + +#endif /* OCTOSPI1 || OCTOSPI2 */ + + default: + break; + } + } + + return(frequency); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCCEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 Extended Clock management functions + * @brief Extended Clock management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Extended clock management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the + activation or deactivation of MSI PLL-mode, PLLSAI1, PLLSAI2, LSE CSS, + Low speed clock output and clock after wake-up from STOP mode. +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI1_SUPPORT) + +/** + * @brief Enable PLLSAI1. + * @param PLLSAI1Init pointer to an RCC_PLLSAI1InitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information for the PLLSAI1 + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCCEx_EnablePLLSAI1(RCC_PLLSAI1InitTypeDef *PLLSAI1Init) +{ + uint32_t tickstart; + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* check for PLLSAI1 Parameters used to output PLLSAI1CLK */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI1SOURCE(PLLSAI1Init->PLLSAI1Source)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI1M_VALUE(PLLSAI1Init->PLLSAI1M)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI1N_VALUE(PLLSAI1Init->PLLSAI1N)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI1P_VALUE(PLLSAI1Init->PLLSAI1P)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI1Q_VALUE(PLLSAI1Init->PLLSAI1Q)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI1R_VALUE(PLLSAI1Init->PLLSAI1R)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI1CLOCKOUT_VALUE(PLLSAI1Init->PLLSAI1ClockOut)); + + /* Disable the PLLSAI1 */ + __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI1_DISABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till PLLSAI1 is ready to be updated */ + while(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLSAI1RDY) != 0U) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > PLLSAI1_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + status = HAL_TIMEOUT; + break; + } + } + + if(status == HAL_OK) + { +#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI1M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT) + /* Configure the PLLSAI1 Multiplication factor N */ + /* Configure the PLLSAI1 Division factors M, P, Q and R */ + __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI1_CONFIG(PLLSAI1Init->PLLSAI1M, PLLSAI1Init->PLLSAI1N, PLLSAI1Init->PLLSAI1P, PLLSAI1Init->PLLSAI1Q, PLLSAI1Init->PLLSAI1R); +#else + /* Configure the PLLSAI1 Multiplication factor N */ + /* Configure the PLLSAI1 Division factors P, Q and R */ + __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI1_CONFIG(PLLSAI1Init->PLLSAI1N, PLLSAI1Init->PLLSAI1P, PLLSAI1Init->PLLSAI1Q, PLLSAI1Init->PLLSAI1R); +#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI1M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT */ + /* Configure the PLLSAI1 Clock output(s) */ + __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI1CLKOUT_ENABLE(PLLSAI1Init->PLLSAI1ClockOut); + + /* Enable the PLLSAI1 again by setting PLLSAI1ON to 1*/ + __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI1_ENABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till PLLSAI1 is ready */ + while(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLSAI1RDY) == 0U) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > PLLSAI1_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + status = HAL_TIMEOUT; + break; + } + } + } + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Disable PLLSAI1. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCCEx_DisablePLLSAI1(void) +{ + uint32_t tickstart; + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Disable the PLLSAI1 */ + __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI1_DISABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till PLLSAI1 is ready */ + while(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLSAI1RDY) != 0U) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > PLLSAI1_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + status = HAL_TIMEOUT; + break; + } + } + + /* Disable the PLLSAI1 Clock outputs */ + __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI1CLKOUT_DISABLE(RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1PEN|RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1QEN|RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1REN); + + /* Reset PLL source to save power if no PLLs on */ +#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI2_SUPPORT) + if(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, (RCC_CR_PLLRDY | RCC_CR_PLLSAI2RDY)) == 0U) + { + MODIFY_REG(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC, RCC_PLLSOURCE_NONE); + } +#else + if(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLRDY) == 0U) + { + MODIFY_REG(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC, RCC_PLLSOURCE_NONE); + } +#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI2_SUPPORT */ + + return status; +} + +#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI1_SUPPORT */ + +#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI2_SUPPORT) + +/** + * @brief Enable PLLSAI2. + * @param PLLSAI2Init pointer to an RCC_PLLSAI2InitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information for the PLLSAI2 + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCCEx_EnablePLLSAI2(RCC_PLLSAI2InitTypeDef *PLLSAI2Init) +{ + uint32_t tickstart; + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* check for PLLSAI2 Parameters used to output PLLSAI2CLK */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI2SOURCE(PLLSAI2Init->PLLSAI2Source)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI2M_VALUE(PLLSAI2Init->PLLSAI2M)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI2N_VALUE(PLLSAI2Init->PLLSAI2N)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI2P_VALUE(PLLSAI2Init->PLLSAI2P)); +#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI2Q_DIV_SUPPORT) + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI2Q_VALUE(PLLSAI2Init->PLLSAI2Q)); +#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI2Q_DIV_SUPPORT */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI2R_VALUE(PLLSAI2Init->PLLSAI2R)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI2CLOCKOUT_VALUE(PLLSAI2Init->PLLSAI2ClockOut)); + + /* Disable the PLLSAI2 */ + __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI2_DISABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till PLLSAI2 is ready to be updated */ + while(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLSAI2RDY) != 0U) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > PLLSAI2_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + status = HAL_TIMEOUT; + break; + } + } + + if(status == HAL_OK) + { +#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI2M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT) && defined(RCC_PLLSAI2Q_DIV_SUPPORT) + /* Configure the PLLSAI2 Multiplication factor N */ + /* Configure the PLLSAI2 Division factors M, P, Q and R */ + __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI2_CONFIG(PLLSAI2Init->PLLSAI2M, PLLSAI2Init->PLLSAI2N, PLLSAI2Init->PLLSAI2P, PLLSAI2Init->PLLSAI2Q, PLLSAI2Init->PLLSAI2R); +#elif defined(RCC_PLLSAI2M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT) + /* Configure the PLLSAI2 Multiplication factor N */ + /* Configure the PLLSAI2 Division factors M, P and R */ + __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI2_CONFIG(PLLSAI2Init->PLLSAI2M, PLLSAI2Init->PLLSAI2N, PLLSAI2Init->PLLSAI2P, PLLSAI2Init->PLLSAI2R); +#elif defined(RCC_PLLSAI2Q_DIV_SUPPORT) + /* Configure the PLLSAI2 Multiplication factor N */ + /* Configure the PLLSAI2 Division factors P, Q and R */ + __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI2_CONFIG(PLLSAI2Init->PLLSAI2N, PLLSAI2Init->PLLSAI2P, PLLSAI2Init->PLLSAI2Q, PLLSAI2Init->PLLSAI2R); +#else + /* Configure the PLLSAI2 Multiplication factor N */ + /* Configure the PLLSAI2 Division factors P and R */ + __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI2_CONFIG(PLLSAI2Init->PLLSAI2N, PLLSAI2Init->PLLSAI2P, PLLSAI2Init->PLLSAI2R); +#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI2M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT && RCC_PLLSAI2Q_DIV_SUPPORT */ + /* Configure the PLLSAI2 Clock output(s) */ + __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI2CLKOUT_ENABLE(PLLSAI2Init->PLLSAI2ClockOut); + + /* Enable the PLLSAI2 again by setting PLLSAI2ON to 1*/ + __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI2_ENABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till PLLSAI2 is ready */ + while(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLSAI2RDY) == 0U) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > PLLSAI2_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + status = HAL_TIMEOUT; + break; + } + } + } + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Disable PLLISAI2. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCCEx_DisablePLLSAI2(void) +{ + uint32_t tickstart; + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Disable the PLLSAI2 */ + __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI2_DISABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till PLLSAI2 is ready */ + while(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLSAI2RDY) != 0U) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > PLLSAI2_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + status = HAL_TIMEOUT; + break; + } + } + + /* Disable the PLLSAI2 Clock outputs */ +#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI2Q_DIV_SUPPORT) + __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI2CLKOUT_DISABLE(RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2PEN|RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2QEN|RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2REN); +#else + __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI2CLKOUT_DISABLE(RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2PEN|RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2REN); +#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI2M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT && RCC_PLLSAI2Q_DIV_SUPPORT */ + + /* Reset PLL source to save power if no PLLs on */ + if(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, (RCC_CR_PLLRDY | RCC_CR_PLLSAI1RDY)) == 0U) + { + MODIFY_REG(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC, RCC_PLLSOURCE_NONE); + } + + return status; +} + +#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI2_SUPPORT */ + +/** + * @brief Configure the oscillator clock source for wakeup from Stop and CSS backup clock. + * @param WakeUpClk Wakeup clock + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref RCC_STOP_WAKEUPCLOCK_MSI MSI oscillator selection + * @arg @ref RCC_STOP_WAKEUPCLOCK_HSI HSI oscillator selection + * @note This function shall not be called after the Clock Security System on HSE has been + * enabled. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RCCEx_WakeUpStopCLKConfig(uint32_t WakeUpClk) +{ + assert_param(IS_RCC_STOP_WAKEUPCLOCK(WakeUpClk)); + + __HAL_RCC_WAKEUPSTOP_CLK_CONFIG(WakeUpClk); +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the MSI range after standby mode. + * @note After Standby its frequency can be selected between 4 possible values (1, 2, 4 or 8 MHz). + * @param MSIRange MSI range + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref RCC_MSIRANGE_4 Range 4 around 1 MHz + * @arg @ref RCC_MSIRANGE_5 Range 5 around 2 MHz + * @arg @ref RCC_MSIRANGE_6 Range 6 around 4 MHz (reset value) + * @arg @ref RCC_MSIRANGE_7 Range 7 around 8 MHz + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RCCEx_StandbyMSIRangeConfig(uint32_t MSIRange) +{ + assert_param(IS_RCC_MSI_STANDBY_CLOCK_RANGE(MSIRange)); + + __HAL_RCC_MSI_STANDBY_RANGE_CONFIG(MSIRange); +} + +/** + * @brief Enable the LSE Clock Security System. + * @note Prior to enable the LSE Clock Security System, LSE oscillator is to be enabled + * with HAL_RCC_OscConfig() and the LSE oscillator clock is to be selected as RTC + * clock with HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig(). + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RCCEx_EnableLSECSS(void) +{ + SET_BIT(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSECSSON); +} + +/** + * @brief Disable the LSE Clock Security System. + * @note LSE Clock Security System can only be disabled after a LSE failure detection. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RCCEx_DisableLSECSS(void) +{ + CLEAR_BIT(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSECSSON) ; + + /* Disable LSE CSS IT if any */ + __HAL_RCC_DISABLE_IT(RCC_IT_LSECSS); +} + +/** + * @brief Enable the LSE Clock Security System Interrupt & corresponding EXTI line. + * @note LSE Clock Security System Interrupt is mapped on RTC EXTI line 19 + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RCCEx_EnableLSECSS_IT(void) +{ + /* Enable LSE CSS */ + SET_BIT(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSECSSON) ; + + /* Enable LSE CSS IT */ + __HAL_RCC_ENABLE_IT(RCC_IT_LSECSS); + + /* Enable IT on EXTI Line 19 */ + __HAL_RCC_LSECSS_EXTI_ENABLE_IT(); + __HAL_RCC_LSECSS_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE(); +} + +/** + * @brief Handle the RCC LSE Clock Security System interrupt request. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RCCEx_LSECSS_IRQHandler(void) +{ + /* Check RCC LSE CSSF flag */ + if(__HAL_RCC_GET_IT(RCC_IT_LSECSS)) + { + /* RCC LSE Clock Security System interrupt user callback */ + HAL_RCCEx_LSECSS_Callback(); + + /* Clear RCC LSE CSS pending bit */ + __HAL_RCC_CLEAR_IT(RCC_IT_LSECSS); + } +} + +/** + * @brief RCCEx LSE Clock Security System interrupt callback. + * @retval none + */ +__weak void HAL_RCCEx_LSECSS_Callback(void) +{ + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the @ref HAL_RCCEx_LSECSS_Callback should be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Select the Low Speed clock source to output on LSCO pin (PA2). + * @param LSCOSource specifies the Low Speed clock source to output. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref RCC_LSCOSOURCE_LSI LSI clock selected as LSCO source + * @arg @ref RCC_LSCOSOURCE_LSE LSE clock selected as LSCO source + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RCCEx_EnableLSCO(uint32_t LSCOSource) +{ + GPIO_InitTypeDef GPIO_InitStruct; + FlagStatus pwrclkchanged = RESET; + FlagStatus backupchanged = RESET; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_LSCOSOURCE(LSCOSource)); + + /* LSCO Pin Clock Enable */ + __LSCO_CLK_ENABLE(); + + /* Configure the LSCO pin in analog mode */ + GPIO_InitStruct.Pin = LSCO_PIN; + GPIO_InitStruct.Mode = GPIO_MODE_ANALOG; + GPIO_InitStruct.Speed = GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_HIGH; + GPIO_InitStruct.Pull = GPIO_NOPULL; + HAL_GPIO_Init(LSCO_GPIO_PORT, &GPIO_InitStruct); + + /* Update LSCOSEL clock source in Backup Domain control register */ + if(__HAL_RCC_PWR_IS_CLK_DISABLED()) + { + __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE(); + pwrclkchanged = SET; + } + if(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_DBP)) + { + HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess(); + backupchanged = SET; + } + + MODIFY_REG(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSCOSEL | RCC_BDCR_LSCOEN, LSCOSource | RCC_BDCR_LSCOEN); + + if(backupchanged == SET) + { + HAL_PWR_DisableBkUpAccess(); + } + if(pwrclkchanged == SET) + { + __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_DISABLE(); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Disable the Low Speed clock output. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RCCEx_DisableLSCO(void) +{ + FlagStatus pwrclkchanged = RESET; + FlagStatus backupchanged = RESET; + + /* Update LSCOEN bit in Backup Domain control register */ + if(__HAL_RCC_PWR_IS_CLK_DISABLED()) + { + __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE(); + pwrclkchanged = SET; + } + if(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_DBP)) + { + /* Enable access to the backup domain */ + HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess(); + backupchanged = SET; + } + + CLEAR_BIT(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSCOEN); + + /* Restore previous configuration */ + if(backupchanged == SET) + { + /* Disable access to the backup domain */ + HAL_PWR_DisableBkUpAccess(); + } + if(pwrclkchanged == SET) + { + __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_DISABLE(); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enable the PLL-mode of the MSI. + * @note Prior to enable the PLL-mode of the MSI for automatic hardware + * calibration LSE oscillator is to be enabled with HAL_RCC_OscConfig(). + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RCCEx_EnableMSIPLLMode(void) +{ + SET_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_MSIPLLEN) ; +} + +/** + * @brief Disable the PLL-mode of the MSI. + * @note PLL-mode of the MSI is automatically reset when LSE oscillator is disabled. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RCCEx_DisableMSIPLLMode(void) +{ + CLEAR_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_MSIPLLEN) ; +} + +#if defined (OCTOSPI1) && defined (OCTOSPI2) +/** + * @brief Configure OCTOSPI instances DQS delays. + * @param Delay1 OCTOSPI1 DQS delay + * @param Delay2 OCTOSPI2 DQS delay + * @note Delay parameters stand for unitary delays from 0 to 15. Actual delay is Delay1 or Delay2 + 1. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RCCEx_OCTOSPIDelayConfig(uint32_t Delay1, uint32_t Delay2) +{ + assert_param(IS_RCC_OCTOSPIDELAY(Delay1)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_OCTOSPIDELAY(Delay2)); + + MODIFY_REG(RCC->DLYCFGR, RCC_DLYCFGR_OCTOSPI1_DLY|RCC_DLYCFGR_OCTOSPI2_DLY, (Delay1 | (Delay2 << RCC_DLYCFGR_OCTOSPI2_DLY_Pos))) ; +} +#endif /* OCTOSPI1 && OCTOSPI2 */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#if defined(CRS) + +/** @defgroup RCCEx_Exported_Functions_Group3 Extended Clock Recovery System Control functions + * @brief Extended Clock Recovery System Control functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Extended Clock Recovery System Control functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + For devices with Clock Recovery System feature (CRS), RCC Extension HAL driver can be used as follows: + + (#) In System clock config, HSI48 needs to be enabled + + (#) Enable CRS clock in IP MSP init which will use CRS functions + + (#) Call CRS functions as follows: + (##) Prepare synchronization configuration necessary for HSI48 calibration + (+++) Default values can be set for frequency Error Measurement (reload and error limit) + and also HSI48 oscillator smooth trimming. + (+++) Macro __HAL_RCC_CRS_RELOADVALUE_CALCULATE can be also used to calculate + directly reload value with target and synchronization frequencies values + (##) Call function HAL_RCCEx_CRSConfig which + (+++) Resets CRS registers to their default values. + (+++) Configures CRS registers with synchronization configuration + (+++) Enables automatic calibration and frequency error counter feature + Note: When using USB LPM (Link Power Management) and the device is in Sleep mode, the + periodic USB SOF will not be generated by the host. No SYNC signal will therefore be + provided to the CRS to calibrate the HSI48 on the run. To guarantee the required clock + precision after waking up from Sleep mode, the LSE or reference clock on the GPIOs + should be used as SYNC signal. + + (##) A polling function is provided to wait for complete synchronization + (+++) Call function HAL_RCCEx_CRSWaitSynchronization() + (+++) According to CRS status, user can decide to adjust again the calibration or continue + application if synchronization is OK + + (#) User can retrieve information related to synchronization in calling function + HAL_RCCEx_CRSGetSynchronizationInfo() + + (#) Regarding synchronization status and synchronization information, user can try a new calibration + in changing synchronization configuration and call again HAL_RCCEx_CRSConfig. + Note: When the SYNC event is detected during the downcounting phase (before reaching the zero value), + it means that the actual frequency is lower than the target (and so, that the TRIM value should be + incremented), while when it is detected during the upcounting phase it means that the actual frequency + is higher (and that the TRIM value should be decremented). + + (#) In interrupt mode, user can resort to the available macros (__HAL_RCC_CRS_XXX_IT). Interrupts will go + through CRS Handler (CRS_IRQn/CRS_IRQHandler) + (++) Call function HAL_RCCEx_CRSConfig() + (++) Enable CRS_IRQn (thanks to NVIC functions) + (++) Enable CRS interrupt (__HAL_RCC_CRS_ENABLE_IT) + (++) Implement CRS status management in the following user callbacks called from + HAL_RCCEx_CRS_IRQHandler(): + (+++) HAL_RCCEx_CRS_SyncOkCallback() + (+++) HAL_RCCEx_CRS_SyncWarnCallback() + (+++) HAL_RCCEx_CRS_ExpectedSyncCallback() + (+++) HAL_RCCEx_CRS_ErrorCallback() + + (#) To force a SYNC EVENT, user can use the function HAL_RCCEx_CRSSoftwareSynchronizationGenerate(). + This function can be called before calling HAL_RCCEx_CRSConfig (for instance in Systick handler) + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Start automatic synchronization for polling mode + * @param pInit Pointer on RCC_CRSInitTypeDef structure + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RCCEx_CRSConfig(RCC_CRSInitTypeDef *pInit) +{ + uint32_t value; /* no init needed */ + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_CRS_SYNC_DIV(pInit->Prescaler)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_CRS_SYNC_SOURCE(pInit->Source)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_CRS_SYNC_POLARITY(pInit->Polarity)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_CRS_RELOADVALUE(pInit->ReloadValue)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_CRS_ERRORLIMIT(pInit->ErrorLimitValue)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_CRS_HSI48CALIBRATION(pInit->HSI48CalibrationValue)); + + /* CONFIGURATION */ + + /* Before configuration, reset CRS registers to their default values*/ + __HAL_RCC_CRS_FORCE_RESET(); + __HAL_RCC_CRS_RELEASE_RESET(); + + /* Set the SYNCDIV[2:0] bits according to Prescaler value */ + /* Set the SYNCSRC[1:0] bits according to Source value */ + /* Set the SYNCSPOL bit according to Polarity value */ + value = (pInit->Prescaler | pInit->Source | pInit->Polarity); + /* Set the RELOAD[15:0] bits according to ReloadValue value */ + value |= pInit->ReloadValue; + /* Set the FELIM[7:0] bits according to ErrorLimitValue value */ + value |= (pInit->ErrorLimitValue << CRS_CFGR_FELIM_Pos); + WRITE_REG(CRS->CFGR, value); + + /* Adjust HSI48 oscillator smooth trimming */ + /* Set the TRIM[6:0] bits for STM32L412xx/L422xx or TRIM[5:0] bits otherwise + according to RCC_CRS_HSI48CalibrationValue value */ + MODIFY_REG(CRS->CR, CRS_CR_TRIM, (pInit->HSI48CalibrationValue << CRS_CR_TRIM_Pos)); + + /* START AUTOMATIC SYNCHRONIZATION*/ + + /* Enable Automatic trimming & Frequency error counter */ + SET_BIT(CRS->CR, CRS_CR_AUTOTRIMEN | CRS_CR_CEN); +} + +/** + * @brief Generate the software synchronization event + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RCCEx_CRSSoftwareSynchronizationGenerate(void) +{ + SET_BIT(CRS->CR, CRS_CR_SWSYNC); +} + +/** + * @brief Return synchronization info + * @param pSynchroInfo Pointer on RCC_CRSSynchroInfoTypeDef structure + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RCCEx_CRSGetSynchronizationInfo(RCC_CRSSynchroInfoTypeDef *pSynchroInfo) +{ + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(pSynchroInfo != (void *)NULL); + + /* Get the reload value */ + pSynchroInfo->ReloadValue = (READ_BIT(CRS->CFGR, CRS_CFGR_RELOAD)); + + /* Get HSI48 oscillator smooth trimming */ + pSynchroInfo->HSI48CalibrationValue = (READ_BIT(CRS->CR, CRS_CR_TRIM) >> CRS_CR_TRIM_Pos); + + /* Get Frequency error capture */ + pSynchroInfo->FreqErrorCapture = (READ_BIT(CRS->ISR, CRS_ISR_FECAP) >> CRS_ISR_FECAP_Pos); + + /* Get Frequency error direction */ + pSynchroInfo->FreqErrorDirection = (READ_BIT(CRS->ISR, CRS_ISR_FEDIR)); +} + +/** +* @brief Wait for CRS Synchronization status. +* @param Timeout Duration of the timeout +* @note Timeout is based on the maximum time to receive a SYNC event based on synchronization +* frequency. +* @note If Timeout set to HAL_MAX_DELAY, HAL_TIMEOUT will be never returned. +* @retval Combination of Synchronization status +* This parameter can be a combination of the following values: +* @arg @ref RCC_CRS_TIMEOUT +* @arg @ref RCC_CRS_SYNCOK +* @arg @ref RCC_CRS_SYNCWARN +* @arg @ref RCC_CRS_SYNCERR +* @arg @ref RCC_CRS_SYNCMISS +* @arg @ref RCC_CRS_TRIMOVF +*/ +uint32_t HAL_RCCEx_CRSWaitSynchronization(uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t crsstatus = RCC_CRS_NONE; + uint32_t tickstart; + + /* Get timeout */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait for CRS flag or timeout detection */ + do + { + if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if(((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout) || (Timeout == 0U)) + { + crsstatus = RCC_CRS_TIMEOUT; + } + } + /* Check CRS SYNCOK flag */ + if(__HAL_RCC_CRS_GET_FLAG(RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCOK)) + { + /* CRS SYNC event OK */ + crsstatus |= RCC_CRS_SYNCOK; + + /* Clear CRS SYNC event OK bit */ + __HAL_RCC_CRS_CLEAR_FLAG(RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCOK); + } + + /* Check CRS SYNCWARN flag */ + if(__HAL_RCC_CRS_GET_FLAG(RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCWARN)) + { + /* CRS SYNC warning */ + crsstatus |= RCC_CRS_SYNCWARN; + + /* Clear CRS SYNCWARN bit */ + __HAL_RCC_CRS_CLEAR_FLAG(RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCWARN); + } + + /* Check CRS TRIM overflow flag */ + if(__HAL_RCC_CRS_GET_FLAG(RCC_CRS_FLAG_TRIMOVF)) + { + /* CRS SYNC Error */ + crsstatus |= RCC_CRS_TRIMOVF; + + /* Clear CRS Error bit */ + __HAL_RCC_CRS_CLEAR_FLAG(RCC_CRS_FLAG_TRIMOVF); + } + + /* Check CRS Error flag */ + if(__HAL_RCC_CRS_GET_FLAG(RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCERR)) + { + /* CRS SYNC Error */ + crsstatus |= RCC_CRS_SYNCERR; + + /* Clear CRS Error bit */ + __HAL_RCC_CRS_CLEAR_FLAG(RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCERR); + } + + /* Check CRS SYNC Missed flag */ + if(__HAL_RCC_CRS_GET_FLAG(RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCMISS)) + { + /* CRS SYNC Missed */ + crsstatus |= RCC_CRS_SYNCMISS; + + /* Clear CRS SYNC Missed bit */ + __HAL_RCC_CRS_CLEAR_FLAG(RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCMISS); + } + + /* Check CRS Expected SYNC flag */ + if(__HAL_RCC_CRS_GET_FLAG(RCC_CRS_FLAG_ESYNC)) + { + /* frequency error counter reached a zero value */ + __HAL_RCC_CRS_CLEAR_FLAG(RCC_CRS_FLAG_ESYNC); + } + } while(RCC_CRS_NONE == crsstatus); + + return crsstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Handle the Clock Recovery System interrupt request. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RCCEx_CRS_IRQHandler(void) +{ + uint32_t crserror = RCC_CRS_NONE; + /* Get current IT flags and IT sources values */ + uint32_t itflags = READ_REG(CRS->ISR); + uint32_t itsources = READ_REG(CRS->CR); + + /* Check CRS SYNCOK flag */ + if(((itflags & RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCOK) != 0U) && ((itsources & RCC_CRS_IT_SYNCOK) != 0U)) + { + /* Clear CRS SYNC event OK flag */ + WRITE_REG(CRS->ICR, CRS_ICR_SYNCOKC); + + /* user callback */ + HAL_RCCEx_CRS_SyncOkCallback(); + } + /* Check CRS SYNCWARN flag */ + else if(((itflags & RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCWARN) != 0U) && ((itsources & RCC_CRS_IT_SYNCWARN) != 0U)) + { + /* Clear CRS SYNCWARN flag */ + WRITE_REG(CRS->ICR, CRS_ICR_SYNCWARNC); + + /* user callback */ + HAL_RCCEx_CRS_SyncWarnCallback(); + } + /* Check CRS Expected SYNC flag */ + else if(((itflags & RCC_CRS_FLAG_ESYNC) != 0U) && ((itsources & RCC_CRS_IT_ESYNC) != 0U)) + { + /* frequency error counter reached a zero value */ + WRITE_REG(CRS->ICR, CRS_ICR_ESYNCC); + + /* user callback */ + HAL_RCCEx_CRS_ExpectedSyncCallback(); + } + /* Check CRS Error flags */ + else + { + if(((itflags & RCC_CRS_FLAG_ERR) != 0U) && ((itsources & RCC_CRS_IT_ERR) != 0U)) + { + if((itflags & RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCERR) != 0U) + { + crserror |= RCC_CRS_SYNCERR; + } + if((itflags & RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCMISS) != 0U) + { + crserror |= RCC_CRS_SYNCMISS; + } + if((itflags & RCC_CRS_FLAG_TRIMOVF) != 0U) + { + crserror |= RCC_CRS_TRIMOVF; + } + + /* Clear CRS Error flags */ + WRITE_REG(CRS->ICR, CRS_ICR_ERRC); + + /* user error callback */ + HAL_RCCEx_CRS_ErrorCallback(crserror); + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief RCCEx Clock Recovery System SYNCOK interrupt callback. + * @retval none + */ +__weak void HAL_RCCEx_CRS_SyncOkCallback(void) +{ + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the @ref HAL_RCCEx_CRS_SyncOkCallback should be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief RCCEx Clock Recovery System SYNCWARN interrupt callback. + * @retval none + */ +__weak void HAL_RCCEx_CRS_SyncWarnCallback(void) +{ + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the @ref HAL_RCCEx_CRS_SyncWarnCallback should be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief RCCEx Clock Recovery System Expected SYNC interrupt callback. + * @retval none + */ +__weak void HAL_RCCEx_CRS_ExpectedSyncCallback(void) +{ + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the @ref HAL_RCCEx_CRS_ExpectedSyncCallback should be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief RCCEx Clock Recovery System Error interrupt callback. + * @param Error Combination of Error status. + * This parameter can be a combination of the following values: + * @arg @ref RCC_CRS_SYNCERR + * @arg @ref RCC_CRS_SYNCMISS + * @arg @ref RCC_CRS_TRIMOVF + * @retval none + */ +__weak void HAL_RCCEx_CRS_ErrorCallback(uint32_t Error) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(Error); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the @ref HAL_RCCEx_CRS_ErrorCallback should be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* CRS */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup RCCEx_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI1_SUPPORT) + +/** + * @brief Configure the parameters N & P & optionally M of PLLSAI1 and enable PLLSAI1 output clock(s). + * @param PllSai1 pointer to an RCC_PLLSAI1InitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration parameters N & P & optionally M as well as PLLSAI1 output clock(s) + * @param Divider divider parameter to be updated + * + * @note PLLSAI1 is temporary disable to apply new parameters + * + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef RCCEx_PLLSAI1_Config(RCC_PLLSAI1InitTypeDef *PllSai1, uint32_t Divider) +{ + uint32_t tickstart; + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* check for PLLSAI1 Parameters used to output PLLSAI1CLK */ + /* P, Q and R dividers are verified in each specific divider case below */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI1SOURCE(PllSai1->PLLSAI1Source)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI1M_VALUE(PllSai1->PLLSAI1M)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI1N_VALUE(PllSai1->PLLSAI1N)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI1CLOCKOUT_VALUE(PllSai1->PLLSAI1ClockOut)); + + /* Check that PLLSAI1 clock source and divider M can be applied */ + if(__HAL_RCC_GET_PLL_OSCSOURCE() != RCC_PLLSOURCE_NONE) + { + /* PLL clock source and divider M already set, check that no request for change */ + if((__HAL_RCC_GET_PLL_OSCSOURCE() != PllSai1->PLLSAI1Source) + || + (PllSai1->PLLSAI1Source == RCC_PLLSOURCE_NONE) +#if !defined(RCC_PLLSAI1M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT) + || + (((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM_Pos) + 1U) != PllSai1->PLLSAI1M) +#endif + ) + { + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + } + else + { + /* Check PLLSAI1 clock source availability */ + switch(PllSai1->PLLSAI1Source) + { + case RCC_PLLSOURCE_MSI: + if(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_MSIRDY)) + { + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + break; + case RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI: + if(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY)) + { + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + break; + case RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE: + if(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSERDY)) + { + if(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSEBYP)) + { + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + } + break; + default: + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + + if(status == HAL_OK) + { +#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI1M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT) + /* Set PLLSAI1 clock source */ + MODIFY_REG(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC, PllSai1->PLLSAI1Source); +#else + /* Set PLLSAI1 clock source and divider M */ + MODIFY_REG(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC | RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM, PllSai1->PLLSAI1Source | (PllSai1->PLLSAI1M - 1U) << RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM_Pos); +#endif + } + } + + if(status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable the PLLSAI1 */ + __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI1_DISABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till PLLSAI1 is ready to be updated */ + while(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLSAI1RDY) != 0U) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > PLLSAI1_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + status = HAL_TIMEOUT; + break; + } + } + + if(status == HAL_OK) + { + if(Divider == DIVIDER_P_UPDATE) + { + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI1P_VALUE(PllSai1->PLLSAI1P)); +#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI1M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT) + + /* Configure the PLLSAI1 Division factor M, P and Multiplication factor N*/ +#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI1P_DIV_2_31_SUPPORT) + MODIFY_REG(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR, + RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N | RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1PDIV | RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1M, + (PllSai1->PLLSAI1N << RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N_Pos) | + (PllSai1->PLLSAI1P << RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1PDIV_Pos) | + ((PllSai1->PLLSAI1M - 1U) << RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1M_Pos)); +#else + MODIFY_REG(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR, + RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N | RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1P | RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1M, + (PllSai1->PLLSAI1N << RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N_Pos) | + ((PllSai1->PLLSAI1P >> 4U) << RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1P_Pos) | + ((PllSai1->PLLSAI1M - 1U) << RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1M_Pos)); +#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI1P_DIV_2_31_SUPPORT */ + +#else + /* Configure the PLLSAI1 Division factor P and Multiplication factor N*/ +#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI1P_DIV_2_31_SUPPORT) + MODIFY_REG(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR, + RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N | RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1PDIV, + (PllSai1->PLLSAI1N << RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N_Pos) | + (PllSai1->PLLSAI1P << RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1PDIV_Pos)); +#else + MODIFY_REG(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR, + RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N | RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1P, + (PllSai1->PLLSAI1N << RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N_Pos) | + ((PllSai1->PLLSAI1P >> 4U) << RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1P_Pos)); +#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI1P_DIV_2_31_SUPPORT */ + +#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI1M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT */ + } + else if(Divider == DIVIDER_Q_UPDATE) + { + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI1Q_VALUE(PllSai1->PLLSAI1Q)); +#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI1M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT) + /* Configure the PLLSAI1 Division factor M, Q and Multiplication factor N*/ + MODIFY_REG(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR, + RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N | RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1Q | RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1M, + (PllSai1->PLLSAI1N << RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N_Pos) | + (((PllSai1->PLLSAI1Q >> 1U) - 1U) << RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1Q_Pos) | + ((PllSai1->PLLSAI1M - 1U) << RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1M_Pos)); +#else + /* Configure the PLLSAI1 Division factor Q and Multiplication factor N*/ + MODIFY_REG(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR, + RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N | RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1Q, + (PllSai1->PLLSAI1N << RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N_Pos) | + (((PllSai1->PLLSAI1Q >> 1U) - 1U) << RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1Q_Pos)); +#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI1M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT */ + } + else + { + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI1R_VALUE(PllSai1->PLLSAI1R)); +#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI1M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT) + /* Configure the PLLSAI1 Division factor M, R and Multiplication factor N*/ + MODIFY_REG(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR, + RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N | RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1R | RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1M, + (PllSai1->PLLSAI1N << RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N_Pos) | + (((PllSai1->PLLSAI1R >> 1U) - 1U) << RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1R_Pos) | + ((PllSai1->PLLSAI1M - 1U) << RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1M_Pos)); +#else + /* Configure the PLLSAI1 Division factor R and Multiplication factor N*/ + MODIFY_REG(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR, + RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N | RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1R, + (PllSai1->PLLSAI1N << RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N_Pos) | + (((PllSai1->PLLSAI1R >> 1U) - 1U) << RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1R_Pos)); +#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI1M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT */ + } + + /* Enable the PLLSAI1 again by setting PLLSAI1ON to 1*/ + __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI1_ENABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till PLLSAI1 is ready */ + while(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLSAI1RDY) == 0U) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > PLLSAI1_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + status = HAL_TIMEOUT; + break; + } + } + + if(status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Configure the PLLSAI1 Clock output(s) */ + __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI1CLKOUT_ENABLE(PllSai1->PLLSAI1ClockOut); + } + } + } + + return status; +} + +#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI1_SUPPORT */ + +#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI2_SUPPORT) + +/** + * @brief Configure the parameters N & P & optionally M of PLLSAI2 and enable PLLSAI2 output clock(s). + * @param PllSai2 pointer to an RCC_PLLSAI2InitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration parameters N & P & optionally M as well as PLLSAI2 output clock(s) + * @param Divider divider parameter to be updated + * + * @note PLLSAI2 is temporary disable to apply new parameters + * + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef RCCEx_PLLSAI2_Config(RCC_PLLSAI2InitTypeDef *PllSai2, uint32_t Divider) +{ + uint32_t tickstart; + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* check for PLLSAI2 Parameters used to output PLLSAI2CLK */ + /* P, Q and R dividers are verified in each specific divider case below */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI2SOURCE(PllSai2->PLLSAI2Source)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI2M_VALUE(PllSai2->PLLSAI2M)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI2N_VALUE(PllSai2->PLLSAI2N)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI2CLOCKOUT_VALUE(PllSai2->PLLSAI2ClockOut)); + + /* Check that PLLSAI2 clock source and divider M can be applied */ + if(__HAL_RCC_GET_PLL_OSCSOURCE() != RCC_PLLSOURCE_NONE) + { + /* PLL clock source and divider M already set, check that no request for change */ + if((__HAL_RCC_GET_PLL_OSCSOURCE() != PllSai2->PLLSAI2Source) + || + (PllSai2->PLLSAI2Source == RCC_PLLSOURCE_NONE) +#if !defined(RCC_PLLSAI2M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT) + || + (((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM_Pos) + 1U) != PllSai2->PLLSAI2M) +#endif + ) + { + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + } + else + { + /* Check PLLSAI2 clock source availability */ + switch(PllSai2->PLLSAI2Source) + { + case RCC_PLLSOURCE_MSI: + if(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_MSIRDY)) + { + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + break; + case RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI: + if(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY)) + { + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + break; + case RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE: + if(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSERDY)) + { + if(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSEBYP)) + { + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + } + break; + default: + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + + if(status == HAL_OK) + { +#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI2M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT) + /* Set PLLSAI2 clock source */ + MODIFY_REG(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC, PllSai2->PLLSAI2Source); +#else + /* Set PLLSAI2 clock source and divider M */ + MODIFY_REG(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC | RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM, PllSai2->PLLSAI2Source | (PllSai2->PLLSAI2M - 1U) << RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM_Pos); +#endif + } + } + + if(status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable the PLLSAI2 */ + __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI2_DISABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till PLLSAI2 is ready to be updated */ + while(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLSAI2RDY) != 0U) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > PLLSAI2_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + status = HAL_TIMEOUT; + break; + } + } + + if(status == HAL_OK) + { + if(Divider == DIVIDER_P_UPDATE) + { + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI2P_VALUE(PllSai2->PLLSAI2P)); +#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI2M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT) + + /* Configure the PLLSAI2 Division factor M, P and Multiplication factor N*/ +#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI2P_DIV_2_31_SUPPORT) + MODIFY_REG(RCC->PLLSAI2CFGR, + RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2N | RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2PDIV | RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2M, + (PllSai2->PLLSAI2N << RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2N_Pos) | + (PllSai2->PLLSAI2P << RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2PDIV_Pos) | + ((PllSai2->PLLSAI2M - 1U) << RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2M_Pos)); +#else + MODIFY_REG(RCC->PLLSAI2CFGR, + RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2N | RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2P | RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2M, + (PllSai2->PLLSAI2N << RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2N_Pos) | + ((PllSai2->PLLSAI2P >> 4U) << RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2P_Pos) | + ((PllSai2->PLLSAI2M - 1U) << RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2M_Pos)); +#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI2P_DIV_2_31_SUPPORT */ + +#else + /* Configure the PLLSAI2 Division factor P and Multiplication factor N*/ +#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI2P_DIV_2_31_SUPPORT) + MODIFY_REG(RCC->PLLSAI2CFGR, + RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2N | RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2PDIV, + (PllSai2->PLLSAI2N << RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2N_Pos) | + (PllSai2->PLLSAI2P << RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2PDIV_Pos)); +#else + MODIFY_REG(RCC->PLLSAI2CFGR, + RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2N | RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2P, + (PllSai2->PLLSAI2N << RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2N_Pos) | + ((PllSai2->PLLSAI2P >> 4U) << RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2P_Pos)); +#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI2P_DIV_2_31_SUPPORT */ + +#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI2M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT */ + } +#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI2Q_DIV_SUPPORT) + else if(Divider == DIVIDER_Q_UPDATE) + { + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI2Q_VALUE(PllSai2->PLLSAI2Q)); +#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI2M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT) + /* Configure the PLLSAI2 Division factor M, Q and Multiplication factor N*/ + MODIFY_REG(RCC->PLLSAI2CFGR, + RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2N | RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2Q | RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2M, + (PllSai2->PLLSAI2N << RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2N_Pos) | + (((PllSai2->PLLSAI2Q >> 1U) - 1U) << RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2Q_Pos) | + ((PllSai2->PLLSAI2M - 1U) << RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2M_Pos)); +#else + /* Configure the PLLSAI2 Division factor Q and Multiplication factor N*/ + MODIFY_REG(RCC->PLLSAI2CFGR, + RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2N | RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2Q, + (PllSai2->PLLSAI2N << RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2N_Pos) | + (((PllSai2->PLLSAI2Q >> 1U) - 1U) << RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2Q_Pos)); +#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI2M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT */ + } +#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI2Q_DIV_SUPPORT */ + else + { + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI2R_VALUE(PllSai2->PLLSAI2R)); +#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI2M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT) + /* Configure the PLLSAI2 Division factor M, R and Multiplication factor N*/ + MODIFY_REG(RCC->PLLSAI2CFGR, + RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2N | RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2R | RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2M, + (PllSai2->PLLSAI2N << RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2N_Pos) | + (((PllSai2->PLLSAI2R >> 1U) - 1U) << RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2R_Pos) | + ((PllSai2->PLLSAI2M - 1U) << RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2M_Pos)); +#else + /* Configure the PLLSAI2 Division factor R and Multiplication factor N*/ + MODIFY_REG(RCC->PLLSAI2CFGR, + RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2N | RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2R, + (PllSai2->PLLSAI2N << RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2N_Pos) | + (((PllSai2->PLLSAI2R >> 1U) - 1U) << RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2R_Pos)); +#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI2M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT */ + } + + /* Enable the PLLSAI2 again by setting PLLSAI2ON to 1*/ + __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI2_ENABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till PLLSAI2 is ready */ + while(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLSAI2RDY) == 0U) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > PLLSAI2_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + status = HAL_TIMEOUT; + break; + } + } + + if(status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Configure the PLLSAI2 Clock output(s) */ + __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI2CLKOUT_ENABLE(PllSai2->PLLSAI2ClockOut); + } + } + } + + return status; +} + +#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI2_SUPPORT */ + +#if defined(SAI1) + +static uint32_t RCCEx_GetSAIxPeriphCLKFreq(uint32_t PeriphClk, uint32_t InputFrequency) +{ + uint32_t frequency = 0U; + uint32_t srcclk = 0U; + uint32_t pllvco, plln; /* no init needed */ +#if defined(RCC_PLLP_SUPPORT) + uint32_t pllp = 0U; +#endif /* RCC_PLLP_SUPPORT */ + + /* Handle SAIs */ + if(PeriphClk == RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1) + { + srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_SAI1_SOURCE(); + if(srcclk == RCC_SAI1CLKSOURCE_PIN) + { + frequency = EXTERNAL_SAI1_CLOCK_VALUE; + } + /* Else, PLL clock output to check below */ + } +#if defined(SAI2) + else + { + if(PeriphClk == RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2) + { + srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_SAI2_SOURCE(); + if(srcclk == RCC_SAI2CLKSOURCE_PIN) + { + frequency = EXTERNAL_SAI2_CLOCK_VALUE; + } + /* Else, PLL clock output to check below */ + } + } +#endif /* SAI2 */ + + if(frequency == 0U) + { + pllvco = InputFrequency; + +#if defined(SAI2) + if((srcclk == RCC_SAI1CLKSOURCE_PLL) || (srcclk == RCC_SAI2CLKSOURCE_PLL)) + { + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLRDY) && (__HAL_RCC_GET_PLLCLKOUT_CONFIG(RCC_PLL_SAI3CLK) != 0U)) + { + /* f(PLL Source) / PLLM */ + pllvco = (pllvco / ((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM_Pos) + 1U)); + /* f(PLLSAI3CLK) = f(VCO input) * PLLN / PLLP */ + plln = READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN_Pos; +#if defined(RCC_PLLP_DIV_2_31_SUPPORT) + pllp = READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLPDIV) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLPDIV_Pos; +#endif + if(pllp == 0U) + { + if(READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLP) != 0U) + { + pllp = 17U; + } + else + { + pllp = 7U; + } + } + frequency = (pllvco * plln) / pllp; + } + } + else if(srcclk == 0U) /* RCC_SAI1CLKSOURCE_PLLSAI1 || RCC_SAI2CLKSOURCE_PLLSAI1 */ + { + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLSAI1RDY) && (__HAL_RCC_GET_PLLSAI1CLKOUT_CONFIG(RCC_PLLSAI1_SAI1CLK) != 0U)) + { +#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI1M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT) + /* PLLSAI1M exists: apply PLLSAI1M divider for PLLSAI1 output computation */ + /* f(PLLSAI1 Source) / PLLSAI1M */ + pllvco = (pllvco / ((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1M) >> RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1M_Pos) + 1U)); +#else + /* f(PLL Source) / PLLM */ + pllvco = (pllvco / ((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM_Pos) + 1U)); +#endif + /* f(PLLSAI1CLK) = f(VCOSAI1 input) * PLLSAI1N / PLLSAI1P */ + plln = READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N) >> RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N_Pos; +#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI1P_DIV_2_31_SUPPORT) + pllp = READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1PDIV) >> RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1PDIV_Pos; +#endif + if(pllp == 0U) + { + if(READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1P) != 0U) + { + pllp = 17U; + } + else + { + pllp = 7U; + } + } + frequency = (pllvco * plln) / pllp; + } + } +#if defined(STM32L4P5xx) || defined(STM32L4Q5xx) || defined(STM32L4R5xx) || defined(STM32L4R7xx) || defined(STM32L4R9xx) || defined(STM32L4S5xx) || defined(STM32L4S7xx) || defined(STM32L4S9xx) + else if((srcclk == RCC_SAI1CLKSOURCE_HSI) || (srcclk == RCC_SAI2CLKSOURCE_HSI)) + { + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY)) + { + frequency = HSI_VALUE; + } + } +#endif /* STM32L4P5xx || STM32L4Q5xx || STM32L4R5xx || STM32L4R7xx || STM32L4R9xx || STM32L4S5xx || STM32L4S7xx || STM32L4S9xx */ + +#else + if(srcclk == RCC_SAI1CLKSOURCE_PLL) + { + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLRDY) && (__HAL_RCC_GET_PLLCLKOUT_CONFIG(RCC_PLL_SAI2CLK) != 0U)) + { + /* f(PLL Source) / PLLM */ + pllvco = (pllvco / ((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM_Pos) + 1U)); + /* f(PLLSAI2CLK) = f(VCO input) * PLLN / PLLP */ + plln = READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN_Pos; +#if defined(RCC_PLLP_DIV_2_31_SUPPORT) + pllp = READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLPDIV) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLPDIV_Pos; +#endif + if(pllp == 0U) + { + if(READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLP) != 0U) + { + pllp = 17U; + } + else + { + pllp = 7U; + } + } + frequency = (pllvco * plln) / pllp; + } + else if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY)) + { + /* HSI automatically selected as clock source if PLLs not enabled */ + frequency = HSI_VALUE; + } + else + { + /* No clock source, frequency default init at 0 */ + } + } + else if(srcclk == RCC_SAI1CLKSOURCE_PLLSAI1) + { + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLSAI1RDY) && (__HAL_RCC_GET_PLLSAI1CLKOUT_CONFIG(RCC_PLLSAI1_SAI1CLK) != 0U)) + { +#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI1M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT) + /* PLLSAI1M exists: apply PLLSAI1M divider for PLLSAI1 output computation */ + /* f(PLLSAI1 Source) / PLLSAI1M */ + pllvco = (pllvco / ((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1M) >> RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1M_Pos) + 1U)); +#else + /* f(PLL Source) / PLLM */ + pllvco = (pllvco / ((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM_Pos) + 1U)); +#endif + /* f(PLLSAI1CLK) = f(VCOSAI1 input) * PLLSAI1N / PLLSAI1P */ + plln = READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N) >> RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N_Pos; +#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI1P_DIV_2_31_SUPPORT) + pllp = READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1PDIV) >> RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1PDIV_Pos; +#endif + if(pllp == 0U) + { + if(READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1P) != 0U) + { + pllp = 17U; + } + else + { + pllp = 7U; + } + } + frequency = (pllvco * plln) / pllp; + } + else if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY)) + { + /* HSI automatically selected as clock source if PLLs not enabled */ + frequency = HSI_VALUE; + } + else + { + /* No clock source, frequency default init at 0 */ + } + } +#endif /* SAI2 */ + +#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI2_SUPPORT) + + else if((srcclk == RCC_SAI1CLKSOURCE_PLLSAI2) || (srcclk == RCC_SAI2CLKSOURCE_PLLSAI2)) + { + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLSAI2RDY) && (__HAL_RCC_GET_PLLSAI2CLKOUT_CONFIG(RCC_PLLSAI2_SAI2CLK) != 0U)) + { +#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI2M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT) + /* PLLSAI2M exists: apply PLLSAI2M divider for PLLSAI2 output computation */ + /* f(PLLSAI2 Source) / PLLSAI2M */ + pllvco = (pllvco / ((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI2CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2M) >> RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2M_Pos) + 1U)); +#else + /* f(PLL Source) / PLLM */ + pllvco = (pllvco / ((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM_Pos) + 1U)); +#endif + /* f(PLLSAI2CLK) = f(VCOSAI2 input) * PLLSAI2N / PLLSAI2P */ + plln = READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI2CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2N) >> RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2N_Pos; +#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI2P_DIV_2_31_SUPPORT) + pllp = READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI2CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2PDIV) >> RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2PDIV_Pos; +#endif + if(pllp == 0U) + { + if(READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI2CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2P) != 0U) + { + pllp = 17U; + } + else + { + pllp = 7U; + } + } + frequency = (pllvco * plln) / pllp; + } + } + +#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI2_SUPPORT */ + + else + { + /* No clock source, frequency default init at 0 */ + } + } + + + return frequency; +} + +#endif /* SAI1 */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + + diff --git a/project/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_uart.c b/project/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_uart.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c5c33c7 --- /dev/null +++ b/project/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_uart.c @@ -0,0 +1,4919 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32l4xx_hal_uart.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief UART HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter Peripheral (UART). + * + Initialization and de-initialization functions + * + IO operation functions + * + Peripheral Control functions + * + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + @verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + The UART HAL driver can be used as follows: + + (#) Declare a UART_HandleTypeDef handle structure (eg. UART_HandleTypeDef huart). + (#) Initialize the UART low level resources by implementing the HAL_UART_MspInit() API: + (++) Enable the USARTx interface clock. + (++) UART pins configuration: + (+++) Enable the clock for the UART GPIOs. + (+++) Configure these UART pins as alternate function pull-up. + (++) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process (HAL_UART_Transmit_IT() + and HAL_UART_Receive_IT() APIs): + (+++) Configure the USARTx interrupt priority. + (+++) Enable the NVIC USART IRQ handle. + (++) UART interrupts handling: + -@@- The specific UART interrupts (Transmission complete interrupt, + RXNE interrupt, RX/TX FIFOs related interrupts and Error Interrupts) + are managed using the macros __HAL_UART_ENABLE_IT() and __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT() + inside the transmit and receive processes. + (++) DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process (HAL_UART_Transmit_DMA() + and HAL_UART_Receive_DMA() APIs): + (+++) Declare a DMA handle structure for the Tx/Rx channel. + (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock. + (+++) Configure the declared DMA handle structure with the required Tx/Rx parameters. + (+++) Configure the DMA Tx/Rx channel. + (+++) Associate the initialized DMA handle to the UART DMA Tx/Rx handle. + (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete + interrupt on the DMA Tx/Rx channel. + + (#) Program the Baud Rate, Word Length, Stop Bit, Parity, Prescaler value , Hardware + flow control and Mode (Receiver/Transmitter) in the huart handle Init structure. + + (#) If required, program UART advanced features (TX/RX pins swap, auto Baud rate detection,...) + in the huart handle AdvancedInit structure. + + (#) For the UART asynchronous mode, initialize the UART registers by calling + the HAL_UART_Init() API. + + (#) For the UART Half duplex mode, initialize the UART registers by calling + the HAL_HalfDuplex_Init() API. + + (#) For the UART LIN (Local Interconnection Network) mode, initialize the UART registers + by calling the HAL_LIN_Init() API. + + (#) For the UART Multiprocessor mode, initialize the UART registers + by calling the HAL_MultiProcessor_Init() API. + + (#) For the UART RS485 Driver Enabled mode, initialize the UART registers + by calling the HAL_RS485Ex_Init() API. + + [..] + (@) These API's (HAL_UART_Init(), HAL_HalfDuplex_Init(), HAL_LIN_Init(), HAL_MultiProcessor_Init(), + also configure the low level Hardware GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc) by + calling the customized HAL_UART_MspInit() API. + + ##### Callback registration ##### + ================================== + + [..] + The compilation define USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1 + allows the user to configure dynamically the driver callbacks. + + [..] + Use Function HAL_UART_RegisterCallback() to register a user callback. + Function HAL_UART_RegisterCallback() allows to register following callbacks: + (+) TxHalfCpltCallback : Tx Half Complete Callback. + (+) TxCpltCallback : Tx Complete Callback. + (+) RxHalfCpltCallback : Rx Half Complete Callback. + (+) RxCpltCallback : Rx Complete Callback. + (+) ErrorCallback : Error Callback. + (+) AbortCpltCallback : Abort Complete Callback. + (+) AbortTransmitCpltCallback : Abort Transmit Complete Callback. + (+) AbortReceiveCpltCallback : Abort Receive Complete Callback. + (+) WakeupCallback : Wakeup Callback. +#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN) + (+) RxFifoFullCallback : Rx Fifo Full Callback. + (+) TxFifoEmptyCallback : Tx Fifo Empty Callback. +#endif + (+) MspInitCallback : UART MspInit. + (+) MspDeInitCallback : UART MspDeInit. + This function takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, the Callback ID + and a pointer to the user callback function. + + [..] + Use function HAL_UART_UnRegisterCallback() to reset a callback to the default + weak function. + HAL_UART_UnRegisterCallback() takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, + and the Callback ID. + This function allows to reset following callbacks: + (+) TxHalfCpltCallback : Tx Half Complete Callback. + (+) TxCpltCallback : Tx Complete Callback. + (+) RxHalfCpltCallback : Rx Half Complete Callback. + (+) RxCpltCallback : Rx Complete Callback. + (+) ErrorCallback : Error Callback. + (+) AbortCpltCallback : Abort Complete Callback. + (+) AbortTransmitCpltCallback : Abort Transmit Complete Callback. + (+) AbortReceiveCpltCallback : Abort Receive Complete Callback. + (+) WakeupCallback : Wakeup Callback. +#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN) + (+) RxFifoFullCallback : Rx Fifo Full Callback. + (+) TxFifoEmptyCallback : Tx Fifo Empty Callback. +#endif + (+) MspInitCallback : UART MspInit. + (+) MspDeInitCallback : UART MspDeInit. + + [..] + For specific callback RxEventCallback, use dedicated registration/reset functions: + respectively HAL_UART_RegisterRxEventCallback() , HAL_UART_UnRegisterRxEventCallback(). + + [..] + By default, after the HAL_UART_Init() and when the state is HAL_UART_STATE_RESET + all callbacks are set to the corresponding weak functions: + examples HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback(), HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback(). + Exception done for MspInit and MspDeInit functions that are respectively + reset to the legacy weak functions in the HAL_UART_Init() + and HAL_UART_DeInit() only when these callbacks are null (not registered beforehand). + If not, MspInit or MspDeInit are not null, the HAL_UART_Init() and HAL_UART_DeInit() + keep and use the user MspInit/MspDeInit callbacks (registered beforehand). + + [..] + Callbacks can be registered/unregistered in HAL_UART_STATE_READY state only. + Exception done MspInit/MspDeInit that can be registered/unregistered + in HAL_UART_STATE_READY or HAL_UART_STATE_RESET state, thus registered (user) + MspInit/DeInit callbacks can be used during the Init/DeInit. + In that case first register the MspInit/MspDeInit user callbacks + using HAL_UART_RegisterCallback() before calling HAL_UART_DeInit() + or HAL_UART_Init() function. + + [..] + When The compilation define USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or + not defined, the callback registration feature is not available + and weak callbacks are used. + + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup UART UART + * @brief HAL UART module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup UART_Private_Constants UART Private Constants + * @{ + */ +#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN) +#define USART_CR1_FIELDS ((uint32_t)(USART_CR1_M | USART_CR1_PCE | USART_CR1_PS | USART_CR1_TE | USART_CR1_RE | \ + USART_CR1_OVER8 | USART_CR1_FIFOEN)) /*!< UART or USART CR1 fields of parameters set by UART_SetConfig API */ +#else +#define USART_CR1_FIELDS ((uint32_t)(USART_CR1_M | USART_CR1_PCE | USART_CR1_PS | USART_CR1_TE | USART_CR1_RE | \ + USART_CR1_OVER8)) /*!< UART or USART CR1 fields of parameters set by UART_SetConfig API */ +#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */ + +#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN) +#define USART_CR3_FIELDS ((uint32_t)(USART_CR3_RTSE | USART_CR3_CTSE | USART_CR3_ONEBIT | USART_CR3_TXFTCFG | \ + USART_CR3_RXFTCFG)) /*!< UART or USART CR3 fields of parameters set by UART_SetConfig API */ +#else +#define USART_CR3_FIELDS ((uint32_t)(USART_CR3_RTSE | USART_CR3_CTSE |\ + USART_CR3_ONEBIT)) /*!< UART or USART CR3 fields of parameters set by UART_SetConfig API */ +#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */ + +#define LPUART_BRR_MIN 0x00000300U /* LPUART BRR minimum authorized value */ +#define LPUART_BRR_MAX 0x000FFFFFU /* LPUART BRR maximum authorized value */ + +#define UART_BRR_MIN 0x10U /* UART BRR minimum authorized value */ +#define UART_BRR_MAX 0x0000FFFFU /* UART BRR maximum authorized value */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup UART_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ +static void UART_EndRxTransfer(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); +static void UART_EndTxTransfer(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); +static void UART_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void UART_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void UART_DMARxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void UART_DMATxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void UART_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void UART_DMAAbortOnError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void UART_DMATxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void UART_DMARxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void UART_DMATxOnlyAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void UART_DMARxOnlyAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void UART_TxISR_8BIT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); +static void UART_TxISR_16BIT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); +#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN) +static void UART_TxISR_8BIT_FIFOEN(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); +static void UART_TxISR_16BIT_FIFOEN(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); +#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */ +static void UART_EndTransmit_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); +static void UART_RxISR_8BIT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); +static void UART_RxISR_16BIT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); +#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN) +static void UART_RxISR_8BIT_FIFOEN(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); +static void UART_RxISR_16BIT_FIFOEN(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); +#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +#if defined(USART_PRESC_PRESCALER) +/** @addtogroup UART_Private_variables + * @{ + */ +const uint16_t UARTPrescTable[12] = {1U, 2U, 4U, 6U, 8U, 10U, 12U, 16U, 32U, 64U, 128U, 256U}; +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* USART_PRESC_PRESCALER */ +/* Exported Constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup UART_Exported_Functions UART Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup UART_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim +=============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the USARTx or the UARTy + in asynchronous mode. + (+) For the asynchronous mode the parameters below can be configured: + (++) Baud Rate + (++) Word Length + (++) Stop Bit + (++) Parity: If the parity is enabled, then the MSB bit of the data written + in the data register is transmitted but is changed by the parity bit. + (++) Hardware flow control + (++) Receiver/transmitter modes + (++) Over Sampling Method + (++) One-Bit Sampling Method + (+) For the asynchronous mode, the following advanced features can be configured as well: + (++) TX and/or RX pin level inversion + (++) data logical level inversion + (++) RX and TX pins swap + (++) RX overrun detection disabling + (++) DMA disabling on RX error + (++) MSB first on communication line + (++) auto Baud rate detection + [..] + The HAL_UART_Init(), HAL_HalfDuplex_Init(), HAL_LIN_Init()and HAL_MultiProcessor_Init()API + follow respectively the UART asynchronous, UART Half duplex, UART LIN mode + and UART multiprocessor mode configuration procedures (details for the procedures + are available in reference manual). + +@endverbatim + + Depending on the frame length defined by the M1 and M0 bits (7-bit, + 8-bit or 9-bit), the possible UART formats are listed in the + following table. + + Table 1. UART frame format. + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | M1 bit | M0 bit | PCE bit | UART frame | + |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 0 | 0 | 0 | | SB | 8 bit data | STB | | + |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 0 | 0 | 1 | | SB | 7 bit data | PB | STB | | + |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 0 | 1 | 0 | | SB | 9 bit data | STB | | + |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 0 | 1 | 1 | | SB | 8 bit data | PB | STB | | + |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 1 | 0 | 0 | | SB | 7 bit data | STB | | + |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 1 | 0 | 1 | | SB | 6 bit data | PB | STB | | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+ + + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initialize the UART mode according to the specified + * parameters in the UART_InitTypeDef and initialize the associated handle. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Init(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Check the UART handle allocation */ + if (huart == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if (huart->Init.HwFlowCtl != UART_HWCONTROL_NONE) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_UART_HWFLOW_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)); + } + else + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param((IS_UART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)) || (IS_LPUART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance))); + } + + if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + huart->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + UART_InitCallbacksToDefault(huart); + + if (huart->MspInitCallback == NULL) + { + huart->MspInitCallback = HAL_UART_MspInit; + } + + /* Init the low level hardware */ + huart->MspInitCallback(huart); +#else + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK */ + HAL_UART_MspInit(huart); +#endif /* (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS) */ + } + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart); + + /* Perform advanced settings configuration */ + /* For some items, configuration requires to be done prior TE and RE bits are set */ + if (huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit != UART_ADVFEATURE_NO_INIT) + { + UART_AdvFeatureConfig(huart); + } + + /* Set the UART Communication parameters */ + if (UART_SetConfig(huart) == HAL_ERROR) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* In asynchronous mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: + - LINEN and CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register, + - SCEN, HDSEL and IREN bits in the USART_CR3 register.*/ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR2, (USART_CR2_LINEN | USART_CR2_CLKEN)); + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_SCEN | USART_CR3_HDSEL | USART_CR3_IREN)); + + __HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart); + + /* TEACK and/or REACK to check before moving huart->gState and huart->RxState to Ready */ + return (UART_CheckIdleState(huart)); +} + +/** + * @brief Initialize the half-duplex mode according to the specified + * parameters in the UART_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HalfDuplex_Init(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Check the UART handle allocation */ + if (huart == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check UART instance */ + assert_param(IS_UART_HALFDUPLEX_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)); + + if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + huart->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + UART_InitCallbacksToDefault(huart); + + if (huart->MspInitCallback == NULL) + { + huart->MspInitCallback = HAL_UART_MspInit; + } + + /* Init the low level hardware */ + huart->MspInitCallback(huart); +#else + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK */ + HAL_UART_MspInit(huart); +#endif /* (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS) */ + } + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart); + + /* Perform advanced settings configuration */ + /* For some items, configuration requires to be done prior TE and RE bits are set */ + if (huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit != UART_ADVFEATURE_NO_INIT) + { + UART_AdvFeatureConfig(huart); + } + + /* Set the UART Communication parameters */ + if (UART_SetConfig(huart) == HAL_ERROR) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* In half-duplex mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: + - LINEN and CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register, + - SCEN and IREN bits in the USART_CR3 register.*/ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR2, (USART_CR2_LINEN | USART_CR2_CLKEN)); + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_IREN | USART_CR3_SCEN)); + + /* Enable the Half-Duplex mode by setting the HDSEL bit in the CR3 register */ + SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_HDSEL); + + __HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart); + + /* TEACK and/or REACK to check before moving huart->gState and huart->RxState to Ready */ + return (UART_CheckIdleState(huart)); +} + + +/** + * @brief Initialize the LIN mode according to the specified + * parameters in the UART_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @param BreakDetectLength Specifies the LIN break detection length. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref UART_LINBREAKDETECTLENGTH_10B 10-bit break detection + * @arg @ref UART_LINBREAKDETECTLENGTH_11B 11-bit break detection + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LIN_Init(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint32_t BreakDetectLength) +{ + /* Check the UART handle allocation */ + if (huart == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the LIN UART instance */ + assert_param(IS_UART_LIN_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)); + /* Check the Break detection length parameter */ + assert_param(IS_UART_LIN_BREAK_DETECT_LENGTH(BreakDetectLength)); + + /* LIN mode limited to 16-bit oversampling only */ + if (huart->Init.OverSampling == UART_OVERSAMPLING_8) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* LIN mode limited to 8-bit data length */ + if (huart->Init.WordLength != UART_WORDLENGTH_8B) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + huart->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + UART_InitCallbacksToDefault(huart); + + if (huart->MspInitCallback == NULL) + { + huart->MspInitCallback = HAL_UART_MspInit; + } + + /* Init the low level hardware */ + huart->MspInitCallback(huart); +#else + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK */ + HAL_UART_MspInit(huart); +#endif /* (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS) */ + } + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart); + + /* Perform advanced settings configuration */ + /* For some items, configuration requires to be done prior TE and RE bits are set */ + if (huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit != UART_ADVFEATURE_NO_INIT) + { + UART_AdvFeatureConfig(huart); + } + + /* Set the UART Communication parameters */ + if (UART_SetConfig(huart) == HAL_ERROR) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* In LIN mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: + - LINEN and CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register, + - SCEN and IREN bits in the USART_CR3 register.*/ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_CLKEN); + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_HDSEL | USART_CR3_IREN | USART_CR3_SCEN)); + + /* Enable the LIN mode by setting the LINEN bit in the CR2 register */ + SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_LINEN); + + /* Set the USART LIN Break detection length. */ + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_LBDL, BreakDetectLength); + + __HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart); + + /* TEACK and/or REACK to check before moving huart->gState and huart->RxState to Ready */ + return (UART_CheckIdleState(huart)); +} + + +/** + * @brief Initialize the multiprocessor mode according to the specified + * parameters in the UART_InitTypeDef and initialize the associated handle. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @param Address UART node address (4-, 6-, 7- or 8-bit long). + * @param WakeUpMethod Specifies the UART wakeup method. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref UART_WAKEUPMETHOD_IDLELINE WakeUp by an idle line detection + * @arg @ref UART_WAKEUPMETHOD_ADDRESSMARK WakeUp by an address mark + * @note If the user resorts to idle line detection wake up, the Address parameter + * is useless and ignored by the initialization function. + * @note If the user resorts to address mark wake up, the address length detection + * is configured by default to 4 bits only. For the UART to be able to + * manage 6-, 7- or 8-bit long addresses detection, the API + * HAL_MultiProcessorEx_AddressLength_Set() must be called after + * HAL_MultiProcessor_Init(). + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MultiProcessor_Init(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t Address, uint32_t WakeUpMethod) +{ + /* Check the UART handle allocation */ + if (huart == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the wake up method parameter */ + assert_param(IS_UART_WAKEUPMETHOD(WakeUpMethod)); + + if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + huart->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + UART_InitCallbacksToDefault(huart); + + if (huart->MspInitCallback == NULL) + { + huart->MspInitCallback = HAL_UART_MspInit; + } + + /* Init the low level hardware */ + huart->MspInitCallback(huart); +#else + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK */ + HAL_UART_MspInit(huart); +#endif /* (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS) */ + } + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart); + + /* Perform advanced settings configuration */ + /* For some items, configuration requires to be done prior TE and RE bits are set */ + if (huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit != UART_ADVFEATURE_NO_INIT) + { + UART_AdvFeatureConfig(huart); + } + + /* Set the UART Communication parameters */ + if (UART_SetConfig(huart) == HAL_ERROR) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* In multiprocessor mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: + - LINEN and CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register, + - SCEN, HDSEL and IREN bits in the USART_CR3 register. */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR2, (USART_CR2_LINEN | USART_CR2_CLKEN)); + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_SCEN | USART_CR3_HDSEL | USART_CR3_IREN)); + + if (WakeUpMethod == UART_WAKEUPMETHOD_ADDRESSMARK) + { + /* If address mark wake up method is chosen, set the USART address node */ + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_ADD, ((uint32_t)Address << UART_CR2_ADDRESS_LSB_POS)); + } + + /* Set the wake up method by setting the WAKE bit in the CR1 register */ + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_WAKE, WakeUpMethod); + + __HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart); + + /* TEACK and/or REACK to check before moving huart->gState and huart->RxState to Ready */ + return (UART_CheckIdleState(huart)); +} + + +/** + * @brief DeInitialize the UART peripheral. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_DeInit(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Check the UART handle allocation */ + if (huart == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param((IS_UART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)) || (IS_LPUART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance))); + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart); + + huart->Instance->CR1 = 0x0U; + huart->Instance->CR2 = 0x0U; + huart->Instance->CR3 = 0x0U; + +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + if (huart->MspDeInitCallback == NULL) + { + huart->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_UART_MspDeInit; + } + /* DeInit the low level hardware */ + huart->MspDeInitCallback(huart); +#else + /* DeInit the low level hardware */ + HAL_UART_MspDeInit(huart); +#endif /* (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS) */ + + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_RESET; + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_RESET; + huart->ReceptionType = HAL_UART_RECEPTION_STANDARD; + huart->RxEventType = HAL_UART_RXEVENT_TC; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initialize the UART MSP. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_UART_MspInit(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(huart); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_UART_MspInit can be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitialize the UART MSP. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_UART_MspDeInit(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(huart); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_UART_MspDeInit can be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) +/** + * @brief Register a User UART Callback + * To be used to override the weak predefined callback + * @note The HAL_UART_RegisterCallback() may be called before HAL_UART_Init(), HAL_HalfDuplex_Init(), + * HAL_LIN_Init(), HAL_MultiProcessor_Init() or HAL_RS485Ex_Init() in HAL_UART_STATE_RESET to register + * callbacks for HAL_UART_MSPINIT_CB_ID and HAL_UART_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID + * @param huart uart handle + * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be registered + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref HAL_UART_TX_HALFCOMPLETE_CB_ID Tx Half Complete Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_UART_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Tx Complete Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_UART_RX_HALFCOMPLETE_CB_ID Rx Half Complete Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_UART_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Rx Complete Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_UART_ERROR_CB_ID Error Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_UART_ABORT_COMPLETE_CB_ID Abort Complete Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_UART_ABORT_TRANSMIT_COMPLETE_CB_ID Abort Transmit Complete Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_UART_ABORT_RECEIVE_COMPLETE_CB_ID Abort Receive Complete Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_UART_WAKEUP_CB_ID Wakeup Callback ID +#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN) + * @arg @ref HAL_UART_RX_FIFO_FULL_CB_ID Rx Fifo Full Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_UART_TX_FIFO_EMPTY_CB_ID Tx Fifo Empty Callback ID +#endif + * @arg @ref HAL_UART_MSPINIT_CB_ID MspInit Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_UART_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID MspDeInit Callback ID + * @param pCallback pointer to the Callback function + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_RegisterCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, HAL_UART_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID, + pUART_CallbackTypeDef pCallback) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + if (pCallback == NULL) + { + huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK; + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) + { + switch (CallbackID) + { + case HAL_UART_TX_HALFCOMPLETE_CB_ID : + huart->TxHalfCpltCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_UART_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID : + huart->TxCpltCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_UART_RX_HALFCOMPLETE_CB_ID : + huart->RxHalfCpltCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_UART_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID : + huart->RxCpltCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_UART_ERROR_CB_ID : + huart->ErrorCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_UART_ABORT_COMPLETE_CB_ID : + huart->AbortCpltCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_UART_ABORT_TRANSMIT_COMPLETE_CB_ID : + huart->AbortTransmitCpltCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_UART_ABORT_RECEIVE_COMPLETE_CB_ID : + huart->AbortReceiveCpltCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_UART_WAKEUP_CB_ID : + huart->WakeupCallback = pCallback; + break; + +#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN) + case HAL_UART_RX_FIFO_FULL_CB_ID : + huart->RxFifoFullCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_UART_TX_FIFO_EMPTY_CB_ID : + huart->TxFifoEmptyCallback = pCallback; + break; +#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */ + + case HAL_UART_MSPINIT_CB_ID : + huart->MspInitCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_UART_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : + huart->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; + break; + + default : + huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK; + + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + } + else if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_RESET) + { + switch (CallbackID) + { + case HAL_UART_MSPINIT_CB_ID : + huart->MspInitCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_UART_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : + huart->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; + break; + + default : + huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK; + + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + } + else + { + huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK; + + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Unregister an UART Callback + * UART callaback is redirected to the weak predefined callback + * @note The HAL_UART_UnRegisterCallback() may be called before HAL_UART_Init(), HAL_HalfDuplex_Init(), + * HAL_LIN_Init(), HAL_MultiProcessor_Init() or HAL_RS485Ex_Init() in HAL_UART_STATE_RESET to un-register + * callbacks for HAL_UART_MSPINIT_CB_ID and HAL_UART_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID + * @param huart uart handle + * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be unregistered + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref HAL_UART_TX_HALFCOMPLETE_CB_ID Tx Half Complete Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_UART_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Tx Complete Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_UART_RX_HALFCOMPLETE_CB_ID Rx Half Complete Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_UART_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Rx Complete Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_UART_ERROR_CB_ID Error Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_UART_ABORT_COMPLETE_CB_ID Abort Complete Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_UART_ABORT_TRANSMIT_COMPLETE_CB_ID Abort Transmit Complete Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_UART_ABORT_RECEIVE_COMPLETE_CB_ID Abort Receive Complete Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_UART_WAKEUP_CB_ID Wakeup Callback ID +#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN) + * @arg @ref HAL_UART_RX_FIFO_FULL_CB_ID Rx Fifo Full Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_UART_TX_FIFO_EMPTY_CB_ID Tx Fifo Empty Callback ID +#endif + * @arg @ref HAL_UART_MSPINIT_CB_ID MspInit Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_UART_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID MspDeInit Callback ID + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_UnRegisterCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, HAL_UART_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + if (HAL_UART_STATE_READY == huart->gState) + { + switch (CallbackID) + { + case HAL_UART_TX_HALFCOMPLETE_CB_ID : + huart->TxHalfCpltCallback = HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak TxHalfCpltCallback */ + break; + + case HAL_UART_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID : + huart->TxCpltCallback = HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak TxCpltCallback */ + break; + + case HAL_UART_RX_HALFCOMPLETE_CB_ID : + huart->RxHalfCpltCallback = HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak RxHalfCpltCallback */ + break; + + case HAL_UART_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID : + huart->RxCpltCallback = HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak RxCpltCallback */ + break; + + case HAL_UART_ERROR_CB_ID : + huart->ErrorCallback = HAL_UART_ErrorCallback; /* Legacy weak ErrorCallback */ + break; + + case HAL_UART_ABORT_COMPLETE_CB_ID : + huart->AbortCpltCallback = HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak AbortCpltCallback */ + break; + + case HAL_UART_ABORT_TRANSMIT_COMPLETE_CB_ID : + huart->AbortTransmitCpltCallback = HAL_UART_AbortTransmitCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak + AbortTransmitCpltCallback */ + break; + + case HAL_UART_ABORT_RECEIVE_COMPLETE_CB_ID : + huart->AbortReceiveCpltCallback = HAL_UART_AbortReceiveCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak + AbortReceiveCpltCallback */ + break; + + case HAL_UART_WAKEUP_CB_ID : + huart->WakeupCallback = HAL_UARTEx_WakeupCallback; /* Legacy weak WakeupCallback */ + break; + +#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN) + case HAL_UART_RX_FIFO_FULL_CB_ID : + huart->RxFifoFullCallback = HAL_UARTEx_RxFifoFullCallback; /* Legacy weak RxFifoFullCallback */ + break; + + case HAL_UART_TX_FIFO_EMPTY_CB_ID : + huart->TxFifoEmptyCallback = HAL_UARTEx_TxFifoEmptyCallback; /* Legacy weak TxFifoEmptyCallback */ + break; + +#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */ + case HAL_UART_MSPINIT_CB_ID : + huart->MspInitCallback = HAL_UART_MspInit; /* Legacy weak MspInitCallback */ + break; + + case HAL_UART_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : + huart->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_UART_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak MspDeInitCallback */ + break; + + default : + huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK; + + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + } + else if (HAL_UART_STATE_RESET == huart->gState) + { + switch (CallbackID) + { + case HAL_UART_MSPINIT_CB_ID : + huart->MspInitCallback = HAL_UART_MspInit; + break; + + case HAL_UART_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : + huart->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_UART_MspDeInit; + break; + + default : + huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK; + + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + } + else + { + huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK; + + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Register a User UART Rx Event Callback + * To be used instead of the weak predefined callback + * @param huart Uart handle + * @param pCallback Pointer to the Rx Event Callback function + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_RegisterRxEventCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, pUART_RxEventCallbackTypeDef pCallback) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + if (pCallback == NULL) + { + huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK; + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if (huart->RxState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) + { + huart->RxEventCallback = pCallback; + } + else + { + huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK; + + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief UnRegister the UART Rx Event Callback + * UART Rx Event Callback is redirected to the weak HAL_UARTEx_RxEventCallback() predefined callback + * @param huart Uart handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_UnRegisterRxEventCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + if (huart->RxState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) + { + huart->RxEventCallback = HAL_UARTEx_RxEventCallback; /* Legacy weak UART Rx Event Callback */ + } + else + { + huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK; + + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + + return status; +} + +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup UART_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions + * @brief UART Transmit/Receive functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### IO operation functions ##### + =============================================================================== + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the UART asynchronous + and Half duplex data transfers. + + (#) There are two mode of transfer: + (+) Blocking mode: The communication is performed in polling mode. + The HAL status of all data processing is returned by the same function + after finishing transfer. + (+) Non-Blocking mode: The communication is performed using Interrupts + or DMA, These API's return the HAL status. + The end of the data processing will be indicated through the + dedicated UART IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when + using DMA mode. + The HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback(), HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback() user callbacks + will be executed respectively at the end of the transmit or Receive process + The HAL_UART_ErrorCallback()user callback will be executed when a communication error is detected + + (#) Blocking mode API's are : + (+) HAL_UART_Transmit() + (+) HAL_UART_Receive() + + (#) Non-Blocking mode API's with Interrupt are : + (+) HAL_UART_Transmit_IT() + (+) HAL_UART_Receive_IT() + (+) HAL_UART_IRQHandler() + + (#) Non-Blocking mode API's with DMA are : + (+) HAL_UART_Transmit_DMA() + (+) HAL_UART_Receive_DMA() + (+) HAL_UART_DMAPause() + (+) HAL_UART_DMAResume() + (+) HAL_UART_DMAStop() + + (#) A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in Non_Blocking mode: + (+) HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback() + (+) HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback() + (+) HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback() + (+) HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback() + (+) HAL_UART_ErrorCallback() + + (#) Non-Blocking mode transfers could be aborted using Abort API's : + (+) HAL_UART_Abort() + (+) HAL_UART_AbortTransmit() + (+) HAL_UART_AbortReceive() + (+) HAL_UART_Abort_IT() + (+) HAL_UART_AbortTransmit_IT() + (+) HAL_UART_AbortReceive_IT() + + (#) For Abort services based on interrupts (HAL_UART_Abortxxx_IT), a set of Abort Complete Callbacks are provided: + (+) HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback() + (+) HAL_UART_AbortTransmitCpltCallback() + (+) HAL_UART_AbortReceiveCpltCallback() + + (#) A Rx Event Reception Callback (Rx event notification) is available for Non_Blocking modes of enhanced + reception services: + (+) HAL_UARTEx_RxEventCallback() + + (#) In Non-Blocking mode transfers, possible errors are split into 2 categories. + Errors are handled as follows : + (+) Error is considered as Recoverable and non blocking : Transfer could go till end, but error severity is + to be evaluated by user : this concerns Frame Error, Parity Error or Noise Error + in Interrupt mode reception . + Received character is then retrieved and stored in Rx buffer, Error code is set to allow user + to identify error type, and HAL_UART_ErrorCallback() user callback is executed. + Transfer is kept ongoing on UART side. + If user wants to abort it, Abort services should be called by user. + (+) Error is considered as Blocking : Transfer could not be completed properly and is aborted. + This concerns Overrun Error In Interrupt mode reception and all errors in DMA mode. + Error code is set to allow user to identify error type, and HAL_UART_ErrorCallback() + user callback is executed. + + -@- In the Half duplex communication, it is forbidden to run the transmit + and receive process in parallel, the UART state HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX can't be useful. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Send an amount of data in blocking mode. + * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01), + * the sent data is handled as a set of u16. In this case, Size must indicate the number + * of u16 provided through pData. + * @note When FIFO mode is enabled, writing a data in the TDR register adds one + * data to the TXFIFO. Write operations to the TDR register are performed + * when TXFNF flag is set. From hardware perspective, TXFNF flag and + * TXE are mapped on the same bit-field. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer (u8 or u16 data elements). + * @param Size Amount of data elements (u8 or u16) to be sent. + * @param Timeout Timeout duration. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Transmit(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, const uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + const uint8_t *pdata8bits; + const uint16_t *pdata16bits; + uint32_t tickstart; + + /* Check that a Tx process is not already ongoing */ + if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX; + + /* Init tickstart for timeout management */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + huart->TxXferSize = Size; + huart->TxXferCount = Size; + + /* In case of 9bits/No Parity transfer, pData needs to be handled as a uint16_t pointer */ + if ((huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE)) + { + pdata8bits = NULL; + pdata16bits = (const uint16_t *) pData; + } + else + { + pdata8bits = pData; + pdata16bits = NULL; + } + + while (huart->TxXferCount > 0U) + { + if (UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(huart, UART_FLAG_TXE, RESET, tickstart, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + if (pdata8bits == NULL) + { + huart->Instance->TDR = (uint16_t)(*pdata16bits & 0x01FFU); + pdata16bits++; + } + else + { + huart->Instance->TDR = (uint8_t)(*pdata8bits & 0xFFU); + pdata8bits++; + } + huart->TxXferCount--; + } + + if (UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(huart, UART_FLAG_TC, RESET, tickstart, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + /* At end of Tx process, restore huart->gState to Ready */ + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receive an amount of data in blocking mode. + * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01), + * the received data is handled as a set of u16. In this case, Size must indicate the number + * of u16 available through pData. + * @note When FIFO mode is enabled, the RXFNE flag is set as long as the RXFIFO + * is not empty. Read operations from the RDR register are performed when + * RXFNE flag is set. From hardware perspective, RXFNE flag and + * RXNE are mapped on the same bit-field. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer (u8 or u16 data elements). + * @param Size Amount of data elements (u8 or u16) to be received. + * @param Timeout Timeout duration. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Receive(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint8_t *pdata8bits; + uint16_t *pdata16bits; + uint16_t uhMask; + uint32_t tickstart; + + /* Check that a Rx process is not already ongoing */ + if (huart->RxState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX; + huart->ReceptionType = HAL_UART_RECEPTION_STANDARD; + + /* Init tickstart for timeout management */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + huart->RxXferSize = Size; + huart->RxXferCount = Size; + + /* Computation of UART mask to apply to RDR register */ + UART_MASK_COMPUTATION(huart); + uhMask = huart->Mask; + + /* In case of 9bits/No Parity transfer, pRxData needs to be handled as a uint16_t pointer */ + if ((huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE)) + { + pdata8bits = NULL; + pdata16bits = (uint16_t *) pData; + } + else + { + pdata8bits = pData; + pdata16bits = NULL; + } + + /* as long as data have to be received */ + while (huart->RxXferCount > 0U) + { + if (UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(huart, UART_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, tickstart, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + if (pdata8bits == NULL) + { + *pdata16bits = (uint16_t)(huart->Instance->RDR & uhMask); + pdata16bits++; + } + else + { + *pdata8bits = (uint8_t)(huart->Instance->RDR & (uint8_t)uhMask); + pdata8bits++; + } + huart->RxXferCount--; + } + + /* At end of Rx process, restore huart->RxState to Ready */ + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Send an amount of data in interrupt mode. + * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01), + * the sent data is handled as a set of u16. In this case, Size must indicate the number + * of u16 provided through pData. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer (u8 or u16 data elements). + * @param Size Amount of data elements (u8 or u16) to be sent. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Transmit_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, const uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + /* Check that a Tx process is not already ongoing */ + if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + huart->pTxBuffPtr = pData; + huart->TxXferSize = Size; + huart->TxXferCount = Size; + huart->TxISR = NULL; + + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX; + +#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN) + /* Configure Tx interrupt processing */ + if (huart->FifoMode == UART_FIFOMODE_ENABLE) + { + /* Set the Tx ISR function pointer according to the data word length */ + if ((huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE)) + { + huart->TxISR = UART_TxISR_16BIT_FIFOEN; + } + else + { + huart->TxISR = UART_TxISR_8BIT_FIFOEN; + } + + /* Enable the TX FIFO threshold interrupt */ + ATOMIC_SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_TXFTIE); + } + else + { + /* Set the Tx ISR function pointer according to the data word length */ + if ((huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE)) + { + huart->TxISR = UART_TxISR_16BIT; + } + else + { + huart->TxISR = UART_TxISR_8BIT; + } + + /* Enable the Transmit Data Register Empty interrupt */ + ATOMIC_SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TXEIE_TXFNFIE); + } +#else + /* Set the Tx ISR function pointer according to the data word length */ + if ((huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE)) + { + huart->TxISR = UART_TxISR_16BIT; + } + else + { + huart->TxISR = UART_TxISR_8BIT; + } + + /* Enable the Transmit Data Register Empty interrupt */ + ATOMIC_SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TXEIE); +#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */ + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receive an amount of data in interrupt mode. + * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01), + * the received data is handled as a set of u16. In this case, Size must indicate the number + * of u16 available through pData. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer (u8 or u16 data elements). + * @param Size Amount of data elements (u8 or u16) to be received. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Receive_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + /* Check that a Rx process is not already ongoing */ + if (huart->RxState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Set Reception type to Standard reception */ + huart->ReceptionType = HAL_UART_RECEPTION_STANDARD; + + if (!(IS_LPUART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance))) + { + /* Check that USART RTOEN bit is set */ + if (READ_BIT(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_RTOEN) != 0U) + { + /* Enable the UART Receiver Timeout Interrupt */ + ATOMIC_SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_RTOIE); + } + } + + return (UART_Start_Receive_IT(huart, pData, Size)); + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Send an amount of data in DMA mode. + * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01), + * the sent data is handled as a set of u16. In this case, Size must indicate the number + * of u16 provided through pData. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer (u8 or u16 data elements). + * @param Size Amount of data elements (u8 or u16) to be sent. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Transmit_DMA(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, const uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + /* Check that a Tx process is not already ongoing */ + if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + huart->pTxBuffPtr = pData; + huart->TxXferSize = Size; + huart->TxXferCount = Size; + + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX; + + if (huart->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* Set the UART DMA transfer complete callback */ + huart->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = UART_DMATransmitCplt; + + /* Set the UART DMA Half transfer complete callback */ + huart->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = UART_DMATxHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + huart->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = UART_DMAError; + + /* Set the DMA abort callback */ + huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Enable the UART transmit DMA channel */ + if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(huart->hdmatx, (uint32_t)huart->pTxBuffPtr, (uint32_t)&huart->Instance->TDR, Size) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Set error code to DMA */ + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_DMA; + + /* Restore huart->gState to ready */ + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + /* Clear the TC flag in the ICR register */ + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_TCF); + + /* Enable the DMA transfer for transmit request by setting the DMAT bit + in the UART CR3 register */ + ATOMIC_SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receive an amount of data in DMA mode. + * @note When the UART parity is enabled (PCE = 1), the received data contain + * the parity bit (MSB position). + * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01), + * the received data is handled as a set of u16. In this case, Size must indicate the number + * of u16 available through pData. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer (u8 or u16 data elements). + * @param Size Amount of data elements (u8 or u16) to be received. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Receive_DMA(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + /* Check that a Rx process is not already ongoing */ + if (huart->RxState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Set Reception type to Standard reception */ + huart->ReceptionType = HAL_UART_RECEPTION_STANDARD; + + if (!(IS_LPUART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance))) + { + /* Check that USART RTOEN bit is set */ + if (READ_BIT(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_RTOEN) != 0U) + { + /* Enable the UART Receiver Timeout Interrupt */ + ATOMIC_SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_RTOIE); + } + } + + return (UART_Start_Receive_DMA(huart, pData, Size)); + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Pause the DMA Transfer. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_DMAPause(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + const HAL_UART_StateTypeDef gstate = huart->gState; + const HAL_UART_StateTypeDef rxstate = huart->RxState; + + if ((HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT)) && + (gstate == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX)) + { + /* Disable the UART DMA Tx request */ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + } + if ((HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) && + (rxstate == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX)) + { + /* Disable PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE); + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* Disable the UART DMA Rx request */ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Resume the DMA Transfer. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_DMAResume(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX) + { + /* Enable the UART DMA Tx request */ + ATOMIC_SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + } + if (huart->RxState == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + /* Clear the Overrun flag before resuming the Rx transfer */ + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_OREF); + + /* Re-enable PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */ + if (huart->Init.Parity != UART_PARITY_NONE) + { + ATOMIC_SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE); + } + ATOMIC_SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* Enable the UART DMA Rx request */ + ATOMIC_SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stop the DMA Transfer. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_DMAStop(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* The Lock is not implemented on this API to allow the user application + to call the HAL UART API under callbacks HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback() / HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback() / + HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback / HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback: + indeed, when HAL_DMA_Abort() API is called, the DMA TX/RX Transfer or Half Transfer complete + interrupt is generated if the DMA transfer interruption occurs at the middle or at the end of + the stream and the corresponding call back is executed. */ + + const HAL_UART_StateTypeDef gstate = huart->gState; + const HAL_UART_StateTypeDef rxstate = huart->RxState; + + /* Stop UART DMA Tx request if ongoing */ + if ((HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT)) && + (gstate == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX)) + { + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + + /* Abort the UART DMA Tx channel */ + if (huart->hdmatx != NULL) + { + if (HAL_DMA_Abort(huart->hdmatx) != HAL_OK) + { + if (HAL_DMA_GetError(huart->hdmatx) == HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT) + { + /* Set error code to DMA */ + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_DMA; + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + + UART_EndTxTransfer(huart); + } + + /* Stop UART DMA Rx request if ongoing */ + if ((HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) && + (rxstate == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX)) + { + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + /* Abort the UART DMA Rx channel */ + if (huart->hdmarx != NULL) + { + if (HAL_DMA_Abort(huart->hdmarx) != HAL_OK) + { + if (HAL_DMA_GetError(huart->hdmarx) == HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT) + { + /* Set error code to DMA */ + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_DMA; + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + + UART_EndRxTransfer(huart); + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Abort ongoing transfers (blocking mode). + * @param huart UART handle. + * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode. + * This procedure performs following operations : + * - Disable UART Interrupts (Tx and Rx) + * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled) + * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort (in case of transfer in DMA mode) + * - Set handle State to READY + * @note This procedure is executed in blocking mode : when exiting function, Abort is considered as completed. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Abort(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ +#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN) + /* Disable TXE, TC, RXNE, PE, RXFT, TXFT and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE_RXFNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE | + USART_CR1_TXEIE_TXFNFIE | USART_CR1_TCIE)); + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE | USART_CR3_RXFTIE | USART_CR3_TXFTIE); +#else + /* Disable TXEIE, TCIE, RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_TXEIE | USART_CR1_TCIE)); + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); +#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */ + + /* If Reception till IDLE event was ongoing, disable IDLEIE interrupt */ + if (huart->ReceptionType == HAL_UART_RECEPTION_TOIDLE) + { + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_IDLEIE)); + } + + /* Abort the UART DMA Tx channel if enabled */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT)) + { + /* Disable the UART DMA Tx request if enabled */ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + + /* Abort the UART DMA Tx channel : use blocking DMA Abort API (no callback) */ + if (huart->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* Set the UART DMA Abort callback to Null. + No call back execution at end of DMA abort procedure */ + huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + if (HAL_DMA_Abort(huart->hdmatx) != HAL_OK) + { + if (HAL_DMA_GetError(huart->hdmatx) == HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT) + { + /* Set error code to DMA */ + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_DMA; + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + } + + /* Abort the UART DMA Rx channel if enabled */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) + { + /* Disable the UART DMA Rx request if enabled */ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + /* Abort the UART DMA Rx channel : use blocking DMA Abort API (no callback) */ + if (huart->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Set the UART DMA Abort callback to Null. + No call back execution at end of DMA abort procedure */ + huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + if (HAL_DMA_Abort(huart->hdmarx) != HAL_OK) + { + if (HAL_DMA_GetError(huart->hdmarx) == HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT) + { + /* Set error code to DMA */ + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_DMA; + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + } + + /* Reset Tx and Rx transfer counters */ + huart->TxXferCount = 0U; + huart->RxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */ + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_OREF | UART_CLEAR_NEF | UART_CLEAR_PEF | UART_CLEAR_FEF); + +#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN) + /* Flush the whole TX FIFO (if needed) */ + if (huart->FifoMode == UART_FIFOMODE_ENABLE) + { + __HAL_UART_SEND_REQ(huart, UART_TXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST); + } +#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */ + + /* Discard the received data */ + __HAL_UART_SEND_REQ(huart, UART_RXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST); + + /* Restore huart->gState and huart->RxState to Ready */ + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + huart->ReceptionType = HAL_UART_RECEPTION_STANDARD; + + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Abort ongoing Transmit transfer (blocking mode). + * @param huart UART handle. + * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing Tx transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode. + * This procedure performs following operations : + * - Disable UART Interrupts (Tx) + * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled) + * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort (in case of transfer in DMA mode) + * - Set handle State to READY + * @note This procedure is executed in blocking mode : when exiting function, Abort is considered as completed. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_AbortTransmit(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ +#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN) + /* Disable TCIE, TXEIE and TXFTIE interrupts */ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_TCIE | USART_CR1_TXEIE_TXFNFIE)); + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_TXFTIE); +#else + /* Disable TXEIE and TCIE interrupts */ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_TXEIE | USART_CR1_TCIE)); +#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */ + + /* Abort the UART DMA Tx channel if enabled */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT)) + { + /* Disable the UART DMA Tx request if enabled */ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + + /* Abort the UART DMA Tx channel : use blocking DMA Abort API (no callback) */ + if (huart->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* Set the UART DMA Abort callback to Null. + No call back execution at end of DMA abort procedure */ + huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + if (HAL_DMA_Abort(huart->hdmatx) != HAL_OK) + { + if (HAL_DMA_GetError(huart->hdmatx) == HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT) + { + /* Set error code to DMA */ + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_DMA; + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + } + + /* Reset Tx transfer counter */ + huart->TxXferCount = 0U; + +#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN) + /* Flush the whole TX FIFO (if needed) */ + if (huart->FifoMode == UART_FIFOMODE_ENABLE) + { + __HAL_UART_SEND_REQ(huart, UART_TXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST); + } +#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */ + + /* Restore huart->gState to Ready */ + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Abort ongoing Receive transfer (blocking mode). + * @param huart UART handle. + * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing Rx transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode. + * This procedure performs following operations : + * - Disable UART Interrupts (Rx) + * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled) + * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort (in case of transfer in DMA mode) + * - Set handle State to READY + * @note This procedure is executed in blocking mode : when exiting function, Abort is considered as completed. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_AbortReceive(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ +#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN) + /* Disable PEIE, EIE, RXNEIE and RXFTIE interrupts */ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_RXNEIE_RXFNEIE)); + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE | USART_CR3_RXFTIE); +#else + /* Disable RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE)); + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); +#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */ + + /* If Reception till IDLE event was ongoing, disable IDLEIE interrupt */ + if (huart->ReceptionType == HAL_UART_RECEPTION_TOIDLE) + { + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_IDLEIE)); + } + + /* Abort the UART DMA Rx channel if enabled */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) + { + /* Disable the UART DMA Rx request if enabled */ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + /* Abort the UART DMA Rx channel : use blocking DMA Abort API (no callback) */ + if (huart->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Set the UART DMA Abort callback to Null. + No call back execution at end of DMA abort procedure */ + huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + if (HAL_DMA_Abort(huart->hdmarx) != HAL_OK) + { + if (HAL_DMA_GetError(huart->hdmarx) == HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT) + { + /* Set error code to DMA */ + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_DMA; + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + } + + /* Reset Rx transfer counter */ + huart->RxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */ + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_OREF | UART_CLEAR_NEF | UART_CLEAR_PEF | UART_CLEAR_FEF); + + /* Discard the received data */ + __HAL_UART_SEND_REQ(huart, UART_RXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST); + + /* Restore huart->RxState to Ready */ + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + huart->ReceptionType = HAL_UART_RECEPTION_STANDARD; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Abort ongoing transfers (Interrupt mode). + * @param huart UART handle. + * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode. + * This procedure performs following operations : + * - Disable UART Interrupts (Tx and Rx) + * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled) + * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort_IT (in case of transfer in DMA mode) + * - Set handle State to READY + * - At abort completion, call user abort complete callback + * @note This procedure is executed in Interrupt mode, meaning that abort procedure could be + * considered as completed only when user abort complete callback is executed (not when exiting function). + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Abort_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + uint32_t abortcplt = 1U; + + /* Disable interrupts */ +#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN) + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_TCIE | USART_CR1_RXNEIE_RXFNEIE | + USART_CR1_TXEIE_TXFNFIE)); + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_EIE | USART_CR3_RXFTIE | USART_CR3_TXFTIE)); +#else + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_TXEIE | USART_CR1_TCIE)); + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); +#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */ + + /* If Reception till IDLE event was ongoing, disable IDLEIE interrupt */ + if (huart->ReceptionType == HAL_UART_RECEPTION_TOIDLE) + { + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_IDLEIE)); + } + + /* If DMA Tx and/or DMA Rx Handles are associated to UART Handle, DMA Abort complete callbacks should be initialised + before any call to DMA Abort functions */ + /* DMA Tx Handle is valid */ + if (huart->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* Set DMA Abort Complete callback if UART DMA Tx request if enabled. + Otherwise, set it to NULL */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT)) + { + huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = UART_DMATxAbortCallback; + } + else + { + huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + } + } + /* DMA Rx Handle is valid */ + if (huart->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Set DMA Abort Complete callback if UART DMA Rx request if enabled. + Otherwise, set it to NULL */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) + { + huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = UART_DMARxAbortCallback; + } + else + { + huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + } + } + + /* Abort the UART DMA Tx channel if enabled */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT)) + { + /* Disable DMA Tx at UART level */ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + + /* Abort the UART DMA Tx channel : use non blocking DMA Abort API (callback) */ + if (huart->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* UART Tx DMA Abort callback has already been initialised : + will lead to call HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + + /* Abort DMA TX */ + if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(huart->hdmatx) != HAL_OK) + { + huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + } + else + { + abortcplt = 0U; + } + } + } + + /* Abort the UART DMA Rx channel if enabled */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) + { + /* Disable the UART DMA Rx request if enabled */ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + /* Abort the UART DMA Rx channel : use non blocking DMA Abort API (callback) */ + if (huart->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* UART Rx DMA Abort callback has already been initialised : + will lead to call HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + + /* Abort DMA RX */ + if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(huart->hdmarx) != HAL_OK) + { + huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + abortcplt = 1U; + } + else + { + abortcplt = 0U; + } + } + } + + /* if no DMA abort complete callback execution is required => call user Abort Complete callback */ + if (abortcplt == 1U) + { + /* Reset Tx and Rx transfer counters */ + huart->TxXferCount = 0U; + huart->RxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Clear ISR function pointers */ + huart->RxISR = NULL; + huart->TxISR = NULL; + + /* Reset errorCode */ + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */ + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_OREF | UART_CLEAR_NEF | UART_CLEAR_PEF | UART_CLEAR_FEF); + +#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN) + /* Flush the whole TX FIFO (if needed) */ + if (huart->FifoMode == UART_FIFOMODE_ENABLE) + { + __HAL_UART_SEND_REQ(huart, UART_TXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST); + } +#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */ + + /* Discard the received data */ + __HAL_UART_SEND_REQ(huart, UART_RXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST); + + /* Restore huart->gState and huart->RxState to Ready */ + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + huart->ReceptionType = HAL_UART_RECEPTION_STANDARD; + + /* As no DMA to be aborted, call directly user Abort complete callback */ +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /* Call registered Abort complete callback */ + huart->AbortCpltCallback(huart); +#else + /* Call legacy weak Abort complete callback */ + HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback(huart); +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Abort ongoing Transmit transfer (Interrupt mode). + * @param huart UART handle. + * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing Tx transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode. + * This procedure performs following operations : + * - Disable UART Interrupts (Tx) + * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled) + * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort_IT (in case of transfer in DMA mode) + * - Set handle State to READY + * - At abort completion, call user abort complete callback + * @note This procedure is executed in Interrupt mode, meaning that abort procedure could be + * considered as completed only when user abort complete callback is executed (not when exiting function). + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_AbortTransmit_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Disable interrupts */ +#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN) + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_TCIE | USART_CR1_TXEIE_TXFNFIE)); + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_TXFTIE); +#else + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_TXEIE | USART_CR1_TCIE)); +#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */ + + /* Abort the UART DMA Tx channel if enabled */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT)) + { + /* Disable the UART DMA Tx request if enabled */ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + + /* Abort the UART DMA Tx channel : use non blocking DMA Abort API (callback) */ + if (huart->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* Set the UART DMA Abort callback : + will lead to call HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = UART_DMATxOnlyAbortCallback; + + /* Abort DMA TX */ + if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(huart->hdmatx) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Call Directly huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback function in case of error */ + huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback(huart->hdmatx); + } + } + else + { + /* Reset Tx transfer counter */ + huart->TxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Clear TxISR function pointers */ + huart->TxISR = NULL; + + /* Restore huart->gState to Ready */ + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + /* As no DMA to be aborted, call directly user Abort complete callback */ +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /* Call registered Abort Transmit Complete Callback */ + huart->AbortTransmitCpltCallback(huart); +#else + /* Call legacy weak Abort Transmit Complete Callback */ + HAL_UART_AbortTransmitCpltCallback(huart); +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + } + else + { + /* Reset Tx transfer counter */ + huart->TxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Clear TxISR function pointers */ + huart->TxISR = NULL; + +#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN) + /* Flush the whole TX FIFO (if needed) */ + if (huart->FifoMode == UART_FIFOMODE_ENABLE) + { + __HAL_UART_SEND_REQ(huart, UART_TXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST); + } +#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */ + + /* Restore huart->gState to Ready */ + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + /* As no DMA to be aborted, call directly user Abort complete callback */ +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /* Call registered Abort Transmit Complete Callback */ + huart->AbortTransmitCpltCallback(huart); +#else + /* Call legacy weak Abort Transmit Complete Callback */ + HAL_UART_AbortTransmitCpltCallback(huart); +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Abort ongoing Receive transfer (Interrupt mode). + * @param huart UART handle. + * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing Rx transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode. + * This procedure performs following operations : + * - Disable UART Interrupts (Rx) + * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled) + * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort_IT (in case of transfer in DMA mode) + * - Set handle State to READY + * - At abort completion, call user abort complete callback + * @note This procedure is executed in Interrupt mode, meaning that abort procedure could be + * considered as completed only when user abort complete callback is executed (not when exiting function). + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_AbortReceive_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Disable RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */ +#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN) + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_RXNEIE_RXFNEIE)); + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_EIE | USART_CR3_RXFTIE)); +#else + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE)); + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); +#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */ + + /* If Reception till IDLE event was ongoing, disable IDLEIE interrupt */ + if (huart->ReceptionType == HAL_UART_RECEPTION_TOIDLE) + { + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_IDLEIE)); + } + + /* Abort the UART DMA Rx channel if enabled */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) + { + /* Disable the UART DMA Rx request if enabled */ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + /* Abort the UART DMA Rx channel : use non blocking DMA Abort API (callback) */ + if (huart->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Set the UART DMA Abort callback : + will lead to call HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = UART_DMARxOnlyAbortCallback; + + /* Abort DMA RX */ + if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(huart->hdmarx) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Call Directly huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback function in case of error */ + huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback(huart->hdmarx); + } + } + else + { + /* Reset Rx transfer counter */ + huart->RxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Clear RxISR function pointer */ + huart->pRxBuffPtr = NULL; + + /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */ + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_OREF | UART_CLEAR_NEF | UART_CLEAR_PEF | UART_CLEAR_FEF); + + /* Discard the received data */ + __HAL_UART_SEND_REQ(huart, UART_RXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST); + + /* Restore huart->RxState to Ready */ + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + huart->ReceptionType = HAL_UART_RECEPTION_STANDARD; + + /* As no DMA to be aborted, call directly user Abort complete callback */ +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /* Call registered Abort Receive Complete Callback */ + huart->AbortReceiveCpltCallback(huart); +#else + /* Call legacy weak Abort Receive Complete Callback */ + HAL_UART_AbortReceiveCpltCallback(huart); +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + } + else + { + /* Reset Rx transfer counter */ + huart->RxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Clear RxISR function pointer */ + huart->pRxBuffPtr = NULL; + + /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */ + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_OREF | UART_CLEAR_NEF | UART_CLEAR_PEF | UART_CLEAR_FEF); + + /* Restore huart->RxState to Ready */ + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + huart->ReceptionType = HAL_UART_RECEPTION_STANDARD; + + /* As no DMA to be aborted, call directly user Abort complete callback */ +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /* Call registered Abort Receive Complete Callback */ + huart->AbortReceiveCpltCallback(huart); +#else + /* Call legacy weak Abort Receive Complete Callback */ + HAL_UART_AbortReceiveCpltCallback(huart); +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Handle UART interrupt request. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_UART_IRQHandler(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + uint32_t isrflags = READ_REG(huart->Instance->ISR); + uint32_t cr1its = READ_REG(huart->Instance->CR1); + uint32_t cr3its = READ_REG(huart->Instance->CR3); + + uint32_t errorflags; + uint32_t errorcode; + + /* If no error occurs */ + errorflags = (isrflags & (uint32_t)(USART_ISR_PE | USART_ISR_FE | USART_ISR_ORE | USART_ISR_NE | USART_ISR_RTOF)); + if (errorflags == 0U) + { + /* UART in mode Receiver ---------------------------------------------------*/ +#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN) + if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_RXNE_RXFNE) != 0U) + && (((cr1its & USART_CR1_RXNEIE_RXFNEIE) != 0U) + || ((cr3its & USART_CR3_RXFTIE) != 0U))) +#else + if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_RXNE) != 0U) + && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_RXNEIE) != 0U)) +#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */ + { + if (huart->RxISR != NULL) + { + huart->RxISR(huart); + } + return; + } + } + + /* If some errors occur */ +#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN) + if ((errorflags != 0U) + && ((((cr3its & (USART_CR3_RXFTIE | USART_CR3_EIE)) != 0U) + || ((cr1its & (USART_CR1_RXNEIE_RXFNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_RTOIE)) != 0U)))) +#else + if ((errorflags != 0U) + && (((cr3its & USART_CR3_EIE) != 0U) + || ((cr1its & (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_RTOIE)) != 0U))) +#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */ + { + /* UART parity error interrupt occurred -------------------------------------*/ + if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_PE) != 0U) && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_PEIE) != 0U)) + { + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_PEF); + + huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_PE; + } + + /* UART frame error interrupt occurred --------------------------------------*/ + if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_FE) != 0U) && ((cr3its & USART_CR3_EIE) != 0U)) + { + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_FEF); + + huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_FE; + } + + /* UART noise error interrupt occurred --------------------------------------*/ + if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_NE) != 0U) && ((cr3its & USART_CR3_EIE) != 0U)) + { + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_NEF); + + huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_NE; + } + + /* UART Over-Run interrupt occurred -----------------------------------------*/ +#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN) + if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_ORE) != 0U) + && (((cr1its & USART_CR1_RXNEIE_RXFNEIE) != 0U) || + ((cr3its & (USART_CR3_RXFTIE | USART_CR3_EIE)) != 0U))) +#else + if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_ORE) != 0U) + && (((cr1its & USART_CR1_RXNEIE) != 0U) || + ((cr3its & USART_CR3_EIE) != 0U))) +#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */ + { + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_OREF); + + huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_ORE; + } + + /* UART Receiver Timeout interrupt occurred ---------------------------------*/ + if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_RTOF) != 0U) && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_RTOIE) != 0U)) + { + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_RTOF); + + huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_RTO; + } + + /* Call UART Error Call back function if need be ----------------------------*/ + if (huart->ErrorCode != HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE) + { + /* UART in mode Receiver --------------------------------------------------*/ +#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN) + if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_RXNE_RXFNE) != 0U) + && (((cr1its & USART_CR1_RXNEIE_RXFNEIE) != 0U) + || ((cr3its & USART_CR3_RXFTIE) != 0U))) +#else + if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_RXNE) != 0U) + && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_RXNEIE) != 0U)) +#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */ + { + if (huart->RxISR != NULL) + { + huart->RxISR(huart); + } + } + + /* If Error is to be considered as blocking : + - Receiver Timeout error in Reception + - Overrun error in Reception + - any error occurs in DMA mode reception + */ + errorcode = huart->ErrorCode; + if ((HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) || + ((errorcode & (HAL_UART_ERROR_RTO | HAL_UART_ERROR_ORE)) != 0U)) + { + /* Blocking error : transfer is aborted + Set the UART state ready to be able to start again the process, + Disable Rx Interrupts, and disable Rx DMA request, if ongoing */ + UART_EndRxTransfer(huart); + + /* Abort the UART DMA Rx channel if enabled */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) + { + /* Disable the UART DMA Rx request if enabled */ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + /* Abort the UART DMA Rx channel */ + if (huart->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Set the UART DMA Abort callback : + will lead to call HAL_UART_ErrorCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = UART_DMAAbortOnError; + + /* Abort DMA RX */ + if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(huart->hdmarx) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Call Directly huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback function in case of error */ + huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback(huart->hdmarx); + } + } + else + { + /* Call user error callback */ +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /*Call registered error callback*/ + huart->ErrorCallback(huart); +#else + /*Call legacy weak error callback*/ + HAL_UART_ErrorCallback(huart); +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + + } + } + else + { + /* Call user error callback */ +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /*Call registered error callback*/ + huart->ErrorCallback(huart); +#else + /*Call legacy weak error callback*/ + HAL_UART_ErrorCallback(huart); +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + } + else + { + /* Non Blocking error : transfer could go on. + Error is notified to user through user error callback */ +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /*Call registered error callback*/ + huart->ErrorCallback(huart); +#else + /*Call legacy weak error callback*/ + HAL_UART_ErrorCallback(huart); +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + } + } + return; + + } /* End if some error occurs */ + + /* Check current reception Mode : + If Reception till IDLE event has been selected : */ + if ((huart->ReceptionType == HAL_UART_RECEPTION_TOIDLE) + && ((isrflags & USART_ISR_IDLE) != 0U) + && ((cr1its & USART_ISR_IDLE) != 0U)) + { + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_IDLEF); + + /* Check if DMA mode is enabled in UART */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) + { + /* DMA mode enabled */ + /* Check received length : If all expected data are received, do nothing, + (DMA cplt callback will be called). + Otherwise, if at least one data has already been received, IDLE event is to be notified to user */ + uint16_t nb_remaining_rx_data = (uint16_t) __HAL_DMA_GET_COUNTER(huart->hdmarx); + if ((nb_remaining_rx_data > 0U) + && (nb_remaining_rx_data < huart->RxXferSize)) + { + /* Reception is not complete */ + huart->RxXferCount = nb_remaining_rx_data; + + /* In Normal mode, end DMA xfer and HAL UART Rx process*/ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(huart->hdmarx->Instance->CCR, DMA_CCR_CIRC)) + { + /* Disable PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE); + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* Disable the DMA transfer for the receiver request by resetting the DMAR bit + in the UART CR3 register */ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + /* At end of Rx process, restore huart->RxState to Ready */ + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + huart->ReceptionType = HAL_UART_RECEPTION_STANDARD; + + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_IDLEIE); + + /* Last bytes received, so no need as the abort is immediate */ + (void)HAL_DMA_Abort(huart->hdmarx); + } + + /* Initialize type of RxEvent that correspond to RxEvent callback execution; + In this case, Rx Event type is Idle Event */ + huart->RxEventType = HAL_UART_RXEVENT_IDLE; + +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /*Call registered Rx Event callback*/ + huart->RxEventCallback(huart, (huart->RxXferSize - huart->RxXferCount)); +#else + /*Call legacy weak Rx Event callback*/ + HAL_UARTEx_RxEventCallback(huart, (huart->RxXferSize - huart->RxXferCount)); +#endif /* (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS) */ + } + else + { + /* If DMA is in Circular mode, Idle event is to be reported to user + even if occurring after a Transfer Complete event from DMA */ + if (nb_remaining_rx_data == huart->RxXferSize) + { + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->hdmarx->Instance->CCR, DMA_CCR_CIRC)) + { + /* Initialize type of RxEvent that correspond to RxEvent callback execution; + In this case, Rx Event type is Idle Event */ + huart->RxEventType = HAL_UART_RXEVENT_IDLE; + +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /*Call registered Rx Event callback*/ + huart->RxEventCallback(huart, huart->RxXferSize); +#else + /*Call legacy weak Rx Event callback*/ + HAL_UARTEx_RxEventCallback(huart, huart->RxXferSize); +#endif /* (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS) */ + } + } + } + return; + } + else + { + /* DMA mode not enabled */ + /* Check received length : If all expected data are received, do nothing. + Otherwise, if at least one data has already been received, IDLE event is to be notified to user */ + uint16_t nb_rx_data = huart->RxXferSize - huart->RxXferCount; + if ((huart->RxXferCount > 0U) + && (nb_rx_data > 0U)) + { +#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN) + /* Disable the UART Parity Error Interrupt and RXNE interrupts */ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE_RXFNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE)); + + /* Disable the UART Error Interrupt:(Frame error, noise error, overrun error) and RX FIFO Threshold interrupt */ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_EIE | USART_CR3_RXFTIE)); +#else + /* Disable the UART Parity Error Interrupt and RXNE interrupts */ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE)); + + /* Disable the UART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); +#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */ + + /* Rx process is completed, restore huart->RxState to Ready */ + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + huart->ReceptionType = HAL_UART_RECEPTION_STANDARD; + + /* Clear RxISR function pointer */ + huart->RxISR = NULL; + + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_IDLEIE); + + /* Initialize type of RxEvent that correspond to RxEvent callback execution; + In this case, Rx Event type is Idle Event */ + huart->RxEventType = HAL_UART_RXEVENT_IDLE; + +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /*Call registered Rx complete callback*/ + huart->RxEventCallback(huart, nb_rx_data); +#else + /*Call legacy weak Rx Event callback*/ + HAL_UARTEx_RxEventCallback(huart, nb_rx_data); +#endif /* (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS) */ + } + return; + } + } + + /* UART wakeup from Stop mode interrupt occurred ---------------------------*/ + if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_WUF) != 0U) && ((cr3its & USART_CR3_WUFIE) != 0U)) + { + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_WUF); + + /* UART Rx state is not reset as a reception process might be ongoing. + If UART handle state fields need to be reset to READY, this could be done in Wakeup callback */ + +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /* Call registered Wakeup Callback */ + huart->WakeupCallback(huart); +#else + /* Call legacy weak Wakeup Callback */ + HAL_UARTEx_WakeupCallback(huart); +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + return; + } + + /* UART in mode Transmitter ------------------------------------------------*/ +#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN) + if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_TXE_TXFNF) != 0U) + && (((cr1its & USART_CR1_TXEIE_TXFNFIE) != 0U) + || ((cr3its & USART_CR3_TXFTIE) != 0U))) +#else + if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_TXE) != 0U) + && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_TXEIE) != 0U)) +#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */ + { + if (huart->TxISR != NULL) + { + huart->TxISR(huart); + } + return; + } + + /* UART in mode Transmitter (transmission end) -----------------------------*/ + if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_TC) != 0U) && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_TCIE) != 0U)) + { + UART_EndTransmit_IT(huart); + return; + } + +#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN) + /* UART TX Fifo Empty occurred ----------------------------------------------*/ + if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_TXFE) != 0U) && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_TXFEIE) != 0U)) + { +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /* Call registered Tx Fifo Empty Callback */ + huart->TxFifoEmptyCallback(huart); +#else + /* Call legacy weak Tx Fifo Empty Callback */ + HAL_UARTEx_TxFifoEmptyCallback(huart); +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + return; + } + + /* UART RX Fifo Full occurred ----------------------------------------------*/ + if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_RXFF) != 0U) && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_RXFFIE) != 0U)) + { +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /* Call registered Rx Fifo Full Callback */ + huart->RxFifoFullCallback(huart); +#else + /* Call legacy weak Rx Fifo Full Callback */ + HAL_UARTEx_RxFifoFullCallback(huart); +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + return; + } +#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */ +} + +/** + * @brief Tx Transfer completed callback. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(huart); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Tx Half Transfer completed callback. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(huart); + + /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Rx Transfer completed callback. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(huart); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Rx Half Transfer completed callback. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(huart); + + /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @brief UART error callback. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_UART_ErrorCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(huart); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_UART_ErrorCallback can be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @brief UART Abort Complete callback. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(huart); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @brief UART Abort Complete callback. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_UART_AbortTransmitCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(huart); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_UART_AbortTransmitCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @brief UART Abort Receive Complete callback. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_UART_AbortReceiveCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(huart); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_UART_AbortReceiveCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Reception Event Callback (Rx event notification called after use of advanced reception service). + * @param huart UART handle + * @param Size Number of data available in application reception buffer (indicates a position in + * reception buffer until which, data are available) + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_UARTEx_RxEventCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint16_t Size) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(huart); + UNUSED(Size); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_UARTEx_RxEventCallback can be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup UART_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions + * @brief UART control functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the UART. + (+) HAL_UART_ReceiverTimeout_Config() API allows to configure the receiver timeout value on the fly + (+) HAL_UART_EnableReceiverTimeout() API enables the receiver timeout feature + (+) HAL_UART_DisableReceiverTimeout() API disables the receiver timeout feature + (+) HAL_MultiProcessor_EnableMuteMode() API enables mute mode + (+) HAL_MultiProcessor_DisableMuteMode() API disables mute mode + (+) HAL_MultiProcessor_EnterMuteMode() API enters mute mode + (+) UART_SetConfig() API configures the UART peripheral + (+) UART_AdvFeatureConfig() API optionally configures the UART advanced features + (+) UART_CheckIdleState() API ensures that TEACK and/or REACK are set after initialization + (+) HAL_HalfDuplex_EnableTransmitter() API disables receiver and enables transmitter + (+) HAL_HalfDuplex_EnableReceiver() API disables transmitter and enables receiver + (+) HAL_LIN_SendBreak() API transmits the break characters +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Update on the fly the receiver timeout value in RTOR register. + * @param huart Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @param TimeoutValue receiver timeout value in number of baud blocks. The timeout + * value must be less or equal to 0x0FFFFFFFF. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_UART_ReceiverTimeout_Config(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint32_t TimeoutValue) +{ + if (!(IS_LPUART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance))) + { + assert_param(IS_UART_RECEIVER_TIMEOUT_VALUE(TimeoutValue)); + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->RTOR, USART_RTOR_RTO, TimeoutValue); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enable the UART receiver timeout feature. + * @param huart Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_EnableReceiverTimeout(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + if (!(IS_LPUART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance))) + { + if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) + { + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Set the USART RTOEN bit */ + SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_RTOEN); + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + } + else + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Disable the UART receiver timeout feature. + * @param huart Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_DisableReceiverTimeout(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + if (!(IS_LPUART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance))) + { + if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) + { + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Clear the USART RTOEN bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_RTOEN); + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + } + else + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enable UART in mute mode (does not mean UART enters mute mode; + * to enter mute mode, HAL_MultiProcessor_EnterMuteMode() API must be called). + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MultiProcessor_EnableMuteMode(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Enable USART mute mode by setting the MME bit in the CR1 register */ + ATOMIC_SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_MME); + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + return (UART_CheckIdleState(huart)); +} + +/** + * @brief Disable UART mute mode (does not mean the UART actually exits mute mode + * as it may not have been in mute mode at this very moment). + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MultiProcessor_DisableMuteMode(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable USART mute mode by clearing the MME bit in the CR1 register */ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_MME); + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + return (UART_CheckIdleState(huart)); +} + +/** + * @brief Enter UART mute mode (means UART actually enters mute mode). + * @note To exit from mute mode, HAL_MultiProcessor_DisableMuteMode() API must be called. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_MultiProcessor_EnterMuteMode(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + __HAL_UART_SEND_REQ(huart, UART_MUTE_MODE_REQUEST); +} + +/** + * @brief Enable the UART transmitter and disable the UART receiver. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HalfDuplex_EnableTransmitter(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Clear TE and RE bits */ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_TE | USART_CR1_RE)); + + /* Enable the USART's transmit interface by setting the TE bit in the USART CR1 register */ + ATOMIC_SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TE); + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Enable the UART receiver and disable the UART transmitter. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval HAL status. + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HalfDuplex_EnableReceiver(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Clear TE and RE bits */ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_TE | USART_CR1_RE)); + + /* Enable the USART's receive interface by setting the RE bit in the USART CR1 register */ + ATOMIC_SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_RE); + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_OK; +} + + +/** + * @brief Transmit break characters. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LIN_SendBreak(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_UART_LIN_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)); + + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Send break characters */ + __HAL_UART_SEND_REQ(huart, UART_SENDBREAK_REQUEST); + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup UART_Exported_Functions_Group4 Peripheral State and Error functions + * @brief UART Peripheral State functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral State and Error functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides functions allowing to : + (+) Return the UART handle state. + (+) Return the UART handle error code + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Return the UART handle state. + * @param huart Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART. + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_UART_StateTypeDef HAL_UART_GetState(const UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + uint32_t temp1; + uint32_t temp2; + temp1 = huart->gState; + temp2 = huart->RxState; + + return (HAL_UART_StateTypeDef)(temp1 | temp2); +} + +/** + * @brief Return the UART handle error code. + * @param huart Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART. + * @retval UART Error Code + */ +uint32_t HAL_UART_GetError(const UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + return huart->ErrorCode; +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup UART_Private_Functions UART Private Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initialize the callbacks to their default values. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval none + */ +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) +void UART_InitCallbacksToDefault(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Init the UART Callback settings */ + huart->TxHalfCpltCallback = HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak TxHalfCpltCallback */ + huart->TxCpltCallback = HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak TxCpltCallback */ + huart->RxHalfCpltCallback = HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak RxHalfCpltCallback */ + huart->RxCpltCallback = HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak RxCpltCallback */ + huart->ErrorCallback = HAL_UART_ErrorCallback; /* Legacy weak ErrorCallback */ + huart->AbortCpltCallback = HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak AbortCpltCallback */ + huart->AbortTransmitCpltCallback = HAL_UART_AbortTransmitCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak AbortTransmitCpltCallback */ + huart->AbortReceiveCpltCallback = HAL_UART_AbortReceiveCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak AbortReceiveCpltCallback */ + huart->WakeupCallback = HAL_UARTEx_WakeupCallback; /* Legacy weak WakeupCallback */ +#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN) + huart->RxFifoFullCallback = HAL_UARTEx_RxFifoFullCallback; /* Legacy weak RxFifoFullCallback */ + huart->TxFifoEmptyCallback = HAL_UARTEx_TxFifoEmptyCallback; /* Legacy weak TxFifoEmptyCallback */ +#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */ + huart->RxEventCallback = HAL_UARTEx_RxEventCallback; /* Legacy weak RxEventCallback */ + +} +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + +/** + * @brief Configure the UART peripheral. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_SetConfig(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg; + uint16_t brrtemp; + UART_ClockSourceTypeDef clocksource; + uint32_t usartdiv; + HAL_StatusTypeDef ret = HAL_OK; +#if defined(USART_PRESC_PRESCALER) + uint32_t lpuart_ker_ck_pres; +#endif /* USART_PRESC_PRESCALER */ + uint32_t pclk; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_UART_BAUDRATE(huart->Init.BaudRate)); + assert_param(IS_UART_WORD_LENGTH(huart->Init.WordLength)); + if (UART_INSTANCE_LOWPOWER(huart)) + { + assert_param(IS_LPUART_STOPBITS(huart->Init.StopBits)); + } + else + { + assert_param(IS_UART_STOPBITS(huart->Init.StopBits)); + assert_param(IS_UART_ONE_BIT_SAMPLE(huart->Init.OneBitSampling)); + } + + assert_param(IS_UART_PARITY(huart->Init.Parity)); + assert_param(IS_UART_MODE(huart->Init.Mode)); + assert_param(IS_UART_HARDWARE_FLOW_CONTROL(huart->Init.HwFlowCtl)); + assert_param(IS_UART_OVERSAMPLING(huart->Init.OverSampling)); +#if defined(USART_PRESC_PRESCALER) + assert_param(IS_UART_PRESCALER(huart->Init.ClockPrescaler)); +#endif /* USART_PRESC_PRESCALER */ + + /*-------------------------- USART CR1 Configuration -----------------------*/ + /* Clear M, PCE, PS, TE, RE and OVER8 bits and configure + * the UART Word Length, Parity, Mode and oversampling: + * set the M bits according to huart->Init.WordLength value + * set PCE and PS bits according to huart->Init.Parity value + * set TE and RE bits according to huart->Init.Mode value + * set OVER8 bit according to huart->Init.OverSampling value */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)huart->Init.WordLength | huart->Init.Parity | huart->Init.Mode | huart->Init.OverSampling ; + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_FIELDS, tmpreg); + + /*-------------------------- USART CR2 Configuration -----------------------*/ + /* Configure the UART Stop Bits: Set STOP[13:12] bits according + * to huart->Init.StopBits value */ + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_STOP, huart->Init.StopBits); + + /*-------------------------- USART CR3 Configuration -----------------------*/ + /* Configure + * - UART HardWare Flow Control: set CTSE and RTSE bits according + * to huart->Init.HwFlowCtl value + * - one-bit sampling method versus three samples' majority rule according + * to huart->Init.OneBitSampling (not applicable to LPUART) */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)huart->Init.HwFlowCtl; + + if (!(UART_INSTANCE_LOWPOWER(huart))) + { + tmpreg |= huart->Init.OneBitSampling; + } + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_FIELDS, tmpreg); + +#if defined(USART_PRESC_PRESCALER) + /*-------------------------- USART PRESC Configuration -----------------------*/ + /* Configure + * - UART Clock Prescaler : set PRESCALER according to huart->Init.ClockPrescaler value */ + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->PRESC, USART_PRESC_PRESCALER, huart->Init.ClockPrescaler); +#endif /* USART_PRESC_PRESCALER */ + + /*-------------------------- USART BRR Configuration -----------------------*/ + UART_GETCLOCKSOURCE(huart, clocksource); + + /* Check LPUART instance */ + if (UART_INSTANCE_LOWPOWER(huart)) + { + /* Retrieve frequency clock */ + switch (clocksource) + { + case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_PCLK1: + pclk = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq(); + break; + case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_HSI: + pclk = (uint32_t) HSI_VALUE; + break; + case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_SYSCLK: + pclk = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq(); + break; + case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_LSE: + pclk = (uint32_t) LSE_VALUE; + break; + default: + pclk = 0U; + ret = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + + /* If proper clock source reported */ + if (pclk != 0U) + { +#if defined(USART_PRESC_PRESCALER) + /* Compute clock after Prescaler */ + lpuart_ker_ck_pres = (pclk / UARTPrescTable[huart->Init.ClockPrescaler]); + + /* Ensure that Frequency clock is in the range [3 * baudrate, 4096 * baudrate] */ + if ((lpuart_ker_ck_pres < (3U * huart->Init.BaudRate)) || + (lpuart_ker_ck_pres > (4096U * huart->Init.BaudRate))) + { + ret = HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Check computed UsartDiv value is in allocated range + (it is forbidden to write values lower than 0x300 in the LPUART_BRR register) */ + usartdiv = (uint32_t)(UART_DIV_LPUART(pclk, huart->Init.BaudRate, huart->Init.ClockPrescaler)); + if ((usartdiv >= LPUART_BRR_MIN) && (usartdiv <= LPUART_BRR_MAX)) + { + huart->Instance->BRR = usartdiv; + } + else + { + ret = HAL_ERROR; + } + } /* if ( (lpuart_ker_ck_pres < (3 * huart->Init.BaudRate) ) || + (lpuart_ker_ck_pres > (4096 * huart->Init.BaudRate) )) */ +#else + /* No Prescaler applicable */ + /* Ensure that Frequency clock is in the range [3 * baudrate, 4096 * baudrate] */ + if ((pclk < (3U * huart->Init.BaudRate)) || + (pclk > (4096U * huart->Init.BaudRate))) + { + ret = HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + usartdiv = (uint32_t)(UART_DIV_LPUART(pclk, huart->Init.BaudRate)); + if ((usartdiv >= LPUART_BRR_MIN) && (usartdiv <= LPUART_BRR_MAX)) + { + huart->Instance->BRR = usartdiv; + } + else + { + ret = HAL_ERROR; + } + } /* if ( (pclk < (3 * huart->Init.BaudRate) ) || (pclk > (4096 * huart->Init.BaudRate) )) */ +#endif /* USART_PRESC_PRESCALER */ + } /* if (pclk != 0) */ + } + /* Check UART Over Sampling to set Baud Rate Register */ + else if (huart->Init.OverSampling == UART_OVERSAMPLING_8) + { + switch (clocksource) + { + case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_PCLK1: + pclk = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq(); + break; + case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_PCLK2: + pclk = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK2Freq(); + break; + case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_HSI: + pclk = (uint32_t) HSI_VALUE; + break; + case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_SYSCLK: + pclk = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq(); + break; + case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_LSE: + pclk = (uint32_t) LSE_VALUE; + break; + default: + pclk = 0U; + ret = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + + /* USARTDIV must be greater than or equal to 0d16 */ + if (pclk != 0U) + { +#if defined(USART_PRESC_PRESCALER) + usartdiv = (uint32_t)(UART_DIV_SAMPLING8(pclk, huart->Init.BaudRate, huart->Init.ClockPrescaler)); +#else + usartdiv = (uint32_t)(UART_DIV_SAMPLING8(pclk, huart->Init.BaudRate)); +#endif /* USART_PRESC_PRESCALER */ + if ((usartdiv >= UART_BRR_MIN) && (usartdiv <= UART_BRR_MAX)) + { + brrtemp = (uint16_t)(usartdiv & 0xFFF0U); + brrtemp |= (uint16_t)((usartdiv & (uint16_t)0x000FU) >> 1U); + huart->Instance->BRR = brrtemp; + } + else + { + ret = HAL_ERROR; + } + } + } + else + { + switch (clocksource) + { + case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_PCLK1: + pclk = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq(); + break; + case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_PCLK2: + pclk = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK2Freq(); + break; + case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_HSI: + pclk = (uint32_t) HSI_VALUE; + break; + case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_SYSCLK: + pclk = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq(); + break; + case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_LSE: + pclk = (uint32_t) LSE_VALUE; + break; + default: + pclk = 0U; + ret = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + + if (pclk != 0U) + { + /* USARTDIV must be greater than or equal to 0d16 */ +#if defined(USART_PRESC_PRESCALER) + usartdiv = (uint32_t)(UART_DIV_SAMPLING16(pclk, huart->Init.BaudRate, huart->Init.ClockPrescaler)); +#else + usartdiv = (uint32_t)(UART_DIV_SAMPLING16(pclk, huart->Init.BaudRate)); +#endif /* USART_PRESC_PRESCALER */ + if ((usartdiv >= UART_BRR_MIN) && (usartdiv <= UART_BRR_MAX)) + { + huart->Instance->BRR = (uint16_t)usartdiv; + } + else + { + ret = HAL_ERROR; + } + } + } + +#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN) + /* Initialize the number of data to process during RX/TX ISR execution */ + huart->NbTxDataToProcess = 1; + huart->NbRxDataToProcess = 1; +#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */ + + /* Clear ISR function pointers */ + huart->RxISR = NULL; + huart->TxISR = NULL; + + return ret; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the UART peripheral advanced features. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval None + */ +void UART_AdvFeatureConfig(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Check whether the set of advanced features to configure is properly set */ + assert_param(IS_UART_ADVFEATURE_INIT(huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit)); + + /* if required, configure RX/TX pins swap */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, UART_ADVFEATURE_SWAP_INIT)) + { + assert_param(IS_UART_ADVFEATURE_SWAP(huart->AdvancedInit.Swap)); + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_SWAP, huart->AdvancedInit.Swap); + } + + /* if required, configure TX pin active level inversion */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, UART_ADVFEATURE_TXINVERT_INIT)) + { + assert_param(IS_UART_ADVFEATURE_TXINV(huart->AdvancedInit.TxPinLevelInvert)); + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_TXINV, huart->AdvancedInit.TxPinLevelInvert); + } + + /* if required, configure RX pin active level inversion */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, UART_ADVFEATURE_RXINVERT_INIT)) + { + assert_param(IS_UART_ADVFEATURE_RXINV(huart->AdvancedInit.RxPinLevelInvert)); + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_RXINV, huart->AdvancedInit.RxPinLevelInvert); + } + + /* if required, configure data inversion */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, UART_ADVFEATURE_DATAINVERT_INIT)) + { + assert_param(IS_UART_ADVFEATURE_DATAINV(huart->AdvancedInit.DataInvert)); + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_DATAINV, huart->AdvancedInit.DataInvert); + } + + /* if required, configure RX overrun detection disabling */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, UART_ADVFEATURE_RXOVERRUNDISABLE_INIT)) + { + assert_param(IS_UART_OVERRUN(huart->AdvancedInit.OverrunDisable)); + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_OVRDIS, huart->AdvancedInit.OverrunDisable); + } + + /* if required, configure DMA disabling on reception error */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, UART_ADVFEATURE_DMADISABLEONERROR_INIT)) + { + assert_param(IS_UART_ADVFEATURE_DMAONRXERROR(huart->AdvancedInit.DMADisableonRxError)); + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DDRE, huart->AdvancedInit.DMADisableonRxError); + } + + /* if required, configure auto Baud rate detection scheme */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, UART_ADVFEATURE_AUTOBAUDRATE_INIT)) + { + assert_param(IS_USART_AUTOBAUDRATE_DETECTION_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_UART_ADVFEATURE_AUTOBAUDRATE(huart->AdvancedInit.AutoBaudRateEnable)); + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_ABREN, huart->AdvancedInit.AutoBaudRateEnable); + /* set auto Baudrate detection parameters if detection is enabled */ + if (huart->AdvancedInit.AutoBaudRateEnable == UART_ADVFEATURE_AUTOBAUDRATE_ENABLE) + { + assert_param(IS_UART_ADVFEATURE_AUTOBAUDRATEMODE(huart->AdvancedInit.AutoBaudRateMode)); + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_ABRMODE, huart->AdvancedInit.AutoBaudRateMode); + } + } + + /* if required, configure MSB first on communication line */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, UART_ADVFEATURE_MSBFIRST_INIT)) + { + assert_param(IS_UART_ADVFEATURE_MSBFIRST(huart->AdvancedInit.MSBFirst)); + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_MSBFIRST, huart->AdvancedInit.MSBFirst); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Check the UART Idle State. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_CheckIdleState(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + uint32_t tickstart; + + /* Initialize the UART ErrorCode */ + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Init tickstart for timeout management */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Check if the Transmitter is enabled */ + if ((huart->Instance->CR1 & USART_CR1_TE) == USART_CR1_TE) + { + /* Wait until TEACK flag is set */ + if (UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(huart, USART_ISR_TEACK, RESET, tickstart, HAL_UART_TIMEOUT_VALUE) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable TXE interrupt for the interrupt process */ +#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN) + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_TXEIE_TXFNFIE)); +#else + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_TXEIE)); +#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */ + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + /* Timeout occurred */ + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Check if the Receiver is enabled */ + if ((huart->Instance->CR1 & USART_CR1_RE) == USART_CR1_RE) + { + /* Wait until REACK flag is set */ + if (UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(huart, USART_ISR_REACK, RESET, tickstart, HAL_UART_TIMEOUT_VALUE) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) + interrupts for the interrupt process */ +#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN) + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE_RXFNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE)); +#else + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE)); +#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + /* Timeout occurred */ + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Initialize the UART State */ + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + huart->ReceptionType = HAL_UART_RECEPTION_STANDARD; + huart->RxEventType = HAL_UART_RXEVENT_TC; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles UART Communication Timeout. It waits + * until a flag is no longer in the specified status. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @param Flag Specifies the UART flag to check + * @param Status The actual Flag status (SET or RESET) + * @param Tickstart Tick start value + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, + uint32_t Tickstart, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + /* Wait until flag is set */ + while ((__HAL_UART_GET_FLAG(huart, Flag) ? SET : RESET) == Status) + { + /* Check for the Timeout */ + if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if (((HAL_GetTick() - Tickstart) > Timeout) || (Timeout == 0U)) + { + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + if ((READ_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_RE) != 0U) && (Flag != UART_FLAG_TXE) && (Flag != UART_FLAG_TC)) + { + if (__HAL_UART_GET_FLAG(huart, UART_FLAG_ORE) == SET) + { + /* Clear Overrun Error flag*/ + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_OREF); + + /* Blocking error : transfer is aborted + Set the UART state ready to be able to start again the process, + Disable Rx Interrupts if ongoing */ + UART_EndRxTransfer(huart); + + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_ORE; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + if (__HAL_UART_GET_FLAG(huart, UART_FLAG_RTOF) == SET) + { + /* Clear Receiver Timeout flag*/ + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_RTOF); + + /* Blocking error : transfer is aborted + Set the UART state ready to be able to start again the process, + Disable Rx Interrupts if ongoing */ + UART_EndRxTransfer(huart); + + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_RTO; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Start Receive operation in interrupt mode. + * @note This function could be called by all HAL UART API providing reception in Interrupt mode. + * @note When calling this function, parameters validity is considered as already checked, + * i.e. Rx State, buffer address, ... + * UART Handle is assumed as Locked. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer (u8 or u16 data elements). + * @param Size Amount of data elements (u8 or u16) to be received. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_Start_Receive_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + huart->pRxBuffPtr = pData; + huart->RxXferSize = Size; + huart->RxXferCount = Size; + huart->RxISR = NULL; + + /* Computation of UART mask to apply to RDR register */ + UART_MASK_COMPUTATION(huart); + + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX; + + /* Enable the UART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */ + ATOMIC_SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + +#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN) + /* Configure Rx interrupt processing */ + if ((huart->FifoMode == UART_FIFOMODE_ENABLE) && (Size >= huart->NbRxDataToProcess)) + { + /* Set the Rx ISR function pointer according to the data word length */ + if ((huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE)) + { + huart->RxISR = UART_RxISR_16BIT_FIFOEN; + } + else + { + huart->RxISR = UART_RxISR_8BIT_FIFOEN; + } + + /* Enable the UART Parity Error interrupt and RX FIFO Threshold interrupt */ + if (huart->Init.Parity != UART_PARITY_NONE) + { + ATOMIC_SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE); + } + ATOMIC_SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_RXFTIE); + } + else + { + /* Set the Rx ISR function pointer according to the data word length */ + if ((huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE)) + { + huart->RxISR = UART_RxISR_16BIT; + } + else + { + huart->RxISR = UART_RxISR_8BIT; + } + + /* Enable the UART Parity Error interrupt and Data Register Not Empty interrupt */ + if (huart->Init.Parity != UART_PARITY_NONE) + { + ATOMIC_SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_RXNEIE_RXFNEIE); + } + else + { + ATOMIC_SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_RXNEIE_RXFNEIE); + } + } +#else + /* Set the Rx ISR function pointer according to the data word length */ + if ((huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE)) + { + huart->RxISR = UART_RxISR_16BIT; + } + else + { + huart->RxISR = UART_RxISR_8BIT; + } + + /* Enable the UART Parity Error interrupt and Data Register Not Empty interrupt */ + if (huart->Init.Parity != UART_PARITY_NONE) + { + ATOMIC_SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_RXNEIE); + } + else + { + ATOMIC_SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_RXNEIE); + } +#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Start Receive operation in DMA mode. + * @note This function could be called by all HAL UART API providing reception in DMA mode. + * @note When calling this function, parameters validity is considered as already checked, + * i.e. Rx State, buffer address, ... + * UART Handle is assumed as Locked. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer (u8 or u16 data elements). + * @param Size Amount of data elements (u8 or u16) to be received. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_Start_Receive_DMA(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + huart->pRxBuffPtr = pData; + huart->RxXferSize = Size; + + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX; + + if (huart->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Set the UART DMA transfer complete callback */ + huart->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = UART_DMAReceiveCplt; + + /* Set the UART DMA Half transfer complete callback */ + huart->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = UART_DMARxHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + huart->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = UART_DMAError; + + /* Set the DMA abort callback */ + huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(huart->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&huart->Instance->RDR, (uint32_t)huart->pRxBuffPtr, Size) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Set error code to DMA */ + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_DMA; + + /* Restore huart->RxState to ready */ + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + /* Enable the UART Parity Error Interrupt */ + if (huart->Init.Parity != UART_PARITY_NONE) + { + ATOMIC_SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE); + } + + /* Enable the UART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */ + ATOMIC_SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* Enable the DMA transfer for the receiver request by setting the DMAR bit + in the UART CR3 register */ + ATOMIC_SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + return HAL_OK; +} + + +/** + * @brief End ongoing Tx transfer on UART peripheral (following error detection or Transmit completion). + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_EndTxTransfer(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ +#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN) + /* Disable TXEIE, TCIE, TXFT interrupts */ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_TXEIE_TXFNFIE | USART_CR1_TCIE)); + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_TXFTIE)); +#else + /* Disable TXEIE and TCIE interrupts */ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_TXEIE | USART_CR1_TCIE)); +#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */ + + /* At end of Tx process, restore huart->gState to Ready */ + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; +} + + +/** + * @brief End ongoing Rx transfer on UART peripheral (following error detection or Reception completion). + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_EndRxTransfer(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Disable RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */ +#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN) + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE_RXFNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE)); + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_EIE | USART_CR3_RXFTIE)); +#else + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE)); + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); +#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */ + + /* In case of reception waiting for IDLE event, disable also the IDLE IE interrupt source */ + if (huart->ReceptionType == HAL_UART_RECEPTION_TOIDLE) + { + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_IDLEIE); + } + + /* At end of Rx process, restore huart->RxState to Ready */ + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + huart->ReceptionType = HAL_UART_RECEPTION_STANDARD; + + /* Reset RxIsr function pointer */ + huart->RxISR = NULL; +} + + +/** + * @brief DMA UART transmit process complete callback. + * @param hdma DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + UART_HandleTypeDef *huart = (UART_HandleTypeDef *)(hdma->Parent); + + /* DMA Normal mode */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hdma->Instance->CCR, DMA_CCR_CIRC)) + { + huart->TxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Disable the DMA transfer for transmit request by resetting the DMAT bit + in the UART CR3 register */ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + + /* Enable the UART Transmit Complete Interrupt */ + ATOMIC_SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TCIE); + } + /* DMA Circular mode */ + else + { +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /*Call registered Tx complete callback*/ + huart->TxCpltCallback(huart); +#else + /*Call legacy weak Tx complete callback*/ + HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback(huart); +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } +} + +/** + * @brief DMA UART transmit process half complete callback. + * @param hdma DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_DMATxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + UART_HandleTypeDef *huart = (UART_HandleTypeDef *)(hdma->Parent); + +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /*Call registered Tx Half complete callback*/ + huart->TxHalfCpltCallback(huart); +#else + /*Call legacy weak Tx Half complete callback*/ + HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback(huart); +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ +} + +/** + * @brief DMA UART receive process complete callback. + * @param hdma DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + UART_HandleTypeDef *huart = (UART_HandleTypeDef *)(hdma->Parent); + + /* DMA Normal mode */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hdma->Instance->CCR, DMA_CCR_CIRC)) + { + huart->RxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Disable PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE); + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* Disable the DMA transfer for the receiver request by resetting the DMAR bit + in the UART CR3 register */ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + /* At end of Rx process, restore huart->RxState to Ready */ + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + /* If Reception till IDLE event has been selected, Disable IDLE Interrupt */ + if (huart->ReceptionType == HAL_UART_RECEPTION_TOIDLE) + { + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_IDLEIE); + } + } + + /* Initialize type of RxEvent that correspond to RxEvent callback execution; + In this case, Rx Event type is Transfer Complete */ + huart->RxEventType = HAL_UART_RXEVENT_TC; + + /* Check current reception Mode : + If Reception till IDLE event has been selected : use Rx Event callback */ + if (huart->ReceptionType == HAL_UART_RECEPTION_TOIDLE) + { +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /*Call registered Rx Event callback*/ + huart->RxEventCallback(huart, huart->RxXferSize); +#else + /*Call legacy weak Rx Event callback*/ + HAL_UARTEx_RxEventCallback(huart, huart->RxXferSize); +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + else + { + /* In other cases : use Rx Complete callback */ +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /*Call registered Rx complete callback*/ + huart->RxCpltCallback(huart); +#else + /*Call legacy weak Rx complete callback*/ + HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback(huart); +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } +} + +/** + * @brief DMA UART receive process half complete callback. + * @param hdma DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_DMARxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + UART_HandleTypeDef *huart = (UART_HandleTypeDef *)(hdma->Parent); + + /* Initialize type of RxEvent that correspond to RxEvent callback execution; + In this case, Rx Event type is Half Transfer */ + huart->RxEventType = HAL_UART_RXEVENT_HT; + + /* Check current reception Mode : + If Reception till IDLE event has been selected : use Rx Event callback */ + if (huart->ReceptionType == HAL_UART_RECEPTION_TOIDLE) + { +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /*Call registered Rx Event callback*/ + huart->RxEventCallback(huart, huart->RxXferSize / 2U); +#else + /*Call legacy weak Rx Event callback*/ + HAL_UARTEx_RxEventCallback(huart, huart->RxXferSize / 2U); +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + else + { + /* In other cases : use Rx Half Complete callback */ +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /*Call registered Rx Half complete callback*/ + huart->RxHalfCpltCallback(huart); +#else + /*Call legacy weak Rx Half complete callback*/ + HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback(huart); +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } +} + +/** + * @brief DMA UART communication error callback. + * @param hdma DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + UART_HandleTypeDef *huart = (UART_HandleTypeDef *)(hdma->Parent); + + const HAL_UART_StateTypeDef gstate = huart->gState; + const HAL_UART_StateTypeDef rxstate = huart->RxState; + + /* Stop UART DMA Tx request if ongoing */ + if ((HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT)) && + (gstate == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX)) + { + huart->TxXferCount = 0U; + UART_EndTxTransfer(huart); + } + + /* Stop UART DMA Rx request if ongoing */ + if ((HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) && + (rxstate == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX)) + { + huart->RxXferCount = 0U; + UART_EndRxTransfer(huart); + } + + huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_DMA; + +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /*Call registered error callback*/ + huart->ErrorCallback(huart); +#else + /*Call legacy weak error callback*/ + HAL_UART_ErrorCallback(huart); +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ +} + +/** + * @brief DMA UART communication abort callback, when initiated by HAL services on Error + * (To be called at end of DMA Abort procedure following error occurrence). + * @param hdma DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_DMAAbortOnError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + UART_HandleTypeDef *huart = (UART_HandleTypeDef *)(hdma->Parent); + huart->RxXferCount = 0U; + huart->TxXferCount = 0U; + +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /*Call registered error callback*/ + huart->ErrorCallback(huart); +#else + /*Call legacy weak error callback*/ + HAL_UART_ErrorCallback(huart); +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ +} + +/** + * @brief DMA UART Tx communication abort callback, when initiated by user + * (To be called at end of DMA Tx Abort procedure following user abort request). + * @note When this callback is executed, User Abort complete call back is called only if no + * Abort still ongoing for Rx DMA Handle. + * @param hdma DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_DMATxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + UART_HandleTypeDef *huart = (UART_HandleTypeDef *)(hdma->Parent); + + huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Check if an Abort process is still ongoing */ + if (huart->hdmarx != NULL) + { + if (huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback != NULL) + { + return; + } + } + + /* No Abort process still ongoing : All DMA channels are aborted, call user Abort Complete callback */ + huart->TxXferCount = 0U; + huart->RxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Reset errorCode */ + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */ + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_OREF | UART_CLEAR_NEF | UART_CLEAR_PEF | UART_CLEAR_FEF); + +#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN) + /* Flush the whole TX FIFO (if needed) */ + if (huart->FifoMode == UART_FIFOMODE_ENABLE) + { + __HAL_UART_SEND_REQ(huart, UART_TXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST); + } +#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */ + + /* Restore huart->gState and huart->RxState to Ready */ + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + huart->ReceptionType = HAL_UART_RECEPTION_STANDARD; + + /* Call user Abort complete callback */ +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /* Call registered Abort complete callback */ + huart->AbortCpltCallback(huart); +#else + /* Call legacy weak Abort complete callback */ + HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback(huart); +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ +} + + +/** + * @brief DMA UART Rx communication abort callback, when initiated by user + * (To be called at end of DMA Rx Abort procedure following user abort request). + * @note When this callback is executed, User Abort complete call back is called only if no + * Abort still ongoing for Tx DMA Handle. + * @param hdma DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_DMARxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + UART_HandleTypeDef *huart = (UART_HandleTypeDef *)(hdma->Parent); + + huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Check if an Abort process is still ongoing */ + if (huart->hdmatx != NULL) + { + if (huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback != NULL) + { + return; + } + } + + /* No Abort process still ongoing : All DMA channels are aborted, call user Abort Complete callback */ + huart->TxXferCount = 0U; + huart->RxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Reset errorCode */ + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */ + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_OREF | UART_CLEAR_NEF | UART_CLEAR_PEF | UART_CLEAR_FEF); + + /* Discard the received data */ + __HAL_UART_SEND_REQ(huart, UART_RXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST); + + /* Restore huart->gState and huart->RxState to Ready */ + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + huart->ReceptionType = HAL_UART_RECEPTION_STANDARD; + + /* Call user Abort complete callback */ +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /* Call registered Abort complete callback */ + huart->AbortCpltCallback(huart); +#else + /* Call legacy weak Abort complete callback */ + HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback(huart); +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ +} + + +/** + * @brief DMA UART Tx communication abort callback, when initiated by user by a call to + * HAL_UART_AbortTransmit_IT API (Abort only Tx transfer) + * (This callback is executed at end of DMA Tx Abort procedure following user abort request, + * and leads to user Tx Abort Complete callback execution). + * @param hdma DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_DMATxOnlyAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + UART_HandleTypeDef *huart = (UART_HandleTypeDef *)(hdma->Parent); + + huart->TxXferCount = 0U; + +#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN) + /* Flush the whole TX FIFO (if needed) */ + if (huart->FifoMode == UART_FIFOMODE_ENABLE) + { + __HAL_UART_SEND_REQ(huart, UART_TXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST); + } +#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */ + + /* Restore huart->gState to Ready */ + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + /* Call user Abort complete callback */ +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /* Call registered Abort Transmit Complete Callback */ + huart->AbortTransmitCpltCallback(huart); +#else + /* Call legacy weak Abort Transmit Complete Callback */ + HAL_UART_AbortTransmitCpltCallback(huart); +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ +} + +/** + * @brief DMA UART Rx communication abort callback, when initiated by user by a call to + * HAL_UART_AbortReceive_IT API (Abort only Rx transfer) + * (This callback is executed at end of DMA Rx Abort procedure following user abort request, + * and leads to user Rx Abort Complete callback execution). + * @param hdma DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_DMARxOnlyAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + UART_HandleTypeDef *huart = (UART_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; + + huart->RxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */ + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_OREF | UART_CLEAR_NEF | UART_CLEAR_PEF | UART_CLEAR_FEF); + + /* Discard the received data */ + __HAL_UART_SEND_REQ(huart, UART_RXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST); + + /* Restore huart->RxState to Ready */ + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + huart->ReceptionType = HAL_UART_RECEPTION_STANDARD; + + /* Call user Abort complete callback */ +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /* Call registered Abort Receive Complete Callback */ + huart->AbortReceiveCpltCallback(huart); +#else + /* Call legacy weak Abort Receive Complete Callback */ + HAL_UART_AbortReceiveCpltCallback(huart); +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ +} + +/** + * @brief TX interrupt handler for 7 or 8 bits data word length . + * @note Function is called under interruption only, once + * interruptions have been enabled by HAL_UART_Transmit_IT(). + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_TxISR_8BIT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Check that a Tx process is ongoing */ + if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX) + { + if (huart->TxXferCount == 0U) + { + /* Disable the UART Transmit Data Register Empty Interrupt */ +#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN) + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TXEIE_TXFNFIE); +#else + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TXEIE); +#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */ + + /* Enable the UART Transmit Complete Interrupt */ + ATOMIC_SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TCIE); + } + else + { + huart->Instance->TDR = (uint8_t)(*huart->pTxBuffPtr & (uint8_t)0xFF); + huart->pTxBuffPtr++; + huart->TxXferCount--; + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief TX interrupt handler for 9 bits data word length. + * @note Function is called under interruption only, once + * interruptions have been enabled by HAL_UART_Transmit_IT(). + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_TxISR_16BIT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + const uint16_t *tmp; + + /* Check that a Tx process is ongoing */ + if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX) + { + if (huart->TxXferCount == 0U) + { + /* Disable the UART Transmit Data Register Empty Interrupt */ +#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN) + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TXEIE_TXFNFIE); +#else + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TXEIE); +#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */ + + /* Enable the UART Transmit Complete Interrupt */ + ATOMIC_SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TCIE); + } + else + { + tmp = (const uint16_t *) huart->pTxBuffPtr; + huart->Instance->TDR = (((uint32_t)(*tmp)) & 0x01FFUL); + huart->pTxBuffPtr += 2U; + huart->TxXferCount--; + } + } +} + +#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN) +/** + * @brief TX interrupt handler for 7 or 8 bits data word length and FIFO mode is enabled. + * @note Function is called under interruption only, once + * interruptions have been enabled by HAL_UART_Transmit_IT(). + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_TxISR_8BIT_FIFOEN(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + uint16_t nb_tx_data; + + /* Check that a Tx process is ongoing */ + if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX) + { + for (nb_tx_data = huart->NbTxDataToProcess ; nb_tx_data > 0U ; nb_tx_data--) + { + if (huart->TxXferCount == 0U) + { + /* Disable the TX FIFO threshold interrupt */ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_TXFTIE); + + /* Enable the UART Transmit Complete Interrupt */ + ATOMIC_SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TCIE); + + break; /* force exit loop */ + } + else if (READ_BIT(huart->Instance->ISR, USART_ISR_TXE_TXFNF) != 0U) + { + huart->Instance->TDR = (uint8_t)(*huart->pTxBuffPtr & (uint8_t)0xFF); + huart->pTxBuffPtr++; + huart->TxXferCount--; + } + else + { + /* Nothing to do */ + } + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief TX interrupt handler for 9 bits data word length and FIFO mode is enabled. + * @note Function is called under interruption only, once + * interruptions have been enabled by HAL_UART_Transmit_IT(). + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_TxISR_16BIT_FIFOEN(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + const uint16_t *tmp; + uint16_t nb_tx_data; + + /* Check that a Tx process is ongoing */ + if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX) + { + for (nb_tx_data = huart->NbTxDataToProcess ; nb_tx_data > 0U ; nb_tx_data--) + { + if (huart->TxXferCount == 0U) + { + /* Disable the TX FIFO threshold interrupt */ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_TXFTIE); + + /* Enable the UART Transmit Complete Interrupt */ + ATOMIC_SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TCIE); + + break; /* force exit loop */ + } + else if (READ_BIT(huart->Instance->ISR, USART_ISR_TXE_TXFNF) != 0U) + { + tmp = (const uint16_t *) huart->pTxBuffPtr; + huart->Instance->TDR = (((uint32_t)(*tmp)) & 0x01FFUL); + huart->pTxBuffPtr += 2U; + huart->TxXferCount--; + } + else + { + /* Nothing to do */ + } + } + } +} +#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */ + +/** + * @brief Wrap up transmission in non-blocking mode. + * @param huart pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_EndTransmit_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Disable the UART Transmit Complete Interrupt */ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TCIE); + + /* Tx process is ended, restore huart->gState to Ready */ + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + /* Cleat TxISR function pointer */ + huart->TxISR = NULL; + +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /*Call registered Tx complete callback*/ + huart->TxCpltCallback(huart); +#else + /*Call legacy weak Tx complete callback*/ + HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback(huart); +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ +} + +/** + * @brief RX interrupt handler for 7 or 8 bits data word length . + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_RxISR_8BIT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + uint16_t uhMask = huart->Mask; + uint16_t uhdata; + + /* Check that a Rx process is ongoing */ + if (huart->RxState == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + uhdata = (uint16_t) READ_REG(huart->Instance->RDR); + *huart->pRxBuffPtr = (uint8_t)(uhdata & (uint8_t)uhMask); + huart->pRxBuffPtr++; + huart->RxXferCount--; + + if (huart->RxXferCount == 0U) + { + /* Disable the UART Parity Error Interrupt and RXNE interrupts */ +#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN) + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE_RXFNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE)); +#else + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE)); +#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */ + + /* Disable the UART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* Rx process is completed, restore huart->RxState to Ready */ + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + /* Clear RxISR function pointer */ + huart->RxISR = NULL; + + /* Initialize type of RxEvent to Transfer Complete */ + huart->RxEventType = HAL_UART_RXEVENT_TC; + + if (!(IS_LPUART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance))) + { + /* Check that USART RTOEN bit is set */ + if (READ_BIT(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_RTOEN) != 0U) + { + /* Enable the UART Receiver Timeout Interrupt */ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_RTOIE); + } + } + + /* Check current reception Mode : + If Reception till IDLE event has been selected : */ + if (huart->ReceptionType == HAL_UART_RECEPTION_TOIDLE) + { + /* Set reception type to Standard */ + huart->ReceptionType = HAL_UART_RECEPTION_STANDARD; + + /* Disable IDLE interrupt */ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_IDLEIE); + + if (__HAL_UART_GET_FLAG(huart, UART_FLAG_IDLE) == SET) + { + /* Clear IDLE Flag */ + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_IDLEF); + } + +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /*Call registered Rx Event callback*/ + huart->RxEventCallback(huart, huart->RxXferSize); +#else + /*Call legacy weak Rx Event callback*/ + HAL_UARTEx_RxEventCallback(huart, huart->RxXferSize); +#endif /* (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS) */ + } + else + { + /* Standard reception API called */ +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /*Call registered Rx complete callback*/ + huart->RxCpltCallback(huart); +#else + /*Call legacy weak Rx complete callback*/ + HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback(huart); +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + } + } + else + { + /* Clear RXNE interrupt flag */ + __HAL_UART_SEND_REQ(huart, UART_RXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST); + } +} + +/** + * @brief RX interrupt handler for 9 bits data word length . + * @note Function is called under interruption only, once + * interruptions have been enabled by HAL_UART_Receive_IT() + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_RxISR_16BIT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + uint16_t *tmp; + uint16_t uhMask = huart->Mask; + uint16_t uhdata; + + /* Check that a Rx process is ongoing */ + if (huart->RxState == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + uhdata = (uint16_t) READ_REG(huart->Instance->RDR); + tmp = (uint16_t *) huart->pRxBuffPtr ; + *tmp = (uint16_t)(uhdata & uhMask); + huart->pRxBuffPtr += 2U; + huart->RxXferCount--; + + if (huart->RxXferCount == 0U) + { + /* Disable the UART Parity Error Interrupt and RXNE interrupt*/ +#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN) + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE_RXFNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE)); +#else + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE)); +#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */ + + /* Disable the UART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* Rx process is completed, restore huart->RxState to Ready */ + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + /* Clear RxISR function pointer */ + huart->RxISR = NULL; + + /* Initialize type of RxEvent to Transfer Complete */ + huart->RxEventType = HAL_UART_RXEVENT_TC; + + if (!(IS_LPUART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance))) + { + /* Check that USART RTOEN bit is set */ + if (READ_BIT(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_RTOEN) != 0U) + { + /* Enable the UART Receiver Timeout Interrupt */ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_RTOIE); + } + } + + /* Check current reception Mode : + If Reception till IDLE event has been selected : */ + if (huart->ReceptionType == HAL_UART_RECEPTION_TOIDLE) + { + /* Set reception type to Standard */ + huart->ReceptionType = HAL_UART_RECEPTION_STANDARD; + + /* Disable IDLE interrupt */ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_IDLEIE); + + if (__HAL_UART_GET_FLAG(huart, UART_FLAG_IDLE) == SET) + { + /* Clear IDLE Flag */ + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_IDLEF); + } + +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /*Call registered Rx Event callback*/ + huart->RxEventCallback(huart, huart->RxXferSize); +#else + /*Call legacy weak Rx Event callback*/ + HAL_UARTEx_RxEventCallback(huart, huart->RxXferSize); +#endif /* (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS) */ + } + else + { + /* Standard reception API called */ +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /*Call registered Rx complete callback*/ + huart->RxCpltCallback(huart); +#else + /*Call legacy weak Rx complete callback*/ + HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback(huart); +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + } + } + else + { + /* Clear RXNE interrupt flag */ + __HAL_UART_SEND_REQ(huart, UART_RXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST); + } +} + +#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN) +/** + * @brief RX interrupt handler for 7 or 8 bits data word length and FIFO mode is enabled. + * @note Function is called under interruption only, once + * interruptions have been enabled by HAL_UART_Receive_IT() + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_RxISR_8BIT_FIFOEN(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + uint16_t uhMask = huart->Mask; + uint16_t uhdata; + uint16_t nb_rx_data; + uint16_t rxdatacount; + uint32_t isrflags = READ_REG(huart->Instance->ISR); + uint32_t cr1its = READ_REG(huart->Instance->CR1); + uint32_t cr3its = READ_REG(huart->Instance->CR3); + + /* Check that a Rx process is ongoing */ + if (huart->RxState == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + nb_rx_data = huart->NbRxDataToProcess; + while ((nb_rx_data > 0U) && ((isrflags & USART_ISR_RXNE_RXFNE) != 0U)) + { + uhdata = (uint16_t) READ_REG(huart->Instance->RDR); + *huart->pRxBuffPtr = (uint8_t)(uhdata & (uint8_t)uhMask); + huart->pRxBuffPtr++; + huart->RxXferCount--; + isrflags = READ_REG(huart->Instance->ISR); + + /* If some non blocking errors occurred */ + if ((isrflags & (USART_ISR_PE | USART_ISR_FE | USART_ISR_NE)) != 0U) + { + /* UART parity error interrupt occurred -------------------------------------*/ + if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_PE) != 0U) && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_PEIE) != 0U)) + { + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_PEF); + + huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_PE; + } + + /* UART frame error interrupt occurred --------------------------------------*/ + if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_FE) != 0U) && ((cr3its & USART_CR3_EIE) != 0U)) + { + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_FEF); + + huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_FE; + } + + /* UART noise error interrupt occurred --------------------------------------*/ + if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_NE) != 0U) && ((cr3its & USART_CR3_EIE) != 0U)) + { + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_NEF); + + huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_NE; + } + + /* Call UART Error Call back function if need be ----------------------------*/ + if (huart->ErrorCode != HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE) + { + /* Non Blocking error : transfer could go on. + Error is notified to user through user error callback */ +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /*Call registered error callback*/ + huart->ErrorCallback(huart); +#else + /*Call legacy weak error callback*/ + HAL_UART_ErrorCallback(huart); +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + } + } + + if (huart->RxXferCount == 0U) + { + /* Disable the UART Parity Error Interrupt and RXFT interrupt*/ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE); + + /* Disable the UART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) + and RX FIFO Threshold interrupt */ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_EIE | USART_CR3_RXFTIE)); + + /* Rx process is completed, restore huart->RxState to Ready */ + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + /* Clear RxISR function pointer */ + huart->RxISR = NULL; + + /* Initialize type of RxEvent to Transfer Complete */ + huart->RxEventType = HAL_UART_RXEVENT_TC; + + if (!(IS_LPUART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance))) + { + /* Check that USART RTOEN bit is set */ + if (READ_BIT(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_RTOEN) != 0U) + { + /* Enable the UART Receiver Timeout Interrupt */ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_RTOIE); + } + } + + /* Check current reception Mode : + If Reception till IDLE event has been selected : */ + if (huart->ReceptionType == HAL_UART_RECEPTION_TOIDLE) + { + /* Set reception type to Standard */ + huart->ReceptionType = HAL_UART_RECEPTION_STANDARD; + + /* Disable IDLE interrupt */ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_IDLEIE); + + if (__HAL_UART_GET_FLAG(huart, UART_FLAG_IDLE) == SET) + { + /* Clear IDLE Flag */ + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_IDLEF); + } + +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /*Call registered Rx Event callback*/ + huart->RxEventCallback(huart, huart->RxXferSize); +#else + /*Call legacy weak Rx Event callback*/ + HAL_UARTEx_RxEventCallback(huart, huart->RxXferSize); +#endif /* (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS) */ + } + else + { + /* Standard reception API called */ +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /*Call registered Rx complete callback*/ + huart->RxCpltCallback(huart); +#else + /*Call legacy weak Rx complete callback*/ + HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback(huart); +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + break; + } + } + + /* When remaining number of bytes to receive is less than the RX FIFO + threshold, next incoming frames are processed as if FIFO mode was + disabled (i.e. one interrupt per received frame). + */ + rxdatacount = huart->RxXferCount; + if ((rxdatacount != 0U) && (rxdatacount < huart->NbRxDataToProcess)) + { + /* Disable the UART RXFT interrupt*/ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_RXFTIE); + + /* Update the RxISR function pointer */ + huart->RxISR = UART_RxISR_8BIT; + + /* Enable the UART Data Register Not Empty interrupt */ + ATOMIC_SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_RXNEIE_RXFNEIE); + } + } + else + { + /* Clear RXNE interrupt flag */ + __HAL_UART_SEND_REQ(huart, UART_RXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST); + } +} + +/** + * @brief RX interrupt handler for 9 bits data word length and FIFO mode is enabled. + * @note Function is called under interruption only, once + * interruptions have been enabled by HAL_UART_Receive_IT() + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_RxISR_16BIT_FIFOEN(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + uint16_t *tmp; + uint16_t uhMask = huart->Mask; + uint16_t uhdata; + uint16_t nb_rx_data; + uint16_t rxdatacount; + uint32_t isrflags = READ_REG(huart->Instance->ISR); + uint32_t cr1its = READ_REG(huart->Instance->CR1); + uint32_t cr3its = READ_REG(huart->Instance->CR3); + + /* Check that a Rx process is ongoing */ + if (huart->RxState == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + nb_rx_data = huart->NbRxDataToProcess; + while ((nb_rx_data > 0U) && ((isrflags & USART_ISR_RXNE_RXFNE) != 0U)) + { + uhdata = (uint16_t) READ_REG(huart->Instance->RDR); + tmp = (uint16_t *) huart->pRxBuffPtr ; + *tmp = (uint16_t)(uhdata & uhMask); + huart->pRxBuffPtr += 2U; + huart->RxXferCount--; + isrflags = READ_REG(huart->Instance->ISR); + + /* If some non blocking errors occurred */ + if ((isrflags & (USART_ISR_PE | USART_ISR_FE | USART_ISR_NE)) != 0U) + { + /* UART parity error interrupt occurred -------------------------------------*/ + if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_PE) != 0U) && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_PEIE) != 0U)) + { + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_PEF); + + huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_PE; + } + + /* UART frame error interrupt occurred --------------------------------------*/ + if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_FE) != 0U) && ((cr3its & USART_CR3_EIE) != 0U)) + { + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_FEF); + + huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_FE; + } + + /* UART noise error interrupt occurred --------------------------------------*/ + if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_NE) != 0U) && ((cr3its & USART_CR3_EIE) != 0U)) + { + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_NEF); + + huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_NE; + } + + /* Call UART Error Call back function if need be ----------------------------*/ + if (huart->ErrorCode != HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE) + { + /* Non Blocking error : transfer could go on. + Error is notified to user through user error callback */ +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /*Call registered error callback*/ + huart->ErrorCallback(huart); +#else + /*Call legacy weak error callback*/ + HAL_UART_ErrorCallback(huart); +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + } + } + + if (huart->RxXferCount == 0U) + { + /* Disable the UART Parity Error Interrupt and RXFT interrupt*/ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE); + + /* Disable the UART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) + and RX FIFO Threshold interrupt */ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_EIE | USART_CR3_RXFTIE)); + + /* Rx process is completed, restore huart->RxState to Ready */ + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + /* Clear RxISR function pointer */ + huart->RxISR = NULL; + + /* Initialize type of RxEvent to Transfer Complete */ + huart->RxEventType = HAL_UART_RXEVENT_TC; + + if (!(IS_LPUART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance))) + { + /* Check that USART RTOEN bit is set */ + if (READ_BIT(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_RTOEN) != 0U) + { + /* Enable the UART Receiver Timeout Interrupt */ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_RTOIE); + } + } + + /* Check current reception Mode : + If Reception till IDLE event has been selected : */ + if (huart->ReceptionType == HAL_UART_RECEPTION_TOIDLE) + { + /* Set reception type to Standard */ + huart->ReceptionType = HAL_UART_RECEPTION_STANDARD; + + /* Disable IDLE interrupt */ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_IDLEIE); + + if (__HAL_UART_GET_FLAG(huart, UART_FLAG_IDLE) == SET) + { + /* Clear IDLE Flag */ + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_IDLEF); + } + +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /*Call registered Rx Event callback*/ + huart->RxEventCallback(huart, huart->RxXferSize); +#else + /*Call legacy weak Rx Event callback*/ + HAL_UARTEx_RxEventCallback(huart, huart->RxXferSize); +#endif /* (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS) */ + } + else + { + /* Standard reception API called */ +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /*Call registered Rx complete callback*/ + huart->RxCpltCallback(huart); +#else + /*Call legacy weak Rx complete callback*/ + HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback(huart); +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + break; + } + } + + /* When remaining number of bytes to receive is less than the RX FIFO + threshold, next incoming frames are processed as if FIFO mode was + disabled (i.e. one interrupt per received frame). + */ + rxdatacount = huart->RxXferCount; + if ((rxdatacount != 0U) && (rxdatacount < huart->NbRxDataToProcess)) + { + /* Disable the UART RXFT interrupt*/ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_RXFTIE); + + /* Update the RxISR function pointer */ + huart->RxISR = UART_RxISR_16BIT; + + /* Enable the UART Data Register Not Empty interrupt */ + ATOMIC_SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_RXNEIE_RXFNEIE); + } + } + else + { + /* Clear RXNE interrupt flag */ + __HAL_UART_SEND_REQ(huart, UART_RXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST); + } +} +#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + diff --git a/project/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_uart_ex.c b/project/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_uart_ex.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9d8a60a --- /dev/null +++ b/project/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_uart_ex.c @@ -0,0 +1,1098 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32l4xx_hal_uart_ex.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief Extended UART HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following extended + * functionalities of the Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter Peripheral (UART). + * + Initialization and de-initialization functions + * + Peripheral Control functions + * + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### UART peripheral extended features ##### + ============================================================================== + + (#) Declare a UART_HandleTypeDef handle structure. + + (#) For the UART RS485 Driver Enable mode, initialize the UART registers + by calling the HAL_RS485Ex_Init() API. + + (#) FIFO mode enabling/disabling and RX/TX FIFO threshold programming. + + -@- When UART operates in FIFO mode, FIFO mode must be enabled prior + starting RX/TX transfers. Also RX/TX FIFO thresholds must be + configured prior starting RX/TX transfers. + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup UARTEx UARTEx + * @brief UART Extended HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN) +/** @defgroup UARTEX_Private_Constants UARTEx Private Constants + * @{ + */ +/* UART RX FIFO depth */ +#define RX_FIFO_DEPTH 8U + +/* UART TX FIFO depth */ +#define TX_FIFO_DEPTH 8U +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */ + +/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup UARTEx_Private_Functions UARTEx Private Functions + * @{ + */ +static void UARTEx_Wakeup_AddressConfig(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, UART_WakeUpTypeDef WakeUpSelection); +#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN) +static void UARTEx_SetNbDataToProcess(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); +#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup UARTEx_Exported_Functions UARTEx Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup UARTEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions + * @brief Extended Initialization and Configuration Functions + * +@verbatim +=============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the USARTx or the UARTy + in asynchronous mode. + (+) For the asynchronous mode the parameters below can be configured: + (++) Baud Rate + (++) Word Length + (++) Stop Bit + (++) Parity: If the parity is enabled, then the MSB bit of the data written + in the data register is transmitted but is changed by the parity bit. + (++) Hardware flow control + (++) Receiver/transmitter modes + (++) Over Sampling Method + (++) One-Bit Sampling Method + (+) For the asynchronous mode, the following advanced features can be configured as well: + (++) TX and/or RX pin level inversion + (++) data logical level inversion + (++) RX and TX pins swap + (++) RX overrun detection disabling + (++) DMA disabling on RX error + (++) MSB first on communication line + (++) auto Baud rate detection + [..] + The HAL_RS485Ex_Init() API follows the UART RS485 mode configuration + procedures (details for the procedures are available in reference manual). + +@endverbatim + + Depending on the frame length defined by the M1 and M0 bits (7-bit, + 8-bit or 9-bit), the possible UART formats are listed in the + following table. + + Table 1. UART frame format. + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | M1 bit | M0 bit | PCE bit | UART frame | + |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 0 | 0 | 0 | | SB | 8 bit data | STB | | + |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 0 | 0 | 1 | | SB | 7 bit data | PB | STB | | + |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 0 | 1 | 0 | | SB | 9 bit data | STB | | + |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 0 | 1 | 1 | | SB | 8 bit data | PB | STB | | + |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 1 | 0 | 0 | | SB | 7 bit data | STB | | + |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 1 | 0 | 1 | | SB | 6 bit data | PB | STB | | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+ + + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initialize the RS485 Driver enable feature according to the specified + * parameters in the UART_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @param Polarity Select the driver enable polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref UART_DE_POLARITY_HIGH DE signal is active high + * @arg @ref UART_DE_POLARITY_LOW DE signal is active low + * @param AssertionTime Driver Enable assertion time: + * 5-bit value defining the time between the activation of the DE (Driver Enable) + * signal and the beginning of the start bit. It is expressed in sample time + * units (1/8 or 1/16 bit time, depending on the oversampling rate) + * @param DeassertionTime Driver Enable deassertion time: + * 5-bit value defining the time between the end of the last stop bit, in a + * transmitted message, and the de-activation of the DE (Driver Enable) signal. + * It is expressed in sample time units (1/8 or 1/16 bit time, depending on the + * oversampling rate). + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RS485Ex_Init(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint32_t Polarity, uint32_t AssertionTime, + uint32_t DeassertionTime) +{ + uint32_t temp; + + /* Check the UART handle allocation */ + if (huart == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Check the Driver Enable UART instance */ + assert_param(IS_UART_DRIVER_ENABLE_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)); + + /* Check the Driver Enable polarity */ + assert_param(IS_UART_DE_POLARITY(Polarity)); + + /* Check the Driver Enable assertion time */ + assert_param(IS_UART_ASSERTIONTIME(AssertionTime)); + + /* Check the Driver Enable deassertion time */ + assert_param(IS_UART_DEASSERTIONTIME(DeassertionTime)); + + if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + huart->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + UART_InitCallbacksToDefault(huart); + + if (huart->MspInitCallback == NULL) + { + huart->MspInitCallback = HAL_UART_MspInit; + } + + /* Init the low level hardware */ + huart->MspInitCallback(huart); +#else + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX */ + HAL_UART_MspInit(huart); +#endif /* (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS) */ + } + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart); + + /* Perform advanced settings configuration */ + /* For some items, configuration requires to be done prior TE and RE bits are set */ + if (huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit != UART_ADVFEATURE_NO_INIT) + { + UART_AdvFeatureConfig(huart); + } + + /* Set the UART Communication parameters */ + if (UART_SetConfig(huart) == HAL_ERROR) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Enable the Driver Enable mode by setting the DEM bit in the CR3 register */ + SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DEM); + + /* Set the Driver Enable polarity */ + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DEP, Polarity); + + /* Set the Driver Enable assertion and deassertion times */ + temp = (AssertionTime << UART_CR1_DEAT_ADDRESS_LSB_POS); + temp |= (DeassertionTime << UART_CR1_DEDT_ADDRESS_LSB_POS); + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_DEDT | USART_CR1_DEAT), temp); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart); + + /* TEACK and/or REACK to check before moving huart->gState and huart->RxState to Ready */ + return (UART_CheckIdleState(huart)); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup UARTEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions + * @brief Extended functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### IO operation functions ##### + =============================================================================== + This subsection provides a set of Wakeup and FIFO mode related callback functions. + + (#) Wakeup from Stop mode Callback: + (+) HAL_UARTEx_WakeupCallback() + + (#) TX/RX Fifos Callbacks: + (+) HAL_UARTEx_RxFifoFullCallback() + (+) HAL_UARTEx_TxFifoEmptyCallback() + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief UART wakeup from Stop mode callback. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_UARTEx_WakeupCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(huart); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_UARTEx_WakeupCallback can be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN) +/** + * @brief UART RX Fifo full callback. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_UARTEx_RxFifoFullCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(huart); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_UARTEx_RxFifoFullCallback can be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @brief UART TX Fifo empty callback. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_UARTEx_TxFifoEmptyCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(huart); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_UARTEx_TxFifoEmptyCallback can be implemented in the user file. + */ +} +#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup UARTEx_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions + * @brief Extended Peripheral Control functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides the following functions: + (+) HAL_UARTEx_EnableClockStopMode() API enables the UART clock (HSI or LSE only) during stop mode + (+) HAL_UARTEx_DisableClockStopMode() API disables the above functionality + (+) HAL_MultiProcessorEx_AddressLength_Set() API optionally sets the UART node address + detection length to more than 4 bits for multiprocessor address mark wake up. + (+) HAL_UARTEx_StopModeWakeUpSourceConfig() API defines the wake-up from stop mode + trigger: address match, Start Bit detection or RXNE bit status. + (+) HAL_UARTEx_EnableStopMode() API enables the UART to wake up the MCU from stop mode + (+) HAL_UARTEx_DisableStopMode() API disables the above functionality + (+) HAL_UARTEx_EnableFifoMode() API enables the FIFO mode + (+) HAL_UARTEx_DisableFifoMode() API disables the FIFO mode + (+) HAL_UARTEx_SetTxFifoThreshold() API sets the TX FIFO threshold + (+) HAL_UARTEx_SetRxFifoThreshold() API sets the RX FIFO threshold + + [..] This subsection also provides a set of additional functions providing enhanced reception + services to user. (For example, these functions allow application to handle use cases + where number of data to be received is unknown). + + (#) Compared to standard reception services which only consider number of received + data elements as reception completion criteria, these functions also consider additional events + as triggers for updating reception status to caller : + (+) Detection of inactivity period (RX line has not been active for a given period). + (++) RX inactivity detected by IDLE event, i.e. RX line has been in idle state (normally high state) + for 1 frame time, after last received byte. + (++) RX inactivity detected by RTO, i.e. line has been in idle state + for a programmable time, after last received byte. + (+) Detection that a specific character has been received. + + (#) There are two mode of transfer: + (+) Blocking mode: The reception is performed in polling mode, until either expected number of data is received, + or till IDLE event occurs. Reception is handled only during function execution. + When function exits, no data reception could occur. HAL status and number of actually received data elements, + are returned by function after finishing transfer. + (+) Non-Blocking mode: The reception is performed using Interrupts or DMA. + These API's return the HAL status. + The end of the data processing will be indicated through the + dedicated UART IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when using DMA mode. + The HAL_UARTEx_RxEventCallback() user callback will be executed during Receive process + The HAL_UART_ErrorCallback()user callback will be executed when a reception error is detected. + + (#) Blocking mode API: + (+) HAL_UARTEx_ReceiveToIdle() + + (#) Non-Blocking mode API with Interrupt: + (+) HAL_UARTEx_ReceiveToIdle_IT() + + (#) Non-Blocking mode API with DMA: + (+) HAL_UARTEx_ReceiveToIdle_DMA() + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +#if defined(USART_CR3_UCESM) +/** + * @brief Keep UART Clock enabled when in Stop Mode. + * @note When the USART clock source is configured to be LSE or HSI, it is possible to keep enabled + * this clock during STOP mode by setting the UCESM bit in USART_CR3 control register. + * @note When LPUART is used to wakeup from stop with LSE is selected as LPUART clock source, + * and desired baud rate is 9600 baud, the bit UCESM bit in LPUART_CR3 control register must be set. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_EnableClockStopMode(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + /* Set UCESM bit */ + ATOMIC_SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_UCESM); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Disable UART Clock when in Stop Mode. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_DisableClockStopMode(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + /* Clear UCESM bit */ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_UCESM); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +#endif /* USART_CR3_UCESM */ +/** + * @brief By default in multiprocessor mode, when the wake up method is set + * to address mark, the UART handles only 4-bit long addresses detection; + * this API allows to enable longer addresses detection (6-, 7- or 8-bit + * long). + * @note Addresses detection lengths are: 6-bit address detection in 7-bit data mode, + * 7-bit address detection in 8-bit data mode, 8-bit address detection in 9-bit data mode. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @param AddressLength This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref UART_ADDRESS_DETECT_4B 4-bit long address + * @arg @ref UART_ADDRESS_DETECT_7B 6-, 7- or 8-bit long address + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MultiProcessorEx_AddressLength_Set(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint32_t AddressLength) +{ + /* Check the UART handle allocation */ + if (huart == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the address length parameter */ + assert_param(IS_UART_ADDRESSLENGTH_DETECT(AddressLength)); + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart); + + /* Set the address length */ + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_ADDM7, AddressLength); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart); + + /* TEACK and/or REACK to check before moving huart->gState to Ready */ + return (UART_CheckIdleState(huart)); +} + +/** + * @brief Set Wakeup from Stop mode interrupt flag selection. + * @note It is the application responsibility to enable the interrupt used as + * usart_wkup interrupt source before entering low-power mode. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @param WakeUpSelection Address match, Start Bit detection or RXNE/RXFNE bit status. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref UART_WAKEUP_ON_ADDRESS + * @arg @ref UART_WAKEUP_ON_STARTBIT + * @arg @ref UART_WAKEUP_ON_READDATA_NONEMPTY + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_StopModeWakeUpSourceConfig(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, UART_WakeUpTypeDef WakeUpSelection) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + uint32_t tickstart; + + /* check the wake-up from stop mode UART instance */ + assert_param(IS_UART_WAKEUP_FROMSTOP_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)); + /* check the wake-up selection parameter */ + assert_param(IS_UART_WAKEUP_SELECTION(WakeUpSelection.WakeUpEvent)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart); + + /* Set the wake-up selection scheme */ + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_WUS, WakeUpSelection.WakeUpEvent); + + if (WakeUpSelection.WakeUpEvent == UART_WAKEUP_ON_ADDRESS) + { + UARTEx_Wakeup_AddressConfig(huart, WakeUpSelection); + } + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart); + + /* Init tickstart for timeout management */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait until REACK flag is set */ + if (UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(huart, USART_ISR_REACK, RESET, tickstart, HAL_UART_TIMEOUT_VALUE) != HAL_OK) + { + status = HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + else + { + /* Initialize the UART State */ + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Enable UART Stop Mode. + * @note The UART is able to wake up the MCU from Stop 1 mode as long as UART clock is HSI or LSE. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_EnableStopMode(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + /* Set UESM bit */ + ATOMIC_SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_UESM); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Disable UART Stop Mode. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_DisableStopMode(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + /* Clear UESM bit */ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_UESM); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN) +/** + * @brief Enable the FIFO mode. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_EnableFifoMode(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + uint32_t tmpcr1; + + /* Check parameters */ + assert_param(IS_UART_FIFO_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Save actual UART configuration */ + tmpcr1 = READ_REG(huart->Instance->CR1); + + /* Disable UART */ + __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart); + + /* Enable FIFO mode */ + SET_BIT(tmpcr1, USART_CR1_FIFOEN); + huart->FifoMode = UART_FIFOMODE_ENABLE; + + /* Restore UART configuration */ + WRITE_REG(huart->Instance->CR1, tmpcr1); + + /* Determine the number of data to process during RX/TX ISR execution */ + UARTEx_SetNbDataToProcess(huart); + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Disable the FIFO mode. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_DisableFifoMode(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + uint32_t tmpcr1; + + /* Check parameters */ + assert_param(IS_UART_FIFO_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Save actual UART configuration */ + tmpcr1 = READ_REG(huart->Instance->CR1); + + /* Disable UART */ + __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart); + + /* Disable FIFO mode */ + CLEAR_BIT(tmpcr1, USART_CR1_FIFOEN); + huart->FifoMode = UART_FIFOMODE_DISABLE; + + /* Restore UART configuration */ + WRITE_REG(huart->Instance->CR1, tmpcr1); + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Set the TXFIFO threshold. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @param Threshold TX FIFO threshold value + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref UART_TXFIFO_THRESHOLD_1_8 + * @arg @ref UART_TXFIFO_THRESHOLD_1_4 + * @arg @ref UART_TXFIFO_THRESHOLD_1_2 + * @arg @ref UART_TXFIFO_THRESHOLD_3_4 + * @arg @ref UART_TXFIFO_THRESHOLD_7_8 + * @arg @ref UART_TXFIFO_THRESHOLD_8_8 + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_SetTxFifoThreshold(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint32_t Threshold) +{ + uint32_t tmpcr1; + + /* Check parameters */ + assert_param(IS_UART_FIFO_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_UART_TXFIFO_THRESHOLD(Threshold)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Save actual UART configuration */ + tmpcr1 = READ_REG(huart->Instance->CR1); + + /* Disable UART */ + __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart); + + /* Update TX threshold configuration */ + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_TXFTCFG, Threshold); + + /* Determine the number of data to process during RX/TX ISR execution */ + UARTEx_SetNbDataToProcess(huart); + + /* Restore UART configuration */ + WRITE_REG(huart->Instance->CR1, tmpcr1); + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Set the RXFIFO threshold. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @param Threshold RX FIFO threshold value + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref UART_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD_1_8 + * @arg @ref UART_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD_1_4 + * @arg @ref UART_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD_1_2 + * @arg @ref UART_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD_3_4 + * @arg @ref UART_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD_7_8 + * @arg @ref UART_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD_8_8 + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_SetRxFifoThreshold(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint32_t Threshold) +{ + uint32_t tmpcr1; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_UART_FIFO_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_UART_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD(Threshold)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Save actual UART configuration */ + tmpcr1 = READ_REG(huart->Instance->CR1); + + /* Disable UART */ + __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart); + + /* Update RX threshold configuration */ + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_RXFTCFG, Threshold); + + /* Determine the number of data to process during RX/TX ISR execution */ + UARTEx_SetNbDataToProcess(huart); + + /* Restore UART configuration */ + WRITE_REG(huart->Instance->CR1, tmpcr1); + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */ +/** + * @brief Receive an amount of data in blocking mode till either the expected number of data + * is received or an IDLE event occurs. + * @note HAL_OK is returned if reception is completed (expected number of data has been received) + * or if reception is stopped after IDLE event (less than the expected number of data has been received) + * In this case, RxLen output parameter indicates number of data available in reception buffer. + * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01), + * the received data is handled as a set of uint16_t. In this case, Size must indicate the number + * of uint16_t available through pData. + * @note When FIFO mode is enabled, the RXFNE flag is set as long as the RXFIFO + * is not empty. Read operations from the RDR register are performed when + * RXFNE flag is set. From hardware perspective, RXFNE flag and + * RXNE are mapped on the same bit-field. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer (uint8_t or uint16_t data elements). + * @param Size Amount of data elements (uint8_t or uint16_t) to be received. + * @param RxLen Number of data elements finally received + * (could be lower than Size, in case reception ends on IDLE event) + * @param Timeout Timeout duration expressed in ms (covers the whole reception sequence). + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_ReceiveToIdle(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint16_t *RxLen, + uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint8_t *pdata8bits; + uint16_t *pdata16bits; + uint16_t uhMask; + uint32_t tickstart; + + /* Check that a Rx process is not already ongoing */ + if (huart->RxState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX; + huart->ReceptionType = HAL_UART_RECEPTION_TOIDLE; + huart->RxEventType = HAL_UART_RXEVENT_TC; + + /* Init tickstart for timeout management */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + huart->RxXferSize = Size; + huart->RxXferCount = Size; + + /* Computation of UART mask to apply to RDR register */ + UART_MASK_COMPUTATION(huart); + uhMask = huart->Mask; + + /* In case of 9bits/No Parity transfer, pRxData needs to be handled as a uint16_t pointer */ + if ((huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE)) + { + pdata8bits = NULL; + pdata16bits = (uint16_t *) pData; + } + else + { + pdata8bits = pData; + pdata16bits = NULL; + } + + /* Initialize output number of received elements */ + *RxLen = 0U; + + /* as long as data have to be received */ + while (huart->RxXferCount > 0U) + { + /* Check if IDLE flag is set */ + if (__HAL_UART_GET_FLAG(huart, UART_FLAG_IDLE)) + { + /* Clear IDLE flag in ISR */ + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_IDLEF); + + /* If Set, but no data ever received, clear flag without exiting loop */ + /* If Set, and data has already been received, this means Idle Event is valid : End reception */ + if (*RxLen > 0U) + { + huart->RxEventType = HAL_UART_RXEVENT_IDLE; + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; + } + } + + /* Check if RXNE flag is set */ + if (__HAL_UART_GET_FLAG(huart, UART_FLAG_RXNE)) + { + if (pdata8bits == NULL) + { + *pdata16bits = (uint16_t)(huart->Instance->RDR & uhMask); + pdata16bits++; + } + else + { + *pdata8bits = (uint8_t)(huart->Instance->RDR & (uint8_t)uhMask); + pdata8bits++; + } + /* Increment number of received elements */ + *RxLen += 1U; + huart->RxXferCount--; + } + + /* Check for the Timeout */ + if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if (((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout) || (Timeout == 0U)) + { + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + + /* Set number of received elements in output parameter : RxLen */ + *RxLen = huart->RxXferSize - huart->RxXferCount; + /* At end of Rx process, restore huart->RxState to Ready */ + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receive an amount of data in interrupt mode till either the expected number of data + * is received or an IDLE event occurs. + * @note Reception is initiated by this function call. Further progress of reception is achieved thanks + * to UART interrupts raised by RXNE and IDLE events. Callback is called at end of reception indicating + * number of received data elements. + * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01), + * the received data is handled as a set of uint16_t. In this case, Size must indicate the number + * of uint16_t available through pData. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer (uint8_t or uint16_t data elements). + * @param Size Amount of data elements (uint8_t or uint16_t) to be received. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_ReceiveToIdle_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Check that a Rx process is not already ongoing */ + if (huart->RxState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Set Reception type to reception till IDLE Event*/ + huart->ReceptionType = HAL_UART_RECEPTION_TOIDLE; + huart->RxEventType = HAL_UART_RXEVENT_TC; + + (void)UART_Start_Receive_IT(huart, pData, Size); + + if (huart->ReceptionType == HAL_UART_RECEPTION_TOIDLE) + { + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_IDLEF); + ATOMIC_SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_IDLEIE); + } + else + { + /* In case of errors already pending when reception is started, + Interrupts may have already been raised and lead to reception abortion. + (Overrun error for instance). + In such case Reception Type has been reset to HAL_UART_RECEPTION_STANDARD. */ + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + + return status; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receive an amount of data in DMA mode till either the expected number + * of data is received or an IDLE event occurs. + * @note Reception is initiated by this function call. Further progress of reception is achieved thanks + * to DMA services, transferring automatically received data elements in user reception buffer and + * calling registered callbacks at half/end of reception. UART IDLE events are also used to consider + * reception phase as ended. In all cases, callback execution will indicate number of received data elements. + * @note When the UART parity is enabled (PCE = 1), the received data contain + * the parity bit (MSB position). + * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01), + * the received data is handled as a set of uint16_t. In this case, Size must indicate the number + * of uint16_t available through pData. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer (uint8_t or uint16_t data elements). + * @param Size Amount of data elements (uint8_t or uint16_t) to be received. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_ReceiveToIdle_DMA(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status; + + /* Check that a Rx process is not already ongoing */ + if (huart->RxState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Set Reception type to reception till IDLE Event*/ + huart->ReceptionType = HAL_UART_RECEPTION_TOIDLE; + huart->RxEventType = HAL_UART_RXEVENT_TC; + + status = UART_Start_Receive_DMA(huart, pData, Size); + + /* Check Rx process has been successfully started */ + if (status == HAL_OK) + { + if (huart->ReceptionType == HAL_UART_RECEPTION_TOIDLE) + { + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_IDLEF); + ATOMIC_SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_IDLEIE); + } + else + { + /* In case of errors already pending when reception is started, + Interrupts may have already been raised and lead to reception abortion. + (Overrun error for instance). + In such case Reception Type has been reset to HAL_UART_RECEPTION_STANDARD. */ + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + return status; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Provide Rx Event type that has lead to RxEvent callback execution. + * @note When HAL_UARTEx_ReceiveToIdle_IT() or HAL_UARTEx_ReceiveToIdle_DMA() API are called, progress + * of reception process is provided to application through calls of Rx Event callback (either default one + * HAL_UARTEx_RxEventCallback() or user registered one). As several types of events could occur (IDLE event, + * Half Transfer, or Transfer Complete), this function allows to retrieve the Rx Event type that has lead + * to Rx Event callback execution. + * @note This function is expected to be called within the user implementation of Rx Event Callback, + * in order to provide the accurate value : + * In Interrupt Mode : + * - HAL_UART_RXEVENT_TC : when Reception has been completed (expected nb of data has been received) + * - HAL_UART_RXEVENT_IDLE : when Idle event occurred prior reception has been completed (nb of + * received data is lower than expected one) + * In DMA Mode : + * - HAL_UART_RXEVENT_TC : when Reception has been completed (expected nb of data has been received) + * - HAL_UART_RXEVENT_HT : when half of expected nb of data has been received + * - HAL_UART_RXEVENT_IDLE : when Idle event occurred prior reception has been completed (nb of + * received data is lower than expected one). + * In DMA mode, RxEvent callback could be called several times; + * When DMA is configured in Normal Mode, HT event does not stop Reception process; + * When DMA is configured in Circular Mode, HT, TC or IDLE events don't stop Reception process; + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval Rx Event Type (return vale will be a value of @ref UART_RxEvent_Type_Values) + */ +HAL_UART_RxEventTypeTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_GetRxEventType(const UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Return Rx Event type value, as stored in UART handle */ + return (huart->RxEventType); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup UARTEx_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initialize the UART wake-up from stop mode parameters when triggered by address detection. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @param WakeUpSelection UART wake up from stop mode parameters. + * @retval None + */ +static void UARTEx_Wakeup_AddressConfig(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, UART_WakeUpTypeDef WakeUpSelection) +{ + assert_param(IS_UART_ADDRESSLENGTH_DETECT(WakeUpSelection.AddressLength)); + + /* Set the USART address length */ + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_ADDM7, WakeUpSelection.AddressLength); + + /* Set the USART address node */ + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_ADD, ((uint32_t)WakeUpSelection.Address << UART_CR2_ADDRESS_LSB_POS)); +} + +#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN) +/** + * @brief Calculate the number of data to process in RX/TX ISR. + * @note The RX FIFO depth and the TX FIFO depth is extracted from + * the UART configuration registers. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void UARTEx_SetNbDataToProcess(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + uint8_t rx_fifo_depth; + uint8_t tx_fifo_depth; + uint8_t rx_fifo_threshold; + uint8_t tx_fifo_threshold; + static const uint8_t numerator[] = {1U, 1U, 1U, 3U, 7U, 1U, 0U, 0U}; + static const uint8_t denominator[] = {8U, 4U, 2U, 4U, 8U, 1U, 1U, 1U}; + + if (huart->FifoMode == UART_FIFOMODE_DISABLE) + { + huart->NbTxDataToProcess = 1U; + huart->NbRxDataToProcess = 1U; + } + else + { + rx_fifo_depth = RX_FIFO_DEPTH; + tx_fifo_depth = TX_FIFO_DEPTH; + rx_fifo_threshold = (uint8_t)(READ_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_RXFTCFG) >> USART_CR3_RXFTCFG_Pos); + tx_fifo_threshold = (uint8_t)(READ_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_TXFTCFG) >> USART_CR3_TXFTCFG_Pos); + huart->NbTxDataToProcess = ((uint16_t)tx_fifo_depth * numerator[tx_fifo_threshold]) / + (uint16_t)denominator[tx_fifo_threshold]; + huart->NbRxDataToProcess = ((uint16_t)rx_fifo_depth * numerator[rx_fifo_threshold]) / + (uint16_t)denominator[rx_fifo_threshold]; + } +} +#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */ +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + |